The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About173-03 RESOLUTION• • RESOLUTION NO. 173-03 A RESOLUTION AWARDING A CONTRACT TO ARCHITECTURAL CONTRACTORS, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF FIVE HUNDRED THIRTY-TWO THOUSAND DOLLARS (5532,000.00) FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS CORPORATE HANGAR AT THE FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT; APPROVING A PROJECT CONTINGENCY IN THE AMOUNT OF TWENTY- NINE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED SIXTY-FIVE DOLLARS (529,565.00); AND APPROVING A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF TWO HUNDRED TWENTY THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED 'THIRTY-FIVE DOLLARS (5220,835.00) FOR SAME. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereby awards a contract to Architectural Contractors, Inc. in the amount of Five Hundred Thirty -Two Thousand Dollars ($532,000.00) for the construction of the University of Arkansas corporate hangar at the Fayetteville Municipal Airport. Section 2. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereby approves a project contingency in the amount of Twenty -Nine Thousand Five Hundred Sixty -Five Dollars ($29,565.00). Section 3. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereby approves a Budget Adjustment in the amount of Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty -Five Dollars (5220,835.00) for same. PASSED and APPROVED this 18th day of November, 2003. F PV E Trek.N, q (itt.‘ !c' • "Ire 44 .4 By: SONDRA SMITH, City Clerk APPROVED: By: DOCUMENT 00500 -Revised CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on the Id, day of November 2003, by and between Architectural Contractors. Inc. and the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas: WITNESSETH: That Architectural Contractors, Inc., for the consideration hereinafter fully set out, hereby agrees with the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas as follows: 1. That Architectural Contractors, Inc. shall furnish all the materials, and perform all of the work in manner and form as provided by the following enumerated Drawings, Specifications, and Documents, which are attached hereto and made a part hereof, as if fully contained herein and are entitled U of A Corporate Hangar for Fayetteville Municipal Airport, dated August, 2003. Advertisement for Bids Instructions to Bidders Bid and acceptance thereof Performance Bond Payment Bond General Conditions Supplementary Conditions Specifications Drawings (Bound Separately) 2. That the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby agrees to pay to Architectural Contractors, Inc. for the faithful performance of this Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Specifications or Bid, in lawful money of the United States, the amount of Five Hundred Thirty Two Thousand Dollars ($ 532.000.00) The Work will be substantially completed within 180 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed. Liquidated Damages: The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas and Architectural Contactors, Inc. recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas and Architectural Contarctors, Inc. agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) Architectural Contactors, Inc. shall pay the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Four Hundred Forty Dollars ($440.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3 for Substantial Completion. • • That within 30 days of receipt of an approved payment request, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas shall make partial payments to Architectural Contractors, Inc. on the basis of a duly certified and approved estimate of work performed during the preceding calendar month by Architectural Contractors, Inc., LESS the retainage provided in the General Conditions, which is to be withheld by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas until all work within a particular part has been performed strictly in accordance with this Agreement and until such work has been accepted by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. That upon submission by Architectural Contractors, Inc. of evidence satisfactory to the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas that all payrolls, material bills, and other costs incurred by Architectural Contractors, Inc. in connection with the construction of the work have been paid in full, final payment on account of' this Agreement shall be made within 60 days after the completion by Architectural Contractors, Inc. of all work covered by this Agreement and the acceptance of such work by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if, at any time after the execution of this Agreement and the Surety Bond hereto attached for its faithful performance and payment, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas shall deem the Surety or Sureties upon such bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the performance of the work, Architectural Contractors, Inc. shall, at its expense, within 5 days after the receipt of notice from the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, famish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount and with such Surety or Sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. In such event, no further payment to Architectural Contractors, Inc. shall be deemed to be due under this Agreement until such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the work shall be furnished in manner and form satisfactory to the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. Changes, modifications, or amendments in scope, price or fees to this contract shall not be allowed without a prior formal contract amendment approved by the Mayor and the City Council in advance of the change in scope, cost or fees. This Contract shall be governed by the law of the State of Arkansas. 10. Freedom of Information Act. The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas contracts and documents prepared while performing City of Fayetteville, Arkansas contractual work are subject to the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act. If a Freedom of Information Act request is presented to the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, Architectural Contractors, Inc. will do everything possible to provide the documents in a prompt and timely manner as prescribed in the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act (A.C.C.$25-19-101 et. Seq.). Only legally authorized photocopying costs pursuant to the FOIA may be assessed for this compliance. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and date first above written, in three (3) counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for the other counterpart be deemed an original Contract. SEAL - WITNESSES: i • .iY.k rI.( Approved as to form: ARCHITECURAL CONTRACTORS, INC. CONTRACTOR CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS By ttomey for City of Fayetteville, Arkansas • City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Budget Adjustment Form Budget Year 2003 Department: General Government Division: Aviation & Economic Development Program: Sales Tax Capital Date Requested 10/31/2003 Adjustment Number Project or Item Requested: $220,835 in the U of A Hangar Construction Capital Project. • Project or Item Deleted: None. To recognize the acceptance of a 75/25% grant of $43,820 from the State of Arkansas to the City. $139,039 from the Economic Development Matches capital project. $37,976 from the Sales Tax Capital Use of Fund Balance account. Justification of this Increase: Recent changes to Intl Building Code designed loading requirements and increases to steel prices nationally, have caused an increase to building costs above that originally estimated for the project. Negotiated reductions to the scope of the project with the contractor did not result in favorable cost reductions, and were regarded as detrimentally affecting the finished project. ustification of this Decrease: The $43,820 will be received upon the acceptance of a grant from the State of Arkansas Department of Aeronautics. The U of A Hangar project was originally approved under the Economic Development Matches capital project. Increase Budget (Decrease Revenue) Account Name Account Number - Amount Project Number Building costs 4470 9470 5804 00 220,835 03027 ' 1 Decrease Budget (Increase Revenue) Account Name Account Number Amount Project Number State grants Contract services Use of fund balance 4470 0947 4302 00 4470 9470 5315 00 4470 0947 4999 99 43,820 03027 1 139,039 02050 1 37,976 Approval Signatures udget M(fnager Date 71?' 3N3 Date Department Director Date Mayor Budget Office Use Only Type: A B C () E Date of Approval Posted to General Ledger Posted to Project Accounting Entered in Category Log Initial Date Initial Date Initial Date Initial Date • i j • MICROFILMED /C00 y STAFF REVIEW MEMO Aret TO: Mayor �1 //75-13 THRU: Staff Contract Review Committee FROM: Ray M. Boudreaux, Director, Aviation and Fcorjomic Development DATE: April 28, 2004 SUBJECT: Approval of Change Order No. 1 for the construction of the U of A Hangar. RECOMMENDATION: Approve the Change Order No. 1 with Architectural Contractors, Inc. in the amount of $(4,019.00), a deduction to the contract amount. BACKGROUND: Following the bids, we negotiated with the low bidder to reduce the overall cost of the project. The small additions were required to do the project on the site and to comply with utility requirements. The result is a reduction in the project cost of $4,019.00. DISCUSSION; Change Order No. 1 reduces project cost by $4,019.00. BUDGET IMPACT: . Reduces project budget by $4,019.00 Attachments: Change Order No. 1 - ® Oar Staff Review Form G Aviation and Economic Development Department Fayetteville Municipal Airport, Drake Field 4500 South School Avenue, Suite F Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 Ray M. Boudreaux, Director • • II STAFF REVIEW FORM - FINANCIAL OBLIGATION AGENDA REQUEST X CONTRACT REVIEW GRANT REVIEW For the Fayetteville City Council Meeting of: Change Order 1 Architectural Contracto UA Hangar NA FROM: Ray M. Boudreaux Name Aviation 8 Economic Development Division Airport Department ACTION REQUIRED: Review and approval of Change Order #1 to Contract #938 with Architectural Contractors, Inc., PO Box 5025, Springdale, AR, 72765-5025. The Change Order will reduce the original contract amount by $4,019.00. Forward to the Mayor for his signature. COST TO CITY: ($4,019.00) Cost of this request 4470.9470.5804.00 Account Number 03027.1 Project Number $ 562,364.00 Category/Project Budget 533,122.00 Funds Used to Date 29,242.00 Remaining Balance U of A Hangar Construction Program Category / Project Name Other Capital Improvements Program / Project Category Name Sales Tax Capital Improvements Fund Name BUDGET REVIEW• Budget Manager X Budgeted 4-1,y47 Date Item Budget Adjustment Attached CONTRACT/GRANT/LEASE REVIEW: Accountin Manag Date 12A1/a`f CityAtt Date Purchasing Manager Internal Auditor Date Date STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends approval Date Department Director Finance & Internal Services Dir. Chiedministrative Officer Mayor D 5-3-o Date Received in Mayor's Office Date Cross Reference: Previous Ord/Resp: 173-03 Orig. Contract Date: 11/18/2003 Orig. Contract Number: 938 New Item: Yes No X Staff Review Form - Page 2 Description CO N1 Architectural Contractors Meeting Date NA Comments: Budget Manager Accounting Manager City Attorney Purchasing Manager ADA Coordinator Internal Auditor Grants Coordinator Reference Comments: • MMcCLELLAND CONSUL TING DESIGNED TO SERVE % ENGINEERS, INC. V.O. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-1229 479-443-2377 FAX 479-443-9241 April 27, 2004 Mr. Ray Bourdeaux Airport Department City of Fayetteville 113 West Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 RE: U of A Corporate Hangar Fayetteville Municipal Airport Dear Mr. Boudreaux: RECE•11.1ZD APR 2 8 2004 AIRPORT Enclosed please find four (4) copies of Change Order No.1 from Architectural Contractors, Inc. for approval by the City. This Change Order incorporates the value engineered cost reduction items and several small additional items required for this project. Please retum one (1) signed copy to the Contractor and to our office. If there are any questions regarding this project, please contact us. Sincerely, M y ELLAND CONS LTING ENGINEERS, INC. Wayn Vice P d s, P.E. Enclosure. Change Order No. 1 (4 copies) J12003103211131conespondencekBoudreaux-0427 wpdwj • • • NAME OF PROJECT: OWNER: • • CHANGE ORDER Order No. Date: Agreement Date: U of A Corporate Hangar City of Fayetteville 1 April 6, 2004 November 18, 2003 CONTRACTOR: Architectural Contractors, Inc. The following changes are hereby made to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1. Omit wheel steps in parking area Decrease cost of S660.00 from contract. 2. Reduce landscape allowance from $5,000 to 52,000. Decrease cost of $3,000.00 from contract. 3. Change Mezzanine framing and stair revision. Decrease cost of $6,440.00 from contract. 4. Change waste piping from DI to PVC & omit floor drains at RPZ. Restroom & mop sink. 5. Change interior windows to hollow metal frame. 6. Change footing sizes per revised plans, 1-04-04. 7. Change cabinets and counter to special color 8. Add NEMA 3R fuseable disconnect at meter location. 9. Add underdrain piping along site the roof drainage piping. 10. Add Relay empty conduit for telephone and cable across parking area Justification: 1.-6. Reduce project cost by value Engineering entire project. 7. Owner color selected was special color. 8. AEP/Swepco required this additional disconnect after project was bid. 9. Underground water needs to be removed to provide for seasonal stability of building and parking subgrade. Decrease cost of 54.000.00 from contract. Decrease cost of $904.00 from contract. Decrease cost of $1996.00 from contract. Add cost of $288.00 to contract. Add c sl of 52,735.00 to contract. Add cost of S5,808.00 to contract. Add cost of 54,090.00 to conlracl. CONTRACT PRICE prior to this Change Order: Decrease in Contract Price: CONTRACT PRICE Including this Change Order: Substantial Completion Time Prior to This Change Order: Final Completion Time Prior to This Change Order: Net Time Change Resulting From This Change Order: Current Contract Completion Dates Including This Change Order: Substantial Completion: Final Completion: $532.000.00 $(4,019.00) $527,981.00 180 Calendar Days 180 Calendar Days 0 Calendar Days June 13. 2004 June 13, 2004 Change to CONTRACT TIME: The CONTRACT TIME will be (increased)(decreased) by 0 calendar days. The date for completion of all work will be June 13 . 2004 . Approvals Required: To be effective this Order must be a. proved by the Owner if it changes the scope or objective or the PROJECT, or as may otherwise be required by the GENE'_ L CONDITIONS. Requested by: Recommended by: Approved by: Arch' ctural Contract' i Inc. lelfand /• nsu ng ngineers, Inc. 9.27-015 ate Dae to ity 0 ayetteville. J:12co3,Q32118'Charge O'Cers'C 011 .vx • FAYETTEVI LLE THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. ARKANSAS s DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE To: Ray Boudreaux Aviation and Economical Development From: Clarice Buffalohead-Pearman OR City Clerk Division Date: May 4, 2004 Re: Change Order No. 1 Attached is an executed copy of change orders for Architectural Contractors, Inc. I have attached one original and the other original will be recorded in the city clerk's office and microfilmed. If anything else is needed please let the clerk's office know. /cbp attachment(s) cc. Nancy Smith, Internal Auditor • • • • STAFF REVIEW MEMO TO: Mayor THRU: Staff Contract Review Comm ..:r-.7 . '1/'2 3/6 zo-ncinte qs, /Nct rI 011215.113-n FROM: Ray M. Boudreaux, Dire tor, Avi. ��-� conomic Development DATE: November 22, 2004 SUBJECT: Approval of Change Order No. 2 for the co struction of the U of A Hangar. RECOMMENDATION; Approve the Change Order No. 2 with Architectural Contractors, Inc. in the amount of $8406.53, an increase to the contract amount. BACKGROUND: The U of A Corporate Hangar project was constructed to house the UA's Aviation Department. The building is leased to the UA under a long term lease arrangement. The construction is nearly completed with the exception of some minor items, and the University currently occupies the facility. DISCUSSION: This is the second change order on the project, and is essentially an end -of -project reconciliation change order to adjust miscellaneous items, fees, and time of construction items which differ from the Contract, to reflect the actual costs and conditions. The project has an original construction cost of $532,000. Change Order ill was a reduction to the contract price in the amount of (4,019.00). BUDGET IMPACT; The Change Order is within the approved project contingency amount. Attachments. Change Order No. 2 Staff Review Form Aviation and Economic Development Department Fayetteville Municipal Airport, Drake Field 4500 South School Avenue, Suite F Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 Ray M. Boudreaux, Director 4IPTAFF REVIEW FORM - FINANCIAL 08 DATION AGENDA REQUEST X CONTRACT REVIEW GRANT REVIEW For the Fayetteville City Council Meeting of: Change Order 2 Architectural Contracto UA Hangar NA FROM: Ray M. Boudreaux Name Aviation & Economic Development Division Airport Department ACTION REQUIRED: Approve Change Order #2 to Contract #938 with Architectural Contractors, Inc., PO Box 5025, Springdale, AR, 72765-5025, Jack Parish, Project Manager, 479-756-3547. The Change Order will increase the contract amount by $8406.53. COST TO CITY: $8,406.53 Cost of this request 4470.9470.5804.00 Account Number 03027.1 Project Number 562,364.00 U of A Hangar Construction Category/Project Budget Program Category / Project Name 529,103.00 Other Capital Improvements Funds Used to Date Program / Project Category Name 33,261.00 Sales Tax Capital Improvements Remaining Balance Fund Name BUDGET REVIEW: X Budget Manager Budgeted Item Date Budget Adjustment Attached CONTRACT/GRANT/LEASE REVIEW: Accounting Manager City An y tj fit Date Internal Auditor Date 2.3 Date y• Y Purchasing Manager Date . STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends approval t Director Finance S Internal S-rvices Dir. Chief Adm CTtrativJIffice to Date Date 6//2 Date Received in Mayor's Office Cross Reference° Previous Ord/Res*: 173-03 1 t• GU (�� Date Orig. Contract Date: 11/18/2003 Orig. Contract Number: 938 New Item: Yes No X • • • Staff Review Form - Page 2 Description CO 02 Architectural Contractors Meeting Date NA Comments: Budget Manager Accounting Manager City Attorney Purchasing Manager ADA Coordinator Internal Auditor Grants Coordinator Reference Comments: • • CHANGE ORDER • Order No. 2 Date: November 16, 2004 NAME OF PROJECT: U of A Corporate Hangar OWNER: City of Fayetteville Agreement Date: November 18, 2003 CONTRACTOR: Architectural Contractors, Inc. The following changes are hereby made to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1. Add Carpet, Tile and Base to the office and Restroom Add cost of $1,843.00 to contract. 2. Add the cost of the Water and Sewer Impact Fee Add cost of $2,858.00 to contract. 3. Add cost for undercut and backfill on the building pad and roadway as defined in the unit price of the Proposal for 224.34 CY at 513.00/CY. Add cost of $2,916.48 to contract. 4. Add additional gas line from meter to building Add cost of $789.05 to contract. 5. Add additional time to the contract for the Weather delay in December, January, February, June, and July. Justification: 1. Owner and Tenant want to add the carpet tile and base to the project. 2. City of Fay requires all new development to pay Impact Fees for water and sewer. 3. Adjust the Contract Price for the amount of undercut and backfill required and field measured. 4. Gas Company would not set meter at building, as per plans. 5 The weather has delayed the project earthwork during the winter and during June. CONTRACT PRICE prior to this Change Order: Increase in Contract Price: CONTRACT PRICE Including this Change Order: Substantial Completion Time Prior to This Change Order: Final Completion Time Prior to This Change Order: Net Time Change Resulting From This Change Order: Current Contract Completion Dates Including This Change Order: Substantial Completion: Final Completion: $527.981.00 $ 8.406.53 $536,387.53 180 Calendar Days 255 Calendar Days 75 Calendar Days August 28. 2004 August 28, 2004 Change to CONTRACT TIME: The CONTRACT TIME will be (increased)(decreased) by 75 calendar days. The date for completion of all work will be August 28 , 2004 . Approvals Required: To be effective this Order must be approved by the Owner if it changes the scope or objective or the PROJECT, or as may otherwise be required by the G RAL CONDITIONS. Requested by: Recommended by: Approved by: Arch - tural ellan ontractors, nc. / ,suitf ngineers, Inc. City of Fay- eville J:\2003t032118 UA HanganChange Orders\C 0 #2 wpd /1-/9-01 Date /%ate Date OCT -12-2604 15:43 FROM: TE HANGAR •IETAL BUILDING 2 ELEV. = 1246.00 • LEGEND NOT CALLED OUT ED 901 T Q.VAIOOI CONC. PAD FOR CONDEN9NG UNIT • I 1 /1 h � 0 tijIN • TO:4439241 6' PVC DRAIN 4' U ' 'II AIN AREA HAS OLD GR VEL WIT FUTUF B' PVC 'RAIN & 4' UNI r 'RAW RAMP 45. tet.• r V ill 4 25 5 1 WATER AND BOX PARKING LOT --- uT--`-`-----------------re_ .. mow' -------S 43.20 0 90 44.70 ,1r —case E GLITTER AND TBM ELEV 1245.77 no)'X IN SW BONNET BOLT E NxDRAN2-- `0 8" PVC WT E 1239.58 i 45.10 15.0 11 WATER TAP SFE DETAIL &c r VAn 5.00 0 X11 `^� FL OUT = 1240.00 A7 BOTTOM DITCH .,�7 NG PLAN DRAIN OUTLET PROTECT SEE DETAIL MOM Maintatin GENERAL GRADING REVISIONS 10-13-03 P.2'4 M ti L With • City Clerk Division 113 West Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 Telephone: (479) 575-8323 Fax: (479) 718-7695 city_clerk@ic I.fayettevi Ile.ar. us DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE To: Ray Boudreaux Aviation & Economic Development From: Clarice Buffalohead-Pearman City Clerk Division Date: December 14, 2004 Re: Architectural Contractors, Inc. • I have attached a copy of Architectural Contractors, Inc. Change Order No. 2 with the appropriate signatures. The change order will be recorded in the city clerk's office and microfilmed. If anything else is needed please let the clerk's office know. Thanks. /cbp attachments cc Internal Auditor • NAME OF FILE: CROSS REFERENCE: Date Resolution No. 173-03 Document • 1 11.18.03 Res. 173-03 w/agreement & budget adjustment 0 -ter -coos- 3\ 2 10.30.03 memo to mayor & city council ! .2-- 2— draft resolution project costs copy of Res. 63-03 copy of Res. 64-03 copy of Res. 123-03 McClelland lir copy of project costs copy of bid tabulation 11.3.03 staff review 11.24.03 memo to Ray Boudreaux 12.16.03 McClelland memo to city clerk 5/3/e) 4 dfri ,c.i,a,.y� .2A -6264--A/ �^ cxr�lGtai' M A3 2 NOTES: i lia#0i 1 0 -ter -coos- 3\ Q ofv- . Ov A- ! .2-- 2— C. C. rla 1-7- . • Rio /73 rtbt7-cdttto I City council meeting of: November 18, 2003 emit be J_ C Agenda item number: CITY COUNCIL AGENDA MEMORANDUM. TO: Mayor and City Council THRU: Hugh Earnest, Chief Administrative Officer FROM: Ray M. Boudreaux, Director Aviation and Economic Development DATE: October 30, 2003 SUBJEC f: Award U of A Aircraft Hangar Project RECOMMENDATION: Award contract to construct a hangar for the U of A on the southwest corner of the executive ramp to Architectural Contractors, Inc in the amount of $532,000.00 plus a 5% contingency of $29,565. Approve a Budget Adjustment for the project that utilizes grant funds (75/25) from the State Department of Aeronautics for selected portions of the project. Total project cost $620,835. BACKGROUND: The U of A Aviation Department signed a lease with the City of Fayetteville to lease a hangar from the City that would accommodate their aircraft, a Beech Jet 400 and a King Air 200. The City Council approved the project with economic development funds in the amount of S400,000. The Council additionally approved a grant from the State Department of Aeronautics in the amount of 5200,000 which is the maximum available for building construction. We will apply for an additional 75/25 grant for the access road in the amount of S43,820. The new hangar will be constructed on the southwest comer of the new executive ramp. DISCUSSION: Currently the U of A aircraft are housed in two separate buildings on the airport. They lease one hangar and pay a monthly hangar fee for space in the FBO hangar. McClelland Consulting Engineers was contracted to design the building and prepare bid documents for the project. The bids were received October 23, 2003. The low bidder was Architectural Contractors, Inc. at S532,000. Following negotiations to determine whether or not a reduction in size and scope would result in a measurable savings it was determined that very little could be • Aviation and Economic Development Department 4500 South School, Suite F Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 (479) 718-7642 Ray M. Boudreaux, Director rboudreaux@c i.faycttevil Ic.ar.us • • changed and still have the quality structure desired. Reducing the size of the hangar by 20 feet in width (1600SF) and the size of the office by 4 feet in depth (124SF), along with some minor changes to the HVAC and utility systems would only reduce the cost of the building by 6.9%. The basic reason for the increase in price from the previous project was the change in loading requirements with the 2000 International Building Code which is estimated to have increased the base bid by approximately 15%. We will initiate owner change orders to reduce the cost of several items that will not affect the quality of the structure or the utility of the building following further study by the engineer and in consultation with the contractor. We have met with the U of A and they agree with this course of action. BUDGET IMPACT: A budget adjustment is attached to increase the budget for the project to S591,300 plus a 5% contingency of $29,565. The amount includes the bid amount of $532,000 and the design and project oversight amount of $59,270 plus the 5% contingency of S29,565 for a total project cost of $620,835. Funds are available for the project including $400,000 from the Economic Development fund plus $200,000 from the State grant for the hangar and $43,820 from the State grant for the access road for a total available of $643,820. Aviation and Economic Development Department 4500 South School, Suite F Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 (479) 71&7642 Ray M. Boudreaux, Director rboudreaux@ci. fayettevi I le.ar. us RESOLUTION NO. A RESOLUTION AWARDING A CONTRACT TO ARCHITECTURAL CONTRACTORS, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF FIVE HUNDRED THIRTY-TWO THOUSAND DOLLARS ($532,000.00) FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS CORPORATE HANGAR AT THE FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT; APPROVING A PROJECT CONTINGENCY IN THE AMOUNT OF TWENTY- NINE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED SIXTY-FIVE DOLLARS ($29,565.00); AND APPROVING A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF TWO HUNDRED TWENTY THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED THIRTY-FIVE DOLLARS ($220,835.00) FOR SAME. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereby awards a contract to Architectural Contractors, Inc. in the amount of Five Hundred Thirty -Two Thousand Dollars ($532,000.00) for the construction of the University of Arkansas corporate hangar at the Fayetteville Municipal Airport. Section 2. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereby approves a project contingency in the amount of Twenty -Nine Thousand Five Hundred Sixty -Five Dollars ($29,565.00). �. %'f Section 3. That the City Council of the City of Fayettev iIl�, Arkansas, hereby approves a Budget Adjustment in the amount�of o Hun&redTLenty Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty -Five Dollars ($220,835.00) for same. PASSED and APPROVED this 18th day of N \ember, 2003. •J //ROVEL go: By: \ / 4' AUIEIDAN COODY, Mayor ATI' = "1': By� / : � ,, SO/J SMITH, City Clerk • o ZVD3 > -I�a -1-uC D ,n. 0) m x A CD '. Q�' 3000 3 (o m Noo o Z Wy 0 (D oq H CD y aa 0 � L n y ctoo N) CC N J -1 O O o o O(O u n mN a o j CO a( j J O f 25 zp. go, In 0 J N CND N COD C1 O COD O O O 88 41 o IV O V V O O N O C1 W O O) O V N W V 0 O Cl O O O O ( p (P 0000 -1 O 0 000 O d (D CD CD A A co V W BC V V V CAS N O O O O O to m W O COO CD W A W N CD J (� J V W C O 31 v v 04 (JIM 0 O O 000 0 00 .0.. g) a CD CO CO (t0 UI (11 01 ()1 N 01 O) O) O) (.iN 0) 01 N) N) N V A J CO r O V W 0) v CaUIW O W (WJ N N O N O 01 001 O N O RESOLUTION NO. 63-03 A RESOLUTION APPROVING A LEASE AGREEMENT WI'T'H THE UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS FOR A 80' x 120' HANGAR; AND DESIGNATING THE DISPOSITION OF THE LEASE PROCEEDS. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYEITEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby approves a Lease Agreement with The University of Arkansas for a 80' x 120' hangar. A copy of the Lease Agreement marked Exhibit "A" is attached hereto and made a part hereof. Section 2. That'the proceeds of the Lease Agreement shall be returned to the Economic Development Capital Improvements Fund, less one half percent ('h%) to the Airport Fund for facility maintenance. PASSED and APPROVED this 6th day of May 2003. E r, . 17% / S #6'0 * t SONDRA SMITH, City Clerk APPROVED: By: RESOLUTION NO. 64-03 A RESOLUTION APPROVING, CONTINGENT UPON THE EXECUTION OF A LEASE AGREEMENT WITH THE UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS, TASK ORDER NO. 1 WITH MCCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. FOR ENGINEERING SERVICES AND CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION ASSOCIATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN 80' x 120' HANGAR AT THE FAYEITEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby approves, contingent upon the execution of a Lease Agreement with the University of Arkansas, Task Order No. 1 with McClelland Consulting Engineers for engineering services and construction observation associated with the construction of an 80' x 120' hangar at the Fayetteville Municipal Airport. PASSED and APPROVED this 6th day of May, 2003. • kplElltkI ATI�EST: By: / btsa J _ .i I pajCtk- SONDRA SMITH, City Clerk APPROVED: By: V _ RESOLUTION NO. 123-03 A RESOLUTION ACCEPTING A GRANT IN 1HE AMOUNT OF TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($200,000.00) FROM THE ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF AERONAUTICS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE UNIVERSITY. OF ARKANSAS HANGAR PROJECT; AND APPROVING A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF FOUR HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($400,000.00) FOR SAME. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby accepts a grant in the amount of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) from the Arkansas Department of Aeronautics for construction of the University of Arkansas Hangar Project. Section 2. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby approves a budget adjustment in the amount of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000.00) for same. PASSED and APPROVED this 19th day of August, 2003. APPROVED: By: DAN COODY, a or ATTEST: By: SONDRA SMITH, City Clerk McCLELLAND CONSUL TING ENGINEERS, INC, October 30, 2003 Mr. Ray Boudreaux Airport Department City of Fayetteville 4500 S. School Ave., Suite F Fayetteville, AR 72701 Re: U of A Corporate Hangar Fayetteville Municipal Airport, Drake Field Dear Mr. Boudreaux: PO. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-1229 479.443-2377 FAX 479.443-9241 Bids were received on the above referenced project on Thursday, October 23, 2003, with six Contractors submitting bids. The low bidder is Architectural Contractors, Inc., of Springdale, Arkansas, in the amount of $532,000.00 for the Total Lump Sum Base Bid. The range of bids was 11 percent to a high bid of $590,000.00. These six bids are very close for this size project and the number of bidders interested in this project indicates that each of the bidders needs projects to keep there personnel busy. A copy of the Bid Tabulation is attached. The Engineer's Estimated Construction Cost for this project is $ 488,000.00. We have worked with Architectural Contractors, Inc., in the past and have had very good results. We recommend the City accept the low bid submitted by Architectural Contractors, Inc. for the Total Lump Sum Base Bid in the amount of $ 532,000.00. We have attempted to negociate the cost of the project down by reducing the building size, office size and other items. The reduction of $ 32,800 is, in our opinion, not recommended for the smaller building size. The building cost was higher than estimated due to the loading requirements of the 2000 International Building Code. Some of the identified cost reductions items attached, could be accepted at a later date before start of construction. The exterior construction work in the amount of $ 52,500.00 and Engineering fee in the amount of $ 5,927.00 is eligible for a State Aeronautics Commission 75-25% in the amount of $ 43,820.00. If there are any questions regarding the bids or this recommendation, please contact us. Sincerely, M LELLAND C SULTING ENGINEERS, INC. IV VV`Q�� Way Jo s, P.E. Vice P sident Enclosure: Bid Tabulation & Reduction Cost Items J.2 t3x„6Smat cmdw,cSbowd'u,n.,0]O.wpdM PROJECT COST REDUCTIONS ITEMS Delete Wheel Stops $ 660.00 Reduce Landscape Allovance to $2500 2,500.00 Reduce office Size and Storage Floor 7,560.00 Changes to Plumbing 3,000.00 Window changes 904.00 Reduce Bldg. size to 80x106 13,413.00 Electrical changes 1,910.00 HVAC changes 500.00 Footing size reduction 2,380.00 Reduce Building Eave I -bight to 29 Feet 5,522.00 Reduce Rolling Door width to 80 Feet 4,500.00 J:\2003\0321 l8tortmpcnOencp�Doudeauz- l030.wpe+ry 0 a a` CO 3EWd Sd33JIDN3 GWTUDOW TOZ6EPC6Lb Zb:BT C00/0C/OT STAFF REVIEW FORM - FINANCIAL OBLIGATION X AGENDA REQUEST X CONTRACT REVIEW GRANT REVIEW For the Fayetteville City Council Meeting of: November 18,2003 FROM: Ray M. Boudreaux Aviation & Economic Development General Government Name Division Department Award contract to construct a hangar for the U of A to Architectural Contractors, Inc in the amount of $532,000 plus a 5% project contingency of $29,565. Approve a budget adjustment for the project in the amount of $220,835. _ -- - COST TO CITY: $532,000.00 Cost of this request 4470.9470.5804.00 Account Number $400,000 U of A Hangar Construction Category/Project Budget Program Category / Project Name S 59,770.00 Other Capital Improvements Funds Used to Date Program / Project Category Name 03027.1 $ 340,230.00 Sales Tax Capital Improvements Project Number Remaining Balance Fund Name BUDGET REVIEW: X Budgeted Item X Budget Adjustment Attached Budget r // Date CONTRACT/GRANT/LEASE REVIEW: Date Accou, t Manager oral I I(�t rnal -Al�u itor Dale ' u thl o3 f—Gi[vA torney Date Purchasing Manager Date STAFF C )WAT L�e/L: STAFF SECOIAfENDATION: Received in Mayor's Office D' on e d Date Date Cross Reference: Dep rtment Director D e Previous Ord/Rest: 63-03,64-03,123-03 anc 3 Internal services Dir3 Internal services Dir. Date Orig. Contract Date: Orig. Contract Number: Chief Administ ive Offi r Date New Item: Yes No XX Mayor Da- t a FAYETTEVILLE THE CITY OF FAYE7TEVItLE. ARKANSAS DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE To: Ray Boudreaux Aviation & Economic Development From: Clarice Buffalohead-Pearman V✓"r City Clerk Division Date: November 24, 2003 Re: Res. No. 173-03 Attached please find an executed copy of the above referenced resolution passed by the City Council, November 18, 2003, to apply and accept a grant from the Arkansas Department of Aeronautics to construct the University of Arkansas corporate hangar. Also attached is a copy of the budget adjustment. The original resolution with attachments will be recorded in the city clerk's office and microfilmed. If anything else is needed please let the city clerk's office know. /cbp cc: Nancy Smith, Internal Auditor Barbara Fell, Budget & Research •itninso McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS. INC. 1910 N Couege Ave. P.O Box 1229MCE McCLELLAND FAV!rlrvRIF. AR 72202-1229 CONSUL TING 479/443-2277 479/443-9241 FAX - ENGINEERS, INC. TO: City of Fayetteville DATE: December 16, 2003 PROJECT NUMBER: FY032118 113 W. Mountain St. Fayetteville, AR 72701 ATTENTION: City Clerk RE: U of A Corporate Hangar WE ARE SENDING YOU: ❑ SHOP DRAWINGS ❑ PLANS ❑ FLOPPY DISK ® ATTACHED ❑ COPY OF LETTER ❑ PRINTS ❑ CHANGE ORDER ❑ SPECIFICATIONS O SAMPLES ❑ FACSIMILE ❑ UNDER SEPARATE COVER VIA: COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION Dec, 2003 1 Original Contract Documents PLEASE CHECK AND ADVISE IF ENCLOSURES ARE NOT AS LISTED. THESE ARE TRANSMITTED (AS CHECKED BELOW) ❑ FOR APPROVAL ❑ AS REQUESTED ❑ REVIEWED FOR GENERAL COMPLIANCE ❑ RESUBMIT _ COPIES FOR APPROVAL ® FOR YOUR USE ❑ FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT ❑ REVIEWED FOR NOTED COMMENTS O SUBMIT _COPIES FOR DISTRIBUTION ❑ FOR YOUR INFORMATION ❑ RETURNED FOR CORRECTIONS O RETURN _ CORRECTED PRINTS ❑ FOR DISTRIBUTION REMARKS: -COPY TO: BY: McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. M t R. ayne Jo s, P.5K J:\2003\032 ii 8\correspondence\City-Transmittal-I2I6.doc • PROJECT MANUAL U OF A CORPORATE HANGAR FOR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS SEPTEMBER 2003 MCE PROJECT NO. FY032118 Prepared By: McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. 1810 North College P.O. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72703 (479) 443-2377 I. ADDENDUM NO. 1 U OF A CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT Fayetteville, Arkansas ' Project No. FY032118 October 16, 2003 The Project Manual and the Drawings dates September, 2003 for the project are amended as ' noted this Addendum. Receipt of this Addendum shall be acknowledged on the Bid Form. This Addendum consists of 5 pages. ' The Project Manual is amended as follows: Item No. 1 Add paragraph 2.07 to Section 02980 as follows: 2.07 TREES • 1. Trees shall be as follows: • Red Maple (2) ' 2. See City of Fayetteville Landscape Planting Specifications." Item No. 2 Add paragraph No. 3.04 to Section 02980 as follows: "3.04 A TREE PLANTING ' 1. See City of Fayetteville Landscape Planting Specifications." Item No. 3 Revise Paragraph 2.1.C of Section 08520 to read "...Type: Fixed." ' Item No. 4 Revise Paragraph 2.4.A of Section 08520 to read "...surface: painted: Color White." ' Item No. 5. Revise Paragraph 1.5.6 of Section 13121 to read "...In conformance with the 2000 International Building Coce, Basic Wind Speed 90 Mph (3 second gust). I. (Exposure C)." Item No. 6 Delete the last sentence of Paragraph 1.5.B.1 on page 4 of Section 13121. ' Item No. 7 Revise Paragraph 3.23.6 on page 10 of Section 09900 to read "...cold metal primer at 2.0 mills and touch up metal primer". ' The Project Drawings are amended as follows: Item No. 1 The Grading Plan on Sheet 4 is hereby modified by the two attached drawings (4X-1 and 4X-2). 1 Item No. 2 The stair detail on Sheet is hereby modified as follows: The stair tread shall be a welded galvanized steel with 3/16" by 1-1/4" bars with a Mebac Nosing, or equal; 1 The support brackets shall be a 2-1/2" by 2-1/2' by 1/i" angle 10" long; and the platform grating shall be Style SC -2 as manufactured by Safe T Metal Company, or equal. ' Item No. 3 The electrical plans are hereby modified as noted on the following two pages form Green -Anderson Engineers IJ:\2003\032118\SPECSDDENDUMNO-1.DQC Addendum No. 1 I Green Anderson ENGINEERS, ' 2233 N. Green Aces Rd. Fayeflev1e, Mamas 72703, Phone (479) 442-0G82 / FAX: (479) 442-O413 PLUMBING, MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ' Addendum No.1 PROJECT: University of Arkansas Corporate Hangar PROJ #: 3067 DATE: October 20, 2003 ' The following addenda and the attached drawings and schedules as referenced herein shall become a part of the contract documents dated September 2003, and entitled UofA Corporate Hangar, Fayetteville Municipal Airport. I. DRAWINGS: A. ELECTRICAL 1. REFER TO SHEET El, ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN AND NOTES: 1.1 The circuit, HA -1, for the sliding door shall be a 480 volt, three phase ' circuit in lieu of 277 volt, single phase circuit as scheduled. See note 2.1 below for additional comments. 1.2 The following notes shall be added to the "General Electrical Notes". 11. RMC or IMC conduit required throughout Class 1, Division 2 envelope. All Wireways must be gasketed. 12. Conduit seals are required at all enclosures required to be ' explosion proof and at the boundaries where conduit passes from classified area to unclassified area. 13. Switches, CB, contactors, etc require Class I, Division 1 ' enclosures unless they have a sealed chamber for the arcing contacts except SDS may be general purpose if used only for non -current interruptions. ' 14. Lighting fixtures in Class 1, Div. 2 envelope must be protected from damage or by location out of reach of damage and surface temperature of exposed surfaces must ' not exceed 80% or the ignition temp. Fixtures must be listed and labeled for Class I, Div 2. 15. Receptacles must be listed for Class I, Div 2 and have either ' interlock switch or have an arc suppression chamber with delayed -action mechanism to prevent opening the chamber until electrical connections have been broken. 2. REFER TO SHEET E3, ELCTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 2.1 Provide a 20 amp, 3 pole circuit breaker in panel HA -1 for the sliding ' door in lieu of the 20 amp, single pole circuit breaker. The power supply for the sliding door shall be 480 volt, three phase in lieu of 277 volt, single phase as scheduled. 1 H [1 C 2.2The feeder for Panel'HA' (Feeder 1) in the "Feeder Schedule" shall be changed to 2" conduit, 441/0, and 146 ground. 2.3The feeder for Panel 'LA' (Feeder 2) in the "Feeder Schedule" shall be changed to 2" conduit, 441/0, and 1-#6 ground. 2.4 Change the notes for the main circuit breakers in the Electrical Riser Diagram for each panel 'HA' and 'LA' to read 150 amp MCB for each panelboard. 2.5The specification for light fixture 'B2' shall be modified as follows. Fixture B2 shall be an undercounter fixture listed for Class 1, Division 2 locations similar to Columbia FSPH 4-132. Fixture shall be fully gasketed and have a high -impact acrylic lens. Light fixture will be surface mounted. I I H I I H I 11 I L_ B. SPECIFICATIONS 1. REFER TO SESCTION 16726, SECURITY SYSTEM: 1.1 Delete Section 16726 from the specifications. No security system is required in this Hangar. END OF ADDENDUM ITEMS 2 I I I J I I I Li I I H I I I L C H I PROJECT MANUAL U OF A CORPORATE HANGAR FOR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS SEPTEMBER 2003 MCE PROJECT NO. FY032118 Prepared By: McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. 1810 North College P.O. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72703 (479) 443-2377 1 1 1 1 1 Parts I, II, II1, 1 and 1 Part IV, Divisions 1-13 1 e,,,,,,,,o ,,,, V° McCLFUAND r/ AF. •�r 1 CO NSULTING f ENGINEERS, Inc. Na21 : F' 9 ,, /V4��SnnEMG`` No. 4=32/ �vs (I h Or • 1 Part IV, Division 15-16 1 1flE Or GAS 1 GE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER ' • • • Ioj1 0 No. 10054 ti't R.Lt 1 1 1 1 ' TABLE OF CONTENTS MCE PROJECT NO. FY032118 ' U of A Corporate Hangar SECTION NO. SECTION TITLE NO. OF PAGES 1 PART I BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 00030 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS ....................................................... 2 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ...................................................... 6 ' 00200 INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS ............................... I WAGE RATES 00300 BID FORM LUMP SUM.................................................................. 8 I. 00350 BID BOND........................................................................................ 2 00360 NOTICE OF AWARD...............................................................:...... 1 ' PART II CONTRACT FORMS 00500 CONTRACT..................................................................................... 2 00600-I PERFORMANCE BOND................................................................. 2 ' 00600-2 PAYMENT BOND........................................................................... 2 00650 NOTICE TO PROCEED................................................................... 1 PART III CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS............................................................... 27 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ................................................ 4 ' PART IV SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 Abbreviations.................................................................................... 2 01009 Summary of Work............................................................................. 2 01011 Site Conditions.................................................................................. 3 01014 Protection of the Environment..........................................................1 01016 Safety Requirements and Protection of Property ............................... 3 01020 Allowance for Landscaping...................................................6........... 1 01027 Applications For Payment..............................2 01028 Change Order Procedures....0..0.0..0.........................0.......0.0.....0........... 2 01210 Preconstruction Conferences............................................................. 1 01300 Submittals.......................................................................................... 7 01311 Schedule and Sequence of Operations ...................................0.0....0.0. 2 01400 Quality Control.................................................................................. 3 01500 Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities ............................... 2 01700 Contract Closeout .................0....0..0......0................0...........0.0.0............ 2 01710 Cleaning...............................................................6...... 0...................... 2 01720 Project Record Documents................................................................ 2 DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 02200 Site Preparation................................................................................. 3 02220 Demolition......................................................................................... 4 02230 Clearing, Grubbing, and Stripping .................................................... 2 02290 Storm Water Pollution Prevention....................................................4 02300 Earthwork.......................................................................................... 9 02630 Drainage Piping.........................................................6..................000.. 2 I02746 Asphalt and Gravel Surfacing .........................0........0...............0...00... 4 02748 Portland Cement Concrete Paving.....................................................3 I ' TABLE OF CONTENTS MCE PROJECT NO. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar cont DIVISION 2 CON'T 02770 Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks......................................................... 5 02881 Chain Link Fence.............................................................................. 4 02923 Seeding.............................................................................................. 3 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03210 Reinforcing Steel.............................................................................. 3 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete...................................................................... 16 DIVISION 4 MASONRY 04230 Reinforced Concrete Masonry Units ................................................. 12 ' DIVISION 5 METALS 05200 Metal Joists....................................................................................... 2 05300 Metal Decking................................................................................... 2 ' 05500 Fabricated Metal Work and Castings ................................................ 7 DIVISION 6 WOOD & PLASTIC ' 06100 Rough Carpentry............................................................................... 3 06200 Finish Carpentry................................................................................ 3 DIVISION 7 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 07194 Underslab Vapor Barrier................................................................... 2 07210 Building Insulation............................................................................ 2 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal.................................................................. 3 07900 Sealants............................................................................................. 3 DIVISION 8 DOORS & WINDOWS 08100 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ...................................................... 4 08360 Sectional Overhead Doors................................................................ 4 ' 08520 Aluminum Windows......................................................................... 4 08712 Door Hardware.................................................................................. 6 I I I I I DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09510 Acoustical Ceilings........................................................................... 3 09900 Painting............................................................................................. II Painting Schedule Paint System Data Sheet Color Selection Chart DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10800 Restroom Accessories....................................................................... 2 DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13121 Pre -Engineered Buildings.................................................................. 9 13130 Sliding Hangar Door.......................................................................... 6 I [I TABLE OF CONTENTS MCE PROJECT NO. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar coat ' DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15010 General Mechanical Requirements ........................................ 15240 VibrationIsolation........................................................... 15250 Mechanical Insulation..................... ............ 15411 Sanitary Drain, Waste and Vent Piping System ......................... 15412 Domestic Water Piping System ............................................ ' 15413 Natural Gas Piping System ................................................. 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim................................................ 15458 Commercial Electric Water Heaters.... ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15624 Gas Fired Infrared Heaters, Non -Condensing Type.......................... 15629 Electric Unit Heaters......................................................................... 15860 Fans............................................................................ 15890 Low and Medium Pressure Ductwork and Accessories .................... DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL ' 16010 General Electrical Requirements .......................................... 16110 Raceways..................................................................... 16120 Wires and Cables............................................................ ' 16130 Boxes and Enclosures.................................................................... 16140 Wiring Devices................................................................................ . 16170 Disconnect Switches........................................................................ . ' 16190 - Supporting Devices........................................................................... 16195 Electrical Identification.................................................................... . 16421 Underground Electrical Services ..................................................... . 16422 Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor ................................................. 16450 Grounding......................................................................................... 16471 Circuit Breaker Lighting Panelboards............................................... ' 16473 Lighting and Power Panelboards...................................................... 16485 Contactors......................................................................................... 16510 Lighting Fixtures ............................................... 0 ......... 0 .. 16726 Security System.................................................................... I I I I I APPENDIX A. OSHA Standard for Excavation and Trenches Safety Program B. Arkansas State Licensing Law for Contractor 10 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 7 4 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 I I I I I I I I I I PART I I BIDDING REQUIREMENTS I I I I [1 [1 I 1 I DOCUMENT 00030 I. ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Bid No. 03-63 PROJECT: U OF A CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT MCE Project No.: .FY032118 C] I I I Li I I I McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. 1810 North College P.O. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 Phone: (479) 443-2377 City of Fayetteville, Arkansas will receive sealed bids on a General Contract, U of A Corporate Hangar for Fayetteville Municipal Airport. Bids shall be on a lump sum basis. City of Fayetteville, Arkansas will receive Bids until 2:00 P.M. Local Time on October 23, 2003 at Purchasing Department Room No. 306, City Hall, 113 W. Mountain St, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701. Bids received after this time will not be accepted. Bids will be opened and publicly read aloud immediately after specified closing time. All interested parties are invited to attend. Bidding Documents may be examined at the offices of the Engineer and at: ABC Plans Room F.W. Dodge Reports Construction Market Data (Southern Reprographics 5100 East Skelly P.O. Box 1109 (72203) 2905 Point Circle Suite 1010 1501 N. Pierce, Suite 101 Fayetteville, AR 72704 Tulsa, OK 74135 Little Rock, AR 72207 ' Copies of the Bidding documents may be obtained at the EngineerDs office in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders upon depositing the sum of $100.00 for each set of documents. Return of documents is not required, and amount paid for documents is not refundable. Partial sets are not ' available. Each Bid must be submitted on the prescribed form and accompanied by a certified check or bid ' bond executed on the prescribed form, payable to the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas in an amount not less than 5 percent of the amount bid. I IFY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00030-1 I I I 1J I C] I For information concerning the proposed work, contact R. Wayne Jones, P. E. at the Engineer's office. The attention of the Bidder is directed to the applicable Federal and State requirements and conditions of employment to be observed and minimum wage rates to be paid under this contract. "Pursuant to Arkansas Code Annotated 22-9-203, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas encourages all qualified small, minority and women business enterprises to bid on and receive contracts for goods, services, and construction. Also, City of Fayetteville, Arkansas encourages all general contractors to subcontract portions of their contract to qualified small, minority, and women business enterprises." The Owner reserves the right to waive irregularities and to reject bids and to postpone the award of the Contract for a period of time which shall not exceed beyond 90 days from the bid opening date. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Bid No. 03-63 1 1 1 1 Peggy Vice Purchasing Officer IFY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00030-2 DOCUMENT 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PARAGRAPH NO./TITLE PAGE NO. 1. FORMAT..................................................................................................................................... 1 2. SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE................................................................................................. 1 3. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT........................................................................ 4. QUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTORS................................................................................... 1 . 5. DOCUMENT INTERPRETATION............................................................................................ 1 6. BIDDER'S UNDERSTANDING................................................................................................. 2 7. PROJECT MANUAL AND DRAWINGS.................................................................................. 2 8. TYPE OF BID.............................................................................................................................. 3 9. TRENCH AND EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEM................................................................ 3 10. ALTERNATES............................................................................................................................3 I I. PREPARATION OF BIDS.......................................................................................................... 3 I2. STATE AND LOCAL SALES AND USE TAXES.................................................................... 4 13. SUBMISSION OF BIDS............................................................................................................. 4 14. TELEGRAPHIC OR WRITTEN MODIFICATION OF BID.....................................................4 15. WITHDRAWAL OF BID............................................................................................................ 4 16. BID SECURITY.......................................................................................................................... 4 17. RETURN OF BID SECURITY................................................................................................... 5 I8. AWARD OF CONTRACT.......................................................................................................... 5 19. BASIS OF AWARD.................................................................................................................... 5 20. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT.................................................................................................. 5 21. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS............................................................................ 6 22. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT AND FURNISH BOND.............................................6 23. TIME OF COMPLETION........................................................................................................... 7 24. PROVIDING REQUIRED INSURANCE................................................................................... 7 FY032I I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 00100 I DOCUMENT 00100 H INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ' 1. FORMAT The Contract Documents are divided into Parts, Divisions, and Sections in keeping with accepted industry practice in order to separate categories of subject matter for convenient reference thereto. Generally, there has been no attempt to divide the Specification Sections ' into work performed by the various building trades, work by separate subcontractors, or work required for separate facilities in the Project. ' 2. SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE "Command" type sentences are used in Contract Documents. These refer to and are directed ' to the Contractor. 3. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ' A general description of the Work to be done is contained in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. The scope is indicated on the accompanying Drawings and specified in applicable parts of these Contract Documents. ' 4. QUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTORS The prospective bidders must meet the statutorily prescribed requirements before Award of ' Contract by the Owner. Before a Contract will be awarded for the work contemplated herein, the Owner will conduct such investigation as is necessary to determine the performance record and ability of the apparent low Bidder to perform the size and type of work specified under this Contract Upon request, the Bidder shall submit such information as deemed necessary by the Owner to ' evaluate the Bidder's qualifications. 5. DOCUMENT INTERPRETATION ' The Contract Documents governing the Work proposed herein consist of the Drawings and all material bound herewith. These Contract Documents are intended to be mutually cooperative and to provide all details reasonably required for the execution of the proposed Work. Any person contemplating the submission of a Bid shall have thoroughly examined all of the various parts of these Documents, and should there be any doubt as to the meaning or intent of said Contract Documents, the Bidder should request of the Engineer, in writing (received by the Engineer at least 5 working days prior to bid opening) an interpretation thereof. Any interpretation or change in said Contract Documents will be made only in writing, in the form of Addenda to the Documents which will be furnished to all Bidders receiving a set of ' the Documents. Bidders shall submit with their Bids, or indicate receipt, of all Addenda. The Owner or Engineer will not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretations of said Documents not issued in writing by Addendum. 1 FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00100 • I I 6. BIDDER'S UNDERSTANDING Each Bidder must inform himself of the conditions relating to the execution of the Work, and it is assumed that he will inspect the site and make himself thoroughly familiar with all the Contract Documents. Failure to do so will not relieve the successful Bidder of his obligation to enter into a Contract and complete the contemplated Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. It shall be the Bidder's obligation to verify for himself and to his complete satisfaction all information concerning site and subsurface conditions. Information derived from topographic maps, or from Drawings showing location of utilities and structures will not in any way relieve the Contractor from any risk, or from properly examining the site and making such additional investigations as he may elect, or from properly fulfilling all the terms of the Contract Documents. Each Bidder shall inform himself of, and the Bidder awarded a Contract shall comply with, federal, state, and local laws, statutes, and ordinances relative to the execution of the Work. This requirement includes, but is not limited to, applicable regulations concerning minimum wage rates, nondiscrimination in the employment of labor, protection of public and employee safety and health, environmental protection, the protection of natural resources, fire protection, burning and nonburning requirements, permits, fees, contractor's license, nonresident contractors' notice and bond requirements, and similar subjects. 7. PROJECT MANUAL AND DRAWINGS No return of Drawings is required and no refund will be made. The successful bidder will be furnished three sets of Documents without charge. Any additional copies required will be furnished to the Contractor at $100.00 per set. Partial sets will not be available. 8. TYPE OF BID A single lump sum price shall be submitted in the appropriate place on the bid. The total amount to be paid the Contractor shall be the amount of the lump sum bid as adjusted for additions or deletions resulting from additive or deductive bid alternates or change orders during construction. The bidder shall furnish a breakdown of his lump sum bid as stated in the bid. 9. TRENCH AND EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACT 291 OF 1993, BIDDERS MUST PROVIDE A SEPARATE PRICE FOR TRENCH AND EXCAVATION SAFETY PROGRAMS IN THE SPACE PROVIDED ON THE BID FORM. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL SUBJECT THE BIDDER TO DISQUALIFICATION. II I I I I I P I [I I I I I I I I I I FY032I I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 00100-2 1 r 10. ALTERNATES ' Deductive Alternates have been listed in the Bid Form. They are to be taken in numerical ' order at the option of the Owner. 11. PREPARATION OF BIDS ' All blank spaces on the Bid Form must be filled in, preferably in BLACK ink, in both words and figures where required. No changes shall be made in the phraseology of the forms. I. Written amounts shall govern in cases of discrepancy between the amounts stated in writing and the amounts stated in figures. In case of discrepancy between unit prices and totals, unit prices will prevail. Any Bid shall be deemed informal which contains material omissions, or irregularities, or in which any of the prices are obviously unbalanced, or which in any manner shall fail to conform to the conditions of the published ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. Only one bid from any individual, firm, partnership, or corporation, under the same or ' different names, will be considered. Should it appear to the Owner that any Bidder is interested in more than one bid for Work contemplated, all bids in which such Bidder is interested will be rejected. The Bidder shall sign his Bid Form on the blank space provided ' therefore. If Bidder is a corporation, the legal name of the corporation shall be set forth above, together with the signature of the officer or officers authorized to sign Contracts on ' behalf of the corporation. If Bidder is a partnership or sole proprietorship, the true name of the firm shall be set forth above, together with the signature of the sole proprietor, partner or partners authorized to sign Contracts in behalf of the firm. If signature is by an agent, other than an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership or sole proprietor, a notarized power -of -attorney must be on file with the Owner prior to opening of bids or submitted with the Bid. ' 12. STATE AND LOCAL SALES AND USE TAXES ' Unless the Supplementary Conditions contains a statement that the Owner is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the Work due to the qualification of the Work under this Contract, all state and local sales and use taxes, as required by the laws and statutes of the state and its political subdivisions, shall be paid by the Contractor. Prices quoted in the Bid shall include all nonexempt sales and use taxes, unless provision is made in the Bid Form to separately itemize the tax. 13. SUBMISSION OF BIDS All Bids must be submitted, not later than the time prescribed, at the place, and in the manner set forth in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. Bids must be made on the Bid Form ' provided herein. Each Bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope, so marked as to indicate its contents without being opened, and addressed in conformance with the instructions in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. IFY032I 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 00100.3 I I 14. TELEGRAPHIC OR WRITTEN MODIFICATION OF BID Any Bidder may modify his bid by telegraphic or written communication at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids, provided such communication is received by the Owner prior to the closing time. The telegraphic or written communication should not reveal the bid price; it shall, however, state the addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices or terms will not be known by the Owner until the sealed bid is opened: 15. WITHDRAWAL OF BID Any Bid may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time for the opening of bids either by telegraphic or written request, or in person. No Bid may be withdrawn after the time scheduled for opening of Bids, unless the time specified in Item, AWARD OF CONTRACT, of these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS shall have elapsed. 16. BID SECURITY Bids must be accompanied by cash, a certified check, or cashier's check drawn on a bank in good standing, or a bid bond issued by a Surety authorized to issue such bonds in the State where the Work is located, in the amount of 5 percent of the total amount of the Bid submitted. This bid security shall be given as a guarantee that the Bidder will not withdraw his Bid for a period of 90 days after bid opening, and that if awarded the Contract, the successful Bidder will execute the attached Contract and furnish properly executed Performance and Payment Bonds, each in the full amount of the Contract price within the time specified. The Attorney -in -Fact (Resident Agent) who executes this bond in behalf of the Surety must attach a notarized copy of his power -of -attorney as evidence of his authority to bind the Surety on the date of execution of the bond. All bid bonds and Contract bonds shall be executed by a LICENSED AGENT of the Surety as licensed by the Arkansas Insurance Commissioner and in all ways complying with the laws of the State of Arkansas. The mere countersigning of a bond will not be sufficient. If the Bidder elects to furnish a Bid Bond, he shall use the Bid Bond form bound herewith, or one conforming substantially thereto in form and content. 17. RETURN OF BID SECURITY Within 15 days after the award of the Contract, the Owner will return the bid securities to all Bidders whose Bids are not to be further considered in awarding the Contract. Retained bid securities will be held until the Contract has been finally executed, after which all bid securities, other than Bidders' bonds and any guarantees which have been forfeited, will be returned to the respective Bidders whose Bids they accompanied. I I L I I I I I I I I I I I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00100-4 ' I 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT ' Within 90 calendar days after the opening of Bids, unless otherwise stated in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS or SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS of these Documents, ' the Owner will accept one of the Bids or will act in accordance with BASIS OF AWARD, below. The acceptance of the Bid will be by written notice of award, mailed or delivered to the ' office designated on the Bid Form. In the event of failure of the lowest responsible and responsive qualified Bidder to sign and return the Contract with acceptable Performance and Payment Bonds, as prescribed herein, the Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest responsible and responsive qualified Bidder. Such award, if made, will be made within 90 days after the opening of Bids. ' 19. BASIS OF AWARD If, at the time this Contract is to be awarded, the Total Base Bid of the lowest acceptable Bid ' exceeds the funds then estimated by the Owner as available, the Owner may reject all bids or take such other action as best serves the Owner's interests. Basis of award will be as stated in the bid. 20. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ' The successful Bidder shall, within 15 consecutive days after receiving notice of award, sign and deliver to the Owner the Contract hereto attached together with the acceptable bonds as required in these Documents. Within 15 consecutive days after receiving the signed Contract with ' acceptable bonds from the successful Bidder, the Owner's authorized agent will sign the Contract. Signature by both parties constitutes execution of the Contract. ' The successful bidder shall conform to the Rules and Regulations of Arkansas Department of Finance and Administration concerning nonresident contractor's notice and bond requirements. ' 21. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS ' The successful Bidder shall file with the Owner a Performance Bond and Payment Bond on the form bound herewith, each in the full amount of the Contract Price in accordance with the requirements of the State of Arkansas as applicable, as security for the faithful performance of ' the Contract and the payment of all persons supplying labor and materials for the construction of the Work, and to cover all guarantees against defective workmanship or materials, or both, for a period of 1 year after the date of final acceptance of the Work by the Owner. The Surety furnishing this bond shall have a sound financial standing and a record of service satisfactory to the Owner, shall be authorized to do business in the State of Arkansas, and shall be listed on the current U. S. Department of Treasury Circular Number 570, or amendments thereto in the Federal Register, of acceptable Sureties for Federal projects. I I IFY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 00100-5 I If the Surety on any Bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of the preceding paragraph, Contractor shall within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. The Attorney -in -Fact (Resident Agent) who executes this Performance Bond and Payment Bond in behalf of the Surety must attach a notarized copy of his power -of -attorney as evidence of his authority to bind the Surety on the date of execution of the bond. All Contracts, Performance and Payment Bonds, and respective powers -of -attorney will have the same date. 22. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT AND FURNISH BOND The Bidder who has a Contract awarded to him and who fails to properly execute the Contract and furnish the Performance Bond and Payment Bond, within the time frame stipulated elsewhere in these documents, shall forfeit the bid security that accompanied his bid, and the bid security shall be retained as liquidated damages by the Owner, and it is agreed that this sum is a fair estimate of the amount of damages the Owner will sustain in case the Bidder fails to enter into a Contract and furnish the bond as hereinbefore provided. Bid security deposited in the form of cash, a certified check, or cashier's check shall be subject to the same requirements as a Bid Bond. 23. TIME OF COMPLETION The time of completion of the Work to be performed under this Contract is of the essence of the Contract. Delays and extensions of time may be allowed in accordance with the provisions stated in Document 00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS. The time allowed for the completion of the Work is stated in Document 00500 - Contract. 24. PROVIDING REQUIRED INSURANCE The Bidder's attention is directed to the insurance requirements set forth in the General Conditions (amended in the Supplementary Conditions, if appropriate). Submittal of a bid indicates full understanding and intent to comply with the insurance requirements which are a condition of the contract. END OF SECTION I I I I I H H I Li I I I I I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00100 6 ' DOCUMENT 00200 INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 1. Arkansas Prevailing Wage Determination Number 03-134. 2. Geotechnical Investigation. PART 2. PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3. EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 00200- I I ' Mike Huckabee Ga I I I I I I H H I I H Mr. R. Wayne Jones, P.E. McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. PO Box 1229 Fayetteville, AR 72702-1229 Dear Mr. ]ones: STATE OF ARKANSAS ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR 10421 WEST MARKMAM • UTTLE ROCK ARKANSAS 72205-2190 (501) 682-4500 • FAX (501) 682.4535 • TDD: (800) 285-1131 September 30, 2003 Re: U of A Corporate Hangar Fayetteville, Arkansas Washington County James L. Salketd Dnaot In response to your request, enclosed is Arkansas Prevailing Wage Determination Number 03-134 establishing the minimum wage rates to be paid on the above -referenced project. These rates were established pursuant to the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law, Ark. Code Ann. §§ 22-9-301 to 22-9-315 and the administrative regulations promulgated thereunder. If the work is subject to the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law, every specification shall include minimum prevailing wage rates for each craft or type of worker as determined by the Arkansas Department of Labor Ark. Code Ann. § 22-9-308 (b) (2). Also, the public body awarding the contract shall cause to be inserted in the contract a stipulation to the effect that not less than the prevailing hourly rate of wages shall be paid to all workers performing work under the contract. Ark. Code Ann. § 22-9-308 (c). Additionally, the scale of wages shall be posted by the contractor in a prominent and easily accessible place at the work site. Ark. Code Ann. § 22-9-309 (a). Also enclosed is a "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" form that should be put in your specifications along with the wage determination. The General/Prime Contractor is responsible for getting this form filled out and returned to this office within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed for this project. When you issue the Notice to Proceed for this project, please mail or fax a copy of the notice to my office. If you have any questions, please call me at (501) 682-4536 or fax (501) 682-4508. ' Enclosures 1 Sincerely, on Cash Prevailing Wage Division Page 1 of 2 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PREVAILING WAGE DETERMINATION - BUILDING RATES 1 DATE: September 30, 2003 DETERMINATION #: 03-134 ' PROJECT: U of A Corporate Hangar COUNTY: Washington Fayetteville, Arkansas EXPIRATION DATE: 3-30-04 • SURVEY #: 703-AR05 1 BASIC ' HOURLY FRINGE CLASSIFICATION RATE BENEFITS ' Asbestos Worker/Insulator 9.40 Bricklayer/Pointer, Cleaner, Caulker 18.00 Carpenter 14.20 ' Concrete Finisher/Cement Mason 13.25 .55 Electrician/Alarm Installer 15.90 2.05 Elevator Mechanic 22.64 9.93 ' Glazier 13.40 HVACR Mechanic (Excluding HVAC Duct Work) 13.05 .30 Ironworker (Including Reinforcing Work) 13.95 2.95 ' Laborer 9.40 Marblefflle/Terrazzo Setter 12.69 ' Metal Building Erector (Includes all construction of pre -fabricated components supplied by the manufacturer) 12.55 Millwright 10.85 1.65 Painter/Sheet Rock Finisher 11.40 Plasterer 13.60 Plumber/Pipefitter 16.50 2.80 Roofer 12.65 2.60 Sheet Metal Worker (Including HVAC Duct Work) 13.75 2.35 Sprinkler Fitter 21.00 7.10 1 Truck Driver 11.35 Waterproofer 14.00 1.09 Power Equipment Operators: '• Group I 14.75 2.85 Group II 12.65 1.40 Group III 13.00 Group IV 11.50 Welders —receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Certified July 1, 2003 Classifications that are required, but not listed above, must be requested in writing from the Arkansas Department of Labor, Prevailing Wage Division. Please call (501) 682-4536 for a request form. l I Page 2 of 2 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PREVAILING WAGE DETERMINATION - BUILDING RATES 1 DATE: September 30, 2003 DETERMINATION #: 03-134 PROJECT: U of A Corporate Hangar COUNTY: Washington Fayetteville, Arkansas EXPIRATION DATE: 3-30-04 SURVEY #: 703-AR05 Power Eauioment Operators: Group I Operators engaged in operating the following equipment: Cranes, draglines, shovels and piledrivers with a lifting capacity of SO tons or over, and operators of all tower climbing cranes and derricks required to work 25 feet or over from the ground, blacksmith and mechanics. ' Group II Operators engaged in operating the following equipment or performing work relative to the engineer's jurisdiction: Hydraulic cranes, cherry pickers, backhoes, and all derricks with a lifting capacity less than 50 tons, as specified by the manufacturer, all backhoes, tractor or truck type, all overhead & traveling cranes, or tractors with swinging boom attachments, gradealls, all above equipment Irrespective of motive power, leverman (engineer), hydraulic or bucket dredges, irrespective of size. Group III Heavy Equipment Operators. Operators engaged in operating the following equipment: all bulldozers, all front end loaders, all sidebooms, skytracks, forklifts, all push tractors, all pull scrapers, all motor graders, all trenching machines, regardless of size or motive power, all backfillers, all central mixing plants, 10S and larger, finishing machines, all boiler fireman high or ' low pressure, all asphalt spreaders, hydro truck crane, multiple drum hoist, irrespective of motive power, all rotary, cable tool, core drill or churn drill, water well and foundation drilling machines, regardless of size, regardless of motive power and dredge tender operator. Group IV Light Equipment Operators. Operators engaged in operating the following equipment: Oilerdriver motor crane, single drum hoists, winches and air tuggers, irrespective of motive power, winch or A frame trucks, rollers of all types and pull tractors, regardless of size, elevator operators inside and outside when used for carrying workmen from floor to floor and handling building material, Lad-A- Vator Conveyor, batch plant, and mortar or concrete mixers, below 105, end dump euclid, pumperete spray machine and pressure grout machine, air compressors, regardless of size. All ' light equipment, welding machines, light plants, pumps, all well point system dewatering and portable pumps, space heater, irrespective of size, and motive power, equipment greaser, oiler, mechanic helper, drilling machine helper, asphalt distributor and like equipment, safety boat operator and deckhand. I I &&t� H�� 4 I 2g0§ a2 §f§ C- §�f/ e% < n3 <§m! @ <oS k e� 0 /k CL $ Q22f � ){§o $�� it /§\\ § /#�\ �-5CLE 0. 2`7 / 2 0. kV) 0 0 \kk/ Iz (@a)\ t> o@ k 2C0E0 I `° Ek \\}- k @ z =�E}2 z /�\§\ IA @ 2® k\2k\ 222 {7�t2 �k u 0 UO- ®@ o f��- e§= os� ue§ $/t/\ <§5 S@zi[ ®>-t2} �D /o @ °ww 0 ao&G (0� }}K w_� F§/ E\2 \E2 U� atU Ee \\f §j -Q� E4 2 I) /K0 z [�\ }k\ )§/ V) \�\ @02 s%E c /o 73LU 0 u do & t t / $\[ Iv t CLLL_ a .4-1 0 \ E ° $ \ / LuZ ) \ / _ C ®/ LU c { (V E \ U u b $ 0 2 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION U OF A CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT for CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS October, 2003 Project No. FY033818 Prepared By: Na45" N�1 7 �: ao 9YNg - /,7 000/OOOJ TO borvo McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. 1810 North College, P.O. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701-1229 (479) 443-2377, Fax (479)-443-9241 I I I 11 GI I H I H GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION U OF A CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS FOR CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS INTRODUCTION An investigation of subsurface soil conditions was conducted by McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc., at the proposed hangar building site on of the located at the Airport in Fayetteville, Arkansas. The investigation was authorized by Mr. Ray Boudreaux, of Fayetteville Municipal Airport to obtain subsurface soil conditions at the project site and to prepare recommendations for the design of the foundation system for the proposed hangar building. The project is to consist of a single story pre-engineered building and associated parking. I I I I The data was determined from the following three-phase program: A. An investigation of the subsurface conditions, and visual soil classification by use of sample borings. B. A laboratory testing program to determine the strength parameters and engineering properties of the soil strata. C. An engineering analysis of the laboratory and field data for bearing capacity, foundation and pavement recommendations. C:\DArAO33818\REPCRTWPO:WJ J I I I I Li I rl I I FIELD INVESTIGATION The soil conditions at the building site were investigated by three (3) sample borings. The borings were drilled to depths of about fifteen (15) feet. The boring locations are indicated on Plate 1. Descriptions and classifications of the soil strata encountered and the results of the field and laboratory tests are given on the boring logs, Plates 2 through 4. A key to the terms and symbols used on the boring logs is presented on Plate 5. The borings were drilled using a truck -mounted rotary drilling rig and advanced by 572 - inch hollow stem auger. Soil samples were obtained at the depths indicated on the boring logs by the use of a 3 -inch Shelby Tube sampler for obtaining undisturbed cohesive soil samples, and by the use of a 2 -inch split -spoon sampler for obtaining samples from cohesionless or slightly cohesive soils. The split -spoon sampler was driven by blows from a 140 -pound hammer dropped 30 inches. The number of blows required to drive the split - spoon sampler the final 12 inches of an 18 -inch drive, or portion thereof, is referred to as the Standard Penetration value, N, and is recorded on the boring logs in the blows -per -foot ' column. I 'I I I I The field tests performed included visual soil classification and groundwater observations. A perched groundwater table was encountered by Boring3 at the time of drilling and is reported on the boring log as the depth of water upon the completion of the borings. C:\DATAC338l8REPOR1WPD:WJ -2- I I I I I I H I J H I FAI I I I I I GENERAL SOIL CONDITIONS The project site is located at the south end of the airport property along Highway 71 in Fayetteville, Arkansas. The topography of the site indicates has a vary slight slope across the site from northwest to southeast. Based on the information from the borings, the site has had a minor amount of earthwork placed within the project area consisting of topsoil and clay gravel material. Borings 1 and 2 encountered a surface stratum of stiff brown gravelly clay fill material gravel to a depth of six (6) inches. Boring 3 encountered a surface stratum of topsoil to a depth of six (6) inches. The borings encountered an underlying stratum of firm to stiff brown and gray or red silty clay to a depth of eight (8) to ten (10) feet. The borings encountered a underlying stratum of firm brown and gray sandy silty clay a depth of sixteen (16) feet. Boring 3 encountered an underlying stratum of medium hard gray shale to the end of the. The Cl and CH materials have a moderate to high plasticity and a moderate potential for volumetric changes due to changes in the soil moisture content. ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The proposed building is to be a pre-engineered steel single story building with an eave height of 33 feet. The anticipated column loads are in the range of ten (10) to twenty (20) kips. The foundation system recommended for the hangar building is spread footng system founded at a minimum depth of three (3) feet below the finished floor elevation. The safe C:DATA\A338181REPORT. W PD. W J -3- I ii I n LJ IH I H J H 1 I Li allowable bearing pressure for spread footings on the stiff clay stratum is 2500 pounds per square foot (psf). This allowable bearing pressure provides a minimum factor of safety of three (3) with respect to the measured and estimated strength properties of the bearing stratum. Foundation settlement under the structure for the drilled pier system should be less than %2 - inch. Total and/or differential settlement between the building columns should be negligible to less than'/. -inch. The soil profile at this project site is a Type S, soil as related to the Earthquake Design according to Section 1206.4.6 of the 1994 Standard Building Code. The footings should be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material after excavation and before concrete placement. The footings should be observed by the Owner, Architect, Engineer and/or Geotechnical Engineer, or their representatives, to verify the adequacy of bearing at the planned depths. Site Grading The site excavation should include the removal of all topsoil material from within the building and pavement areas. The site is recommended to have a minimum of eighteen (18) inches of a select structural fill placed below the pavement, slab and the footings, which will require on -site excavation to remove soft and unsuitable soil material within these areas, to adjust the site to the required elevations. C \DATA�0338181REPORT. W PD: W J -4- 1 The native subgrade material below the select material should be compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent as determined by the Standard Proctor Test, ASTM D 698, at optimum moisture before the placement of select fill material. Alternatively, the native subgrade area may be proof -rolled using a minimum dual axle fully loaded dump truck weighing at least 60,000 lbs. The proof -rolling, if used, should be performed in the presence of the Architect, Engineer, and/or Owner. IThe select embankment material required for the project site should use on -site excavated ' materials or off -site select borrow material. The off -site select material is recommended to be the locally available reddish brown silty clay with broken chert gravel and cobbles ("Hillside Material") meeting Unified Soils Classification as a (GC, GW or GM) material and ' having a Plasticity Index of 35 or less and a Liquid Limit of 60 or less. The structural embankment material under the building, storage, parking and driveway areas should be compacted in place in maximum eight (8) -inch compacted lifts to a minimum density of 100 percent of the maximum density as determined by the Standard Proctor Test, ASTM D 698. The select embankment material should be compacted between five (5) percent below and two (2) percent above the optimum moisture content. The select embankment material should extend a minimum of five (5) feet beyond the exterior of the building and a minimum of three (3) feet beyond the pavement area. The embankment material beyond the building and paved areas should be compacted in place in maximum eight (8) -inch compacted lifts to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by the Standard ' Proctor Test ASTM D 698 and should also be compacted at optimum moisture to two (2) ' percent above and five (5) percent below optimum moisture. The site embankment slopes C:\DATAW33818\REPORT.WPD:WJ - 5 - Li I H I I J 'J I I LJ I I I I I G H are recommended to have maximum 5:1 slopes for both cut and fill sections for the convenience of maintenance. The embankment fill materials should be controlled using frequent moisture -density tests for each compacted lift using a minimum of one (1) test per 10,000 square feet to a maximum of one (1) test per 2,500 square feet. The surface drainage, during construction, should be carefully maintained during the site embankment and the building construction periods to minimize water ponding within and adjacent to the building and pavement areas. These areas should be provided with a minimum one (1) to one and one-half (1.5) percent slope during construction. All trenching and excavations should be conducted in accordance with Arkansas State Law and OSHA guidelines and requirements. The final site should be graded to provide positive surface drainage with a minimum of two (2) percent recommended for the pavement and a minimum of three (3) percent recommended for grass surfaces. Pavement Design The minimum CBR value for the native clay gravel materials is approximately three (3) while the select material CBR is eight (8) or greater. The pavement may be constructed of asphalt or concrete materials with a crushed stone base material. The recommended asphalt C:\DATA\033818\REPORTWPD:WJ -6- C1 I I I I J I I I I I I I I I I I G pavement is a 18 -inch select material layer, a 8 -inch crushed stone base layer with a 2 -inch asphalt surface course. The recommended concrete pavement is a 12 -inch select material layer, a 4 -inch crushed stone layer and a 5 -inch concrete pavement. Quality Control testing of the earthwork operation, concrete, paving and other phases is recommended to be utilized during construction to assure the Architect, Engineer, and Owner that the construction complies with the specifications. LIMITATIONS AND RESERVED RIGHTS The recommendations and conclusions made in this report are based on the assumption that the subsoil conditions do not deviate appreciably from those disclosed in the test borings. Should significant subsoil variations or undesirable conditions be encountered during construction that are not described herein, the Geotechnical Engineer reserves the right to inspect these conditions for the purpose of reevaluating this report. A review of the final construction plans and specifications by this office is encouraged to ensure compliance with the intent of these recommendations. Sincerely yours, CO Enclosures: Boring Testing C:\DATA'D338181REPORT WPDWJ ENGINEERS, INC. 17 �')n 7o_7_ I 10 vest txwi __ .. R tUMNR f OMM UM N)4 10 30' 60' B-2 / m v s r wx AREA HAS OLD GRAVEL Mi OUT P AN/ID GRASS sLY-1 . / -------------- fncwtxtress __aorta_-----_ -------_--_ / TBM EIEV. 1243.71 DLED OJC IN SW BON — ' —��1ro��SD"yTREE ;. '. _ _ .._ ---•• - ..-- 1244 .... __ _ TM1N. B-. TREE- - --- - _ _ _ xy FLAT BOTTOM DITCH - - �. �...-�...•_. 411 _--- --- MABRY ST. (ASPHALT) 30 15 0 30 60 SCALE: 1"z 30' BORING t9 B-2 LOCATION I I I I IH I J I I I I I I H CI I LOG OF BORING NO. B -I Project Owner: CITY OF FAYEITEVILLE MCE Project No.: FY033818 Description: U OF A CORPORATE HANGAR Date Drilled: SEPTEMBER 9, 2003 Location: FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Method Drilled: 5 I/2Continuous Auger Project Engineer: R. WAYNE JONES, P.E. Boring Location: See Plate I ..-...-, _ x LL tr_ IL t z `at a— Of Material 9 c L Cl ~ y ry N J (Color,Type,Moiaure & Consistency) .Z � a O 1It W to m to 7) i a. (L J tL ❑ 0.0 0$?. CL Stifff Brown Gravelly Clay Fill 1 17 Material 17.0 35 17 18 Stiff to Firm Brown and Gray Silty 2 Clay 26.0 1.50 97.5 Firm Brown and Red Silty Clay so 29.0 91.3 -5.0 4 30.0 2.75 95.6 Very Stiff Brown and Gray Sandy 5 Silty Clay 28.7 3.75 -10.0 6 15.8 3.50 CL Stiff Brown and Gray Silty Sandy Clay with Gravel 0 7 '::. 21.9 1.50 END OF BORING 20 -20.0 Completion Depth: 16.0 Feet Depth To Water (Final): Dry Logged By: DAN GILES Fayetteville, Arkansas McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Little Rock, Arkansas PLATE NO. 2 1 1 1 ' Fayetteville, Arkansas McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Little Rock, Arkansas PLATE NO. 3 1 LOG OF BORING NO. B-2 Project Owner: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE MCE Project No.: FY033818 Description: U OF A CORPORATE HANGAR Date Drilled: SEPTEMBER 9, 2003 Location: FAYEI'I EMCEE, ARKANSAS Method Drilled: 5 I/2' Continuous Auger Project Engineer: R. WAYNE JONES, P.E. Boring Location: See Plate I I-,- LL LL L Q ❑, a W o d E rp N O N3 b m C a UI p N a a U N 7 Description Of Material (Cnlur,Type,MoisNre & Consistency) - JQ a N O E J J Q J t J 2 d X _ N N d U) D J d ii C ?, O 1245.6 CL Stiff Brown Gravelly Clay Fill 1 Material 15.2 2.75 Stiff Brown and Gray Sandy Silty 2 Clay 22.8 39 15 24 0.43 2.50 101.7 Firm Brown and Red Sandy Silty 3 Clay 27.6 1.50 92.5 1240.6 CIJ Firm Brown Clay 4 32.2 1.2$ CL Very Stiff Brown and Red Clay 5 26.5 3.50 CL Very Stiff Brown and Gray Sandy 1235.6 6 7 Silty Clay 24.8 22.3 3.50 2.75 1230.6 END OF BORING 20 1225.6 Completion Depth: 16.0 Feet Depth Ti' Wale, (Final): Dry Lugged By: DAN GILES 1 1 1 1 1 Fayetteville, Arkansas McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS. INC. Little Rock, Arkansas PLATE NO. 4 1 LOG OF BORING NO. B-3 Project Owner: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE MCE Project No.: FY033818 Description: U OF A CORPORATE HANGAR Date Drilled: SEPTEMBER 9, 2003 Location: FAYEI I EVILLE, ARKANSAS Method Drilled: 5 1/2' Continuous Auger Project Engineer: R. WAYNE JONES, P.E. Boring Location: See Plate I 0 W a z N O 0 H m C pa J N n ❑ Description Of Material (Color,Type,Moisturc & Consistency) aQ - J J j LL I 4. J J Ls H ti C ❑ 1245.1 jII OH Topsoil I 12.3 1.25 Firm Brown and Red Silty Clay 2 16.7 57 21 36 1.27 1.75 109.1 CH Firm Brown Clay Firm to Stiff Red and Gray Silty Clay 3 20.2 1.07 2.50 98.9 .0 1240.1 4 IS.S 3.25 Very Stiff Gray Gravelly Clay Very Stiff Gray Gravelly Clay 5 26.0 2.75 Stiff Gray and Brown Silty Clay 1235.1 6 24.5 2.23 Stiff Brown Silty Sandy Clay 0 1230.1 7 23.5 2.00 Hard Dark Gray Shale END OF BORING 1225.1 Completion Depth: 16.0 Feet Depth To Water (Final): 12.5 Feet Logged By: DAN GILES SYMBOLS AND TERMS USED ON BORINGS LOGS SOIL TYPES SAMPLER TYPES (SHOWN IN SYMBOL COLUMN) (SHOWN IN SAMPLES COLUMN) ® ® N W H N • Gravel Sand Silt Clay Shelby Piston Split No Predominant type shown heavy Tube Spoon Recovery I I I C TERMS DESCRIBING CONSISTENCY OR CONDITION COARSE GRAINED SOILS (major portion retained on 200 sieve): Includes (1) clean gravels and sands. and (2) silty or clayey gravels and sands. Condition Is rated according to relative density, as determined by laboratory tests. DESCRIPTIVE TERM RELATIVE DENSITY Loose 0 to 40% Medium Dense 40 to 70% Dense 70 to 100% FINE GRAINED SOILS (major portion passing No. 200 sieve): Includes inorganic and organic silts and clays. (2) gravely, sandy, or shy clays, and (3) clayey silts. Consistency is rated according to shearing strength, as Indicated by penetrometer readings or by unconfined compression tests. UNCONFINED DESCRIPTIVE TERM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TON ISOFT, Very Soft Less than 0.25 Soft 0.25 to 0.50 Firm 0.50 to 1.00 Stiff 1.00 to 2.00 Very Stiff 2.00 to 4.00 Hard 4.00 and higher We Ssckensided fl riswred Bari may have lover u,Wrlrnao wmprasv. a wergths than shown above, beast or panes of weakness or aWks in ate sd. The camatency rating of sucrt sod are based on peneVdnela reading. TERMS CHARACTERIZING SOIL STRUCTURE Slickensided - having inclined planes of weakness that are slick and glossy in appearance. Fissured - containing shrinkage cracks, frequently filled with fine sand of silt usually more or less vertical. Laminated - composed of thin layers of varying color and texture. Interbedded - composed of alternate layers of different soil types. Calcareous - containing appreciable quantities of calcium carbonate. Well graded - having wide range in grain sizes and substantial amounts of all Intermediate panicle sizes. Poorly graded - predominantly of one grain size, or having a range of sizes with some intermediate size missing. Teons used in 'hi, report for desrnbbg 5015 acct d'l9 to the/ texit,, a gran size distribution we in acWrdynce win the UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM, as desmbed in Tetlirvcnl iMngrandum No 3-357. waterways Expenment Station, March 1953 I PLATE 5 I I I I I LI C I C I I I I I I McCLELLAND PO, Box 9225 MC CONSUL TING Fayeurville, Arkansas 72702 I229 479-43.9203 DESIGNED TO SERVE ENGINEERS. INC • MATERIALS LABORATORY FAX 47e-�L43-9zJ 9 LABORATORY TEST RESULTS JOB NUMBER: FY033818 PROJECT: U of A Hanger DATE: September 30, 2003 B f S f OESCRIP11ON DEPTH FSH WATER CONTENT LL PL PI UC AASHTO SIEVE ANALYSIS %FINER UDW PCF Uc TSF 3 IN. 314 IN. NO.4 NO, 10 J4O. 40 N _ 200 89.8 I I BROWN & GRAY LEAN CLAY .6'-1.6 17.0 35 17 18 CL A4(16) 100 99.9 1 2 BROWNS GRAY CLAY 7-3' 26.0 97.6 1 3 BROWNS RED CLAY {'4.6' 29.0 91.3 1 4 BROWN & RED CLAY 6'-r 30.0 95.6 1 6 BROWN & GRAY CLAY WISAND 6'-Y 28.7 1 6 BROWN CLAY WISAND 10'-11' 16.8 1 7 BROWN SILTY CLAY WIGRAVEL 16'-16' 21.9 2 1 BROWN A GRAY CLAY WISAND .8-1.6' 15.2 2 2 BROWN SANDY LEAN CLAY 7-3' 22.8 39 15 24 CL A4(14) 100 88.8 69.1 101.7 0.43 2 3 BROWN a RED CLAY WSAND P-6 27.6 92.6 2 4 BROWN CLAY 6'-r 32.2 2 6 BROWN & RED CLAY 8'-V 26.5 2 6 BROWN a GRAY CLAY WISAND 10-11' 24.6 2 7 BROWN SILTY CLAY WISAND 16-16' 22.3 3 1 BROWN a RED CLAY .6-1.6' 12.3 3 2 BROWN FAT CLAY 2'a' 16.7 57 21 36 CH A-74(35) 100 96.3 89.0 109.1 1.27 3 3 RED a GRAY CLAY ♦'4' 20.2 98.9 1.07 3 4 BROWN CLAY WISAND 6'-r 15.5 3 5 BROWN CLAY WIGRAVEL 8'4' 28.0 3 6 GRAY & BROWN CLAY 10-11' 24.6 3 7 BROWN CLAY WISAND 16'-16' 23.5 o wwr[au�aw��w I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DOCUMENT 00300 BID FORM LUMP SUM NOTE TO BIDDER: Please use BLACK ink for completing this Bid form. To: City of Fayetteville Address: 113 W. Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 Project Title: U of A Corporate Hangar for Fayetteville Municipal Airport Engineer's Project No.: FY032118 Arkansas Contractor's Date: October 23, 2003 LicenseNo.: onn4lRnhnl. Bidder: Architectural Contractors Inc. Address: 2013 N. Old Missouri Road, Springdale, AR 72764 Bidder's person to contact for additional information on this Bid M► roi1L Telephone: (479) 756-3547 ADDENDA The Bidder hereby acknowledges that he has received Addenda Numbers: One (1) to these Specifications. (Bidder insert No. of each Addendum received.) FY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 00300-i I BIDDER'S DECLARATION AND UNDERSTANDING The undersigned, hereinafter called the Bidder, declares that the only persons or parties interested in this Bid are those named herein, that this Bid is, in all respects, fair and without fraud, that it is made without collusion with any official of the Owner, and that the Bid is made without any connection or collusion with any person submitting another Bid on this Contract. ' The Bidder further declares that he has carefully examined the Contract Documents for the construction of the project, that he has personally inspected the site, that he has satisfied himself as to.the quantities involved, including materials and equipment, and conditions of work involved, including the fact that the '• description of the quantities of work and materials, as included herein, is brief and is intended only to indicate the general nature of the work and to identify the said quantities with the detailed requirements of the Contract Documents, and that this Bid is made according to the provisions and under the terms of • the Contract Documents, which Documents are hereby made a part of this Bid. The Bidder further agrees that he has exercised his own judgment and has utilized all data which he ' believes pertinent from the Engineer, Owner, and other sources in arriving at his own conclusions. The Bidder states that he has experience in and is qualified to perform the work herein specified and, if he does not have craftsmen experienced and qualified in any phase of the work for which this Bid is offered, ' that he will subcontract the work under said phase to a contractor who does have the necessary experience and qualifications. ' CONTRACT EXECUTION AND BONDS ' The Bidder agrees that if this Bid is accepted, he will, within 15 days after notice of award, sign the Contract in the form annexed hereto, and will at that time, deliver to the Owner the Performance Bond and Payment Bond required herein, and will, to the extent of his Bid, furnish all machinery, tools, t apparatus, and other means of construction and do the work and furnish all the materials necessary to complete all work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE. PAYMENT BOND. AND PERFORMANCE BOND The Bidder further agrees to furnish the Owner, before executing the Contract, the certificates of ' insurance, Payment Bond, and Performance Bond as specified in these Documents. ' START OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACT COMPLETION TIME. AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Start of Construction, Contract Completion Time, and Liquidated Damages are stated in Document 00500 - Contract. SALES AND USE TAXES ' The Bidder agrees that all federal, state, and local sales and use taxes are included in the stated bid prices for the work. 1 FY032I 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 00300-2 I I I H I I Li I1 LUMP SUM BASE BID In the space below write in the bid based upon the full scope of work as shown on the Drawings and Specification for the materials, labor, erection, and other required work, including Trench and Excavation Safety, and a $5,000 "allowance" for Landscaping. Total Lump Sum Base Bid: T� Two Five hundred a5owr. Thc thousand `e • crd 00/100 Dollars ($ 532,000.00 ) (Amount written in words has precedence) (Numbers) Site work including, earthwork, drainage, drives, parking, and etc items beyond five (5) feet from the building. The Bidder agrees that the following amount is included in the above stated Base Bid Amount. Fifty two thousand five hundred and no/100 dollars (Amount written in words has precedence) Dollars ($ 52 , 500.00 (Numbers) Trench and Excavation Safety System, Required by Act 291 of 1993. The Bidder agrees that the following amount is included in the above stated Lump Sum Base Bid. Three hundred and 00/100 dollars (Amount written in words has precedence) Dollars (S300.00 (Numbers) Allowance. The Bidder agrees that a $5,000 "allowance" for landscaping has been included in his Total Lump sum Base Bid as stated hereinbefore. See Specification Section 01020. Additional cost for Undercut/Backfill. If unsuitable soil materials are encountered, they are to be undercut at the direction of the Engineer and replaced with select material compacted in place in accordance with the project specification. For this undercut and backfill, the Contractor shall be paid beyond his Base Bid in accordance with the following unit price bid and the actual in -place quantity as measured by the Engineer. $ 13.00 ICY $ Thirteen and 001100 dollars/cubic yard (Numbers) (Words) ' DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATES The following alternatives for reducing the Contract amount are offered in their preferred order for optional execution by the Owner: Deductive Alternate #1: To delete the work and materials associated with the reduction of building eave height from 33 feet to 29 feet and the reduction of the sliding door height from 28 feet to 24 feet including all electrical and mechanical items, the Bidder agrees to reduce his Total Lump Sum Base Bid by the lump sum amount of: FY032I I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 00300-3 1 $ Eight thousand fifty two and 00/100 Dollars $__8,052.00 (Words) (Numbers) BASIS OF AWARD The Bidder understands that the contract will be awarded to the bidder with the lowest Total Lump Sum Base Bid less the amounts stipulated in the Deductive Alternate selected by the Owner. IPAYMENT SCHEDULE A detailed payment schedule for each structure or unit shall be submitted by the successful low Bidder. The successful low Bidder shall meet with the Engineer and Owner, to review the format and details of the payment schedule. This meeting shall be held within 5 days of notification that the Contractor is the low Bidder. The purpose of the meeting shall be to establish an acceptable format for the payment schedule. The detailed construction payment schedule shall be completed by the Contractor 14 days after the meeting and submitted to the Engineer and Owner for review and approval. Failure of the Contractor to submit the payment schedule as required may result in the Owner's rejection of the Bid or delay in processing the Contractor's request for a progress payment. SUBCONTRACTORS The Bidder further certifies that proposals from the following subcontractors were used in the preparation of this Bid; and if awarded a contract, Bidder agrees to not enter into contracts with others for these divisions of the Work without written approval from the Owner and Engineer. ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR Oo9z1SO4CJ4 Arkansas Contractor License # «^• ^• fr ARC • L/GNrN/A/G [t&crg,cI1c, Name 2Ct3 Svire V,Cj EerJ A s R049, �fyE»E�//LcE1�Q 12.1O3 •1 aag R J1Q7€% Street Address, City, State, Zip Code PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR 1 I I Arkansas Contractor License # 0085940404 1278 Piazza, Tontitown, AR 72762 Krug Construction Street Address, City, State, Zip Code I L FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 00300-4 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I Ii RVACSUBCONTRACTOR Arkansas Contractor License # 0029940404 Paschal Corp. Name 2119 E. Emma Ave., Springdale, AR 72764 Street Address, City, State, Zip Code ROOFING SUBCONTRACTOR Arkansas Contractor License # 0004180404 Architectural Contractors, Inc. Name 2013 N. Old Missouri Road, Springdale, AR 72764 Street Address, City, State, Zip Code BUILDING ERECTTION SUBCONTRACTOR Arkansas Contractor License # 0004180404 Architectural Contractors, Inc. Name 2013 N. Old Missouri Road, Springdale, AR 72764 Street Address, City, State, Zip Code PAINTING SUBCONTRACTOR Arkansas Contractor License # McDonald Painting Name 407 Harve Street, Springdale, AR 72764 Street Address, City, State, Zip Code FY0321 IS U of A Corporate Hangar 00300-5 SUBCONTRACTOR Arkansas Contractor License # I Street Address, City, State, Zip Code METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER: EXPERIENCE OF BIDDER The Bidder states that he is an experienced Contractor and has completed similar projects within the last 5 years. (List similar projects, with types, names of clients, construction costs, and references with telephone numbers. Use additional sheets if necessary.) Rieff St. Warehouse, 96,000 sq. ft., Sterling Anders, $2,000,000.00. 684-3333 28th. Street Warehouse, 80,000 sq. ft., Sterling Anders, $1,300,000.00, 684-3333 On Deck, 17,000 sq. ft. Retail Building, Chuck Calloway, $650,000.00, 582-2420 ' Insty-Print, 6,000 sq. ft. Commercial Building, Mike Andrews, $350,000.00 443-7500 SURETY If the Bidder is awarded a construction Contract on this Bid, the Surety who provides the Performance and Payment Bond will be: ' International Fidelity Insurance Co. whose address is One Newark Center, 20th. Floor, Newark, New Jersey 07102-5207 Street, City, State, Zip Code INSURANCE The Bidder acknowledges that he is familiar with the insurance requirements on this Project and, if awarded a construction contract, agrees to furnish the required insurance certificates within fifteen (1 5) days of the date the award is made. I 1 L_ FY0321 IS U of A Corporate Hangar 00300-6 I. I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 l-- 1 BIDDER The name of the Bidder submitting this Bid is: Architectural Contractors, Inc. 2013 N. Old Missouri Road, Springdale, AR 72764 doing business at Street, City, State, Zip Code which is the address to which all communications concerned with this Bid and with the Contract shall be sent. The names of the principal officers of the corporation submitting this Bid, or of the partnership, or of all persons interested in this Bid as principals are as follows: Raymond J. Berryman, President FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00300-7 I If Sole Proprietor or Partnership ' IN WITNESS hereto the undersigned has set his (its) hand this _ day of , 2003. ' Signature of Bidder Title If Corporation IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned corporation has caused this instrument to be executed and its seal affixed by its duly authorized officers this 23 day of October 2003. (SEAL) Architectural Contractors. Inc. Name of Corporation 1 By Title President ' Attest Secretary I I 1 p.. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00300-8 4 El ' Document A310 ' Bid Bond • KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we (Here insert fun name and address or legal title of contractor)ARCHITECTURAL CONTRACTORS, INC. ' as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY (Hera insert fun name and address or legal title of Surety) a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Jersey as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto ' CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE (Hem insert fun name. addressor legal lase of owner) as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of 5% OF AMOUNT BID Dollars ($ ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly ' by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for (Here Insect full name, address and desulptnn of protect) UA CORPORATE HANGAR, FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT ' NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material funished in the prosecution therof, or in the event of the ' failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 22ND day of OCTOBER, 2003 P ` ' y/� (PrtrQipal) (Seat) (fn0ss) !'� IY O.it� (fifle) INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE CO. ' Q - rsdat) eu) (Tile) ' ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Primed in cooperation with the American Institute of Architects (AlA) by International Fidelity Insurance Company. Intemalional Foeey Insurance Company vouches that the language In the document conforms oxecty to the language used in ALA Document A310, February 1970 edition. t I34200 POWER OF ATTORNEY ' INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY HOME OFFICE: ONE NEWARK CENTER, 20TH FLOOR NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102-5207 'FOR BID BOND/RIDER/CONSENTS/AFFIDAVITS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing laws of the State of New Jersey, and having its principal office in the City of Newark, New Jersey. does hereby constitute and appoint MIKE A. LUTiRELL, KENNETH L. GALLOWAY, ADRIAN W. LUTTRELL, JACQUE LINDSEY Springdale, AR. its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on us behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undenakings,.contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or may he allowed, required or permitted by law, stature, rule. regulation. contract or otherwise tincluding any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and fu /or el estimates on engineering and construction contracts pp required by the eep�artmen of Tnnsponation him of Florida, and the execution of such usstrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall he as binding upon the said INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, as fully and amply, to all vents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at its principal office. This Power of Anumep is executed, and may he revoked, pursuant to and by authority of Article 3 -Section 3, of the By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting called and held on the 7th day of ebruary, 1974. The President or any Vice President, Executive Vice President. Secretary or Assistant Secretary. shall have power and authority (1) To appoint Attorneys-io-Ga• and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of he Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and, (2) To remove, at any time, any such attorney -in -fact and revoke (he authority given. Further, this Power of Attorney is signed and scaled by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of said Company adopted at a meeting duly called and held on the 29th day of April. 1982 of which the following is a true excerpt: I Now therefore the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may he affixed to any such power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate hearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal .Nall he valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seat shall he valid and hi dutg upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which u is attached. 'rl :IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF. INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused ths instrument to be G,psigned and its corporate seal to be affixed by us author zed officer, this 31st day of August. A.D. 1998. B�!`mssINTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COSEALmSTATE f NEW JERSEY eoa _p County of Essex I Secrete On this 31st day of August 1998. before me came the individual who executed the precedin • Instrument. tome personally known, and, being by me duly sworn, said the he is the therein described and authurved officer of the INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to mid instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company: that the said Corporate Seal and his signature were duly affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company. ' a IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF. I have hereunto set my hand affixed my Official Seal, ��at the City of Newark. New Jersey the day and year first above written. A NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY CERTIFICATION My Commission Expires Nov. 21. 2005 1. the undersigned officer of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the 'Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the By -Laws of said Company as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS ON IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID COMPANY. and that the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originals, and that the said Power of Attorney his not been revoked and is now in full force and effect ' IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF. I have hereunto set my hand this I 22ND dayof OCTOBER, 2003 Assistant Secretary ��/f! NOTICE OF AWARD TO: I I PROJECT DESCRIPTION: U of A Corporate Hangar, Fayetteville Municipal Airport The OWNER has considered the BID submitted by you for the above described WORK in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated , 2003 and Instructions to Bidders. You are hereby notified that your BID has been accepted in the amount of: You are required by the Instructions to Bidders to execute the Contract and furnish the required CONTRACTOR'S Performance BOND, Payment BOND, and certificates of insurance within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of this Notice to you. ' If you fail to execute said Contract and to furnish said BONDS within fifteen (15) days from the date of this Notice, said OWNER will be entitled to consider all your rights arising of your BID ' BOND. The OWNER will be entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this NOTICE OF AWARD to the OWNER. Dated this_ day of , 2003. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS ' Owner BY ' ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged ' by ' this the day of , 2003 By Title FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00360-I I I U I I I I I I PART II I CONTRACT FORMS 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 H H H I I I I I I J RESOLUTION NO. 173-03 A RESOLUTION AWARDING A CONTRACT TO ARCHITECTURAL CONTRACTORS, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF FIVE HUNDRED THIRTY-TWO THOUSAND DOLLARS ($532,000.00) FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS CORPORATE HANGAR AT THE FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT; APPROVING A PROJECT CONTINGENCY IN THE AMOUNT OF TWENTY- NINE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED SIXTY-FIVE DOLLARS ($29,565.00); AND APPROVING A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF TWO HUNDRED TWENTY THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED THIRTY-FIVE DOLLARS ($220,835.00) FOR SAME. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereby awards a contract to Architectural Contractors, Inc. in the amount of Five Hundred. Thirty -Two Thousand Dollars ($532,000.00) for the construction of the University of Arkansas corporate hangar at the Fayetteville Municipal Airport. Section 2. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereby approves a project contingency in the amount of Twenty -Nine Thousand Five Hundred Sixty -Five Dollars ($29,565.00). Section 3. That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereby approves a Budget Adjustment in the amount of Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty -Five Dollars ($220,835.00) for same. PASSED and APPROVED this 18th day of November, 2003. FPYETr4f .� APPROVED: By: SONDRA SMITH, City Clerk 1 Li I DOCUMENT 00500 -Revised L C I J I Li I I L CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on thetA day of November , 2003, by and between Architectural Contractors. Inc. and the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas: WITNESSETH: That Architectural Contractors, Inc., for the consideration hereinafter fully set out, hereby agrees with the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas as follows: That Architectural Contractors, Inc. shall furnish all the materials, and perform all of the work in manner and form as provided by the following enumerated Drawings, Specifications, and Documents, which are attached hereto and made a part hereof, as if fully contained herein and are entitled U of A Corporate Hangar for Fayetteville Municipal Airport. dated August, 2003. Advertisement for Bids Instructions to Bidders Bid and acceptance thereof Performance Bond Payment Bond General Conditions Supplementary Conditions Specifications Drawings (Bound Separately) 2. That the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby agrees to pay to Architectural Contractors, Inc. for the faithful performance of this Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Specifications or Bid, in lawful money of the United States, the amount of Five Hundred Thirty Two Thousand Dollars (S_532.000.00 3. The Work will be substantially completed within 180 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed. 4. Liquidated Damages: The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas and Architectural Contactors, Inc. recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas and Architectural Contarctors, Inc. agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) Architectural Contactors, Inc. shall pay the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Four Hundred Forty Dollars ($440.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3 for Substantial Completion. I I 5. That within 30 days of receipt of an approved payment request, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas shall make partial payments to Architectural Contractors, Inc. on the basis of a duly certified and approved estimate of work performed during the preceding calendar month by Architectural Contractors, Inc., LESS the retainage provided in the General Conditions, which is to be withheld by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas until all work within a particular part has been performed strictly in accordance with this Agreement and until such work has been accepted by the City of ' Fayetteville, Arkansas. 6. That upon submission by Architectural Contractors, Inc. of evidence satisfactory to the City of ' Fayetteville, Arkansas that all payrolls, material bills, and other costs incurred by Architectural Contractors, Inc. in connection with the construction of the work have been paid in full, final payment on account of this Agreement shall be made within 60 days after the completion by ' Architectural Contractors, Inc. of all work covered by this Agreement and the acceptance of such work by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. ' 7. It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if, at any time after the execution of this Agreement and the Surety Bond hereto attached for its faithful performance and payment, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas shall deem the Surety or Sureties upon such bond to be ' unsatisfactory or if, for any reason such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the performance of the work, Architectural Contractors, Inc. shall, at its expense, within 5 days after the receipt of notice from the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount and with such Surety or Sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. In such event, no further payment to Architectural Contractors, Inc. shall be deemed to be due under this Agreement until such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the work shall be furnished in manner and form satisfactory to the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. 8. Changes, modifications, or amendments in scope, price or fees to this contract shall not be allowed without a prior formal contract amendment approved by the Mayor and the City Council in advance of the change in scope, cost or fees. ' 9. This Contract shall be governed by the law of the State of Arkansas. I10, Freedom of Information Act. The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas contracts and documents prepared while performing City of Fayetteville, Arkansas contractual work are subject to the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act. If a Freedom of Information Act request is presented to the ' City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, Architectural Contractors, Inc. will do everything possible to provide the documents in a prompt and timely manner as prescribed in the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act (A.C.C.$25-19-101 et. Seq.). Only legally authorized photocopying costs pursuant to the FOIA may be assessed for this compliance. 1 n I I:, C I IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and date first above written, in three (3) counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for the other counterpart be deemed an original Contract. ' SEAL: WITNESSES: C I I I I I I J I I I I I Approved as to form: tomey for City of Fayetteville, Arkansas ARCHITECURAL CONTRACTORS. INC. CONTRACTOR By Title Pre ' ent CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS I ACORD_ CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MWDDIYYW) 12/02/03 4alker Bros. Insurance, Inc. ?.O. Box 7570 Springdale AR 72766-7570 Phone:479-306-4677 Fax:479-306-5110 Architectural Constr., Inc. 2013 N Old Missouri Road Springdale AR 72764 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. • INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURFRA- Cincinnati Insurance Co. 10677 INSURER B: INSURER C INSURER D IL`LYI1L1tai THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. LTR INSRD TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE MWDDIYY DATE MM/DDlYY LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE 151000000 A X COMMERCILGENERALLIABILITY CPP0900404 11/28/03 11/28/04 PRun} 15100000 CLAIMS MADE j I OCCUR. MED EXP (My me person) $ 5000 X 1XCU Not Excl. PERSONALSADV INJURY 61000000 GENERALAGGRLGAIE s2000000 EN1. AGGREGATELIMITAPPLIESPER PRODUCTS.COMP/OPAGG s2000000 POL1CY nCi PRO �. -- JELOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINEDSINGIEIIMIT f1000GG0 A ,X ANY AUTO CPA0900404 11/28/03 11/28/04 - ALL OWNED AU IOS BODIIYINJURV SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) $ HIRED AUTOS INJURY I $ I NON.OWNED AUTOS (Peso IPeramom:) PROPEHIY DAMAGE S (Per accOMI) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY. EA ACCIDENT S S I ANV AUTO I OTHER EAACC THAN $ AUTO ONNLLY. AGG EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABIUTY EACH OCCURRENCE $ -- — ..00CUR CI CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE S $ DEDUCTIBLE S RETENTION S WORKERS COMPENSATION AND TORY LIMITS I ER EMPLOYERSUABILI Y ---' ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNF.R/EXECUTIVE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE- EA EMPLOYEE $ OEXCLUDED? FFFICER/MEMBER e • SPED PROVISIONS PR0 SIONS EWw EL DISEASE. POLICY LIMIT $ OTHER I I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS Certificate holder and McClelland Engineers are additional insured for UofA Corporate Hanger, Fayetteville, AR. LA a:aslaleus asllel R 9al3 CITYFAI SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO 00 SO SHALL City of Fayetteville 113 W. Mountain St. IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER. ITS AGENTS OR Fayetteville AR 72701 REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE • LW a1 C Itl el U C\ I PI:I IrL.vnu [D (cuullua) QAGUKU CUHPUKAI IAN 19UU ACORD_ CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MWDDJYYYY) Walker Bros. Insurance, Inc. P.O. Box 7570 Springdale AR 72766-7570 Phone: 479-306-4677 Fax:479-306-5110 Architectural Constr., Inc. 2013 N Old Missouri Road Springdale AR 72764 ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURERA Cincinnati Insurance Co. 10677 INSURER B: I INSURER C: INSURER D. INSURER E'. THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS RR001 �P0LICYEFFEGTIVE�7DATE (FWDDITi0 ITR INSRO TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE MMID DATE MMIDDM') I UNITS GENERAL LIABILITY I I EACH OCCURRENCE I f COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY RUGm re PREMISES (Ea Ea NIELJ ce) $ CLAIMS MADE Q OCCUR MEO EXP (My one oetaon) f PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GENERAL AGGREGATE $ PRODUCTS. COMPIOP AGG S GENT AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POY I JECT LOC K I AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANYAUTO I I COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Eaacadenl) f ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS BODILY INJURY I $ (Pet xlsOn) BODILY INJURY (Pet arodenl) HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS — .. PROPERTY DAMAGE (Pet PCOdenl) f GARAGE LIABILITY I AUTO ONLY. EA ACCIDENT S OTHERTHAN EAACC Is ANY AUTO AUTO ONLY: AGG f EXCESSJUMBRELLA LIABILITY OCCUR C-1 CLAIMS MADE EACH OCCURRENCE f AGGREGATE If $ f DEDUCTIBLE I S RETENTION $ I A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANV PROPRIETORNARTNER/EXECUTNE WC183667403 I 11/28/03 . 11/28/06 TORY LIMITS ER I EL EACHACCIDENT I S 100000 E.L DISEASE-EAEMPLOYEFI $ 100000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? II yyee S. Oeiaibe WXI& SPECAL PROVISIONS belowI E.L DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT I$500000 $ 500000 OTHER I I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS Waiver of Subrogation on Part II, Employers Liability, in favor of certificate holder for the following project: UofA Corporate Hanger. L.Cn I IrR a I C e1ULUCR Ltl_1:141114 UW 1ILSI:I CITYFAl SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POUCIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATK) DATE THEREOF. THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN City of Fayetteville NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SMALL Att: Linda 113 113 W. Mountain St. IMPOSE NO OBUGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER. ITS AGENTS OR Fayetteville AR 72701 REPRESENTATIVES, AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE l wvnv as LUV V V VO) Q ACOKU CORPORATION 1988 AC_QRD. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE PIDL DATE'IWDD(YYYY) ARCCO-1 12 02 03 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Balker Bros. Insurance, Inc. HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR P.O. Box 7570 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Springdale AR 72766-7570 Phone: 479-306-4677 Fax:479-306-5110 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # NSURED INSURER A: Cincinnati Insurance Co. 10677 INSURERS: Architectural Constr. , Inc. INSURERC 2013 N Old Missouri Road INSURER O. Springdale AR 72764 THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS �� AOTL DATE (MWDD LIP "WAD RRD TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER 7 Y) I DATE NWD LIMITS rO{7 GENERAL LIABILITY I EACH OCCURRENCE f ' DAMAGEIIIRENTED COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES (Ea accv.eece) CLAIMS MADE OCCUR MED EXP (My pne pawn) f PERSONAL S ADV INJURY f GENERAL AGGREGATE S GEHL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS- COMP/OP AGO S POLICY n O n LOC JE AUTOMOBILE LULBIUTY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT ANY AUTO (Es a 10enD S ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY SCHEDULED AUTOS (Pee pec') $ HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY - NONOWNEDAUTOS (Pe, acOaml) S S PROPERTY DAMAGE (Pee a000en1) GARAGE LIABILITY I AUTO ONLY EA ACCIDENT f ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EAACC $ AUTO ONLY. AGG S EACHOCCURRENCE S3000000 AOCCUR I CLAIMSMADE CPP0900404 11/28/03 11/28/04 AGGREGATE S 3000000 rESSfUMBRELLAUABJLFTY f I DEDUCTIBLE Is RETENTION S I f WORKERS COMPENSATION AND I I TORY LIMITS I ER EMPLOYERSLIABILITY - - - ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNERJEXECUTIVE E L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISUSE EA EMPLOYE $ OFFICERMEMBER EXCLUDED? X yes O AL PROVISIONS SP[CIAI PISIO Oebx EL. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT f OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVRIONS I CERTIFICATE HOLDER rw-creyvlIray CITYFAI SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATI DATE THEREOF. THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN City of Fayetteville 113 W. Mountain St. NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO 00 50 SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY WIND UPON THE INSURER. ITS AGENTS OR Fayetteville AR 72701 REPRESENTATIVES, AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE t I y 1ft fl JAUUvuRJ - ()ACORD CORPORATION 1988 I I I I LI 1l L] L] 1 LI I I I I I I ACORD_ CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OP ID DATEIMWDOIYYY11 12 01 03 PRODUCER Walker Bros. Insurance, Inc. P.O. Box 7570 Springdale AR 72766-7570 Phone:479-306-4677 Fax:479-306-5110 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. �ECPIVED DEC �1�p3 INSURERS AFFORDING CO RAG AI INSURED City ofFayetteville FayettMMoevilltain Street e AR 72701 INSURER A: Cincinnati Insurance Co. 10677 INSURER B' INSURER C: INwRERo: INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES, AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAZ) CLAIMS. LTR IN5Rd TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE M DATE MWD LIMITS A X GENERALLUBILRY COMMERCML GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE x I OCCUR Owner/Cont Prot. TBD 11/25/03 11/25/04 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1000000 PREMISES ora.Mtu $ X MED EXP (Any cne pHton) $ __ X PERSONALS ADV INJURY Is GENERAL AGGREGATE $2000000 GENL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY IPEC LOC PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea.w met) $ BODILY INJURY (Pr p_Ian) BODILY INJURY (Ps .oDO.n) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Pp n ) $ GARAGE LIABILITY ANY AUTO AUTO ONLY. EA ACCIDENT S OTHER THAN EA ACC AUTO ONLY: AGG $ I EXCESSNMBRELLA UABIUTY OCCUR CLAIMS MADE DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION $ EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ $ $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTNE OFF CERIM MBER EXCLUDED? yw. SPECIAL PROVt$ONS osow TORY LIMITS I ER E.L_EALM ACCDENT $ E.L. DISEASE. EA EMPLOYE S E.L. DISEASE. POLICY LIMIT $ OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECULL PROVISIONS Certificate holder is listed as an additional insured regarding the general liability for the following project: UofA Corporate Hanger, Fayetteville, AR. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION MCC1,ELL SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRAT1OIW DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SMALL McClelland Engineers 1810 N. College IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY MIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR Fayetteville AR 72703 REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ' ACORD 25 (2001108) -' O ACORD CORPORATION 1988 I H H I %B6 02:PT 20@2-6T-ntN Document 00600-1 Construction Performance Bond BOND #0340149 Any sinoular reference to Contractor, Surely, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR: Architectural Contractors, Inc. 2013 N. Old Missouri Rd. Springdale, AR 72764 SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): OWNER: City of Fayetteville 113W. Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 ' CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ' Date: 11/18/03 Amount: $ 532,000.00 Description: UA Corporate Hangar Fayetteville Municipal Airport ' BOND 11/20/03 Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): "1,- Amoun1$532,000.00 U. Modifications to this Bond Form: AS PRINCIPAL (Corp. Seal) Signature: �Mf Name and Title: _, /�� µt{Nf Pi4alanu-t 1 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company (Corp. Seal) Signature: Name and TifleJ RJZ Adir waf A Li L SURETY Company Signature: Name and Title: SURETY Company INTERNATIONAL FIDEL] ONE NEWARK CENTER NEWARK, ERSEY C Signature: LA Name and itle: ADRIAN W. ATTORNEY- (Corp Seal) EJCDC No. 1910-23A (1984 Edition) -� Prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America. EnSineers0 Joint Contract Documents Committee. The Associated General Contractors of America. American Institute of AtchiK-'Cts. American Subcontractors Association. and the Assaciated Specialty Contractors FEE �D a�- mDODO ys�- PY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00600-1 - L0'd %E6 02:PT EOOa-Et-fON 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I. 1 1 U 1 L 'd I. Tfu Gnuraetvr and the Surety. jointly and severally, bind thunsdvc;. their heirs, eaucutwz, adminutratms, staceason: and a5ains to dtcOwnotor the palonnance of the (A,asntetiun Ccnaaci, "huh is ucorporwcd herein by reference. 2 11'the Contractor patormf the C'a:5tnsctivn Contract, the Surely and the Ccnlractur shall hale no nhhganon under this &aJ. except to pinicir is in serf% under as provided in Subparytrap h 3.1. 3 If that tt no Owner Defatdi. the Surrly s oblivion undo this tsond shall aria after: 3.1 The Owner has notified the Conirnter and the ltnct' at its'dre s desenbuJ in Paragraph ID below. the the Owmu a con$adcting declaring a Canz:uto ovL,ult and has rtqu:c:cd and attcmptcd to orange s ooderanu with ib: Conaactor end the Sbrcly to bc held not lass than fiftoct dap :ilia receipt of such oolize to dress rrcthods of perfosning the Co,strucnon Goruatt. If the Owner, the Contactor and the Surety yarec. the (.a.ir.ctlr %hall be allowed a r , onabk am to fw%tnmt the Cemuueuen Coutmct. but such apccmcnt scull not wove the Owner's right if any, suhnequanly to declare a Coniracuu Dctault, and 3.2 The Owner has dreurcd a Corracwr Default and fornully taminucd the Contra ctuc s n0it :v complac dra canna:_ Such Conoswto Defaul shall not be datucd earlier that, twcnIy days alter the Convaccer and etc Suitty have ccccivcd nnuce ar. provided in Subparagraph 3 1 : and 3.3 The Owner his ag/ecd in pay the DaLsnec of Ore Cunuan Price to the Surety in :a:cerdance %vilh the tent cf the Consuucliw Correct cc to a mnaatwr sdcvttd to perlortr, the Censaucricm Conrnut in ,sceunlance with the tenor of thc cvnuae: with the Owner. 4 When the Owner has sausliW the ccmdi:ion:. of Paragraph 3. the Surety shall promptly and at the Nicety's expanse take one of the tolhw. tag actions: 4.1 ManSc for the Contractor, with thc consent of the Owner. to pertotn sad complac the Consvtatiun Cattrat: or 4.2Iindcrtalce to perfom: and complOr the Construction Cannot ,pelf, through its agcnn or through indepvndrnt conoamn, or 4.7 Obtain bids or ntjviiated pmposnlc from qualified cunlnetcn acccprable to the Owner fur a contract for perfo'unncc and contpleion of the Corunucuon Cnntrxt, arr:m&c for a contract to beprepstcd for c ecurknb% the Owner aril the con: :utrc wtoctod with the Owner'a cc'nc ,lychee, to be %ccui ed with perfcnn,lnce and payman bands esccvrcd by n gwlifuxi surrey eyui+alca Co the Mnd% wised on the Curubucuon Conu t, and pay to the Omer the samont of damares as dexnbvd in P,ugaph 6 in ctccc of die fialanee of the Cunnaet Pries iueun<d by the Owner rutting front the Cocoa tar's default; Cr 4.4 Wniye cu right to pertomt and complete, a•n'wefor sec 1 ktinn, rr %*tare a new cuntructur and .•rd, reasonable tr c,,nrmcis curler the VIrcutn51aCC! 1. .After invatigpum. deamine the Duount for which it maybe liable to the Owner mist as soon a p.riicaalc after the unawnt is delemmiied. icnd_t paystwnt to the Owner: or 2. Deny liability irk whose or u, pan ant alllty the 0w net mint' sirens ihercfoc. 5. lithe Surety does not pmcecd a% p,ovtdcd in Psr.4,: ,ph 4 with nnsoraablc promptness. die Surety shall be dcettwd tc be in dclauh cn thik Bond fifteen days If*= receipt of tan adds:loud wnilen notice from the Owner to the S'unty demanding that the Surest' perform Itt obhga:iuns brides this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any reincdy avaitable to the Owner. tithe Surely proeecds as provided in Subpanl nph 4.4 and the Owner refuses the payment to dered or the Surety has dwicd liability, is w?nole or in put withwt fuabcr notice the Owner Shall be mtitk,l to ml2'rcc an, mnWy available to the ()wna. 0. After the O%sna has tarmtnatcd the Ccnvacta'> right to oomplce the Construction Contract, and lithe Surety rlsu to ac: wider Suhparagaph 4.1. 4.2 or 4.3 above. then the repo s biistics cf the Surety to the Owrzr:hall not be gnats: than dune of the Contractor under the Consuucticn Ccntnc and the mope romans tics orthe Ownc+to the Surety shall nut be 1cua than dwu of the Owns uruler the Cosvuctlon C:eouac.. To die limit ofthv am>uat of this Dcctd. but subject to coinfollmcnt by the O.. net of the B41nncc of:he Cmlraet Prise to mitigation of eoala .tad c arrures en the (=mctruc:,on Contract. the FY032I 1 S U of A Corporate Hangar Surety is obligated WitMut duplioc:ion fa: 6.1 The reeponsbiliues of d¢ Convaetn- ten uwmcriun of defoctivc work and ermpletfim of the Cm..truction Contract: 62 Additi<aul Ie I. dni&n pro! i twat and delay c.atc mvlunytmm the Contractor's Default. and resulting fivm the asthma or failure it, at of the Surely undo Paragraph 4; and 6.3 Oquidnccl dAn La. or if no liquidated Suci;w are specdird tic the Cunsvtniun Contract. ach:al du„upc. cau%cd by dcq%al performance of nun-perfennaincc of the Cuntrxlo. 7. TIm Surety %hall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligvians of the Contactor that ere unrelated to the Construction Cone act. and thc Bsltna of the Contract Price shall not he reduced ar set off on a::,:uunl of any stwh unrctatcd oblaEatiuns. No right of action shall a ruc cwt this Bond to any pawn or entity other than the Owner or its heir, %%mites, admimatraton. or successor. 6. IM Sway hereby w:tits noises of:uty change, uwluding %Tango of tint. to the Construcnon Convict Cr to rclnud ..•ah+contracts, purelasc orders and other obligations 9. Any procecd'ng. legal .w egwtabk, under this Bend maybe iuttitmod in all -COW! ofcompetent luriidiet vin the kwalion in which the Writ or part of the Work. Located and shall be in%ututd within two yeah after ContaKtor Default Cr within two yeas aver the Contractor ceased %vorking n' within Mc. yea% uftet the Surety refuses o falls to perform its nhligut,unc under this Bond. whichever occwn first. If the pruvisnns of the Pangnph IN void or prohibited by law. the mininwm period of limitation r;:iLlble to swe;io 3t a defense in the jundieunn of the suit shad be upphcable. 10, rotas to the Surety. the Owner in the Cuntraclw 41,411 be snail d or dclivu-red to the address sl,vwn on the signature fug% 11. When thi% Bend h:u been furnishal to comply with a %tatulocy a other tegul reyuuanenl in the location whac the c%ncuuaiun was to be pafcmtcd. ,any provisipc ,n thi• Bond conflicting with said statutory or Leo Iegair7TKnt% shall be deserted dcletrd herctiom and prov osomq conforming to such sulutory or otha lc al requiretnent shall be domtcd incorperated herein. 'the intent is. that this sWod.Lill be cunstacd as a uatuu+ry hold .Snot as a wmsrion law bond. 12. OFFINITK)NS 12.1 Dalance of the Contact Pncc''[he total am.nmt payable by the Owns to der Cmtraeror under the Construction Co act aver all proper adiusumrus ha.c hell 'made. ilncluding allowance to the Contractor of any amounts rmtivod or to be raci %of by the Owner in sctuen:cn: of iustuance or other claum la dxnwgc' to w huh the Cuntraekw is ant:led. Itdueed 1y all valid and proper payments made to m at behalf of die Contactor under the crn•msetion Ccrnrxt. 12.2 Catsrnscunn(.ona 1:'the acvcmml betwerc. the Owner and the Contacts identified on the sigmmre page, incltding all the Contras Oeeun,cnte and changes thereto. 12.3 Conrracto vcfnu't: failure of the Conbactty, wh.eh has ncitha beet remedial nor waived, m Perform cY other' Ise to comply w id' the tone cf the Ctnsvudien Cotract 12.4 Owner Default Failure of thc Owner. which ha neither tccn rtnedied nor waind. to pity the Cwtrac'to a required by the Cnnttruuum Gunnison cc to perform and cmnplcte or comply with the other terns Ihacof. 00600-1 -2 VJOad hldEZ Z E�-6 I - I I ' Tel (973) 624-7200 POWER OF ATTORNEY INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY ' HOME OFFICE: ONE NEWARK CENTER, 20TH FLOOR NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102-5207 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE. PRESENTS: That IVrF.RNATIONAL FU)ELrrY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing laws of the State of New Jersey. and having its principal office in the City of Newark, New Jersey. does hereby constitute and appoint ' MIKE A. LUTTRELL, KENNETH L. GALLOWAY, ADRIAN W. LDTTRELL, JACQUE LINDSEY I1Springdale, AR. its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fat to execute. seat and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or may he allowed. required or pennilled by taw, stature, rule. rmegguulation, amtract or otherwise. and the execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall he as binding upon the said INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE •COMPANY, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as lithe same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at it principal office. This Power of Attorney is executed, and may he revoked. pursuant in and by authority of Article 3 -Section 3, of the By -Laws adopted by the Board of 'Director, of INTE,RNA IONAI- FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting called and held on the 7th day of cbmary, 1974. The President or any Vice President. Executive Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary. shall have power and authority Cl) To appoint Attorneys -in -fact, and to authoSe them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings. c otmcts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and. (2) To remove, at any time, any such attorney -in -fact and revoke the authority given. Further. this Power of Attorney is spied and sealed by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of said Company adopted at a meeting duly called and held on the 29th day of April, 19R2 of which the following is a tma excerpt ' Now therefore the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may he affixed to any such plover of attorney or any certi1i to relating therein by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or cronificate hearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal .shall he valid and binding upon the Company and any sutit power so executed and certified by facsimObindin g signatures and facsimile seal shall he valid and upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking in which it is attached. I Li IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused this instrument to he signed and its corporate seal to he affixed by its authorized officer. tIlls 31st day of August, A.D. 1998. INTERNATIONAL. FIDELITY INSURANCE CON N'Y STATE OF ofNEW JERSEY County Essex Vice -Pr Went On this 31st day of August 1998. before me came the individual who executed the pprecedin • instrument. to me personally known, and, being by me duly ' Sworn, said the he is the therein described and authorized officer of the INTERNATIONAL- IDELftY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal aLfued to said instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company: that the mid Corporate Seal and his signature were duty affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company. OAFpG IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my Official Seal, Mr.eat at the City of Newark. New Jersey the day and year lust above written. ' O NOTARY �, r ' y�•Ie JEI A NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY CERTIFICATION My Commission Expires Nov. 21. 2005 I, the undersigned officer of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the By -Laws of said Company as set forth in said Power of Auomey, with the ORIGINALS ON IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID COMPANY, and that the same are correct uaxscripis thereof, and of the whole of the said originals, and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto ad my hand this 2OTH day of NOVEMBER, 2003 ' Assistant Secretary �J �a�/( raw •t'0'd X86 Bc:7T EOOc-6T-r1C.P1 1r, Document 00600-2 Construction Payment Bond BOND #0340149 ' Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety. Owner or other party shaft be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR: SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): Architectural Contractors. Inc. ' 2013 N. Old Missouri Rd. Springdale, AR 72764 I OWNER: City of Fayetteville 113W. Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: 11/18/03 I Amount: S 532.000.00 Description: UA Corporate Hangar Fayetteville Municipal Airport ' BOND Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date):1 1 /20/03 • Amount: $532,000.00 It,, ';Modifications to this Bond Form: 1 'l. 'TRAtOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY parry: (Corp. Seal) Company (Corp Seal) r ' Signature: 2 " Signature: Name and Title:.4 t E*JU1„.r(RJt rA� Name and Title: ptur1rr4lllir CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY ,p.� Sa .•••••.,, ft, Company (Corp. Seal) Company ,_QDeSA �••.• -o INTERNATIONAL FIDELIflibNSI4RANCE C }P'� ONE NEWARK CENTER }; C) ' Signature SNEWARKre:, JERSEY Oil i� �' r ignatu r I. Name and Title: y�1 rnv Name and Title: • ..�• .•��ti, J +ft✓r P" eT I ADRIAN W. LUTT�7fr�,�!011��.•' ' ATTORNEY -IN -FACT . EJCDC No. 1910-288 (1984 Edition) Prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America. EngineersO Joint Contract Documents Committed. The As odated General Contractors of America. Amenwn Insftute of Architects. American Subcontractors AssoaatIon, and the Associated Specla!ry � Convacbrs r FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00600 -2 - Pd vjdZZ Z E0Z-6 t— I I 5B'd ZB6 6?:7T EOQ?-6T-f1CNi 1 1 1 1 1 5 'd I. I he (;wrtractur end the Surety. jointly and scva3l)y. hind thoncclves. their hcin. aavtuo. admn,itn ors. succtana and ayvigtt to the On to pay ter labor, .nnnnab and cquiptncnt ftmistied for use in the pc+fcumarcc rd' the Concoction Contract. which u incor)nnated her.'m by rcfrcnc: 2. With respect infix Owattr. this obh,.ttivn shall by null and yood it' t c Camatec. 2.1 Promptly nwka paynnem. dircvdy or Indlrwty. for all sutras du: C: Virf ms, and 2.2 Oefadl.. inlet nifiec and MU s hank.* the Owner from all c lailm. dvm.snls. Rent my suit$ by any r'c.m <i entity who fumishtd bMr, nalnialc 'r eutpmcnl fur use in Uk yyoonresn;e of the Canvauctwa Contract, Mvided the Ow'ncr has 'wmptly aotdiad the Conuacta and the Sw cry rat the 3dJresc described in paragraph 12) of any claims, dcmmtds. ham a suits and tendered dcLmc of such claum. demands, hens or suits to the C:nntructa and the Surety, and prowdcd :here is no Owner Default 3. With rvapat to Clainsia . this cbligarirn shall be null and .aid il'the Cvotntet promptly crakes paymtm. dircclly or indrccdy. for all sums due. 4 The Suety .jail have no obligmmn to Claimants undo drier Fond until: 4,1 CWmanb wlu are tnployed by nr ha'c a ducct contract with Contractor have beta notice w:he Surety (at the a44nss dacnlrcd in paragaph 12) and sea a cop; a'laxice dracvt; to the Owner, swung than a claim is bring nuts under this Boost and , with suhmwual a tmaey. Use anxwm of the cLtnn 4.2 Claimarus who do not have 3 direst contract w ith the Centraeor I. Have famished written nwce'rise C'o.nra;tnr and xmta wry. or acmes therwOf, to doe Ownt, within 90 digs niter havin last pertnm:d labor m Lut fnnishal mermaids or equipment incudcd in the claim stating. with subsuntul xcuacy, the amount of the claim and the name of the piny to whom the mntanals were tarnished or supplied or for 'horn arc I*a was dent or perfotr'<d: and 2. Have ather c'o'ed a rejectiwu in attolc er In pan from the Canrxuw. or not received within 30 d'n: of fur isbin. the 'Moe neate any caamtau..aliot ecru the Contnam by which the ('onnweux has indicated the claim will be p.ud directly or indirectly.. and 3. Not hovtng been paid within the tbvvc 30 day., have scot a wearer. crone to the Sorrily (at the atWrecs lambed in porag:tph 12) sad sent a copy, cr notic a Utacvf. to the Owna. slating that a claim is being made taa:er this Bc'Id and a:ckaing a one' nfthe previous wntlal deuce furntslicd 14 the Crra acts 5. If a notice requiml by paragaph 4 rs ical by the Caner to thr Cunuueto or N the Suety. that n sunicient vnmpliancc. 6. When the Cufnwn has Uusficd the ccnditicns of pw:',7aph 4. the Surety shall phnrngxly and at the Swety's eapc^uc take the following xtiorm: 6 I Said an answ'a to the Claimmhl. with a copy to the Owner. ''thin as days after necipt of the clam. stating the annum' that are undisputed and the basis lot challenging any smuums that are disputed. 6.2 Pay a arnnuc for pa.menl of any undtslvted ansou ,s. 7. The Sways axal ohligzarn shall not csead the amown of this Bond, and the amount of this fkxd al.dl be credited for any papnems trade in geed faith by the Surety. a. Arwnmo owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Cunstaw::iut Con ract that be used for the putoenwec o(thc Cucntructien contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any Conslntction Performance Ilmd. By the Cexurmtur furtuehuhg all the Owner aceetxing this Pond. they uugrce th:d funds mmcd by the Contractor in the pafutnwrec of •Jhc Ca1nnc(inn C iNrtx't as dedicated in hatitfy obligations of the Contractor and the Surer under tilts Band, upiec: to Ihc Owner's priority to use the finndi few the eompiaiun of the Work. 9. The Surety shall not tort liable to the O.vner. Claimants or 'ahac ter vblinc n of the Contractor that arc untaUtud to 'lie Congncnun Ccmealt The Qvvna :fulI not be isabic for pa) matt of any seats or cspctno of any Claimant undo thi. Quid. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangor 10 T:e .Surd)- hat ry waives notice of any chwtg:. i cluding ehmEv of time, to the Construction Cuntrai or to related SutconnacLs, purchase ordna and other obligations. I I. No suit a action shall be cv,nnYm:ed by a Claimant under this Bond otter than tat a court of competent jurisdiction in the lwatiun an which the Workor pan of the Work is located w after the o.piration of one year from die date (I) on which the Claimant gave the notice requited by Suhparapaph 4.1 or Clause 4? 7.0! (2) on which the Liu labor nr servrcc h.na perfuimod by anysme or the last maraiah or cquipinan wac furnished by anyone under the C iuncunt('anpaer. whi h:vcr uf(I) or (2i ocean tint. ffmtprov'tcnsot tlth pan(traph are voider pmhb'tcd by law. Use miniinuun pclisd tat limitation a."ilable to sureties as a dcfcmc in UK jurisdiction of the sun chh1 be applicable. 12. Naicc to die Surety. the Owner or the Cwuirjetw'heal be mailed or delivcrtdtothe address slw.m oar t)se>ignatwu pac. Actual,ceciptofrxxiee by the Surety. the Uwna, or the (:ontractur. huweve accumipldhad. ')tall be sufficient compliance as cf the dwe receivtd at the address shown on the etgmatwe page I3. When this Rood tun hccn tamuhcd m comply will a slalulor) or OUIR kpi regsdretucnt in the k c d1un where the cvn In,cuon was m he perormed, arty pro. ision in leis Pond eenflitong with '.sad statutory or Ienl rvgoir .xnes Jule be decued ddacd hcrcfom end pro• ciwu con(omiine to such suutnr) a other legal requlranent shall be dcensed in nipuc rod herein. The intent S. that this Had shad be con trual as u stdutvey bond and rani as 3 comuton Iay. bond 14. L•por. ryueat by any person or entity aproring to be a pc1cntial benetkiary.)f this Bond. rise Crnnxtnr null pn,mpt;y Isis i:h a copy of this Bend or shall pennir a cup to be made. IS Ukhibin iONS 15.1 Claimant: An ndicidual or satity ha. roll n direst wntract w ith the Contractor a with u aubconuactur of Um C cnn actor to furnish labor. nwtanls• or egwpmcnl (Or wti in the perfurm'ancc of the Conn'act. the intent of this Bcvd shill be uh include without limitation in Use tern Eith r, matrnah w aryipmrnllC' that earl of wiser, ga. power. lt6hL heat oil gasoline• tcleehrne ccrviee or rtmrl cqo pr..on used in the (:msmnr1u n Conan.:u<hitceturd and cn pracamg stx%iec ra aired fur perlonntance olUw work tat the Contractor and Conuxtnr's vlb cnutrxtors. acrd all esker hers for which a mechanic's Lien may be 'sated in the )wisdicuon where the labvr. materiuts or equipment were fwnishcd. 15.2 Cautnetirn Contract -Ihc ac}onttaht bawc 'lie Owner and tit Contracnr identified wn the si(,,wtme page. Including all the C'ootract Decutncnts and changes thereto 15.3 Owner Uct:udr lailwe of Um Owner, 'Lich has neither been remedied no w'is'ed, u Ina' the Contractor w requuel by Use Cnmtrucuun Concoct a tic per(unn.utd complete or:o reply with the other termer thacof 00600.2-2 I')Obd I'IdZZ : Z E-6 - 1 I ' Tel (973) 624-7200 POWER OF ATTORNEY INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY HOME OFFICE: ONE NEWARK CENTER. 20TH FLOOR NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102-5207 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, 3 corporation organized and existing laws of the State of New Jersey, and having its principal office in the City of Newark. New Jersey, does hereby constitute and appoint MIKE A. LOTTRELL, KENNETH L. GALLOWAY, ADRIAN W. LUTTRELL, JACQUE LINDSEY Springdale. AR. its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other wrings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or may be allowed, required or rmhted by law, stature. rule rrccyyvlalinn, contract or otherwise, and the execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall he as binding upon the said INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY. as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes. as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at its principal office. This Power of Aname}• is executed, and may he revoked. pursuant to and by authority of Article 3-Sectkm 3. of the By Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of INI'ERNA IONAI. FIUF:LITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting called and held on the 7th day of Fchruaryt 1974 'rate President or any Vitt President, Executive Vice President. Secretary or Assistant Secretary. shall have power and authority (I) To appoint Attorneys -in -fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company. and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and, (2) To remove, at any time, any such attorney -in -fan and revoke the authority given. Further, this Power of Attorney is s ••ned and sealed by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of said Company adopted at a meeting duly called and held on the 29th day of April. 1982 or which the following is a true excerpt: Now therefore the signatures of such olliccrs and the seal of the Company may he affixed to any. such powet of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall he valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall he valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. I I I IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF. INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused this instrument to he signed and its corporate seal to he affixed by its authorized officer, this 31st day of August A.D. 1998. INTERNATIONAL FIDF.LFFY INSURANCE CO. NY STATE OF NEW JERSEY County of sscx Vice -Pr , dent tOn this 31s1 day of August 1998, before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument. tome personally known, and, being by me duly sworn, said the he is the therein described and authorized officer of the IVI'ERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to mid instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company: that the said Corporate Seat and his signature were duly affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company. gfARQG IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my Official Sul. P• �� at the City of Newark, New Jersey the day and year first above written. O NOTARY —1 * * C`xv J A NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY CERTIFICATION My Commission Expires Nov. 21, 2005 I, the undersigned officer of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the By -lawn of said Company as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS ON IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID COMPANY, and that the same are correct hanscripts thetef, and of the whole of the mid originals, and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF. I have hereunto set my hand this 20TH I day of NOVEMBER, 2003 I Assinaam Secretary NOTICE TO PROCEED I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TO: DATE: , 2003 PROJECT: U OF A CORPORATE HANGAR, FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with your Contract on or before , 2003 and you are to Complete the WORK within 180 consecutive calendar days thereafter and have the Work complete and ready for final payment. Unless approved delays are incurred, the date for Completion is therefore , 2004. City of Fayetteville By: ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED, is hereby acknowledged by this the day of , 2003. By: Title FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00650- I I I I Li H Li I I C Li H F, Li 7 I I PART III CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT I I ' DOCUMENT 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENT ARTICLE NUMBER AND TITLE PAGE NUMBER ' I. AS APPROVED.................................................................................................................................1 2. AS SHOWN, AND AS INDICATED................................................................................................1 3. BIDDER............................................................................................................................................. 4. CONTRACT....................................................................................................................................... 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.............................................................................................................1 6. CONTRACTOR.................................................................................................................................1 7. DAYS.................................................................................................................................................2 ' 8. DRAWINGS.......................................................................................................................................2 9. ENGINEER........................................................................................................................................2 10. NOTICE..............................................................................................................................................2 I. OR EQUAL........................................................................................................................................2 12. OWNER..............................................................................................................................................2 ' 13. PLANS (See Drawings)......................................................................................................................2 14. SPECIFICATIONS.............................................................................................................................2 15. NOTICE TO PROCEED....................................................................................................................3 ' 16. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION......................................................................................................3 17. WORK................................................................................................................................................3 ' 18. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS........................................................................................3 19. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS..............................................................................................3 20. ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK........................................................................................4 21. SUB -SURFACE CONDITIONS FOUND DIFFERENT...................................................................4 22. VERIFICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS..........................................................................4 ' 23. DOCUMENTS TO BE KEPT ON THE JOB SITE...........................................................................4 24. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS...................................................................................5 25. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS.........................................................................................................5 26. AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER.................................................................................................5 27. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER.............................................................5 28. REJECTED MATERIAL...................................................................................................................6 29. UNNOTICED DEFECTS...................................................................................................................6 30. RIGHT TO RETAIN IMPERFECT WORK......................................................................................6 31. LINES AND GRADES......................................................................................................................6 32. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE.............................................................................7 33. ADDITIONAL DETAIL DRAWINGS ANDINSTRUCTIONS......................................................8 34. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.....................................................................................................8 35. SUBCONTRACTING........................................................................................................................8 36. INSURANCE AND LIABILITY.......................................................................................................9 37. INDEMNITY....................................................................................................................................11 38. TAXES AND CHARGES................................................................................................................11 39. ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES................................................................................12 40. SUPERINTENDENCE.....................................................................................................................12 41. RECEPTION OF ENGINEER'S DIRECTIONS..............................................................................12 42. SANITATI ON..................................................................................................................................12 43. EMPLOYEES...................................................................................................................................12 44. PROJECT MEETINGS....................................................................................................................13 45. SAFETY...........................................................................................................................................13 46. CONTRACTOR'S TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT.............................................................................13 47. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY...............................................................................14 48. RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR TO ACT IN EMERGENCY..........................................14 49. MATERIALS AND APPLIANCES.................................................................................................14 50. BUY AMERICAN............................................................................................................................14 51. CONTRACTORS' AND MANUFACTURERS' COMPLIANCE WITH STATE SAFETY, OSHA, AND OTHER CODE REQUIREMENTS...........................................................................I4 52. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS..........................................................15 53. 53. TESTS, SAMPLES, ANDINSPECTIONS......................................................................................15 54. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS........................................................................................................ 15 55. CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT ............................15 56. CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK.......................................................................................16 57. BEGINNING OF THE WORK........................................................................................................16 58. SCHEDULES AND PROGRESS REPORTS..................................................................................16 59. PROSECUTION OF THE WORK.....................................................Il 60. 60. ASSIGNMENT.................................................................................................................................17 61. OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK.................................................................................................17 62. OWNER'S RIGHT TO TRANSFER EMPLOYMENT...................................................................18 63. OWNER'S RIGHT TO SUSPEND OR TERMINATE WORK.......................................................18 64. DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME.........................................................................................19 65. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.............................................................................................................20 66. OTHER CONTRACTS....................................................................................................................20 67. USE OF PREMISES.........................................................................................................................21 68. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE.........................................................................................21 69. PERFORMANCE TESTING...........................................................................................................21 70. OWNER'S USE OF PORTIONS OF THE WORK.......................................................................... 21 71. CUTTING AND PATCHING..........................................................................................................21 72. CLEANING UP................................................................................................................................22 73. PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS............................................................................................22 74. PARTIAL PAYMENTS...................................................................................................................24 75. CLAIMS...........................................................................................................................................25 76. NOTICE OF CLAIM FOR DELAY.................................................................................................26 77. RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS................................................................................................26 78. FINAL PAYMENT..........................................................................................................................26 79. NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS..............................................................................................................26 80. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT CONSTITUTES RELEASE...........................................27 I ' DOCUMENT 00700 ' GENERAL CONDITIONS These General Conditions contain contractual -legal Articles which establish the requirements and conditions governing responsibility, policy, and procedures that apply dring the construction and warranty period. This ' part of the Contract Documents is preprinted. Any modifications to the following Articles that are special to the Project under consideration will be made in the Supplementary Conditions. Requirements andonditions which have special significance to the Contract for the contemplated Work on this Project are as set forth in ' the remaining Sections of these Contract Documents. DEFINITIONS Wherever in the Contract Documents the following terms are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: I. AS APPROVED The words "as approved", unless otherwise qualified, shall be understood to be followed by the words ' "by the Engineer". 2. AS SHOWN, AND AS INDICATED ' The words "as shown" and "as indicated"shall be understood to be followed by the words "on the Drawings". ' 3. BIDDER The person or persons, partnership, firm, or corporation submitting a Bid for the Work contemplated. ' 4. CONTRACT ' The "Contract" is the written agreement covering the performance of the Work and the furnishing of labor, materials, incidental services, tools, and equipment in the construction of the Work. It includes supplemental agreements amending or extending the Work contemplated and which may be required to complete the Work in a substantial and acceptable manner. Supplemental agreements are written ' agreements covering alterations, amendments, or extensions to the Contract and include Contract Change Orders. ' 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The "Contract Documents" consist of the Bidding Requirements, Contract forms, Conditions of the ' Contract, the Specifications, and the Drawings, including all modifications thereof, incorporated into the Documents before their execution, and including all other requirements incorporated by specific reference thereto. These form the Contract. 6. CONTRACTOR The person or persons, partnership, firm, or corporation who enters into the Contract awarded him by ' the Owner. LI ' DOCUMENT 00700 - 1 I DAYS Unless otherwise specifically stated, the term "days" will be understood to mean calendar days. 8. DRAWINGS The term "Drawings" refers to the official Drawings, profiles, cross sections, elevations, details, and other working drawings and supplementary drawings, or reproductionsthereof, sealed by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, and details of the Work to be performed. Drawings may either be bound in the same book as the Project Manual or bound separately and are a part of the Contract Documents, regardless of the method of binding. 9. ENGINEER The person or organization identified as such in the Contract. The term "Engineer" means the Engineer or his authorized representative. 10. NOTICE The term "notice" or the requirement to notify, as used in the Contract Documents or applicable state or federal statutes, shall signify a written communication delivered in person or by certified or registered mail to the individual, or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended. Certified or registered mail shall be addressed to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. 11. OR EQUAL The term "or equal" shall be understood to indicate that the "equal" product is the same or better than the product named in function, performance, reliability, quality, and general configuration. Determination of equality in reference to the Project design requirements will be made by the Engineer. Such "equal" products shall not be purchased or installed by the Contractor without the Engineer's written approval. 12. OWNER The person, organization, or public body identified as such in the Contract. 13. PLANS (See Drawings). 14. SPECIFICATIONS Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Where standard specifications, such as those of ASTM, AASHTO, etc., have been referred to, the applicable portions of such standard specifications shall become a part of these Contract Documents. Where portions of the Worktraverse or cross federal, state, county, or local highways, roads, streets, or railroads, and the agency in control of such property has established standard specifications governing items of Work that differ from these Specifications, the most stringentequirements shall apply. The Contractor shall comply with all regulations and requirements of the State Highway Department and the City and County Road Departments wherever the Work traverses or crosses state, city, or county roads. I I I I I Ll I I I I I I I I I DOCUMENT 00700-2 [1 I 15. NOTICE TO PROCEED A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor (with a copy to the Engineer) fixing the date on which the Contract time will commence to run and on which the Contractor shall start to perform his obligation under the Contract. The Notice to Proceed shall be given within 30 days following ' execution of the Contract by the Owner. 16. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION "Substantial completion" shall be that degree of completion of the Project, or a defined portion of the • Project, sufficient to provide the Owner, at his discretion, the full-time use of the Project or defined ' portion of the Project for the purposes for which it was intended. Such substantial completion shall not relieve the Contractor from liquidated damages should the Owner have added costs after the completion date, i.e., if additional construction observation, interest paid, loss of revenue, or other expenses continue to be charged to the Owner. 17. WORK The word "Work" within these Contract Documents shall include all material, labor, and tools; all appliances, machinery, transportation, and appurtenances necessary to perform and complete the ' Contract; and such additional items not specifically indicatethr described which can be reasonably inferred as belonging to the item described or indicated and as required by good practice to provide a complete and satisfactory system or structure. As used herein, "provide" shall be understood to mean "provide complete in place", that is, "furnish and install". ' CONTRACT DOCUMENTS I18. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by one shall be as binding as if ' called for by all. The intent of the Documents is to include all Work (except specific items to be furnished by the Owner) necessary for completion of the Contract. Materials or Work described in words which so applied have a well-known technical and trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. ' 19. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS ' Any discrepancies or omissions found in the Contract Documents shall be reported to the Engineer immediately. The Engineer will clarify discrepancies or omissions, in writing, within a reasonable time. ' In resolving inconsistencies among two or more Sections of the Contract Documents, precedence shall be given in the following order: II. CONTRACT 2. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 3. SPECIFICATIONS 4. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 5. GENERAL CONDITIONS 6. DRAWINGS Figure dimensions on Drawings shall take precedence over scale dimensions. Detailed Drawings shall take precedence over general Drawings. It is understood and agreed that the Wdrshall be performed and completed according to the true spirit, meaning, and intent of these Documents. ' DOCUMENT 00700-3 C 20. ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK The Owner, without notice to the Sureties and without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract by altering, adding to, or deducting from the Work, the Contract being adjusted accordingly. All such Work shall be executed under the conditions of the original Contract, except as specifically adjusted at the time of ordering such change. In giving instructions, the Engineer may order minor changes in the Work not involving extra cost and not inconsistent with the purposes of the Project, but otherwise, except in an emergency endangering life or property, additionsor deductions from the Work shall be performed only in pursuance of an approved Change Order from the Owner, signed or countersigned by the Engineer, or a Change Order from the Engineer stating that the Owner has authorized the deduction, addition, or change, and -no claim for additional payment shall be valid unless so ordered. If the Work is reduced by alterations, such action shall not constitute a claim for damages based on loss of anticipated profits. 21. SUB -SURFACE CONDITIONS FOUND DIFFERENT Should the Contractor encounter sub -surface and/or latent conditions at the site materially differing from those shown on the Drawings or indicated in the Specifications, the Contractor shall immediately give notice to the Engineer of such conditions before they are disturbed. The Engineer will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions, and if the Engineer finds that they materially differ from those shown on the Drawings or indicated in the Specifications, the Engineer will at once make such changes in the Drawings and/or the Specifications as he may find necessary. Any increase or decrease of cost resulting from such changes to be adjusted in the manner provided in the Paragraph titled "Changes in Work." , 22. VERIFICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contractor shall thoroughly examine and become familiar with all of the various parts of these , Contract Documents and determine the nature and location of the Work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the Work under this Contract. Failure to make an examination necessary for this determination shall not release the Contractor from the obligations of this Contract. The Contractor warrants that no verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner or with the Engineer either before or after the execution of this Contract, has affected or modified any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 23. DOCUMENTS TO BE KEPT ON THE JOB SITE The Contractor shall keep one copy of the Contract Documents on the job site, in good order, ' available to the Engineer and to his representatives. The Contractor shall maintain on a daily basis at the job site, and make available to the Engineer on request, one current record set of the Drawings which have been accurately marked up to indicate all modifications in the completed Work that differ from the design information shown on the Drawings. Upon substantial completion of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Engineer one complete set of marked up record Drawings. Failure of the Contractor to submit accurate Record Drawings to the Engineer will be adequate justification for postponement of the Final Inspection and Final Payment. [1 DOCUMENT 00700-4 , C 24. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Engineer will furnish to the Contractor on request and free of charge, three copies of the Project Manual and three sets of full-size Drawings. Additional copies of the Project Manual and the Drawings may be obtained on request by paying the price as shown in the Invitation to Bid for the Contract Documents. ' 25. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS ' All Drawings, Plans, Specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Engineer and the Owner are their property. They are not to be used on other work and, with the exception of the signed Contract set, are to be returnedto them on request at the completion of the Work. Any reuse of these materials ' without specific written verification or adaptation by the Engineer and the Owner will be at the risk of the user and without liability or legal expense to the Engineer and the Owner. Such user shall hold the Engineer and the Owner harmless from any and all damages, including ' reasonable attorneys' fees, from any and all claims arising from any such reuse. Any such verification and adaptation by the Engineer and the Owner will entitle the Engineer to further compensation at rates to be agreed upon by the user, the Engineer and the Owner. All models are the property of the ' Owner. THE ENGINEER 26. AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER The Engineer shall be the Owner's representative during the construction period. His authority and responsibility shall be limited to the provisions set forth in these Contract Documents. The Engineer shall have the authority to reject Work and material which does not conform to the Contract Documents. However, neither the Engineer's authority to act under this provision, nor any decision made by him in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority, shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Engineer to the Contractor, any Subcontractor, their respective Sureties, any of their agents or employees, or any other person performing any of the Work. ' 27. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER The Engineer will make periodic visits to the site of the Project to observe the progress and quality of the Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents. He shall not be required to make comprehensive or continuous inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work, and he shall not be responsible for construction means, ' methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. ' Visits and observations made by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work and to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work, and to provide adequate safety precautions, in conformance with the intent of the Contract. The Engineer will make decisions, in writing, on all claims of the Owner or the Contractor arising from interpretation or execution of the Contract Documents. Such decision shall be necessary before the Contractor can receive additional money under the terms of the Contract. Changes in Work ordered by the Engineer will be made in compliance with the Article titled, ALTERATIONS CHANGES IN WORK. ' One or more construction observers may be assigned to observe the Work for compliance with the Contract Documents and to act in matters of construction under this Contract. It is understood that such construction observers shall have the power to issue instructions and make decisions within the ' DOCUMENT 00700-5 I limitations of the authority of the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable assistance , required by the Engineer or construction observer for proper review of the Work. Construction observers shall not have the power or authority to delete, increase, modify ootherwise change the requirements of the Contract Documents. The above -mentioned observation shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligations to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work and to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work and to provide adequate safety precautions, in conformance with the intent of the Contract. 28. REJECTED MATERIAL Any material condemned or rejected by the Engineer or his authorized construction observer because of nonconformity with the Contract Documents shall be removed at once from the vicinity of the Work by the Contractor at his own expense, and the same shall not be used on the Work. 29. UNNOTICED DEFECTS Any defective Work or material that may be discovered by the Engineer during construction or before ' the final acceptance of Work, or before final payment has been made, or during the guarantee period, shall be removed and replaced by Work and materials which shall conform to the provisions of the Contract Documents. Failure on the part of the Engineer to condemnor reject bad or inferior Work or materials shall not be construed to imply acceptance of such Work or materials. The Owner shall reserve and retain all of its rights and remedies at law against the Contractor and its surety for correction of any and all latent defects discovered after the guarantee period. 30. RIGHT TO RETAIN IMPERFECT WORK If any part or portion of the Work done or material furnished under this Contract shall prove defective , and not in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, and if the imperfection in the same shall not be of sufficient magnitude or importance as to make the Work dangerous or unsuitable, or if the removal of such Work will create conditions which are dangerous or undesirable, the Owner shall have the right and authority to retain such Work but shall make such deductions in the final payment therefore as may be just and reasonable. The Owner shall also have the option to require, at no added cost to the Owner, extended warranties, maintenance bonds, or other remedies to provide for repair or reconstruction of imperfect Work. 31. LINES AND GRADES The Contractor shall stake -out Work for this Contract and set the lines and grades necessary to complete the Work and shall keep the Engineer informed a reasonable time in advance of the times and places at which he wishes to do Work in order that the Engineer may review the lines and grades set by the Contractor and in order that the Engineer may make the necessary measurements for payment to the Contractor. All stakes, marks, and other information shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of their carelessor unnecessary destruction or removal by him or his employees, such stakes, marks, and other information will be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Figured dimensions, when given in the Drawings, shall be accurately followed, even though they may differ from scaled measurements. No Work shown on the Drawings, the dimensions of which are not figured, shall be executed until instructions have been obtained from the Engineers as to the dimen- sions to be used. Large-scale and full-size drawings shall bd'ollowed in preference to small-scale drawings. The Engineer will provide the Contractor with bench marks to be used to establish grades and will also provide a baseline to be used to establish the proper lines. All Work done under this Contract shall be done to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall stakeut Work for this Contract and set the lines and grades necessary to complete the Work and shall keep the Engineer informed a reasonable time in advance of the times and places at which he wishes to do DOCUMENT 00700-6 ' I Work in order that the Engineer may review the lines and grades set by the Contractor and in order that the Engineer may make the necessary measurements for payment to the Contractor. ' The Contractor shall furnish without charge competent persons from his force and such tools, stakes, surveying instruments, and other materials as the Engineer may require for reviewing the Contractors stake -out of the Work and in making measurements for payment estimates or for surveys to establish temporary or permanent reference marks in connection with said Work. ' Any Work done without lines, grades, and levels being reviewed by the Engineer, or other representative of the Engineer, may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's cost and t expense. The Contractor shall carefully preserve all monuments, bench marks, reference points, and stakes, and in case of willful or careless destruction of the same, he will be charged with the resulting expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistakes or loss of time that may be caused ' by their unnecessary loss or disturbance. In the event that the stakes and marks placed by the Engineer are destroyed through carelessness on the part of the Contractor, and that the destruction of these stakes and marks causes a delay in the Work, the Contractor shall have no claim for damages or extensions of time. ' In the case of any permanent monuments or bench marks which must of necessity be removed or disturbed in the construction of the Work, the Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve the same ' until they can be properly referenced and relocated. The Contractor shall also furnish at his own expense such materials and assistance as are necessary for the proper replacement of monuments or bench marks that have been moved or destroyed. ' 32. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE The Contractor shall submit a sufficient number of copies to allow the Engineer to retain four copies ' (2 for himself; 2 for the Owner) for review, such shop drawings, electrical diagrams, and catalog cuts for fabricated items and manufactured items (including mechanical and electrical equipment) required for construction, except as noted below. ' Should the Contractor fail to submit acceptable shop drawings on the second submittal, one copy will be returned to him and the cost of the Engineer's time to review subsequent submittals on the ' unacceptable item will be deducted from the Contractor's monthly payment invoice. Shop drawings shall be submitted in sufficient time to allow the Engineer not less than 20 regular working days per submittal for examining the shop drawings. ' These shop drawings shall be accurate, distinct, and complete and shall contain all required information, including satisfactory identification of items, units, and assemblies in relation to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, shop drawings shall be submitted only by the Contractor, who shall indicate by a signed stamp on the shop drawings, or other approved means, that he (the Contractor) has checked the shop drawings, and that the Work shown is in accordance with Contract requirements and has been checked for dimensions and relationship with Work of all other trades involved. The practice of submitting incomplete or unchecked shop drawings for the Engineer to correct or finish will not be acceptable, and shop drawings which, in the opinion of the Engineer, clearly indicate that they have not been checked by the Contractor will be considered as not complying with the intent of the Contract Documents and will be returned to the Contractor for resubmission in the proper form. DOCUMENT 00700-7 j When the shop drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer, two (2) sets of submittals will be returned to the Contractor appropriately stamped. If major changes or corrections are necessary, the shop drawing may be rejected and one (1) set will be returned to the Contractor with such changes or corrections indicated, and the Contractor shall correct and resubmit the shop drawings in quadruplicate, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No changes shall be made by the Contractor to resubmitted shop drawings other than those changes indicated by the Engineer, unless such changes are clearly described in a letter accompanying the resubmitted shop drawings. The review of such shop drawings and catalog cuts by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for correctness of dimensions, fabrication details, and space requirements or for deviations from the Contract Drawings or Specifications unless the Contractor has called attention to such deviations in writing by a letter accompanying the shop drawings and the Engineer approves the change or deviation in writing at the time of submission; nor shall review by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for errors in the shop drawings. When the Contractor does call such deviations to the attention of the Engineer, the Contractor shall state in his letter whether or not such deviations involve any deduction or extra cost adjustment. 33. ADDITIONAL DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS The Engineer will furnish, with reasonable promptness, additional instructions by means of drawings or otherwise, if, in the Engineer's opinion, such are required for the proper execution of the Work. All such drawings and instructions will be consistent with the Contract Documents, true developments thereof, and reasonably inferable therefrom. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES 34. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall perform all Work under this Contract as an Independent Contractor and shall not be considered as an agent ofthe Owner or of the Engineer, nor shall the Contractor's subcontractors or employees be subagents of the Owner or of the Engineer. The Contractor shall employee only employees who are competent and skillful in their respective line of work, and local labor shall be given preference. Whenever the Engineer or the Owner notify the Contractor that any person on this work is, in their opinion, incompetent, disorderly, or refuses to carry out the provisions of this Contract, or uses threatening or abusive language to any person representing the Owner on the work or is otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be immediately discharged from the Project and shall not be re-employed thereon except with the consent of the Engineer by the Owner. 35. SUBCONTRACTING Within 30 days after the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the names of all subcontractors proposed for the Work, including the names of any subcontractors that were submitted with the Bid. The Contractor shall not employ any subcontractors that the Engineer may object to as lacking capability to properly perform Work of the type and scope anticipated. No changes will be allowed from the approved subcontractor list without written approval of the Engineer. I I Li Il I I C I I C I I I DOCUMENT 00700-8 I The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between any ' subcontractor and the Owner. 36. INSURANCE AND LIABILITY ' A. GENERAL The Contractor shall provide (from insurance companies acceptable to the Owner) the ' insurance coverage designated hereinafter and pay all costs. Before execution of the Contract, Contractor shall furnish the Owner with complete copies of all certificates of insurance specified herein showing the type, amount, class of operations ' covered, effective dates, and date of expiration of policies. Each certificate shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed, or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner. ' In case of the breach of any provision of this Article, the Owner, at his option, may take out and maintain, at the expense of the Contractor, such insurance as the Owner may deem proper and may deduct the cost of such insurance from any monies which may be due or become due the Contractor under this Contract. All insurance contracts and certificates shall be executed by a licensed agent of the insurance company and in all ways complying with the insurance laws of the Statef Arkansas. Further, the said insurance company shall be duly licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Arkansas. B. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR INSURANCE The Contractor shall not execute the Contract or commence Work under this Contracentil he has obtained all the insurance required hereunder and such insurance has been reviewed and approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence Work on his subcontract until insurance specified below has been obtaind. Review of the insurance 'by the Owner shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor hereunder. C. COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE ' The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Contract the statutory Workmen's Compensation, in addition, Employers Liability Insurance in an amount not less than $100,000 ' for each occurrence, for all of his employees to be engaged in Work on the Project under this Contract and, in case any such Work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance for all of the latter's employees to be engaged in such Work. Where Work under this Contract includes any water or navigational exposure, coverage shall be included to cover the Federal Longshoremen's and Harborworker's Act and the Federal Jones Act when applicable. Employers Liability Insurance shall be extended to include waiver of subrogation to the ' Owner. D. GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE ' The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Contract such independent contractor's general liability, completed operations and products liability, and automobile liability insurance I DOCUMENT 00700-9 H as will provide coverage for claims for damages for personal injury, including accidental death, ' as well as for claims for property damage, which may arise directly or indirectly from performance of the Work under this Contract. The general liability policy should also specifically ensure the contractual liability assumed by the Contractor under Article 37, INDEMNITY. Coverage for property damage shallbe on a "broad form" basis with no exclusions for "X, C, I and U." The certificate of insurance shall explicitly waive X, C, and U exclusions. Amount of insurance to be provided shall be as shown below: 1) Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance ' General Aggregate: Not less than $2,000,000 Completed Operations Aggregate: Not less than $2,000,000 Each Occurrence of Personal Injury or Property Damage: Not less than $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit 2) Contractor's Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance 1 Shall include Personal Injury and Property Damage coverage fofAny Auto", "Hired Autos", and "Non -Owned Auto" at a Combined Single Limit of not less than $1,000,000. ' 3) Contractor's Excess Umbrella Policy: $2,000,000 limit of liability policy shall be provided. In the event any Work under this Contract is performd by a subcontractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for any liability directly or indirectly arising out of the Work performed under this Contract by a subcontractor, which liability is not covered by the subcontractor's insurance. The Contractor's and any subcontractors general liability and automobile liability insurance policies shall include the Owner and Engineer, their officers, agents, and employees as additional insureds for any claims arising out of Work performed under this Contract. Certificates of insurance shall explicitly name the Owner and Engineer as additional insureds. Inclusion of either party as "certificate holder" does not meet this requirement. E. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE Unless otherwise modified in the Supplementary Conditions, the Contractor shall secure and maintain during the life of this Contract, builder's risk insurance upon the Work at the site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof. This insurance shall: I) Include the interests of the Contractor,subcontractors, and the Owner as such interests may appear; 2) Be written on a Builder's Risk or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that , shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary facilities, falsework, and Work in transit. The policy shall insure against at least the following perils: fire, lightning, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and other such perils as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions or Basic Requirements; 3) Include expenses incurred in the repair, replacement, redesign, or reinspection of any insured property; and , DOCUMENT 00700 - 10 1 I 4) Cover materials and equipment stored at the site, or at another location that was agreed to in writing by the Owner, prior to being incorporated in the Work. F. OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE (OCP INSURANCE) ' The Contractor shall, at his expense, provide the Owner with a separate OCP Insurance Policy naming the Owner as the Insured and the Engineeras Additional Insured under that policy, said policy to protect said parties from claims which may arise from operations under the ' Contract. It is understood that the coverage shall apply to all authorized representatives of the said parties. The limits of policy coverage shall be: ' I ) General Aggregate: Not less than $2,000,000 2) Each Occurrence of Personal Injury or Property Damage: Not less than $1,000,000 ' Combined Single Limit G.INSURANCE COVERAGE FOR SPECIAL CONDITIONS ' When the construction is to be accomplished within a public or private right-of-way requiring special insurance coverage, the Contractor shall conform to the particular requirements and provide the required insurance. The Contractor shall include in his liability policy all ' endorsements that the said authority may require for the protection of the authority, its officers, agents, and employees. Insurance coverage for special conditions, when required, shall be provided as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ' H. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS In carrying out any of the provisions hereof in exercising any authority granted by the Contract, ' there will be no personal liability upon any public official. 37. INDEMNITY The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Engineer, and their agents and employees from and against damages, losses, and expenses including attorneys' fees, up to the amount of the Contract price, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Worlprovided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury or to destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any act or omission of the Contractor, any ' subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, provided that such claims, damages, losses, and expenseare not approximately caused by the negligence of any indemnity in the design, or by the sole negligence of any indemnity in the inspection of the Work that is the subject of this construction Contract. In any and all claims against the Owner, the Engineer, or any of their agents or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Article shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under Workmen's Compensation Acts, Disability Benefit Acts, or other Employee Benefit Acts. 38. TAXES AND CHARGES ' The Contractor shall withhold and pay any and all sales and use taxes, including any and all charge of taxes thereof, and all withholding taxes, whether state or federal, and pay all Social Security charges ' DOCUMENT 00700 - 11 I and also all State UnemploymentCompensation charges, and pay or cause to be withheld, as the case may be, any and all taxes, charges, or fees or sums whatsoever, which are now or may hereafter be required to be paid or withheld under any laws. 39. ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all local ordinances, as well as state and federal laws, which in any manner affect the Work herein specified. The Contractor shall at all times comply with said ordinances, laws, and regulations, and protect and indemnify the Owner, the Engineer and their respective employees, and its officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such laws, ordinances, or regulations up to the amount of the Contract Price. All permits, licenses, and inspection fees necessary for prosecution and completion of the Work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall observe and comply with all applicable local, state, and federal occupational safety and health regulations during the prosecution of Work under this Contract. In addition, full compliance by the Contractor with the U. S. Department of Labor's Occupational Safety an&iealth Standards, as established in Public Law 91-596, will be required under the terms of this Contract. 40. SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall keep on the Work, during its progress, competent supervisory personnel. The Contractor shall designate, in writing, before starting Work, one authorized representative who shall have complete authority to represent and to act for the Contractor. The Contractor shall give efficient supervision to the Work, using his best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, and procedures, and for providing adequate safety precautions and coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. It is specifically undetood and agreed that the Engineer, its employees and agents, shall not have control or charge of and shall not be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, procedures, or for providing adequate safety precautions in connection with the Work under the Contract. 41. RECEPTION OF ENGINEER'S DIRECTIONS The superintendent, or other duly authorized representative of the Contractor, shall represent the Contractor in all directions given to him by the Engineer. Such directions of major importance will be confirmed in writing. Any direction will be so confirmed, in each case, on written request from the Contractor. 42. SANITATION Sanitary conveniences conforming to state and local codes shall be erected and maintained by the Contractor at all times while workers are employed on the Work. The sanitary convenience facilities shall be as approved by the Engineer. 43. EMPLOYEES The Contractor shall employ only men or women who are competent and skillful in their respective line of work. Whenever the Engineer or Owner shall notify the Contractor that any person on the Work is, in their opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly or refuses to carry out the provisions of this Contract or uses threatening or abusive language to any person representing the Owner on the Work, or is otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be immediately discharged from the Project and shall not be re-employed thereon except with the consent of the Engineer by the Owner. I I I I I L I I L I I I I I I I I DOCUMENT 00700-/2 I 44. PROJECT MEETINGS The Engineer may conduct Project meetings, as he deems necessary, for the purposes of discussing and resolving matters concerning the various elements of the Work. Time and place for these meetings and the names of persons required to be present shall be as directed by the Engineer. Contractor shall comply with these attendance requirements and shall also require his subcontractors 'to comply. 45. SAFETY ' The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons (including employees) and property during performance of the. Work. This ' requirement shall apply continuously. and not be limited to normal working hours. Safety provisions shall conform to U. S. Department of Labor (OSHA); the State Labor Department Laws; all other applicable federal, state, county, and local laws, ordinances, and codes; the requirements set forth ' below; and any regulations that may be detailed in other parts of these Documents. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirement shall be followed. The Contractor's failure to thoroughly familiarize himself with the aforementioned safety provisions shall not relieve him from compliance with the obligations and penalties set forth herein. The Contractor shall develop and maintain for the duration of this Contract, a safety program that will effectively incorporate and implement all required safety provisions. The Contractor shall appoint an ' employee who is qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce compliance with the safety program. The duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance is not ' intended to include a review or approval of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety supervisor, the safety program, or any safety measures taken in, on, or near the construction site. ' The Contractor, as a part of his safety program, shall maintain at his office or other well-known place at the job site, safety equipment applicable to the Work as prescribed by the aforementioned authorities, all articles necessary for giving first aid to the injured, and shall establish the procedure for ' the immediate removal to a hospital or a doctor's care of persons (including employees) who may be injured on the job site. If death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to both theEngineer and the Owner. In addition, the Contractor must promptly report in writing to the Engineer all accidents whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the Work whether on, or adjacent to, the site, giving full details and statements of witnesses. If a claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Engineer, giving full details of the claim. 46. CONTRACTOR'S TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT The Contractor's tools and equipment used on the Work shall be furnished in sufficient quantity and of a capacity and type that will safely perform the Work specified, and shall be maintainednd used in a manner that will not create a hazard to persons or property, or cause a delay in the progress of the Work. L IDOCUMENT 00700 - /3 47. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY I The Contractor shall at all times safely guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with this Contract. The Contractor shall at all times safely guard and protect from damage his own Work, and that of adjacent property (as provided by law and the Contract Documents). All passageways, guard fences, lights, and other facilities required for protection by federal, state, or municipal laws and regulations and local conditions, must be provided and maintained. The Contractor shall protect his Work and materials from damage due to the nature of the Work, the elements, carelessness of other Contractors, or from any cause whatever until the completion and acceptance of the Work. All loss or damages arising out of the nature of the Work to be done under these Contract Documents, or from any unforeseen obstruction or defects which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, or from the action of the elements, shall be sustained by the Contractor. In addition, the Contractor shall take special precautions to prevent the "flotation" of all tanks and structures prior to their final acceptance and filling for beneficial use. The Contract price shall include all costs associated with such special precautions. Also, the Contractor shall not load or permit any part of any structure to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety or its structural integrity. 48. RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR TO ACT IN EMERGENCY In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury of propety, and/or safety of life, the Contractor shall act, without previous instructions from the Owner or Engineer, as the situation may warrant. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer thereof immediately thereafter. Any claim for compensation by the Contractor, together with substantiating documents in regard to expense, shall be submitted to the Owner through the Engineer and the amount of compensation shall be determined by agreement. 49. MATERIALS AND APPLIANCES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, water, tools, equipment, light, power, transportation, and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the Work. Unless otherwise specified, allmaterials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. In selecting and/or approving equipment for installation in the Project, the Owner and Engineer assume no responsibility for injury or claims resulting from failure of the equipment to comply with applicable national, state, and local safety codes or requirements, or the safety requirements of a recognized agency, orfailure due to faulty design concepts, or defective workmanship and materials. 50. BUY AMERICAN Unless otherwise stipulated, only steel and manufactured products produced in the United States will be used by the Contractor, subcontractors, materialmen, and suppliers in performance of the Work. 51. CONTRACTORS' AND MANUFACTURERS' COMPLIANCE WITH STATE SAFETY, OSHA, AND OTHER CODE REQUIREMENTS The completed Work shall include all necessary permanent safety devices, such as machinery guards and similar ordinary safety items required by the state and federal (OSHA) industrial authorities and I I I I I I Li I I Li I C I J 1 DOCUMENT 00700-14 1 applicable local and national codes. Further, any features of the Work (including Owner -selected equipment) subject to such safety regulations shall be fabricated, furnished, and installed in ' compliance with these requirements. Contractors and manufacturers of equipment shall be held responsible for compliance with the requirements included herein. Contractors shall notify all equipment suppliers and subcontractors of the provisions of this Article. 52. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS Except for Owner -selected equipment items and items where no substitution is clearly specified, ' whenever any material, article, device, product, fixture, form, type of construction, or process is indicated or specified by patent or proprietary name, by name of manufacturer, or by catalog number, such specifications shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality ' and facilitating the descriptioq of the material or process desired. This procedure is not to be construed as eliminating from competition other products of equal or better quality by other manufacturers where fully suitable in design, and shall be deemed to be followed by the words "or equal". The Bidder may, in such cases, submit complete data to the Engineer 10 days prior to bid date for consideration of another material, type, or process which shall be substantially equal in every respect to that so indicated or specified. Substitute materials shall not be used unless approved in writing. The Owner or his authorized agent will be the solejudge of the substituted article or material. ' 53. TESTS, SAMPLES, AND INSPECTIONS I I I I I I II I I The Contractor shall furnish, without extra charge, the necessary test pieces and samples, including facilities and labor for obtaining the same, as requested by the Engineer. When required, the Contractor shall furnish certificates of tests of materials and equipment made at the point of manufacture by a recognized testing laboratory. The Owner, Engineer, authorized government agents, and their representatives shall at all times be provided safe access to the Work wherever it is in preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide facilities for such access and for inspection, including maintenance of temporary and permanent access. If the Specifications, the Engineer's instructions, laws, ordinances, or any public authority require any Work to be specially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give timely notice of its readiness for inspection. Inspections to be conducted by the Engineer will be promptly made, and where practicable, at the source of supply. If any Work should be covered up without approval or consent of the Engineer, it shall be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. 54. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all royalty and license fees, unless otherwise spSied. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner and the Engineer harmless from any and all loss, including reasonable attorneys' fees, on account thereof, up to the amount of the Contract Price. 55. CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT If the Work should be stopped under an order of any court or other public authority for a period of more than 3 months, through no act or fault of the Contractor, its Subcontractors, or respective employees or agents, then the Contractor may, upon 15 days' written notice to the Owner and the Engineer, if said default has not been cured, stop Work or terminate this Contract and recover from the Owner payment for the reasonable value of Work performed. DOCUMENT 00700-15 E. 56. CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK I The Contractor hereby agrees to make, at his own expense, all repairs or replacements necessitn*hy ' defects in materials or workmanship supplied under terms of this Contract, and pay for any damage to other works resulting from such defects, which are found during construction or become evident within I year after the date of final acceptance of the Work or within 1 year after the date of substantial completion established by the Engineer for specified items of equipment, or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor further assumes responsibility for a similar guarantee for all Work and materials provided by subcontractors or manufacturers of packaged equipment components. The effective date for the startof the guarantee or warranty period for equipment qualifying as substantially complete is defined in Article 16, SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, and Article 68, SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE, in these General Conditions. The Contractor also agrees to hold the Owner and the Engineer harmless from liability of any kind arising from damage due to said defects. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written order for same from the Owner. If the Contractor fails to make the repairs and replacements promptly, the Owner may do the Work, and the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable for the cost thereof. Any additional requirements for the Project relative to correction of defective Work after final acceptance are set forth in the SupplementaryConditions. PROGRESS OF THE WORK 57. BEGINNING OF THE WORK ' Before Work shall be started and materials ordered, the Contractor shall meet and consult with the Owner and/or Engineer relative to materials, equipment, and all arrangements for prosecuting the Work. 58. SCHEDULES AND PROGRESS REPORTS The Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedule of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, records, and other data as the Owner may request concerning Work performed or to be performed under this Contract. Construction Schedule Requirements: The Contractor shall comply with the following requirements concerning construction scheduling and payments: The Contractor shall submit a construction schedule of the bar graph type (or other approved type) prior to the preconstruction conference showing the following information as a minimum: a. Date of Notice to Proceed with Contract Work. b. Actual date construction is scheduled to start if different from the date of Notice to Proceed. ' c. Contract completion date. d. Beginning and completion dates for each phase of Work. 1 e. The dates at which special detail drawings are required. DOCUMENT 00700-16 , f. Respective dates for submission of shop drawings and the beginning of manufacture, the testing of, and the installation of materials, supplies, and equipment. ' g. All construction milestone dates. I I J I I L7 I I I I I I I I h. A separate graph showing Work placement in dollars versus Contract time. The schedule shall incorporate approved Contract changes. The schedule shall be maintained in an up-to-date condition monthly and shall be available for inspection at the construction site at all times. The construction schedule shall be submitted in conjunction with and/or in addition to any other requirements concerning schedules within these Specifications. The construction schedule shall be updated and submitted with each monthly request for payment. Should the Contractor fall behind said schedule, he shall pesent in writing to the owner a revised plan of action to complete the project on time. Methods may include, but are not limited to additional manpower, equipment, working overtime, etc. as may be required. Also, the construction schedule shall be revised accordingly. Failure to submit such revised construction schedule and written explanation shall be reason to withhold payment entirely or reduce payment substantially. 59. PROSECUTION OF THE WORK It is expressly understood and agreed that the time of beginning, rate of progress, and time of completion of the Work are the essence of this Contract. The Work shall be prosecuted at such time, and in or on such part or parts of the Project as may be required, to complete the Project as contemplated in the Contract Documents and the approved construction schedule. Regular Work hours shall be from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. No Work requiring the presence of the Engineers representative will be performed outside of regular Work hours. The cost of additional engineering services will be based upon actual hours worked (labor cost x 3) plus out-of-pocket expenses such as lodging, mileage, materials, etc. Otherwise, the Contractor may perform clean-up work only outside of regular hours (including Saturdays and Sundays)No Work will be accomplished on holidays. 60. ASSIGNMENT Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole, without the written consent of the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies due or to become due to him hereunder without the prior written consent of the Owner. 61. OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK If the Contractor should, in the opinion of the Engineer, neglect to prosecute the Work properly or should neglect or refuse at his own cost to take up and replace Work as shall have been rejected by the Engineer, then the Owner shall notify the Surety of the condition, and after 10 days' written notice to the Contractor and the Surety, or without notice if an emergency or danger to the Work or public exists, and without prejudice to any other right which the Owner may have under the Contract, take over that portion of the work which has been improperly executed or uncompleted, and make good the deficiencies and deduct the cost thereof from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor, and if such payments are not sufficient thereof, charge the cost to the Contractor and its surety. I [ SiIa11�'l �1,`t� [�I4L�PaL I 62. OWNER'S RIGHT TO TRANSFER EMPLOYMENT If the Contractor should abandon the Work or should be adjudged bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiveshould be appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials, or if he should fail to make prompt payment to subcontractors for material or labor, or persistently disregard laws, ordinances, or the instructions of the Engineer, or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the Contract or any laws or ordinance* Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, and after giving the Contractor and Surety 7 days' written notice, transfer the employment for said Work from the Contractor to the Surety. Upon receipt of such notice, such Surety shall enterupon the premises and take possession of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon for the purpose of completing the Work included under this Contract and employ, by Contract or otherwise, any qualified person or persons to finish the Work and provide the materials therefore, in accordance with the Contract Documents, without termination of the continuing full force and effect of this Contract. In case of such transfer of employment to such Surety, the Surety shall be paid in its own name on estimates according to the terms hereof without any right of the Contractor to make any claim for the same or any part thereof. If after the furnishing of said written notice to the Surety, the Contractor and the Surety still fail to make reasonable progress on the performance of the Work, the Owner may terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the premises and of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon and finish the Work by whatever method he may deem expedient and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor and Surety. In such case, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the expense of completing the Contract, including compensation for additional managerial and administratie services, shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor and the Surety shall pay the difference to the Owner. 63. OWNER'S RIGHT TO SUSPEND OR TERMINATE WORK Owner may suspend work under the following conditions: At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contract makes an approved claim.therefor as provided in per the General Conditions. Owner may terminate: Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: I. If Contractor persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established in the Contract Documents. 2. If Contractor disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction. 3. If Contractor disregards the authority of the Engineers. 4. If Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents. Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any) seven da/svritten notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contract& tools, appliances, construction equipment, L1 I C I I L I I I I I I I DOCUMENT 00700 - 18 I I I C H II Ii H and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under the paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven days' written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): ' I. For completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work. 2. For expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses. 3. For all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others. 4. For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 64. DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME ' If the Contractor is delayed in the progress of the Work by any separate Contractor employed by the Owner, or by strikes, lockouts, fire, excessive adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipated (on the basis of official weather records from the past ten years, minimum, from the locality involved), or acts of God, the Contractor shall, within 48 hours of the start of the occurrence, give written notice to the Owner of the cause of the potential delay and estimate the possible time extension involved, and within 7 days after the cause of delay has been remedied, the Contractoshall given written notice to ' the Owner of any actual time extension requested as a result of the aforementioned occurrence; then the Contract time may be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Engineer determines. ' It is agreed that no claim shall be made or allowed for any damages which may arise out of any delay caused by the above referenced acts or occurrences, other than claims for the appropriate extension of time. No extension of time will be granted to the Contractor for delays occurring to parts of the Work that have no measurable impact on the completion of the total Work under this Contract; nor will extension of time be granted for delays to parts of Work that are not located on the critical path if the Critical Path Method (CPM) is used for scheduling the Work. ' DOCUMENT 00700-/9 I A 66. No extension of time will be considered for weather conditions normal to the area in which the Work is being performed. Unusual weather conditions, if determined by the Engineer to be of a severity that would stop all progress of the Work, may be considered as cause for an extension of Contract completion time. The Contractor shall provide official documentation of weather conditions experienced versus those anticipated as described above. Delays in delivery of equipment or material purchased by the Contractor or his subcontractors (including Owner -selected equipment) shall not be considered as a just cause for delay. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the timely ordering, scheduling, expediting, delivery, and installation of all equipment and materials. Within a reasonable period after the Contractor submits to the Owner a written request for an extension of time, the Engineer will present his written opinion to the Owner as to whether an extension of time is justified, and, if so, his recommendation as to the number of days for time extension. The Owner will make the final decision on all requests for extension of time. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled under this Contract to collect or recover any damages, loss, or expense incurred by any delay other than as caused by the Owner, as stipulated in the Article titled, NOTICE OF CLAIM FOR DELAY. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Work shall begin at the time stated in the Notice to Proceed issued by the Owner to the Contractor and shall be completed within the number of consecutive calendar days, or by the calendar date, stated in the accepted Bid and Contract. The time shall be computed from and including the date stated in the Notice to Proceed. It is agreed that time is of the essence of this Contract. The Contractor agrees that said Work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate or progress as will insure full completion thereoivithin the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual construction conditions prevailing in this locality. If the Contractor shall neglect, fail, or refuse to complete the Work within the time herein specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding of this Contract, a penalty put as liquidated damages for such breach of Contract, as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the Work. The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages which the Owner would in such event sustain, and said amount shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodic pay estimates. OTHER CONTRACTS The Owner reserves the right to award other Contracts in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall afford other Contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their Work and shall properly connect and coordinate his Work with theirs. If any part of the Work under this Contract depends on the prior acceptable completion of Work by others under separate Contract(s), the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such Work that would adversely affect the satisfactory completion of the Work under this Contract. The Contractor's failure to so inspect and report shall constitute acceptance of the Work by I I I I I I C I C C I I I I I DOCUMENT 00700 - 20 I ' others as being suitable for the proper reception and completion of the Work under this Contract, excluding, however, those defects in the Work by others that occur after the satisfactory completion of ' the Work specified hereunder. 67. USE OF PREMISES ' The Contractor shalt confine his equipment, the storage of materials, and the operation of his wirers to limits shown on the Drawings or indicated by law, ordinances, permits, or directions of the Engineer, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his materials. The Contractor shall ' provide, at his own expense, the necessary rights -of -way and access to the Work which may be required outside the limits of the Owner's property. ' 68. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE The Engineer may, at his sole discretion, issue a written notice of substantial completion for the purpose of establishing the starting date for specific equipment guarantees, and to establish the date that the Owner will assume the responsibility for the cost of operating such equipment. Said notice shall not be considered as final acceptance of any portion of the Work or relieve the Contractor from completing the remaining Work within the specified time and in full compliance with the Contract ' Documents. Such substantial completion shall not relieve Contractor from liquidated damages should the Owner have added costs after the completion date, i.e., if additional construction observation, interest paid, loss of revenue, or other expenses continue to be charged to the Owner. Substantial completion of an operating facility shall be that degree of completion that will provide a ' minimum of 7 continuous work days of successful operation in which all performance and acceptance testing has been successfully demonstrated to the Engineer. All equipment contained in the Work, plus all other components necessary to enable the Owner to operate the facility in the manner that was ' intended, shall be complete on the substantial completion date. See "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION" under Article DEFINITIONS, of these General Conditions. 69. PERFORMANCE TESTING Operating equipment and systems shall be performance tested in the presence of the Engineer to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements. Performance testing shall be conducted ' under the specified design operating conditions or under such simulated operating conditions as recommended or approved by the Engineer. Schedule such testing with the Engineer at least 1 week in advance of the planned date for testing. 70. OWNER'S USE OF PORTIONS OF THE WORK ' The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work. Such use shall not be considered as final acceptance of any portion of the Work, nor shall such use be considered as cause for an extension of the Contract completion time, unless authorized by a Change Order issued by the Owner. 71. CUTTING AND PATCHING The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, or patching of his Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by Work of other Contractors shown upon or reasonably implied by the Drawings. Any defective Work or material, performed or ' furnished by the Contractor, that may be discovered by the Engineer before the final acceptance of the Work or before final payment has been made, shall be removed and replaced or patched, in a manner as approved by the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor. ' DOCUMENT 00700-2! Li 72. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall, at all times, at his own expense, keep property on which Work is in progress and ' the adjacent property free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by employees or by the Work. Upon completion of the construction, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, remove all temporary structures, rubbish, and waste materials resulting from his operations. ' PAYMENT 73. PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS , Payment or credit for any alterations covered by a Change Order shall be determined by one or a combination of the methods set forth in A, B, or C below as applicable: A. UNIT PRICES. If applicable, those unit prices stipulated in the Bid, shall be utilized. If such Unit Prices are not applicable, the Contractor and Owner may utilize Unit Prices as mutually agreed upon. B. LUMP SUM. A total lump sum for the Work may be negotiated as mutually agreed upon by the Contractor and Owner. In "A" and "B" above, Contractor's quotations for Change Orders shall be in writing and firm for a period of 90 days. Any compensation paid in conjunction with the terms of a Change Order shall comprise total compensation due the Contractor for the Work or alteration defined in the Change Order. By signing the Change Order, the Contractor acknowledges that the stipulated compensation includes payment for the Work or alteration plus all payment for the interruption of schedules, extended overhead, delay or any other impact claim or ripple effect, and by such signing specifically waives any reservation or claim for additional compensation in respect to the subject of the Change Order. The Owner's request for quotations on alterations to the Work shall not be considered ' authorization to proceed with the Work prior to the issuance of a formal Change Order, nor shall such request justify any delay in existing Work. Lump sum quotations for alterations to the Work shall include substantiating documentation with an itemized breakdown of Contractor and subcontractor costs, including labor, material, rentals, approved services, overhead, and profit calculated as specified under "C" below. C. FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. If the method of payment cannot be agreed upon prior to the ' beginning of the Work, and the Owner or the Engineer directs that the Work be done by written Change Order or on a force account basis, then the Contractor shall furnish labor, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the Work in a satisfactory manner and within a reasonable period of time. For the Work performed, payment will be made for the documented actual cost of the following: 1) Labor, including foremen, who are directly assigned to the force account Work: (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits as established by negotiated labor agreements, labor insurance, and labor taxes as established by law). No other fixed labor burdens will be considered, unless approved in writing by the Owner. 2) Material delivered and used on the designated Work, including sales tax, if paid for by the Contractor or his subcontractor. DOCUMENT 00700-22 , I ' 3) Rental, or equivalent rental cost of equipment, including necessary transportation for items having a value in excess of $ 100. 4) Additional bond, as required and approved by the Owner. 5) Additional insurance (other than labor insurance) as required and approved by the ' Owner. To costs under 73C, FORCE ACCOUNT WORK, there shall be added the following fixed fees for the Contractor or subcontractor actually performing the Work: A fixed fee not to exceed 15 percent of the cost of all items above. ' The added fixed fees shall be considered to be full compensation, covering the cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and any other general expense. The Owner reserves the right to furnish such materials and equipment as he deems expedient, ' and the Contractor shall have no claim for profit or added fees on the cost of such materials and equipment. ' For equipment under Item 3 above, rental or equivalent rental cost will be allowed foonly those days or hours during which the equipment is in actual use. Rental and transportation allowances shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality. The rentals ' allowed for equipment will, in all cases, be understood to coveall fuel, supplies, repairs, and renewals, and no further allowances will be made for those items, unless specific agreement to that effect is made. The Contractor shall maintain his records in such a manner as to provide a clear distinction between the direct costs of Work paid for on a force account basis and the costs of other operations. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer report sheets in duplicate of each day's t force account Work no later than the working day following the performance of saidiVork. The daily report sheets shall itemize the materials used, and shall cover the direct cost of labor and the charges for equipment rental, whether furnished by the Contractor, subcontractor, or other forces. The daily report sheets shall provide names or identifications and classifications of workers, the hourly rate of pay and hours worked, and also the size, type, and identification number of equipment and hours operated. Material charges shall be substantiated by valid copies of vendors' invoices. Such invoices shall be submitted with the daily report sheets, or, if not available, they shall be submitted with subsequent daily report sheets. Said daily report sheets shall be signed by the Contractor or his authorized agent. ' To receive partial payments and final payment for force account Work, the Contractor shall submit in a manner approved by the Engineer, detailed and complete documented verification ' of the Contractor's and any of his subcontractors' actual current costs involved in the force account Work pursuant to the issuance of an approved Change Order. Such costs shall be submitted within 30 days after said Work has been performed. ' No payment will be made for Work billed and submitted to the Engineer after the 30 -day period has expired. No extra or additional Work shall be performed by the Contractor, except in an emergency endangering life or property, unless in pursuance of a written Change Order, as provided in ALTERATIONS -CHANGES IN WORK. IDOCUMENT 00700-23 I 74. PARTIAL PAYMENTS &I C. GENERAL Nothing contained in this Article shall be construed to affect the right, hereby reserved, to reject the whole or any part of the aforesaid Work, should such Work be later found not to comply with the provisions of the Contract Documents. All estimated quantities of Work for which partial payments have been made are subject to review and correction on the final estimate. Payment by the Owner and acceptance by the Contractor of partial payments based on periodic estimates of quantities of Work performed shall not, in any way, constitute acceptance of the estimated quantities used as the basis for computing the amounts of the partial payments. For.public works projects, each partial payment request and final payment request shall contain an affidavit by the Contractor that all provisions of the applicable federal and state requirements regarding apprentices and payment of prevailing wages have been complied with by him and by his Subcontractors. ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT Before the first working day of each calendar month, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a detailed estimate of the amount earned for the separate portions of the Work, and request payment. As used in this Article, the words "amount earned" means the value, othe date of the estimate for partial payment, of the Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the value of approved materials delivered to the Project site suitably stored and protected prior to incorporation into the Work. If the Contractor's estimate of amount earned conforms with the Engineer's evaluation, the Engineer will calculate the amount due the Contractor and make recommendation to the Owner for payment. An estimate of monthly progress payments shall be provided for the entire job prior to the first payment request. An update of the estimate of progress payments shall be updated if the actual progress differs by more than 20 percent in any given month. Each monthly payment request shall include the required updated Schedule. If the updated Schedule is not submitted, the Owner may withhold payment until this item is completed. The Contractor shall be paid within 30 days of approval of the payment request. DEDUCTION FROM ESTIMATE Unless modified in the Supplementary Conditions, deductions from the estimate will be as described below. The Owner will deduct from the estimate, and retain as part security, 10 percent of the amount earned for Work satisfactorily completed. However, no deduction or retainage will be made onthe approved items of material delivered to and properly stored at the job site but not incorporated into the Work. When the Work is 50 percent complete, the Owner may "freeze" the retainage at 5 percent of the dollar value of the total contract provided that the Contractor is making satisfactory progress and there is no specific cause for a greater retainage. The Owner may reinstate the retainage up to I (percent of the dollar value of"Work complete to date" if the Owner determines, at his discretion, that the Contractor is not making satisfactory progress or where there is other specific cause for such withholding. NOTE: Exception --If the Work includes water or sewer pipelines, the Contractor shall maintain the Work for a period of ninety (90) days following itucceptance by the OWNER. Up to five percent (5%) of the Contract amount shall be retained during this maintenance period. All prior payments shall be subject to correction in the final payment. I I I I I I [71 [1 P I C I I I I I DOCUMENT 00700 - 24 , I This 90 -day period does not relieve the Contractor of the Performance and Payment Bond requirements regarding warranty of the Project. In such cases, the semifinal payment estimate shall indicate the initial acceptance of the Work, and the warranty shall begin on such date. D. QUALIFICATION FOR PARTIAL PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS DELIVERED ' Unless modified in the Supplementary Conditions, qualification for partial payment for materials delivered but not yet incorporated in to the Work shall be as described below. Materials, as used herein, shall be considered to be.those items which are fabricated or ' manufactured material and equipment. To receive partial payment for materials delivered to the site, but not incorporated in the Work, it shall be necessary for the Contractor to include invoices of such materials and documentation warranting that the materials and equipment are ' covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein; all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. At the time of the next partial payment request, the Contractor must submit the following ' documentation relative to materials paid on the previous partial paymen aid invoices of such materials or other documentation warranting that the Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests, and encumbrances (i.e., all ' materials have been paid for by Contractor). Failure to submit this documentation will result in an appropriate reduction on the current partial payment estimate for such materials. At his sole discretion, the Engineer may approve items for which partial payment is to be made. Proper storage and protection shall be provided by the Contractor, and as approved by the Engineer. Final payment shall be made only for materialsactually incorporated in the Work and, upon acceptance of the Work, all materials remaining for which advance payments ' had been made shall revert to the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed, and partial payments made for these items shall be deducted from the final payment for the Work. ' E. PAYMENT After deducting the retainages and the amount of all previous partial payments made to the ' Contractor, the amount earned as of the current month will be made payable to the Contractor within 30 days of the Owner's receipt of an approved request, except where the Owner is a municipality or other agency whose laws require the approval of each payment by a council or similar body, in which case, the payment shall become due and payable 10 days after the first ' regularly -scheduled meeting in the month following the submittal of such payment request. 75. CLAIMS In any case where the Contractor deems additional compensation is due him for Work or materials not clearly covered in the Contract or notordered by the Engineer according to provisions of Article 20 ' ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, of his intention to make claim for such compensation before he begins the Work on which he bases the claim, in order that such matters may be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper facilities by the ' Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive the claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor, and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost as aforesaid, shall not in any way be construed as proving the validity of • the claim. Claims for additional compensation shall be made in itemized detail and submitted, in • writing, to the Owner and Engineer within 10 days following completion of that portion of the Work for which the Contractor bases his claim. In case the claim is found to be just, it shall be allowed and paid for as provided in the Article titled, PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS. ' DOCUMENT 00700 - 25 I 76. NOTICE OF CLAIM FOR DELAY I If the Contractor intends to file a claim for additional compensation for delay caused by the Owner at a particular time, he shall file a notice of claim with the Owner within 7 days of the beginning of the occurrence. The notice of claim shall be in duplicate, in writing, and need not state the amount. No claim for additional compensation will be considered unless the provisions of Article 64, DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME, are complied with, and a notice of claim has been filed with the Owner in writing, as stated above. Should the Owner be prevented or enjoined from proceeding with Work, either before or after its prosecution, or from authorizing its prosecution by reason of any litigation, the Contractor shall not be entitled to make or assert claim for damage by reason of said delay; but time for completion of the Work will beextended to such reasonable time as the Owner may determine will compensate for time ' lost by such delay, with such determination to be set forth in writing. 77. RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all claims for labor and materials furnished under this Contract. Prior to the final payment, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, as part of his final payment request, an affidavit that all of the Contractor'abligations on the Project have been satisfied and that there are no unpaid taxes, liens, vendors' liens, rights to lien or any other type of claim against the Project, and that the hourly wages paid to all persons on the Project were in accordance with the applicable wage scale determinations. 78. FINAL PAYMENT Upon completion of all of the Work under this Contract, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, that he has completed his part of the Contract and shall rquest final inspection. Upon receipt of the Contractor's written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection, the Engineer shall make such inspection and shall submit to the Owner his recommendation as to acceptance of the completed Work and as to the final estimate of the amount due the Contractor under this Contract. Upon approval of this final estimate by the Owner and compliance with provisions in Article titled, RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS, and other provisions as may be applicable, the Owneshall pay to the Contractor all monies due him under the provisions of these Contract Documents. On contracts for public works, final payment of the retained percentage will not be made until the Contractor has also furnished the applicable apprenticeship wage certification. 79. NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS Neither the inspection of the Owner, through the Engineer or any of his employees, nor any order by ' the Owner for payment of money, nor any payment for, or acceptance of, thwhole or any part of the Work by the Owner or Engineer, nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by the Owner or its employees shall operate as a waiver of any provision of this Contract, or any power herein reserved to the Owner, or any right to damages herein provided nor shall any waiver of any breach in this Contract be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. 1 I DOCUMENT 00700-26 , I 80. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT CONSTITUTES RELEASE The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall release the Owner and the Engineer, as agent of the Owner, from all claims and all liability to the Contractor for all things done or furnished in connection with the Work, and every act of the Owner and others relating to or arising out of the Work. No payment, however, final or otherwise, shall operate to release the Contractor or his Sureties I. from obligations under this Contract and the Performance and Payment Bonds, and other bonds and warranties, as herein provided. 'I I I H I Li H H J H I END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS I DOCUMENT 00700 -17 CJ DOCUMENT 00800 I I I H H I I I I I I I I I I I SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The GENERAL CONDITIONS are hereby revised as follows: ARTICLE 7.5 "DEFECTIVE WORK" Add the new article as follows: Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that such Work does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to the Engineer's recommendation for final payment (unless the Owner has assumed responsibility for protection thereof at Substantial Completion). ARTICLE 9. "ENGINEER" Delete the first sentence. ARTICLE 16. "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION" Replace the word "Project" wherever it occurs with the word "Work". Delete the second paragraph and add the following: Substantial Completion shall be evidenced by a definitive Certificate of Substantial Completion or by the Engineer's written recommendation that the Work is complete and ready for final payment. The date of Substantial Completion shall be the effective date on the certificate or the date the Engineer recommends for final payment, whichever occurs first. ARTICLE 28. "REJECTED MATERIAL" Delete entirely and replace with the following: ARTICLE 28. "REJECTED WORK" Any Work condemned or rejected as defective by the Engineer shall be removed at once from the vicinity of the Work by the Contractor at his own expense (unless such Work is Owner -provided material equipment) and shall not be used on the remainder of the Work. ARTICLE 31. "LINES AND GRADES" Add the following: The Engineer shall stake or otherwise mark: 2 corners of the hangar The above will be staked one time only. IFY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00800- I II ARTICLE 53. "TESTS, SAMPLES, AND INSPECTIONS" Add the following: CONCRETE TESTING The Engineer shall conduct concrete testing as required by Owner and Contract Documents. The Owner shall pay for all initial testing. The Contractor shall pay for all retesting necessitated by unsatisfactory results of initial testing or for tests specifically requested by Contractor. - ARTICLE 56. "CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK" Delete entirely and replace with the following: ARTICLE 56. "CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY & GUARANTEE & CORRECTION PERIOD" The Contractor warrants and guarantees to the Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be Defective Work. The Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defective Owner -provided material and equipment; however, it does not exclude the Contractor's workmanship in incorporating such material and equipment in the remainder of the Work. If, within two years after the date of Substantial Completion or longer period of time as prescribed by Laws, Regulation, or specific provisions of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be Defective Work, the Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instruction. 1) Correct the Defective Work or remove and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 2) Satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work resulting therefrom. Where Defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this Article, the warranty and guarantee period shall be extended for an additional two years after the date the Owner accepts such correction or removal and replacement. If the Contractor fails to promptly make such correction or removals and replacements, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk loss or damage, the Owner may have the Defective Work corrected or removed and replaced. In such instance the Contractor shall pay all resulting claims, costs, losses and damages. I I I I I LI I I J I I Li I I 7 I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00800-2 , I IARTICLE 58 "SCHEDULES AND PROGRESS REPORTS' In the unnumbered subparaph of the paragraph beginning, "Construction Schedule Requirements", change the submission requirement from "prior to the preconstruction conference" to "within 14 calendar days after the start of Work". ' From the paragraph beginning, 'Construction Schedule Requirements" delete subparagraphs e, f, g, and h. ' ARTICLE 59 "PROSECUTION OF THE WORK" Delete and replace with 59. "PROSECUTION OF THE WORK; WORKING HOURS; OBSERVATION HOURS" Owner and Contractor expressly understand and agree that the time of beginning, rate of ' progress, and time of completion of the Work are of the essence in this Contract. Contractor shall prosecute the Work at such time and in such parts of the Work as may be required to complete the Work within the Contract Times or on or before the dates ' established for completion, except as limited below. Contractor's Working Hours: Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of ' persons, the Work, or property at or adjacent to the site, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall limit work at the site to period between 7:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M., Monday through Friday. Contractor will not permit work outside ' these hours or on Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday without Owner's consent (which will not be reasonably withheld) and prior notice to Engineer. The intent of this limitation is to minimize the impact of construction work on those living or conducting business near or adjacent to the site. Engineer's Observation Hours: Contractor is expected to schedule and prosecute the Work ' in a manner that will not require observation for more than 40 hours per week, on Sundays, or on legal holidays. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for all observation in excess of 40 hours per week or on Sundays or holidays (such holidays being New Years ' Day, Memorial Day, 4th of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day). The method of reimbursement shall be a deduction from monies due Contractor on pay requests and shall be calculated as follows: ' $55/hour times the sum of all observers' hours, as recorded on certified time sheets as devoted to this project, less 40 hours -or- $55 x (SUM..,,,3-40). ARTICLE 68 "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE" Delete entirely. ARTICLE 74B "ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT" IDelete the last sentence that reads, "The Contractor shall be paid within 30 of approval of the payment request." Replace it with the following: ' "Owner will make every effort to pay Contractor within 30 days of receipt of pay requests recommended by Engineer; however, Owner can not guarantee that this 30 -day time frame can be met for each pay request." IFY0321 I S U of A Corporate Hangar 00800-3 H ARTICLE 74D "QUALIFICATION FOR PARTIAL PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS DELIVERED" and all other Articles applicable to stored materials. Delete Article 74D entirely. The Owner will not make partial payments for materials delivered but not yet incorporated in the construction. ARTICLE 80 "DISPUTES RESOLUTION" Binding Arbitration: All appeals from Engineer's decisions on Claims will firstly be subject to mediation, then, if mediation does not resolve the disagreement, they shall be decided by arbitration. Arbitration shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and subject to the limitations set forth in this paragraph 16.02. The award rendered by arbitrators shall be final and binding and will not be subject to modification or appeal. Any court having jurisdiction may enter judgement on the award and enforce this agreement to arbitrate. , Limitations: (1) Mediation First: Appeals of Engineer's decisions shall first be submitted to mediation t by the American Arbitration Association under that Association's Construction Industry Mediation Rules, unless a delay in initiating arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties. The mediator of any dispute shall not also serve subsequently as arbitrator for the same dispute unless otherwise agreed to by both parties. (2) Filing: Appellant will file the demand for arbitration with the other party, Engineer, ' and the American Arbitration Association within 60 days of Engineer's decision. In no event will any such demand be made after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings would be barred by applicable statutes of limitations. (3) Inclusion of other Parties: Except as provided in subparagraph (4) below, no arbitration arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder, or any other manner any person or entity who is not a party to the Agreement unless: (a) such inclusion is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration; (b) the other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is ' common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in the proceedings; and (c ) the person or entity sought to be included, Owner, and Contractor shall consent, in writing, to the inclusion. The consent shall specifically describe the dispute in question and shall not be considered consent to arbitrate for any dispute not so described. (4) Inclusion of Subcontractors: If a dispute involves the Work of a Subcontractor or Supplier, either Owner or Contractor may join such Subcontractor or Supplier as a party to the arbitration and the limitations stipulated above will not apply. END OF SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS i FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 00800-4 ' SECTION 01000 ABBREVIATIONS PARTI GENERAL A. Whenever in these Contract Documents the following abbreviations are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: AA Aluminum Association AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AC! American Concrete Institute AFBMA Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers' Association AGA American Gas Association AGMA American Gear Manufacturers' Association ' AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Institute of Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 1 AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association API American Petroleum Institute AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers, Inc. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ' ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWS American Welding Society AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association ' AWPB American Wood Preservers Bureau AWWA American Water Works Association ' BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers' Association CBMA Certified Ballast Manufacturers' Association CDA Copper Development Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CMAA Crane Manufacturers' Association of America CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute EPA Environmental Protection Agency Fed. Spec. Federal Specifications ' HI Hydraulic Institute HMI Hoist Manufacturers' Institute ICBO International Conference of Building Officials IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. ILEA Insulated Cable EngineersAssociation ISA Instrument Society of America JIG Joint Industry Conferences of Hydraulic Manufacturers FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section01000-1 '� 1 MMA Monorai NBHA National NEC National NEMA National NESC National NFPA National NLMA National Lumber Manufacturers' Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association OECI Overhead Electrical Crane Institute OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act (both Federal and State) PS Product Standards Section - U.S. Department of Commerce RLM RLM Standards Institute, Inc. RMA Rubber Manufacturers' Association SAE Society of Automotive Engineers , SDI Steel Door Institute SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers' Association TCA Tile Council of America UBC Uniform Building Code UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. WWPA Western Wood Products Association do Unless a particular issue is designated, all references to the above specifications, standards, or methods shall, in each instance, be understood to refer to the issue in effect (including all amendments) on the first published date of the Invitation to Bid. Manufacturers' Association Builders' Hardware Association Electrical Code Electrical Manufacturers' Association Electric Safety Code Fire Protection Association END OF SECTION ' F F H I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01000-2 ' ISECTION 01009 SUMMARY OF WORK PARTI GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. This Section describes the project in general, and provides overview of the extent of the work to be performed. Detailed requirements and extent of work is stated in the applicable Specification Sections and is shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically stated herein or in any applicable parts of the Contract Documents, provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, ' construction equipment, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution, and completion of his work. 1.02 REASONABLY IMPLIED PARTS OF THE WORK SHALL BE DONE THOUGH ABSENT FROM SPECIFICATIONS A. Any part of the work which is not mentioned in the Specifications but is shown on the Drawings, or any part not shown on the Drawings but described in the Specifications, or any part not shown on the Drawings nor described in the Specifications, but which is necessary or normally required asa part of such work, or is necessary or required to make each installation satisfactorily and legally operable, shall be performed by the Contractor as incidental work without extra cost to the Owner, as if fully described in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings, and the expense thereof shall be included in the applicable unit prices or lump sum bid items for the work. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A. Work included in these Contract Documents consists of constructing the a Corporate Aircraft Hangar complete and in place as shown on the Drawings. More specifically, the project will require the following: 1. Mobilization/Demobilization. 2. Earthwork and paving for drive and parking. 3. Earthwork related to excavation/backfill for foundations and floors. 4. Undercut of unsatisfactory material and backfill with select material as directed by the Engineer. 5. Construction of the foundation and concrete floor, complete with joints. 1. 6. Furnishing and installing the Corporate Hangar including doors, windows, liner panels, offices, restroom, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems. IFY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01009- I PART 2 2.01 A. PART 3 3.01 3.02 7. Furnishing and installing the underground roof drain system. 8. Connections to all utility services. 9. Cleanup. PRODUCTS frnmr: tiro cl Products shall be as specified or Engineer approved equal. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK A. The Contractor shall execute all work, including the work described, as well as final clean-up. B. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the Engineer and the Fayetteville Municipal Airport Administration. DRAWINGS A. Drawings are bound separately. END OF SECTION FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01009-2 1 I I 1 V I I p I I I ■ I 1 1 I ISECTION 01011 SITE CONDITIONS PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SITE INVESTIGATION AND REPRESENTATION A. The Contractor acknowledges by submission of his Bid that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon availability of transportation, disposal, handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electric power, roads, and uncertainties of weather, or similar physical conditions at the site, the conformation and conditions of the ground, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract. B. The Contractor further acknowledges by submission of his Bid that he has satisfied himself as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from inspecting the site. Any failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself with all the available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. C. Prospective Bidders are invited, at their own expense, to make subsurface investigations, by boring or test hole excavation, as may be desirable, provided, however, that such work be scheduled by appointment with the Owner. Bidders are not authorized to enter private property during these investigations. D. In the event subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different from those indicated in these Documents, and differing materially from those ordinarily encountered in the project area and generally recognized as inhering in the character of work covered in these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Engineer in writing of such changed conditions. E. The Engineer will investigate such conditions promptly and following this investigation, the Contractor shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. If the Engineer finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or in the time required for performing the the Engineer will recommend to the Owner the amount of adjustment in cost Iwork, and time he considers reasonable. The Owner will make the final decision on all Change Orders to the Contract regarding any adjustment in cost or time for completion. 1.02 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Utilities in the vicinity of the project may include water, sewer, telephone, and electric lines. Information is shown on the Drawings relative to the general location of these utilities. The Contractor shall carefully confirm the location of utilities. '1 FY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 0101 I - I I 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND SERVICE I A. Notify all utility offices that are affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance by using the Arkansas One Call System ( 1-800-482-8998). Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for all existing underground utilities. B. The Contractor shall be solely and directly responsible to the Owner and operators of U such properties for any damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under this Contract. C. Neither the Owner rior its officers or agents shall be responsible to the Contractor for damages as a result of the Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work. D. In the event of interruption to utility services as a result of accidental breakage due to 1 construction operations, promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in restoration of service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In no event shall interruption of any utility service be allowed outside working hours unless granted by the owner of the utility. E. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, any and all existing utilities or I structures damaged during construction. 1.04 NAMES OF KNOWN UTILITIES SERVING THE AREA 1 A. The following is a list of the major public utilities serving the work area indicating the name and telephone number of the responsible authority of the various utilities which should be notified if conflicts or emergencies arise during the progress of the work: Name Authority Telephone Water & Sewer Fayetteville Water & Sewer 479-575-8386 Maintenance Telephone Southwestern Bell 1-800-482-8998 Enterprise 9800 Electricity Arkansas Electric Power (formerly Southwestern Electric Power Company) 479-521-1800 Gas Arkansas Western Gas 479-521-5400 1 TV Cable Cox Communications 479-751-2000 1.05 FIELD RELOCATION A. During the progress of the construction any relocation other than those shown on the plans shall be at the direction of the Engineer. If the Contractor encounters utilities or other structures that conflict with the construction, he shall notify the Engineer. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01011- 2 , 1.06 PAYMENT A. No payment will be made for utility service relocation or repair. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01011 -3 I I SECTION 01014 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT PARTI GENERAL 1.01 WORK AREAS A. The Contractor shall maintain all work areas within and outside the project boundaries free from environmental pollution which would be in violation to any federal, state, or local regulations. 1.02 STORM WATER AND EROSION CONTROL A. The Contractor shall comply in all ways with the Arkansas Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) requirements for area disturbed. 1.03 PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY A. Trash burning will not be permitted on the construction site. B. If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection of the work, such devices shall be of an approved type that will not cause pollution of the air. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION NOISE CONTROL A. The Contractor shall conduct all his work, use appropriate construction methods and equipment, all as necessary so that noise emanating from the process or any related tool or equipment will not be disturbing to adjacent residents. 1.05 NIGHTTIME WORK A. If the Contractor desires to perform any work between the hours of 6 P.M. and 7 A.M., he shall obtain approval of all affected adjacent property owners and the Engineer and notify the appropriate agencies and make all necessary arrangements prior to commencing. 1.06 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the Total Lump Sum stated in the Proposal. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION FY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01014 - I I iSECTION 01016 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY I PARTI GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY I. A. The Contractor shall provide all equipment, material and supervision including training necessary for safety and be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all persons (including employees) and property during the Contract period. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. 1.02 FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Safety provisions shall conform to the Federal and State Department of Labor Occupational Safety Health Act (OSHA), and all other applicable federal, state, county, and local laws, ordinances, codes, the requirements set forth herein, and any regulations that may be specified in other parts of these Contract Documents. Where any of these arc in conflict, the more stringent requirements shall be followed. The Contractor's failure to thoroughly familiarize himself with the aforementioned safety provisions shall not relieve him from compliance with the obligations and penalties set forth therein. 1.03 SAFE ACCESS BY FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS A. The Contractor shall at all times provide proper facilities for safe access to the work by authorized officials. 1.04 SAFETY EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor, as part of his safety program, shall maintain at his office or other well-known place at the jobsite, safety equipment applicable to the work as prescribed by the governing safety authorities, all articles necessary for giving first -aid to the injured, and shall establish the procedure for the immediate removal to a hospital or a doctor's care of any person who may be injured on the jobsite. B. The performance of all work and all completed construction, particularly with respect to ladders, platforms, structure openings, scaffolding, shoring, lagging, machinery r guards and the like, shall be in accordance with the applicable governing safety authorities. I to IFY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01016 - 1 I 1.05 ACCIDENT REPORTS I A. If death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to the Engineer. In addition, the Contractor must promptly report in writing to the Engineer and Owner all accidents whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the work whether on, or adjacent to, the site, giving full details and statements of witnesses. B. If a claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Engineer, giving full details of the claim. 1.06 TRAFFIC SAFETY AND ACCESS TO PROPERTY 1 A. The Contractor shall maintain traffic to all existing hangars including emergency vehicles. 1. 1.07 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Traffic control procedures and devices used on all local, county, and state I rights -of -way shall meet the requirements of the applicable current laws and regulations for traffic control. 1.08 ACCESS FOR POLICE A. The Contractor shall leave his night emergency telephone number or numbers with a the Owner, Police Department and Sheriffs offices, so that contact may be made easily at all times. 1.09 FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall perform all work in a fire -safe manner and shall supply and maintain on the site adequate fire -fighting equipment capable of extinguishing incipient fires. The Contractor shall comply with applicable federal, local, and state fire -prevention regulations. Where these regulations do not apply, applicable parts of the National Fire Prevention Standards for Safeguarding Building Construction Operations, (NFPA No. 241) shall be followed. 1.10 CONTRACTOR TO SAFEGUARD EXISTING UTILITIES I A. The Contractor shall perform all work, including excavation, dewatering, and demolition operations, in such a manner as to avoid damage to existing fire hydrants, power poles, lighting standards, and all other existing utilities, public or private. See Section 01011, SITE CONDITIONS. 1.11 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC PROPERTY A. The Contractor shall employ such means and methods as necessary to adequately protect public property and property of the Owner against damage. In the event of damage to such property, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, immediately restore the property to a condition equal to its original condition and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the Owner of said property. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01016-2 ' .1 B. The Contractor shall exercise due care to avoid damage to existing pipe and coatings, wrappings, conduit, or other existing utilities. Should the Contractor damage or displace any of the above, the Contractor shall repair same to the satisfaction of the Engineer and all expenses in connection therewith shall be borne solely by the Contractor. 1.12 TRENCH OR EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEMS A. The current edition of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standard for Excavation and Trench Safety Systems, 29 CFR 1926, subpart P, is. hereby incorporated into these Specifications by reference and shall be deemed to be included in the Contract the same as though herein written out in full. A copy of the OSHA documents is available at the City of Fayetteville Engineering Department Office. B. The work included in the Bid Proposal for "Excavation and Trench Safety Systems" shall include the lump sum amount for providing the safety systems required to comply with the OSHA Safety Standard set forth above, The Contractor shall ' comply with the provisions of said document for all excavations which equal or exceed 4 feet in depth. 1.13 DUST CONTROL A. Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from construction operations; and to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into the atmosphere. 1.14 PAYMENT A. The Excavation and Trench Safety Systems shall be paid for under the total lump sum stated in the Bid Proposal. B. No other separate payment will be made for the work in this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART3 EXECUTION Not Used. I END OF SECTION ' FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01016-3 I r 1 PART I. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY DOCUMENT 01020 ALLOWANCE FOR LANDSCAPING A. Provide adequate budget and bonding to cover landscaping items not precisely determined by the Engineer prior to bidding. Allow within the proposed Total Lump Sum Base Bid the amount described in this Section and shown on the Bid Form, S Section 00300. B. The work in question is in reference to Landscaping. The southern and western exterior sides of the proposed hangar are to be topsoiled and seeded under the basic project. Should the funding be available the Owner may choose for the Contactor to provide additional landscaping in the form of shrubbery and/or trees or other plantings and irrigation systems. If so, payment for this work will be made under this "allowance". 1.2 SPECIFIC CASH ALLOWANCE A. The sum of $5,000 has been set in the Bid Form, Section 00300, as an allowance for Landscaping. It is to be included in the Bidder's Total Lump Sum Base Bid. PART 2. PRODUCTS A. Materials used in any required landscaping will be as specified by the Owner at the time. PART 3. EXECUTION ' A. Early in the construction period the Owner will determine whether this item will be executed, or not. PART 4. PAYMENT A. Payment will be made for the actual work performed under this "allowance" item. If invoices for landscaping work performed as set forth in the General Conditions by the Force Account Method is less than $5,000, then the Contract amount will be reduced by the appropriate amount. If, however, the landscaping work costs exceed $5,000 the Contractor will be paid the additional amount, above and beyond his Total Lump Sum Base Bid. END OF SECTION FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 01020-I SECTION 01027 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00500 - Owner -Contractor Agreement: Contract Sum , Amounts of Progress Payments, and Retainages, and times for submittals. B. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Final Payment. 1.03 FORMAT A. The Contractor shall furnish, within 5 days after agreed on cutoff date, a pay estimate for the current pay period. For the work, provide the following listing; Description of Work, Work Completed This Estimate, Value of Work, Work Completed to Date, Value of Work, Retainage, Stored Materials, Approved Change Orders, Less Previous Payments, and Amount Due This Estimate. 1.04 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION A. Type required information or use media -driven printout. B. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. C. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of Work performed and for stored products. D. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of work. E. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700. 1.05 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit three (3) copies of each Application for Payment at times stipulated in Agreement. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01027- I p I 1.06 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. Provide an invoice from the Material Supplier for every item of stored material for V which payment is requested. B. When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying line item amounts in question. C. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. I PART3 EXECUTION I Not Used. I END OF SECTION I I I i I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01027-2 .1 ISECTION 01028 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES ' PARTI GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED IA. Procedures for processing Change Orders. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project record documents. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name of the individual authorized to accept changes, and to be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ of changes in the Work. B. Change Order Form: As approved by the Engineer. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM AND CONTRACT TIME A. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. B. Provide data to support computations: I. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit. 4. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. C. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done, with additional information: I. Origin and date of claim. 2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 3. Time records and wage rates paid. 4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 1.05 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A. Engineer may submit a Proposal Request which includes: Detailed description of change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, the projected time for executing the change and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. B. Contractor may initiate a change by submittal of a request to Engineer describing the proposed change with a statement of the reason for the change, and the effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01028- 1 I I 1.06 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION - WORK DIRECTIVE CHANGE A. Engineer may issue a directive, signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed I with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. Directive will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Promptly execute the change in Work. 1 1.07 TIME AND MATERIAL - FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits in Conditions of the Contract. B. Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum and Contract Time as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 1.08 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS I A. Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 1.09 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum as shown on Change Order. B. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION I ii I I I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01028 - 2 1 Hi I PARTI GENERAL SECTION 01210 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 1 A. Contractor participation in preconstruction conferences. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01009 - Summary of Work: Administrative provisions. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Engineer will schedule conference within 15 days after the Contractor submits the executed Contract, approved Bonds, and required proof of insurance. B. Attendance: Owner, Engineer and Contractor. C. Agenda: I. Submittal of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 2. Execution of Owner -Contractor Agreement. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submittal of list of subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of responsible personnel. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal requests, change orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Scheduling. 8. Other items of special interest to the attendees. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01210 - I .1 1 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. This section outlines in general the items that the Contractor must prepare or assemble for submittal during the progress of the work. Costs for the work under this section shall be included in the appropriate items of the Contractor's bid prices. There is no attempt herein to state in detail all of the procedures and requirements for each submittal. The Contractor's attention is directed to the individual Specification sections in these Contract Documents which may contain additional and special i submittal requirements. The Owner reserves the right to direct and modify the procedures and requirements for submittals as necessary to accomplish the specific purpose of each submittal. Should the Contractor be in doubt as to the procedure, ' purpose, or extent of any submittal, he should direct his inquiry to the Engineer. 1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS 1 A. The Contractor shall provide all of the submittals required by the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and as may be specifically required in other parts of these ' Documents. B. The Contractor is reminded of his obligation as required by law to make required ' submittals promptly to the applicable Federal, state, or local agency. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in the withholding or progress payments and make the Contractor liable for other prescribed actions and sanctions. PART 2 TECHNICAL SUBMITTALS 2.01 GENERAL A. Requirements in this section are in addition to any specific requirements for ' submittals specified in other divisions and sections of these Contract Documents. B. Submittals to the Engineer shall be addressed to: McClelland Consulting Engineers, • Inc.; Attn: Mr. R. Wayne Jones, P.O. Box 1229, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702. C. Submitted data shall be fully sufficient in detail for determination of compliance with the Contract Documents. D. Review, acceptance, or approval of substitutions, schedules, shop drawings, lists of materials, and procedures submitted or requested by the Contractor shall not add to the Contract amount, and all additional costs which may result therefrom shall be FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01300- I I Li solely the obligation of the Contractor. 1 E. The Owner is not precluded, by virtue of review, acceptance, or approval, from obtaining a credit for construction savings resulting from allowed concessions in the work or materials therefor. F. It shall not be the responsibility of the Owner to provide engineering or other services to protect the Contractor from additional costs accruing from such approvals. G. No equipment or material for which listings, drawings, or descriptive material is required shall be fabricated, purchased, or installed until the Engineer has on hand copies of such approved lists and the appropriately stamped final shop drawings. H. Submittals will be acted upon by the Engineer as promptly as possible, and returned to the Contractor not later than the time allowed for review in SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE. Delays caused by the need for re -submittals shall not constitute reason for an extension of Contract time. 2.02 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. See General and Supplemental Conditions. 2.03 TRANSMITTAL OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTAL FORM A. Each shop drawing submittal shall be accomplished by a Transmittal of Contractor's Submittal form. The form shall be completely filled in with all applicable information; failure to do so shall result in immediate rejection of the submitted items. 2.04 SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS A. Shop drawings referred to herein shall include shop drawings and other submittals for both shop and field -fabricated items. The Contractor shall submit, as applicable, the following for all prefabricated or manufactured structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, process systems, and equipment: 1. GENERAL a. Shop drawings or equipment drawings, including dimensions, I size and location of connections to other work, and weight of equipment. b. Catalog information and cuts. c. Installation or placing drawings for equipment, drives, and tI bases. d. Supporting calculations for equipment and associated I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section01300-2 I 2. it C. f. g. h. supports, or hangers required or specified to be designed by equipment manufacturers. Complete manufacturer's specifications, including materials description and paint system. Performance data. Suggested spare parts list with current price information. List of special tools required for checking, testing, parts replacement, and maintenance. (Special tools are those which have been specially designed or adapted for use on parts of the equipment, and which are not customarily and routinely carried by maintenance mechanics.) List of special tools furnished with the equipment. List of materials and supplies required for the equipment prior to, and during start-up. List of materials and supplied furnished with the equipment. Samples of finish colors for selection. Special handling instructions. Requirements for storage and protection prior to installation. Requirements for routine maintenance required prior to start-up. q. List of all requested exceptions to the Contract Documents. ELECTRICAL a. Wiring and control diagrams of systems and equipment. b. See Division 16, ELECTRICAL for additional specific submittal requirements. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL a. The submittals shall include satisfactory identification of items, units, and assemblies in relation to the Specification section number, and the system or equipment identification, or as provided in the applicable specification section. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01300- 3 I b. Should the Contractor propose any item on his shop drawings, or incorporate an item into the work, and that item should subsequently prove to be defective or otherwise unsatisfactory, (regardless of the Engineer's preliminary review), the Contractor shall, at his own expense, replace the item with another item that will perform satisfactorily. 2.05 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED FOR FOREIGN -MANUFACTURED ITEMS A. Not used. ' 2.06 RECORD DRAWINGS J A. The Engineer will prepare a set of Record Drawings for the project which will include the changes made in materials, equipment, locations, and dimensions of the work. Prior to Final Payment being recommended by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a current listing and description including marked -up prints of each change incorporated into the work since the preceding submittal. 2.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. The Contractor shall furnish four copies of a complete instruction manual for 1 installation, operation, maintenance, and lubrication requirements for each component of mechanical and electrical equipment or system. All equipment manufacturers shall be made aware of these requirements and all associated costs shall be included in the costs for furnishing the equipment or system. Each instruction manual furnished shall be fixed in hard -back cover or file folder which is clearly labeled to designate the system or equipment for which it is intended with reference to the building and equipment number, and the Specification section where the item is specified. The Engineer will assemble the instruction manuals for all mechanical and electrical equipment into one main Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual for the entire project. B. The manuals shall be furnished at least 30 calendar days prior to the scheduled completion of the work but in no case shall submission of the manuals be delayed beyond 95 percent completion point of the work. Submission of the manuals shall precede any payment to the Contractor for work completed in excess of the 95 percent completion level. Any deficiencies found by the Engineer to exist in the manuals submitted shall be corrected by the Contractor within 30 calendar days following notification by the Engineer of the deficiencies. C. Each instruction manual shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Diagrams and illustrations 2. Detailed description of the function of each principal component of the system. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section01300-4 I 3. Performance and nameplate data .1 4. Installation instructions Is. Procedure for starting 6. Proper adjustment 7. Test procedures 8. Procedure for operating 9. Shutdown instructions I10. Emergency operating instructions and troubleshooting guide 11. Safety precautions ' 12. Maintenance and overhaul instructions which shall include detailed assembly drawings with part numbers, parts list, instructions for 1 ordering spare parts, and complete preventive maintenance instructions required to ensure satisfactory performance and longevity of the equipment. ' 13. Lubrication instructions which shall list points to be greased or oiled, shall recommend type, grade, and temperature range of lubricants, and shall recommend frequency of lubrication. 14. List of electrical relay settings and control and alarm contact settings. 15. Electrical interconnection wiring diagram for equipment furnished, including all control and lighting system. D. The manual shall be complete in all respects for all equipment, controls, accessories, and associated appurtenances. ' E. Each copy of the manual shall be assembled in one or more binders, each with title page, typed table of contents, and heavy section dividers with numbered index tabs. Each manual shall be divided into sections paralleling the equipment Specifications. Binders shall be three-ring, hard -back type. All data shall be punched for binding and composition and printing shall be arranged so that punching does not obliterate any data. The project title, Division designation, and manual title printed thereon shall be as furnished by the Engineer. F. Where more than one binder is required, they shall be labeled "Vol. 1', Vol. 2, and so on. The table of contents for the entire set, identified by volume number, shall appear in each binder. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01300- 5 I I G. Manuals shall be transmitted to the Engineer prior to installation of the equipment and all equipment shall be serviced in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations prior to operation. A service record shall be maintained on each item of equipment and shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to final acceptance of the project. H. See Division 16, Electrical, for additional specific O & M requirements. 2.09 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES OF PROPER INSTALLATION - - I A. The Contractor shall submit manufacturers' certificates of proper installation for items of equipment as specified. 2.10 SAMPLES AND TEST SPECIMENS A. Where required in the Specifications, test specimens or samples of materials, appliances, and fittings to be used or offered for use in connection with the Work shall be submitted to the Engineer at the Contractor's expense, with information as to their sources, with all cartage charges prepaid, and in such quantities and sizes as may be required for proper examination and tests to establish the quality or equality thereof, as applicable. B. All samples and test specimens shall be submitted in ample time to enable the Engineer to make any tests or examinations necessary without delay to the work. The Contractor will be held responsible for any loss of time due to his neglect or failure to deliver the required samples to the Engineer, as specified. C. The Contractor shall submit additional samples as required by the Engineer to ensure , equality with the original approved sample and/or for determination of Specification compliance. D. Laboratory tests and examinations that the Owner elects to make at its own laboratory will be made at no cost to the Contractor, except that, if a sample of any material or equipment proposed for use by the Contractor fails to meet the Specifications, the cost of testing subsequent samples shall be borne by the Contractor. E. All tests required by the Specifications to be performed by an independent laboratory shall be made by an approved laboratory. Certified test results of all specified tests shall be submitted in duplicate to the Engineer. The samples furnished and the cost for the laboratory services shall be at the expense of the Contractor and included in the prices bid for the associated work. Is FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01300-6 I 1 2.11 CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE A. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished for materials specified to a recognized standard or code prior to the use of any such materials in the work. The Engineer may permit the use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if ' accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer of the material or the manufacturer of assembled materials and shall state that the materials involved comply in all respects with the requirements of the ' Specifications. A Certificate of Compliance shall be fiunished with each lot of material delivered to the work and the lot so certified shall be clearly identified in the certificate. ' B. All materials used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance may be sampled and tested at any time. The fact that material is used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for incorporating material in the work which conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents and any such material not conforming to such requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. C. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use as material on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance. D. The form of the Certificate of Compliance and its disposition shall be as directed by the Engineer. ' E. Where Certification of Compliance is required in the Technical Specifications, the Contractor shall obtain from the supplier/manufacturer a certification stating that the ' particular piece of equipment or system will satisfy all requirements stated in the related Specification Section(s). PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. 1 END OF SECTION I I I IFY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01300-7 I I 1 SECTION 01311 SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS PARTI GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE GENERAL PROVISIONS A. No work shall be done between 6:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M., nor on Saturdays, Sundays ' or legal holidays without the written permission of the Engineer. However, emergency work during these hours may be done without prior permission. 1.02 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION A. The Contractor shall submit plans and charts indicating the construction sequencing and duration of each construction activity. PART 2 PROGRESS OF THE WORK 2.01 GENERAL ' A. The work shall be started within 10 days of the Notice to Proceed from the Owner, and the work shall be executed with such progress as may be required to prevent any delay to other contractors or to the general completion of the project. B. The work shall be executed at such times and in or on such parts of the project, and with such forces, materials, and equipment to assure completion of the work in the ' time established by the Contract. 2.02 OVERTIME NOTICE A. See GENERAL CONDITIONS and SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS. ' 2.03 PRECONSTRUCTION AND PROJECT COORDINATION MEETINGS A. A Preconstruction Conference and Project Coordination Meetings shall be held per ' the requirements of Section 01210 of these Specifications. 2.04 OVERALL SCHEDULE A. The Contractor will be required to prepare and submit to the Engineer within 15 days after the award of Contract, an Overall Schedule. The Overall Schedule shall be comprised of construction operations covering all work to be done in connection with 'the Contract. I 1 FY0321 IS U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01311 - I B. The Overall Schedule covering work to be executed under the Contract shall be of sufficient detail and shall have a minimum of work activities. The final total number of activities shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. A work activity is defined as an activity for which manpower is required and must be performed before the project is considered complete. C. The Overall Schedule shall indicate the sequence of work and the time of starting and completion of each part. It shall include, but not be limited to, the following items, as they pertain to the respective contractors: 1. Shop drawing receipt from Contractor, submitted to the Engineer, review, and return to Contractor. 2. Material and equipment order, manufacture, delivery, installation, and check-out. 3. Performance tests and supervisory service activities. 4. 5. 6. 2.05 PAYMENT Construction sequence. Final cleaning. Allowance for inclement weather. A. No separate payment shall be made for work under this Section. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01311 -2 I SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General Quality Control. ' B. Workmanship. C. Manufacturer's Instructions. D. Manufacturer's Certificates. E. Mockups. F. ManufacturersField Services. 1 G. Testing Laboratory Services. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01300- Submittals: Submittal of Manufacturer's Instructions. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL, GENERAL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site ' WORKconditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. 1.04MANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to ' withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. 1.05 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with instructions in full detail, including each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. 1 FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01400- 1 I 1.06 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES I A. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.07 MOCKUPS A. Not Used. 1.08 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES I A. When specified in respective Specification Sections, require supplier or manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of surfaces and , installation, quality of workmanship, and to make appropriate recommendations. B. Representative shall submit written report to Engineer listing observations and recommendations. 1.09 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Owner will employ a Testing Laboratory to perform inspections, tests, and other services required by individual Specification Sections. B. Owner shall pay for initial laboratory testing. If however, initial test fails, retesting must be paid for by the Contractor. C. Services will be performed in accordance with requirements of governing authorities and with specified standards. D. Reports will be submitted to Engineer, Owner and Contractor giving observations S and results of tests, indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified standards and with Contract Documents. , E. Contractor shall cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel; furnish tools, samples of materials, design mix, equipment, storage and assistance as requested. F. Notify Engineer and Testing Laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing services. G. Make arrangements with Testing Laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests for Contractor's convenience. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. [] FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01400-2 , PART 3 EXECUTION i3.01 INSPECTIONS A. All field tests required for a project shall be witnessed by the City, the Engineer of record, and the Contractor, or their authorized representatives. B. A 24 hour notice is required on all tests. Tests delayed by weather or other factors will be rescheduled on the same basis. If a representative of the Owner cannot be present, the Owner may authorize the Engineer to witness the test and certify to the Owner the results. ' C. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the scheduling of such tests with the Owner and the Engineer. D. Prior to final acceptance by the Owner, the project shall be subject to a joint final inspection by the Owner, the Engineer, and the Contractor. ' 3.02 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. Submission of test results shall be coordinated with the various stages of 1 construction. Sampling and testing locations will be subject to approval of the City. Deficiencies in quality of materials and/or construction exceeding the tolerance limits will not be approved. B. Exceptions to the number of required tests for materials may be granted at the sole discretion of the Engineer when current test data are available. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION CHECKLIST A. Not used. ' 3.04 ADDITIONAL TESTS AND TESTING FREQUENCY A. Not used. END OF SECTION I I I IFY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01400-3 I SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND UTILITIES PARTI GENERAL 1.01 LAYOUT OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall work with the Owner in making arrangements for storage of materials and equipment in locations on and off the construction site. Security -of the construction work, materials, and equipment is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1 1.02 STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Not Used. 1.03 STORAGE YARDS A. The Contractor shall construct temporary storage yards for the storage of materials that are not subject to damage by weather conditions. Materials such as pipe, 1 reinforcing and structural steel, shall be stored on pallets or racks, offthe ground, and stored in a manner to allow ready access for inspection and inventory. Temporary gravel surfacing of the storage yards shall meet with the approval of the Engineer and Owner. Storage areas shall be restored to their initial condition once they are no longer needed. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S WORK AREA ' A. The Contractor shall limit his operations and storage of equipment materials to the areas authorized and approved by the Engineer and Owner. B. The Contractor shall proceed with his work in an orderly manner, maintaining the construction site free of debris and unnecessary equipment or materials. 1.05 TEMPORARY ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING IA. The Contractor shall construct temporary construction access roads, parking areas, and detours as are required to execute the work. The roads shall meet with the approval of the Engineer, and be maintained in good condition until no longer ' needed; at which time the temporary roads shall be removed and the area left in a condition satisfactory to the property owner and Engineer. 1.06 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL A. Rough grade site to prevent standing water and to direct surface drainage away from excavations, trenches, adjoining properties, and public rights -of -way. B. Maintain excavations and trenches free of water. Provide and operate pumping equipment of a capacity to control water flow. C. Provide piping to handle pumping outflow to discharge in a manner to avoid erosion or deposit of silt. ' FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01500- 1 I �I D. Remove equipment and installation when no longer needed. PART 2 UTILITIES 2.01 CODES AND SAFETY A. Not Used. 2.02 SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain sanitary facilities for his employees and ' his subcontractors' employees that will comply with the regulations of the local and State health departments and as directed by the Engineer. 2.03 TEMPORARY WATER A. Water for drinking and compaction shall be furnished by the Contractor. 2.04 WATER FOR TESTING WATER LINES A. Water for testing water lines will be provided at the expense of the Owner. I 2.05 PROTECTION OF THE FINISHED CONSTRUCTION ' A. The Contractor shall assume the responsibility for the protection of all finished construction and shall repair and restore any and all damage to finished work to its , original or better state. 2.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND UTILITIES , A. At such time or times any temporary construction facilities and utilities are no longer required for the work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of his intent and schedule for removal of the temporary facilities and utilities, and obtain the Engineer's approval before removing the same. As approved, the Contractor shall remove the temporary facilities and utilities from the site as his property and leave the site in such condition as specified, as directed by the Engineer, and/or as shown on the Drawings. B. In unfinished areas, the condition of the site shall be left in a condition that will restore original drainage, evenly graded, seeded as necessary, and left with an appearance equal to, or better than, original. 2.07 PAYMENT , A. No separate payment will be made for work under this section. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01500-2 1 I SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE ' A. This Section outlines the procedure to he followed in closing out all contracts. ' 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. The substantial completion date for the Contract shall be established as stated in the General Conditions. 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION A. After final cleaning and upon written notice from the Contractor that the work is completed, the Engineer will make a preliminary inspection with the Owner and Contractor present. Upon completion of this preliminary inspection, the Engineer ' will notify the Contractor, in writing, of any particulars in which this inspection reveals that the work is defective or incomplete. B. Upon receiving written notice from the Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately undertake the work required to remedy defects and complete the work to the satisfaction of the Owner. ' C. When the Contractor has corrected or completed the items as listed in the Engineer's written notice, he shall inform the Engineer, in writing, that the required work has been completed. Upon receipt of this notice, the Engineer, in the presence of the Owner and Contractor, shall make his final inspection of the project. D. Should the Engineer find all work satisfactory at the time of his inspection, the Contractor will be allowed to make application for final payment in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. Should the Engineer still find deficiencies in the work, the Engineer will inform the Contractor of the deficiencies and will ' deny the Contractor's request for final payment until such time as the Contractor has satisfactorily completed the required work. 1.04 FINAL SUBMITTALS A. No contract will be finalized until all of the following have been submitted. I. Final shop drawings 2. Record drawings 3. Interface information B. No contract will be finalized until all submittals required in Section 01720, PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, have been submitted. IFY032118 U of A Corporate hangar Section 01700- 1 1.05 GUARANTEES, BONDS, AND AFFIDAVITS A. No contract will be finalized until all guarantees, performance tests, bonds, (including Maintenance Bond) certificates, licenses, and affidavits required for work or equipment as specified are satisfactorily filed with the Owner. 1.06 RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS A. No contract will be finalized until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has been submitted to the Owner as required by the General Conditions. 1.07 FINAL PAYMENT A. Final payment will be made to the Contractor in accordance with the General Conditions. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01700-2 I ' SECTION 01710 ICLEANING ' PARTI GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section covers the work necessary for cleaning during construction and final cleaning on completion of the Work. B. At all times maintain areas covered by the Contract and public properties free from accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by construction operations. C. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti- ' pollution laws. D. Do not bum or bury rubbish and waste materials on Project site without written permission from Owner, Engineer, and Owner of property. E. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm 'or sanitary drains. F. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. G. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. H. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturers. ' 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01500- Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls B. Section 01700- Contract Closeout. 1.3 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION IA. During execution of work, clean site and public properties and dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish to assure that project site, grounds, and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. C. Provide approved containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. IFY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01710 - 1 I D. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, and other foreign materials from curb, sidewalks and drainage facilities. E. Repair, patch, and touchup marred surfaces to specified finish to match adjacent surfaces. F. Broom clean paved surfaces, rake clean other surfaces or grounds. G. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not ' drop or throw materials from heights. 1.4 FINAL CLEANING A. At the completion of Work and immediately prior to final inspection, cleaning of I entire Project will be accomplished according to the following provisions: 1. Thoroughly clean work site. 2. Leave site in a complete and finished condition to the satisfaction of Engineer. 3. Should Contractor not remove rubbish or debris or not clean site as specified, Owner reserves the right to have cleaning done at the expense of Contractor. B. Employ experienced workers for final cleaning. C. In preparation for substantial completion, conduct final inspection of project site. , D. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adjacent ' surfaces. E. Broom clean paved surfaces; hand rake clean other surfaces of ground. F. Remove from Owner's property all temporary structures and materials, equipment, and appurtenances not required as a part of, or appurtenant to, the completed Work in accordance with Section 01500. PART 2 PRODUCTS , Not Used. , PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION ' I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01710-2 , I I CI ' PARTI GENERAL 1.01 1 1.02 1.03 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples. B. Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Documents at the site. B. Section 01700- Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. In addition to requirements in General Conditions, maintain at the site one record copy of: I. Contract Drawings. 2, Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6. Field test records. 7. Inspection certificates. 8. Manufacturer's certificates. B. Store Record Documents in Field Office apart from documents used for construction. C. Label and file Record Documents in accordance with Section number listing in Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D. E. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. Keep Record Documents and samples available for inspection by Engineer. ' 1.04 RECORDING I I B. Record information on a set of blue line opaque drawings, and in a copy of a Project Manual. Provide felt tip marking pens, maintaining separate colors for each major system, for recording information. IFY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01720 - 1 C. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. D. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: I. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2. Field changes of dimension and detail. 3. Changes made by Modifications. 4. Details not on original Contract Drawings. E. Specifications: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: F. 1.05 A. B. 1. Manufacturer, trade name, and catalog number of each product actually installed, particularly optional items and substitute items. 2. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. Other Documents: Maintain manufacturer's certifications, inspection certifications, field test records, etc., required by individual Specifications sections. SUBMITTALS At Contract closeout, deliver Record Documents and samples under provisions of Section 01700. Transmit with cover letter in duplicate, listing: 1. Date. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name, address, and telephone number. 4. Number and title of each Record Document. 5. Signature of Contractor or authorized representative. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION I U I I Li LI I L El I I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 01720-2 , SECTION 02200 SITE PREPARATION PART I. GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Remove interfering or objectionable material from designated areas of Work. B. Preserve vegetation and existing objects designated to remain from injury or defacement. C. Trees shall be cut only at direction of Engineer. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. CLEARING 1. Cutting, removing, and disposing of trees, snags, stumps, shrubs, brush, limbs, and other vegetative growth. 2. Removing all evidence of their presence from the surface, inclusive of sticks and branches greater than 2 inches in diameter or thickness. 3. Removing and disposing of trash piles, rubbish, and fencing. B. GRUBBING 1. Removing and disposing of wood or root matter below the ground surface remaining after clearing. 2. Includes stumps, trunks, roots, or root systems greater than 2 inches in diameter or thickness to a depth of 18 inches below the ground surface. C. STRIPPING 1. Removing and disposing of all organic sod, topsoil, grass and grass roots, and other objectionable material from the areas designated to be stripped that remain after clearing and grubbing. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02300 — Earthwork. PART 2. MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide materials, suitable and in adequate quantity, required to accomplish Work of this Section. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02200 - I I 1 PART 3. EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION ' A. Review with Engineer's representative the location, limits, and methods to be used prior to commencing Work under this Section. 3.02 CUTTING TIMBER A. Exercise care when clearing near the clearing limits to avoid damage to existing trees, vegetation, structures, or utilities which are outside of the clearing limits. B. Trees are to be felled into the area to be cleared. C. Flush cut all stumps not designated for grubbing by cutting to within 2 inches of the ground surface. D. The timber designated for removal on the site shall become the property of the Contractor. E. Dispose of all stumps, limbs, brush, snags, non -marketable timber, and other vegetative growth off -site. 3.03 PRESERVATION OF TREES, SHRUBS, AND OTHER VEGETATION A. Protect from damage trees, shrubbery, and other vegetation not designated for removal. B. Cut and remove tree branches only where, in the opinion of the Engineer, such cutting is necessary to affect construction operation. C. Remove branches other than those required to affect the Work to provide a balanced ' appearance of any tree, as approved prior to removal. D. Scars resulting from the removal of branches shall be treated with an approved tree sealant. 3.04 CLEARING AND GRUBBING LIMITS , A. Clear and grub all areas within the limits of construction. B. Clear and grub in stages as the construction area is increased to avoid unnecessary clearing and grubbing. 3.05 DISPOSAL OF CLEARING AND GRUBBING DEBRIS A. Haul the material from the Work site and dispose of in accordance with state, federal, and local laws. 1. Off -site disposal shall be at the Contractor's sole expense. 1 FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02200 - 2 1 3.06 AREAS TO BE STRIPPED A. The exact depth of stripping will be determined by the Engineer. B. Topsoil requirements are specified in Section 02300. C. Strip all areas that are cleared and grubbed. D. Strip areas in stages to avoid unnecessary stripping. 3.07 DISPOSAL OF STRIPPINGS A. Do not mix strippings with borrow excavation. B. Topsoil from the strippings shall be stockpiled and used for topsoil replacement. C. Dispose of excess topsoil. D. Strippings not suitable for use as topsoil shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site. 3.08 PAYMENT A. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid amount in the Proposal. END OF SECTION FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02200-3 SECTION 02220 DEMOLITION PART! GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Demolition of designated retaining walls and removal of materials from site. B. Demolition and removal of pavements, curbs, drainage structures, utilities, signage, or landscaping. C. Disconnecting and capping or removal of identified utilities. D. Filling or removal of underground piping, and appurtenances. E. Filling voids in subgrade created as a result of removals or demolition. F. Hazardous material compliance. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02220 - Site Preparation. B. Section 02330 - Earthwork. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Obtain required permits and licenses from appropriate authorities. Pay associated fees including disposal charges. B. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements. C. Do not close or obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or fire hydrants without appropriate permits. D. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered. 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities and subsurface obstructions that will remain after demolition. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner in so far as practicable. FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02220 - I LJ B. Unless otherwise indicated in construction Documents or specified by Owner items 1 of salvageable value to Contractor shall be removed from site. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted and shall not interfere with other work specified in Contract Documents. C. Explosives shall not be brought to site or used without written consent of authorities having jurisdiction. Such written consent will not relieve Contractor of total • responsibility for injury to persons or for damage to property due to blasting • operations. Performance of required blasting shall comply with governing ' regulations. PART 2 MATERIALS , 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. Fill materials as specified in Section 02200. 1 PART 3 EXECUTION , 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide, erect, and maintain erosion control devices, temporary barriers, and security devices as necessary. B. Protect existing landscaping materials, appurtenances, and structures which are not to be demolished. Repair damage caused by demolition operations at no cost to Owner. C. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. Provide bracing and shoring as needed. D. Mark locations of utilities. Protect and maintain in safe and operable condition utilities that are to remain. Prevent interruption of existing utility service to occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities as acceptable to governing authorities and Owner. 3.02 DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS ' A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent structures or pavements. B . Cease operations immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. Notify authority having jurisdiction. Do not resume operations until directed. C. Conduct operations with minimum of interference to public or private access. Maintain ingress and egress at all times. D. Obtain written permission from adjacent property owners when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon, or limit access to their property. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02220-2 1 U E. Sprinkle work with water to minimize dust. Provide hoses and water connections for this purpose. F. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. G. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing prior to start of ' work. 3.03 DEMOLITION A. Demolish items completely and remove from site using methods as required to complete work within limitations of governing regulations. Small items may be removed intact when acceptable to Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Locate demolition equipment and remove materials so as to prevent excessive loading to supporting walls, floors, or framing. 3.04 FILLING VOIDS A. Completely fill below grade areas and voids resulting from demolition or removal using approved select fill materials consisting of stone, gravel, and sand free from debris, trash, frozen materials, roots, and other organic matter. ' B. Ensure that areas to be filled are free of standing water, frost, frozen or unsuitable material, trash, and debris prior to fill placement. C. Place fill materials in accordance with Section 02200 unless subsequent excavation for new work is required. ID. Grade surface to match adjacent grades and to provide flow of surface drainage after fill placement and compaction. ' 3.05 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove from site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition operations. B. No burning of any material, debris, or trash on -site or off -site will be allowed, except ' when allowed by appropriate governing authority and Owner. If allowed as stated above, burning shall be performed in manner prescribed by governing authority. Attend burning materials until fires have burned out or have been completely extinguished. C. Transport materials removed from demolished structures with appropriate vehicles and dispose off -site to areas which are approved for disposal by governing authorities and appropriate property owners. I FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar . Section 02220 - 3 3.06 PAYMENT A. Payment shall be made at the Contract Lump Sums for the removal of items required for proper construction. END OF SECTION FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02220-4 I ISECTION 02230 CLEARING, GRUBBING. AND STRIPPING PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE ' A. This section covers the work necessary to remove all interfering or objectionable material from the designated areas of work. B. This work shall also include the preservation from injury or defacement of all vegetation and existing objects designated to remain. C. Review with the Engineer's Representative the location, limits, and methods to be used prior to commencing the work under this section. IPART 2 MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide all materials, suitable and in adequate quantity, required to accomplish the work as specified herein. 2.02 CLEARING - DEFINITION A. Not required. 2.03 CUTTING TIMBER ' A. Not required. 2.04 STRIPPING - DEFINITION A. Stripping shal I include the removal and disposal of all organic sod, topsoil, grass and ' grass roots, and other objectionable material remaining after clearing and grubbing from the areas designated to be stripped. The exact depth of stripping will be determined by the Engineer. Topsoil requirements are specified in Section 02200, ' EARTHWORK. 2.05 AREAS TO BE STRIPPED ' A. Stripping shall include the removal and disposal of all organic sod, topsoil, grass and grass roots, and other objectionable material remaining after clearing and grubbing from the areas designated to be stripped. The exact depth of stripping will be determined by the Engineer. Topsoil requirements are specified in Section 02200, EARTHWORK. 1 FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02230 - I 2.06 2.07 DISPOSAL OF STRIPPINGS A. Topsoil from the strippings shall be stockpiled and used for finished site grading. Excess topsoil shall be disposed of by the Contractor at his expense. Strippings not suitable for use as topsoil shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site at the Contractor's expense. PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the unit price bid amounts stated in the Proposal. - PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. FDi.l 1ZO] S9 D S 11 KXI II 1 1 II FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02230 - 2 I I J J I I Li I I I I I I I I I I SECTION 02290 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 17:�tia�RUI►1e1 "i I 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including GENERAL and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, and other Division 1 Specifications Sections apply to the Work specified in this Section. 1.02 SCOPE A. This work shall consist of temporary erosion control measures needed to control erosion and water pollution, from any area the Contractor may disturb, through the use of berms, sediment basins, sediment dams, fiber glass roving, silt fences, brush barriers, baled straw erosion checks, temporary flexible pipe slope drains and temporary seeding. B. Temporary erosion control measures shall be performed promptly when problem conditions exist or when potential problems are anticipated in certain areas in order to minimize soil erosion and siltation. The temporary erosion control measures shall be properly maintained until permanent erosion control features are functioning properly. C. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds and reservoirs with fuel, oils, bitumens, chemicals, soil sedimentation or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate gaseous matter. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. At the Preconstruction Conference or prior to the start of the applicable construction, the Contractor shall submit, to the Owner and Engineer, his schedule for the accomplishment of temporary and permanent erosion control work as is applicable for site work. The location of the project, nature of the soil, topographic features and proximity to water courses shall be considered when imposing such limitations. IFY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02290 - I r� L PART 2 MATERIALS I 2.01 SEED AND FERTILIZER A. Not required. 2.02 STRAW BALES A. Straw shall be the threshed plant residue of oats, wheat, barley, rye or rice from ' which the grain has been removed. 2.03 FENCE OR WIRE FABRIC , A. The fence fabric shall be a commercial grade of woven wire fence fabric. The wire fabric shall be a welded wire fabric. 2.04 FILTER FABRIC A. Install filter fabric where necessary to control erosion. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EROSION CONTROL A. The Contractor shall schedule and conduct his operations in such a manner as to insure good erosion control practices so as to minimize soil erosion and prevent the contamination of and depositing of sediment in adjacent streams or other water courses, lakes, ponds, and other areas of water impoundment. Temporary erosion control measures which will contribute to the control of erosion and sedimentation shall be carried out in conjunction with any site work. B. Permanent erosion control devices or measures shall consist of culvert pipe, ' terraces, gutters, bituminous curb, sectional drains, permanent slope drains, and the establishment of permanent vegetation (seeding), and when included in the contract they shall be incorporated in the construction with the least delay. Trenched area shall be seeded as the excavation proceeds to the extent considered by the Engineer as desirable or practicable. C. The Contractor shall also conform to the following practices and controls: 1. When the material is trenched erosion of the slopes shall be so controlled both during and after completion of the work that erosion will be minimized and sediment will not enter streams, wetlands or other bodies of water. Haul roads FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02290-2 I shall be located and constructed in a manner that will keep sediment from entering streams. 2. Pollutants such as fuels, lubricants, bitumens, raw sewage and other harmful materials shall not be discharged into or ' near rivers, streams or impoundments or into natural or man made channels leading thereto. Wash water or waste from concrete mixing operations shall not be allowed to enter live streams. 3. All applicable regulations of agencies and statues relating to the prevention and abatement of pollution shall be complied within the performance of the contract. E. All temporary erosion and sediment control structures shall be constructed as required to control erosion. All temporary structures shall be maintained in ' proper operating condition during the construction period until the seeding and fertilizing operation has been completed and the grass has been established in accordance with Section 02485 of the Specifications. F. Temporary erosion and sediment control, structures shall be maintained throughout the Contractors contract period. The temporary structures shall be ' removed and the site cleaned up only after the end of construction activity and the seeding and fertilizing operations are complete and the grass has been established. 3.02 INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall appoint as necessary, a qualified person(s) to conduct ' regularly scheduled inspections during his contract. Inspections shall be conducted, with a minimum frequency of every seven (7) calendar days or within 24 hours following the end of at least a 0.5 inch (%3 inch) rainfall event, whichever • is earliest. During the inspection, the following areas (as a minimum) will be • inspected: ' 1. Disturbed Areas - All areas of disturbed soil i.e. bare soil with no ground cover shall be inspected for signs of washing and erosion. 2. Material Storage Area - All central storage areas where materials/chemicals are stored for signs of spills, leaks and possible contamination. 3. Erosion and Sediment Control Measures - Inspect all ' erosion and sediment control measures for signs of wear, damage, remaining capacity level, usefulness, etc. ' FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02290 - 3 4. Discharge Locations - Immediately following, and possibly during, a significant rainfall event, inspect all discharge locations to ascertain the effectiveness of the control measures. 5. Entrance/Exit Locations - Inspect all exit points from the site for evidence of vehicle tracking. The inspector shall complete an inspection form for each inspection performed. As a minimum, the inspection form shall contain the following information: ' o Name and location of project. o Name and title of the inspector. ' o Date and time of the inspection. o Scope of the inspection. o Major observations made during the inspection. o Actions taken as a result of the inspection. 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF ROADWAYS A. The existing paved roadways at and adjacent to the construction locations shall be maintained in a clean and passable condition by the Contractor. When required or as requested by the Owner, or the Engineer, the Contractor shall broom or wash the existing paved roadways to remove excess mud or dirt at the construction area and for a reasonable length of the existing roadway beyond the construction area. The work shall not be paid for directly, but shall be considered incidental to the other items of work and the cost included as a part of the work. 3.04 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the applicable unit ' price or lump sum amount stated in the Proposal. No separate payment will be made. END OF SECTION , I I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02290-4 ' I I ' PARTI GENERAL I I I I C1 C1 Li Li I 1.01 SCOPE SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK A. This section covers the work necessary for the earthwork, complete. B. In general, earthwork will include: 1. All earthwork within the limits of construction. 2. Stripping topsoil or other unsuitable material within the limits of construction and disposing of it. 3. Constructing subgrade with approved material to dimensions and elevations shown. 4. Undercutting unsatisfactory areas and constructing approved subbase so that at least 18' of select material is provided under foundations and floors. 5. Compacting all materials, earth and base, to the required standards. 6. All other earthwork required to provide a complete job. 1.02 DEFINITIONS - RELATIVE COMPACTION A. "Relative compaction" is defined as the ratio, in percent, of the as -compacted field dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density as determined by the Standard Proctor Test, ASTM D698, for earthen embankment material and Modified Proctor Test, ASTM D1557, for Class 7 Base and Asphalt. Corrections for oversize material may be applied to either the as -compacted field dry density or the maximum dry density, as determined by the Engineer. 1.03 DEFINITIONS - OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT A. "Optimum moisture content" is defined as the moisture content of the material for which the maximum dry density is obtained as determined by ASTM D698. Field moisture contents shall be determined on the basis of the fraction passing the 3/4 -inch sieve. ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS [J 1] [] C] A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS, SECTION 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, and the requirements of this section. B. Provide the following submittals: Samples for all imported material. Contractor's excavation/stockpiling considerations. plan with provisions for flooding ' FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 02300 - 1 I H PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to accomplish the work specified in this section. I 2.02 SUBSURFACE INFORMATION - I 2.03 2.04 2.05 A. It shall be the Bidder's sole responsibility to estimate the type and quantity of materials and the amount of groundwater, if any, that will be encountered. B. Information derived from inspection of topographic maps, or from plans showing location of utilities and structures will not relieve the Contractor from any risk, or from properly examining the site and making such additional investigations as he may elect, or from properly fulfilling all the terms of the Contract Documents. C. The submission of a Proposal shall be conclusive evidence that the Bidder has investigated the site and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, as to the character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the Contract Documents. GENERAL EXCAVATION A. Complete all excavation regardless of the type, nature, or condition of the materials encountered. The Contractor shall make his own estimate of the kind and extent of the various materials to be excavated in order to accomplish the work. SUBGRADE (SUBBASE) FILL (select Imported Fill Material) A. Imported material free from roots, organic matter, trash, debris, with maximum particle size of 3 inches. No warranty, expressed or implied, is made concerning the availability of sufficient quantities of satisfactory subgrade fill from the excavations to be made. Therefore, the Contractor shall provide imported material of acceptable quality, if required, to accomplish the construction. The material shall be meet a GC classification and have a PI less than 30. All structure and subgrade fill shall be compacted to 95% relative compaction in accordance with ASTM D698. GRANULAR FILL (BASE) A. Imported GRANULAR FILL shall be 1 -1/2 -inch minus crushed gravel or crushed rock, free from dirt, clay balls, and organic material, well graded from coarse to fine, containing sufficient finer material for proper compaction, and less than 8 percent by weight passing the No. 200 sieve. Granular fill shall meet standards established for AHTD Class 7 Base. I I 11 H Li I I L I rn H I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 02300-2 I I 1 2.06 SAND A. Not Used. ' 2.07 DRAINAGE MEDIA A. Not used. ' 2.08 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. Remove all material regardless of the nature, type, or condition of the material encountered. 2.09 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL 1 A. Three-inch minus river -run or pit -run gravel, free from clay balls, roots, and organic matter; well crushed gravel or crushed rock graded with less than 8 percent by weight passing the 1/4 -inch sieve. Submit samples for approval prior to delivery of the material to the site. ' 2.10 TOPSOIL A. Selected topsoil at the site, properly stored and protected, free from roots, sticks, hard ' clay, and stones which will not pass through a I -inch square opening. Remove existing grass and overburden before topsoil is excavated. Provide imported topsoil of equal quality if required to provide topsoil 4" deep. Topsoil placement will be considered incidental to this job and no separate payment will be made. 2.11 WATER FOR COMPACTION A. Furnish as required. I 2.12 IMPORTED MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE A. All imported materials specified in this section are subject to the following requirements: I. All tests necessary for the Contractor to locate an acceptable source of ' imported material shall be made by the Contractor. Certification that the material conforms to the Specification requirements along with copies of the test results from a qualified commercial testing laboratory shall be submitted Ito the Engineer for approval at least 10 days before the material is required for use. All aggregate samples shall be furnished by the Contractor at the Contractors sole expense. Samples shall be representative and be clearly marked to show the source of the material and the intended use on the project. Sampling of the aggregate source shall be done by the Contractor in accordance with ASTM D 75. Notify the Engineer at least 24 hours prior to sampling. The Engineer may, at the Engineer's option, observe the sampling FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 02300-3 I procedures. Tentative acceptance of the aggregate source shall be based on ' an inspection of the source by the Engineer and the certified test results submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer. No imported materials shall be delivered to the site until the proposed source and materials tests have been tentatively accepted in writing by the Engineer. Final acceptance will be based on tests made on samples of material taken from the completed and compacted course. The completed course is defined as a course or layer that is ready for the next layer or the next phase of construction. All testing for final acceptance shall be performed by the Engineer. 2. Gradation tests by the Contractor shall be made on samples of imported material taken at the place of production prior to shipment. Samples of the finished product for gradation testing shall be taken from each 1,500 tons of , prepared materials or more often as determined by the Engineer, if variation in gradation is occurring, or if the material appears to depart from the Specifications. Test results shall be forwarded to the Engineer within 72 hours after sampling. 3. If tests conducted by the Contractor or the Engineer indicate that the material does not meet Specification requirements, material placement will be terminated until corrective measures are taken. Material which does not conform to the Specification requirements and is placed in the work shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's sole expense. Sampling and testing performed by the Contractor shall be done at the Contractor's sole expense. 2.13 SELECTED MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE ' A. All tests necessary for the Contractor to demonstrate that selected native soil material ' conforms to the Specification requirements shall be made by the Contractor using a qualified commercial testing laboratory at the Contractor's expense. These tests shall include gradation tests and, Attenberg limits tests, and such other tests as appropriate for the particular material and intended use on the project. B. Samples for testing shall be representative of the actual material to be installed in the work. Samples shall be taken from each 2,000 cubic yards of material stockpiled or more often as determined by the Engineer if variation in material properties is occurring, or if the material appears to depart from the Specification requirements. C. Test results shall be forwarded to the Engineer at least 10 days before the material is , required for use. If tests conducted by the Contractor or the Engineer indicate that the material does not meet Specification requirements, the material shall not be installed in the work. Material which is placed in the work but does not conform to the Specification requirements shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's sole expense. 2.14 COMPACTION EQUIPMENT A. Compaction equipment shall be of suitable type and adequate to obtain the densities ' specified. I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 02300-4 H I I 2.15 B. Compaction equipment shall be operated in strict accordance with the manufacturers instructions and recommendations. Equipment shall be maintained in such condition that it will deliver the manufacturer's rated compactive effort. Hand -operated equipment shall be capable of achieving the specified densities. MOISTURE CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Equipment for applying water shall be of type and quality adequate for the work, shall not leak, and shall be equipped with a distributor bar or other approved device to assure uniform application. Equipment for mixing and drying out material shall consist of blades, discs, or other approved equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING A. Not used. ' 3.02 STRIPPING TOPSOIL I I I I I I I I I I A. Prior to beginning any excavation or fill, strip the topsoil to a depth sufficient to remove all organic material and stockpile for future use. In general, topsoil shall be removed where structures are to be built, embankments or levees constructed, trenches dug, and roads, parking lots, walks, and similar improvements constructed within the areas presently covered with topsoil. Topsoil shall be stored clear of the construction area. Take reasonable care to prevent the topsoil from becoming mixed with subsoil or eroding. 3.03 COMMON EXCAVATION A. Perform all common excavation of every description, regardless of the type, nature, or condition of material encountered, as specified, shown, or required to accomplish the construction. 3.04 EXCAVATION A. Excavate to the lines and grades shown. Bring rough excavation to within 0.1 foot of required grade. The method of excavation used is optional; however, no equipment shall be operated within 5 feet of the existing drainage structures or newly completed construction. Excavation that cannot be accomplished without endangering the existing trees to be preserved or new drainage structures shall be performed with hand tools. 3.05 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION A. Excavate for drainage structures to the lines and grades shown or as required to accomplish the construction. Perform all excavation regardless of the type, nature, or condition of the material encountered. The method of excavation used is optional; however, no equipment shall be operated within 5 feet of existing drainage structures FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 02300-5 L 3.06 WIII] 3.09 3.10 or newly completed construction. Excavation that cannot be accomplished without endangering the present or new drainage structures shall be done with hand tools. EXCAVATION SAFETY A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for making the excavation in a safe manner. Provide appropriate measures to retain excavation sideslopes to ensure that men working in or near the excavation are protected. LIMITS OF EXCAVATION A. Excavate to the depths and widths required. Allow for forms, working space, granular base, and finish topsoil where shown or required. Do not carry excavation for footings, pavement and slabs deeper than the elevation shown. Excavation carried below the grade lines shown or established by the Engineer shall be replaced with the same fill material as specified for the overlying fill or backfill, compacted as required for such overlying fill or backfill. Where the overlying area is not to receive fill or backfill, replace the overexcavated material and compact to a density not less than that of the underlying ground. Excavations under footings shall be filled with concrete of equal strength to that of the footing. Cuts below grade shall be corrected by similarly cutting adjoining areas and creating a smooth transition. The Contractor shall correct all overexcavated areas at the Contractor's sole expense. TRENCH WIDTH A. Minimum width of unsheeted trenches or the minimum clear width of sheeted trenches in soil trenches in which pipe is to be laid shall be 4 inches greater than the inside diameter of the pipe. Sheeting requirements shall be independent of trench width. The maximum clear width at the top of the pipe or above the pipe will not be limited, except in cases where excess width of excavation would cause damage to adjacent structures. FOUNDATION PREPARATION A. After completion of excavation, and prior to pavement, foundation, or fill construction, proofroll the excavation surface with a loaded tandem -axle dump truck or similar heavy -wheeled vehicle to detect soft or loose zones. Proofrolling shall be conducted in the presence of the Engineer. If soft or loose zones are found, excavate the soft or loose material to a depth accepted by the Engineer, then fill and compact as specified for the overlying fills. Prior to placement of any overlying fill or concrete, the foundation subgrade shall be scarified to a depth of six (6) inches and compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction as determined by ASTM D-698. PREPATATIONS FOR PLACEING BACKFILLS A . Backfill around concrete structures only after the concrete has attained the specified compressive strength indicated in Section 03300, CONCRETE. Remove all form materials and trash from the excavation before placing any backfill. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance of concrete work and attained strength prior to backfilling. L I LJ L [] L L LI L L L L L E I Li FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 02300-6 J ' B. Do not operate earth -moving equipment within 5 feet of walls of concrete structures for the purpose of depositing or compacting backfill material. Compact backfill ' adjacent to concrete walls with hand -operated tampers or similar equipment that will not damage the structure. ' 3.11 STRUCTURAL FILL UNDER FACILITIES A. Place hereinbefore specified STRUCTURAL FILL within the influence area beneath ' all slabs, curbs, roads, facilities, and other areas as shown. Do not exceed loose lifts of 8 inches. Compact each lift to not less than 95 percent relative, compaction as determined by ASTM D-698. ' B. Any subsequent damage caused by settlement of fill material shall be corrected and repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's sole expense. ' 3.12 ROADWAY SIGNAGE A. Not used. ' 3.13 MOISTURE CONTROL ' A. During all compacting operations, maintain optimum practicable moisture content required for compaction purposes in each lift of fill. Maintain moisture content uniform throughout the lift. Insofar as practicable, add water to the material at the site ' of excavation. Supplement, if required, by sprinkling the fill. At the time of compaction, the water content of the material shall be at optimum moisture content, plus 2 or minus 3 percentage points, except as otherwise specified for embankments. ' B. Do not attempt to compact fill material that contains excessive moisture. Aerate material by blading, discing, harrowing, or other methods, to hasten the drying process.. ' 3.14 FIELD DENSITY TESTS A. The Engineer will determine in -place density and moisture content by any one or combination of the following methods: ASTM D 2922, D 1556, D2216, D3017, or other methods selected by the Engineer. Cooperate with this testing work by leveling ' small test areas designated by the Engineer. The frequency and location of testing shall be determined solely by the Engineer. It is anticipated that, as a minimum, at least one field density test will be performed on each 2,500 square feet of compacted ' fill surface per lift. The Engineer or Owner may test any lift of fill at any tiem, location, or elevation. ' 3.15 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavate for the installation of piping, utilities, and appurtenances. All obstructions, such as tree roots, stumps, abandoned concrete structures, and other material of any type shall be removed. I ' FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 02300- 7 H 3.16 3.17 TRENCH WIDTH A. Minimum width of unsheeted trenches or the minimum clear width of sheeted trenches in which pipe is to be laid shall be 24 inches greater than the inside diameter of the pipe. Sheeting requirements shall be independent of trench width. The maximum clear width at the top of the pipe or above the pipe will not be limited, except in cases where excess width of excavation would cause damage to adjacent structures. GRADE I J I Ti A. Carry the bottom of the trench to the line and grade shown, or as established by the Engineer. Allow for pipr thickness and for pipe base or special bedding when specified. Backfill any part of the trench excavated below grade with granular fill material and compact to a density equal to the undisturbed trench bottom. 3.18 A. 3.19 A. 3.20 3.21 3.22 SHORING, SHEETING, AND BRACING OF TRENCHES Erect, maintain, and remove shoring, sheeting, and bracing as required by all federal, state and local laws, codes and ordinances. REMOVAL OF WATER Removal of water shall be accomplished as specified hereinbefore. TRENCH STABILIZATION A. If the material in the bottom of the trench is unsuitable for supporting the pipe, excavate below the flow line to remove the unsuiteable material, and backfill to the required grade with TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL as specified hereinbefore. Unsuitable material is material which is not capable of supporting the pipe base material, pipe and/or backfill (i.e., organics, mud, large rocks, trash, etc.). BASE FOR PIPE A. Place a minimum 4 -inch thickness of granular pipe base of the type hereinbefore specified. Place for the full width of the trench with the top of the granular base at flow line grade. Bed the pipe in the granular base so that the flow line is at the required grade and elevation. Place and finish the gravel base to grade ahead of the pipe laying operation. SITE GRADING A. Perform all earthwork to the lines and grades as shown and/or established by the Engineer, with proper allowance for topsoil where specified or shown. Shape, trim, and finish slopes of channels to conform with the lines, grades, and cross sections shown. Slopes shall be free of all exposed roots and stones exceeding 3 -inch diameter which are loose and liable to fall. Round tops of banks to circular curbs, in general, not less than a 6 -foot radius. Rounded surfaces shall be neatly and smoothly trimmed. Overexcavating and backfilling to the proper grade will not be acceptable on slopes. I I I I I I I GI P L I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 02300- 8 I Finished site grading will be reviewed by the Engineer. ' 3.23 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATION A. Dispose of all excess excavated materials, not required or suitable for use as backfill ' or fill, outside of the area of work. Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the disposal of the excavated material and bear all costs or retain any profit incidental to such disposal. 3.24 SETTLEMENT A. Any settlement in backfill, fill, or in structures built over the backfill or fill, which ' may occur within the 1 -year guarantee period in the General Conditions will be considered to be caused by improper compaction methods and shall be corrected at the Contractor's sole expense. Any structures damaged by settlement shall be 1 restored to their original condition by the Contractor at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.25 REMOVAL OF EXISTING PAVEMENT A. Not used. 3.26 PIPE UNDERDRAINS A. Not used. ' 3.27 UNDERCUT AND BACKFILL A. Soft or yielding material that cannot be stabilized by manipulation shall be removed ' and replaced as directed by the Engineer. The undercut material shall be removed and disposed of and replaced with compacted imported select material. The Engineer shall be notified and the volume measured before backfilling begins. ' PART 4 PAYMENT IA. Payment for all earthwork, except undercut of unsuitable soils and backfill with compacted select imported fill, is to be made as part of the Total Lump Sum Base Bid. ' B. All undercut and backfill with compacted select imported fill is to be paid for by the unit price as set forth in the Bid Form. 1 END OF SECTION I PI ' FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 02300-9 SECTION 02630 DRAINAGE PIPING PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 1. Pipe and culverts and other miscellaneous drain lines around site as shown on Drawings. 2. Pipe Joint Material. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1. Section 02300 - Earthwork. 2. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.3 REFERENCES 1. American Concrete Institute, 22400 W. Seven Mile Road, Detroit, Michigan 48219. 1. AC! 301 - Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1961 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. 1. ASTM D1785 - PVC Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. 2. ASTM D3034 - Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE AND CULVERTS 1. PVC Sewer and Drainage Pipe: 1. PVC compound conforms to ASTM D-1784. 2. Pipe stiffness conforms to ASTM D-2412; 46 lbs./in./in. 3. Sizes Conform To: 1. 4 inch to 15 inch: ASTM D-3034, SDR35. 2. 18 inch to 27 inch: ASTM F-679. 4. Joints conform to ASTM D-3212 - no leaks. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02630 - I II I 2.2 PIPE JOINT MATERIAL 1. Band Couplers: 1. Manufacturers: 1. LUV band, with 2 annular corrugations, by Caldwell Culvert; or equal. 2. Smooth-Cor band, with 2 annular corrugations by Caldwell Culvert; or equal. 2. Minimum gage in accordance with AASHTO M36. 3. Gaskets: Ram Neck. 2. Reinforcing End Collars: I 1. 12 -gage. 2. 6 inches wide. 3. Annular corrugations same as pipe. PART 3. EXECUTION I 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND CULVERTS 1. Lay sections on properly compacted granular bedding (4 -inch minimum) to lines and grades shown on Drawings. 2. Backfill with approved imported granular materials as specified in Section 02300. 3. Band Couplers: 1. Install band couplers in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and AASHTO guidelines. 2. Use Ram Neck gasket material in end corrugation of each pipe end. 4. Reinforcing End Collars: Install reinforcing end collar where pipe terminates I without protective end treatment such as headwall, inlet box, or grouted rip rap. 5. Install PVC sewer and drainage pipe in accordance with ASTM D-2321 - ' Recommended Practice for Installation of Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe. I END OF SECTION I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02630 - 2 ' I .I SECTION 02746 ASPHALT AND GRAVEL SURFACING PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary for the construction of asphalt and gravel driveway surfacing, and incidental work, complete. 1.02 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. Where the term "Standard Specifications" is used, such reference shall mean the 1996 edition of Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department Standard Specifications. Where reference is made to a specific part of the Standard Specifications, such applicable part shall be considered as part of this section of the Specifications. In case of a conflict between the requirements of the Standard Specifications and this section, the requirements herein shall prevail. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 02300 — Earthwork. 0' 1.04 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Prior to the delivery of specified aggregate to the site, the Contractor shall submit samples of the material for the Engineer's approval. Samples shall be typical of materials to be furnished from the proposed source and in conformance with the specified requirements. B. Prior to the delivery of asphalt materials and paving mixes to the site, the Contractor shall submit certificates of compliance of such materials with these Specifications. C. Where laboratory testing is specified herein for submittals, the Contractor shall employ an independent testing laboratory to conduct such tests and submit certificates of the test results to ensure Specification conformance. I D. The costs for submittals shall be included in the price(s) quoted for the work under this section. I I ' FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02746 -1 I PART II MATERIALS I 2.01 BASE COURSE A. Gravel for the base course shall be clean, hard, durable, pit -run crushed stone which is reasonably graded from coarse to fine. Base course shall conform to Section 303 for Class 7 Base of the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction and compacted as specified herein. 2.02 PRIME COAT - _ J A. Asphalt to be used for a prime coat shall be Emulsified Petroleum Resin (EPR-1), diluted 3:1. I 2.03 TACK COAT A. Asphalt emulsion conforming to ASTM D 977 or D 2397, unless otherwise specified. I 2.04 ASPHALT SURFACE COURSE A. Asphalt Surface Course for paving the designated area shall be Type III hot -plant mix and all materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 407 of the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. Portions of the referenced specification that are obviously not applicable for the type of work to be done shall be disregarded. 2.05 GRAVEL SURFACING A. Material for gravel surfacing where shown on the drawings shall be the same as for base course beneath the asphalt paving as specified Article 2.01. PART III EXECUTION r� 3.01 CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE A. Trench backfill shall be as specified in Section 02300, EARTHWORK. B. Replace all bituminous pavement damaged under this Contract with like materials. 1 C. In addition to the requirements set forth herein, the work shall conform to the applicable workmanship requirements of the AHTD Standard Specifications referenced heretofore. 3.02 REMOVAL OF EXISTING PAVEMENT I A. Remove existing asphalt pavement to the limits shown on the drawings. Dispose of this material off -site. I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02746 -2 , I B. Provide a neat saw cut edge where new asphalt pavement adjoins or abuts existing asphalt pavement which is to remain. See the drawings for the limits. 3.03 PREPARATION OF EXISTING ROADWAY/SUBGRADE A. Bring subgrade to proper grade and cross section shown by means of a blade grader or other suitable equipment. The finished subgrade shall provide a satisfactory base for the road and be acceptable to the Engineer. 1 3.04 ASPHALT LEVELING COURSE A. Not used. 1 3.05 PRIME COAT A. The prime coat shall be applied when asphalt placed is less than 4" in accordance with Section 403 of the referenced specification at the rate of 0.20- to 0.30 -gallon per square yard of surface area. The exact amount is to be determined by the Engineer. 3.06 CONSTRUCTION OF ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT IA. Lay asphalt surface course over the base course on a single lift and the compressed depth shall be 3 -inches. The method of proportioning, mixing, transporting, laying, processing, rolling the material, and the standards of workmanship shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 408 of the Standard Specifications. B. The Engineer will examine the base before the paving is begun and bring any deficiencies to the Contractor's attention to be corrected before the paving is started. Roll the lift of the asphalt concrete and compact to 92% of the maximum theoretical density for type 2 mix. The grade, line, and cross section of the finished surface shall conform to the Drawings. 1 3.07 WEATHER CONDITIONS A. Asphalt shall not be applied to wet material. Asphalt shall not be applied during rainfall, sand or dust storms, or any imminent storms that might adversely affect the construction. The Engineer will determine when surfaces and material are d ry enough to proceed with construction. Asphalt concrete shall not be placed (1) when the atmospheric temperature is lower than 40 degrees F, (2) during heavy rainfall, or (3) when the surface upon which it is to be placed is frozen or wet. Asphalt for prime coat shall not be applied when the surface temperature is less than 50 degrees F. Exceptions will be permitted only in special cases and only with prior written approval of the Engineer. 3.08 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Settlement of replaced pavement over trenches within the warranty period shall be considered the result of improper or inadequate compaction of the subbase or base materials. The Contractor shall promptly repair all pavement deficiencies noted during the warranty period at the Contractor's sole expense. I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02746 -3 Li 3.09 GRAVEL SURFACING A. Where required by the Drawings, and where necessary to match existing surfaces, place gravel surfacing material, as specified herein, driveways, and other graveled areas disturbed by the construction. Spread by tailgating and supplement by hand labor where necessary. Level, grade, and compact the gravel surfacing to conform to existing grades. 3.10 CLEANUP - A. Clean up all debris and unused materials from the paving operation. Clean all surfaces that have been spattered or defaced as a result of the paving operation. 3.11 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work under this section will be included as part of the unit price bid amount stated in the Proposal. END OF SECTION I I I 1 1 1 I I I I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02746 -4 1 I ISECTION 02748 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Construction of concrete curbs, gutters, sidewalks, and streets. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02200 - Site Preparation. B. Section 02300 - Earthwork. C. Section 03210 - Reinforcing Steel. ID Section 03330 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute, 22400 W. Seven Mile Road, Detroit, Michigan 48219. 1. ACI 614. • B. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1961 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. 1. ASTM C94 - Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 2. ASTM C309 - Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 3. ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil - Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5 -lb (2.49 -kg) Rammer and 12 -in (304.8 -mm) Drop. ' 4. ASTM D994 - Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete information regarding concrete mix to Engineer for review in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94, Alternate 2. II I IFY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02748 - I I PART 2 - PRODUCTS I 2.01 CRUSHED ROCK BASE A. Clean gravel or crushed rock conforming to requirements for granular fill as specified in Section 02200. 2.02 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER A. 1/2 -inch thick preformed asphalt -impregnated expansion joint material conforming to ASTM D994. 2.03 CONCRETE A. Ready mixed conforming to ASTM C94, Alternate 2. B. Compressive Strength: 3,500 psi at 28 days. C. Maximum Size of Aggregate: 1 -1/2 -inch. I D. Slump: 2 to 4 inches. 2.04 CURING COMPOUND A. Liquid membrane -forming, clear or translucent, suitable for spray application. I B. Conform to ASTM C309, Type 1. 2.05 ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS A. Materials shall be subject to inspection for suitability by the Engineer prior to or during I incorporation into the work. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL I A. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 02300. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Bring the areas where curbs and sidewalks are to be constructed to required grade on undisturbed ground and compact by sprinkling and rolling or mechanical tamping. I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02748-2 I I B. As depressions occur, refill with suitable material and recompact until the surface is at the proper grade. C. Compact subgrade on fill to 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D698. 3.03 PLACING CRUSHED ROCK BASE A. After subgrade for sidewalks is compacted and at proper grade, spread granular fill and compact *to at least 95 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698. B. Sprinkle with water and compact by rolling or other method. C. Top of compact granular fill shall be at proper level to receive concrete. 3.04 SETTING FORMS A. Construct forms to the shape, lines, grades, and dimensions called for on the Drawings. B. Stake wood or metal forms securely in place, true to line and grade. C. Brace forms to prevent change of shape or movement in any direction resulting from the weight of the concrete during placement. D. Construct short -radius curved forms to exact radius. E. Tops of forms shall not depart from grade line more than I /8 inch when checked with a 10 foot straightedge. F. Alignment of straight sections shall not vary more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. C. Forms shall be cleaned and oiled thoroughly after each use and before concrete is placed. 3.05 CONCRETE PAVING A. In areas shown to receive concrete paving on the Drawings, concrete shall be placed in accordance with Section 03300. END OF SECTION 1 I U FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02748-3 I Li I El I SECTION 02770 CONCRETE CURBS AND SIDEWALKS PART I. GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Construction of concrete curbs and sidewalks. 1 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 11 II I A. Section 02300 - Site Earthwork. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute, 22400 W. Seven Mile Road, Detroit, Michigan 48219. 1. AC! 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. B. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1961 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. 1. ASTM C94 - Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 2. ASTM C309 - Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 3. ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil - Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5 -lb (2.49 -kg) Rammer and 12 -in (304.8 -mm) Drop. 4. ASTM D994 - Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete information regarding concrete mix to Engineer for review in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94, Alternate 2. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 CURB FORMS A. 2 -inch dressed dimension lumber or metal of equal strength, free from defects that would impair appearance or structural quality of completed curb. 1. Metal forms: Subject to approval of Engineer. B. Short -Radius Forms: 1 -inch dressed lumber or plywood. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02770 - I I I C. Curb Face: No horizontal joints in form material closer than 7 inches from top of curb. D. Stakes and Bracing Materials: Provide as required to hold forms securely in place. 2.02 2.04 2.06 2.07 SIDEWALK FORMS A. 2 -inch dressed lumber, straight and free from defects, or standard metal forms. B. Short -Radius Forms: 1 -inch dressed lumber or plywood. C. Stakes and Bracing Materials: Provide as required to hold forms securely in place. CRUSHED ROCK BASE A. Clean gravel or crushed rock conforming to requirements for granular fill as specified in Section 02300. EXPANSION JOINT FILLER A. 1/2 -inch thick preformed asphalt -impregnated expansion joint material conforming to ASTM D994. CONCRETE A. Ready mixed conforming to ASTM C94, Alternate 2. B. Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days. C. Maximum Size of Aggregate: 1 -1/2 -inch. D. Slump: 2 to 4 inches. CURING COMPOUND A. Liquid membrane -forming, clear or translucent, suitable for spray application. B. Conform to ASTM C309, Type 1. ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS A. All materials shall be subject to inspection for suitability, as the Engineer may elect, prior to or during incorporation into the work. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02770 - 2 I 1_1 I I I lJ IPART 3. EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 02300. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE 1 A. Bring the areas on which curbs and sidewalks are to be constructed to required grade on undisturbed ground and compact by sprinkling and rolling or mechanical tamping. IB. As depressions occur, refill with suitable material and recompact until the surface is at the proper grade. iC. Compact subgrade to 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D698. 3.03 PLACING CRUSHED ROCK BASE A. After subgrade for curbs is compacted and at proper grade, spread at least 4 inches granular fill and compact to at least 95 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698. B. Sprinkle with water and compact by rolling or other method. C. Top of compact granular fill shall be at proper level to receive concrete. 1 3.04 SETTING FORMS A. Construct forms to the shape, lines, grades, and dimensions called for on the Drawings. B. Stake wood or metal forms securely in place, true to line and grade. C. Brace forms to prevent change of shape or movement in any direction resulting from the weight of the concrete during placement. D. Construct short -radius curved forms to exact radius. E. Tops of forms shall not depart from grade line more than 1/8 inch when checked with a 10 -foot straightedge. F. Alignment of straight sections shall not vary more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3.05 CURB CONSTRUCTION • A. Construct curbs to line and grade shown or established by the Engineer, and conform to the details shown. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02770-3 I I B. Place, process, finish, and cure concrete in conformance with this Section and the applicable requirements of AC! 614. Wherever requirements differ, the more stringent shall govern. I C. Placement of Preformed Asphalt -Impregnated Expansion Joints: 1. At intervals not exceeding 40 feet. _ 2. Beginning and end of curved portions of the curb. 3. Connections to existing curbs. D. Contraction Joints: 1. Place at intervals not exceeding 10 feet. �, 2. Open type joint. 3. Provide by inserting thin, oiled steel sheet vertically in fresh concrete to force coarse aggregate away from joint. 4. Steel sheet shall be inserted the full depth of the curb. 5. After initial set has occurred in the concrete and prior to removing the front curb form, steel sheet shall be removed with a sawing motion. I E. As soon as concrete has set sufficiently to support its own weight, remove the front form and finish all exposed surfaces. 1. Finish top of curb with a steel trowel. 2. Finish edges with a steel edging tool. 3. Rub formed faces with burlap sack or similar device to produce a uniformly textured surface, free from form marks, honeycomb, and other defects. F. Curing: I I. Upon completion of finishing, apply approved curing compound to exposed surfaces of curb. 2. Curing shall continue for a minimum of 5 days. G. Backfilling Curb: Upon completion of curing period, but not before 7 days has elapsed �. since pouring the concrete, backfill the curb as specified in Section 02300. H. Adjusting: 1. Finished curb shall present a uniform appearance for both grade and alignment. 2. Remove curb sections showing abrupt changes in alignment or grade or which are more than 1/4 inch away from location as staked or which are defective for any reason. 3. Construct new curb at Contractor's expense. 1 I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02770 -4 I J 1 3.06 SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION A. Thickness of sidewalks shall be as shown on the Drawings. B. Place, process, finish, and cure concrete in conformance with this Section and the applicable requirements of ACI 614. Where the requirements differ, the more stringent shall govern. C. Placement of Preformed Asphalt Expansion Joints: I. Where sidewalk ends. 2. Around posts, poles, or other objects protruding through the sidewalk. 3. At maximum intervals of 30 feet. ' D. Contraction Joints: 1. Provide transversely to the walks at an interval equal to the sidewalk width. 2. 1/8 -inch by I -inch weakened plane joints shall be sawcut at right angles to the ' surface of the walk within 24 hours of placement. E. Finish: II. Broom surface with fine hair broom at right angles to length of walk and tool at all edges, joints, and markings. F. Curing: ' 1. Upon completion of finishing, apply an approved curing compound to exposed surfaces. 2. Protection sidewalk from damage for period of 7 days. END OF SECTION I L1 I ' FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02770-5 I I I I I SECTION 02881 CHAIN LINK FENCE PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary for temporarily removing, then reinstalling the chain link fence and a new gate near the vicinity of blower building construction area. 1 1.02 GENERAL I I I I A. Like items of materials provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance, maintenance, and replacement. B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Specification of Metallic -Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric, published by Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute, Washington, DC 20036. IPART 2 MATERIALS i I I I 2.01 GENERAL A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. B. Where the existing materials cannot be reused, new materials and products of recognized, reputable manufacturers shall be used. Rerolled, or regalvanized materials are not acceptable. C. All materials shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Posts and other appurtenances shall have a minimum zinc coating of 1.2 ounces per square foot of surface. D. Aluminum -coated fabric and wire may be substituted for the galvanized fabric and FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02881 - I U I wire. Aluminum coating shall be not less than 0.40 ounce per square foot, complying , with ASTM A 491, Class H. 2.02 FABRIC i A. Chain link fence fabric, six foot in height, woven of No. 9 gauge wire in 2 -inch diamond -mesh pattern, salvages twisted and barbed, galvanized after weaving with 1.2 ounce zinc coating conforming to ASTM A 392. 2.03 POSTS I A. Federal Specification RR -F-191, fence, posts, gates, and accessories, except as hereinafter modified. Standard lengths for setting in ground or in concrete as required for conditions shown. 2.04 LINE POSTS , A. Use galvanized 2 -1/2 -inch outside diameter, Schedule 40 steel pipe, weight 3.65 pounds per linear foot. 2.05 END, CORNER, ANGLE, AND PULL POSTS A. For end, comer, angle, and pull posts, use 2.875 -inch outside diameter standard I weight steel pipe, weight 5.79 pounds per linear foot. 2.06 POST TOPS I A. Post tops shall be pressed steel, or malleable iron, designed as a weathertight closure cap for tubular posts. Provide one cap for each post, unless equal protection is afforded by combination post top cap and barbed wire supporting arm where barbed wire is required. Where top rail is used, provide tops to permit passage of top rail. 2.07 TENSION WIRE A. Tension wire shall be zinc- or aluminum -coated coil spring steel wire not less than No. 7 -gauge (0.177 inch in diameter). Provide tie clips of manufacturer's standard as approved for attaching the wire to the fabric, at intervals not exceeding 24 inches. 2.08 STRETCHER BARS 1 A. Stretcher bars shall be one-piece lengths equal to full height of fabric with a minimum cross-section of 3/16 inch by 3/4 inch. Provide one stretcher bar for each gate and end post and two for each corner and pull post. 2.09 STRETCHER BAR BANDS I A. Bar bands shall be heavy -pressed steel, spaced not over 15 inches on center to secure stretcher bars to tubular end, comer, pull, and gate posts. , FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02881-2 1 I I 1 2.10 TOP RAIL I I I I A. Not less than 18 -foot long tubular steel, 1 -5/8 -inch outside diameter, weight 2.27 pounds per linear foot. Couplings to be outside -sleeve type and at least 6 inches long. Provide springs at one coupling in five to permit expansion in rail as recommended by the manufacturer. Top rail to extend through line post tops to form continuous brace from end -to -end of each stretch of fence. 2.11 BRACES A. Brace pipe shall be of the same material as the top rail and shall be installed midway between the top rail and extend from the terminal post to the first adjacent line post. Braces shall be securely fastened to the posts by heavy -pressed steel and malleable fittings, then securely trussed from line post to base of terminal post with a 3/8 -inch truss rod and tightener. 1 2.12 FITTINGS I A . Malleable steel, cast iron, or pressed steel, as required. Fittings to include extension arms for barbed wire, stretcher bars and clamps, clips, tension rods, brace rods, hardware, fabric bands and fastenings, and all accessories. Provide 45 -degree bracket type supports to accommodate three strands of barbed wire. A. Four -point pattern with two strands of No. 12-1/2 gauge wire, and 1 -inch barbs 5 inches apart. Zinc -coated barbed wire shall conform to ASTM A 121; aluminum -coated barbed wire to ASTM A 585. ' 2.14 CONCRETE I A. Materials as specified in Section 03300, CONCRETE. Proportions shall be 1:2:4. Compressive strength shall not be less than 2,000 psi at 28 days. IPART 3 EXECUTION C I I I 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation of fencing shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 567. B. Erect fencing in straight lines between angle points by skilled mechanics experienced in this type of construction. Erect in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved and with these Specifications. Post holes shall be a minimum depth of 3 feet below finished grade. Holes for line posts shall be 9 inches in diameter. Holes for gate, comer, and pull posts shall be 16 inches in diameter. Space posts not more than 10 feet on centers and in true lines. Set posts plumb and to a depth of 2 feet 10 inches. Fill remainder of hole with concrete to extend around the posts to a point 2 inches above finished grade. The top surface shall have a crown watershed finish. After concrete has set, install accessories. Fasten chain link fabric to end posts with stretcher bars and clamps and to line posts and top rail with FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02881 -3 t L wire or bands at approximately 14 -inch centers and 24 -inch centers, respectively. I The top rail of the fence shall be at the top of the fabric. Install three strands of barbed wire on the brackets, tighten, and secure at each bracket. Brace gate posts diagonally to adjacent line posts to ensure stability. Hang gates and adjust all hardware so that gates operate satisfactorily from open or closed position. 3.02 A. 3.03 A. C. Fencing subcontractor shall not leave the plant site while an opening exists in the site fencing. Provide temporary fencing at the new gate location until the gate posts are set and the gates are installed. CLEANUP I Upon completion of the fence installation, clean up all waste material resulting from the operation. PAYMENT Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal. I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar END OF SECTION 1 Li 11 I I I Section 02881-4 1 I SECTION 02923 SEEDING IJ:I,i�=t��►1�1,7:\1J 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including GENERAL and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, and other Division I Specifications Sections apply to the Work specified in this Section. B. Section 01020 regarding "Allowance" for Landscaping. 1.02 SCOPE A. This item shall consist of soil preparation and seeding all areas shown on the Drawings to be within the "limits of construction" but which are not to be paved. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS, SECTION 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, and the requirements of this section. B. Provide the following submittals: 1. Seed certificate of compliance 1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section No. Item 02200 Earthwork PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Existing topsoil may be reused for the seeding areas provided it meets those specifications. Additional topsoil shall be imported and provided as needed to provide at least 6" of suitable topsoil. 2.02 SEED A. The species and application rates of grass seed furnished shall be those stipulated herein. Seed shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. JJJ-S-181. B. Seed shall be furnished separately or in mixtures in standard containers with the seed name, lot number, net weight, percentages of purity and of germination and hard FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02923 - I i seed, and percentage of maximum weed seed content clearly marked for each kind of seed. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer duplicate signed copies of a statement by the vendor certifying that each lot of seed has been tested by a recognized laboratory for seed testing within 6 months of date of delivery. This statement shall include: name and address of laboratory, date of test, lot number of seed, and the results of tests as to name, percentages of purity and of germination, and percentage of weed content. Variety Pounds per 1,000 so ft Lawn Fescue 2 I Bermuda Hulled 2 Unhulled 4 Annual rye 3 1 2.03 LIME A. As recommended by the seed supplier. 2.04 FERTILIZER A. Fertilizer shall be standard commercial fertilizers supplied during seeding operation. They shall be applied at the rate and to the depth specified herein, and shall meet the requirements of Fed. Spec. O -F-241 and applicable state laws. They shall be furnished in standard containers with name, weight, and guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon. No cyanamide compounds or hydrated lime shall be permitted in mixed fertilizers. B. Fertilizers shall be 13-13-13 commercial fertilizer and applied at the rate of 500 pounds per acre. , 2.05 SLOPE PROTECTION A. All areas to be seeded shall be mulched with a minimum of one ton of oat or wheat straw per acre. 2.06 SOIL FOR REPAIRS , A. The soil for fill and topsoiling of areas to be repaired shall be at least of equal quality to that which exists in areas adjacent to the area to be repaired. The soil shall be relatively free from large stones, roots, stumps, or other materials that will interfere with subsequent sowing of seed, compacting, and establishing turf, and shall be approved by the Engineer before being placed. PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.01 ADVANCE PREPARATION AND CLEANUP A. After grading of areas to be seeded has been completed, they shall be raked or I otherwise cleared of stones larger than 1 inches in any diameter, sticks, stumps, and other debris which might interfere with sowing of seed, growth of grasses, or subsequent maintenance of grass -covered areas. If any damage by erosion or other FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02923 - 2 1 I causes has occurred after the completion of grading and before beginning seeding, the Contractor shall repair such damage. This may include filling gullies, smoothing irregularities, and repairing other incidental damage. ' B. An area to be seeded shall be considered a satisfactory seedbed without additional treatment if it has recently been thoroughly loosened and worked to a depth of not ' less than 4 inches as a result of grading operations and, if immediately prior to seeding, the top 3 inches of soil is loose, friable, reasonably free from large clods, rocks, large roots, or other undesirable matter, and if shaped to the required grade. r3.02 SEEDING A. Do not use wet or moldy seed, or seed otherwise damaged in transit or storage. Sow not less than the quantity of seed specified. B. Seed may be sown using a hydromulch machine when wind velocities are less than 5 1 mph or by hand methods. Distribute the seed and fertilizer evenly over the entire area. Spread wheat straw 2" thick over the area, using a binding agent to glue straw together. A3.03 MAINTENANCE OF SEEDED AREAS A. The Contractor shall protect seeded areas against traffic or other use by warning signs or barricades, as approved by the Engineer. Surfaces gullied or otherwise damaged following seeding shall be repaired by regrading and reseeding as directed. The ' Contractor shall mow, water as needed to produce and maintain viable growth, and otherwise maintain seeded areas in a satisfactory condition until final inspection and acceptance of the work. Any areas without a good stand of grass shall be reseeded. ' B. It will be required that the Contractor establish a good stand of grass of uniform color and density to minimize erosion. 1 END OF SECTION I I Li I I IFY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 02923-3 [H SECTION 03210 REINFORCING STEEL ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric. 1 1.02 GENERAL A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, ' SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. •' I. Bending Lists 2. Placing Drawings IPART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS ' A. Deformed billet -steel bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60, unless otherwise noted. 1 2.02 WELDED WIRE FABRIC ' A. Not used. 2.03 ACCESSORIES iA. Tie wire shall be 16 -gauge, black, soft -annealed wire. Bar supports shall be of proper type for intended use. Bar supports in beams, columns, walls, and slabs exposed to ' view after stripping shall be small rectangular concrete blocks made up of the same color and same strength concrete being placed around them. Use concrete supports for reinforcing in concrete placed on grade. Conform to requirements of "Placing Reinforcing Bars" published by CRSI. I IFY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 03210- 1 I PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL ' A. Conform to "Placing Reinforcing Bars', Recommended Practices, Joint Effort of CRSI-WCRSI, prepared under the direction of the CRSI Committee on Engineering Practice. B. Notify the Engineer when reinforcing is ready for inspection and allow sufficient ' time for this inspection prior to casting concrete. 3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE , A. Deliver steel with suitable hauling and handling equipment. Tag steel for easy identification. Store to prevent contact with the ground. The unloading, storing, and handling bars on the job shall conform to CRSI publication "Placing Reinforcing Bars". 3.03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL - CLEANING ' A. Clean metal reinforcement of any loose mill scale, oil, earth and other contaminants. ' 3.04 STRAIGHTENING AND REBENDING REINFORCING STEEL A. Do not straighten or rebend metal reinforcement. Where construction access through , reinforcing is a problem, bundling or spacing of bars instead of bending shall be used. Submit details and obtain Engineer's review prior to placing. 3.05 PROTECTION, SPACING, AND POSITIONING OF REINFORCING STEEL A. Conform to the current edition of the ACI Standard Building Code Requirements for , Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318), review placing drawings and design drawings. 3.06 REINFORCING STEEL - LOCATION TOLERANCE , A. Conform to the current edition of"Placing Reinforcing Bars" published by Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute and to the Details and Notes on the Drawings. , 3.07 SPLICING A. Conform to Drawings and current edition of ACI Code 318. Splices in adjacent bars i shall be staggered. 3.08 TYING DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS 1 A. Conform to the current edition of "Placing Reinforcing Bars" published by Concrete , Reinforcing Steel Institute and to the Details and Notes on the Drawings. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 03210-2 , it 3.09 3.10 3.11 I ' 3.12 I1, I I I I I I REINFORCEMENT AROUND OPENINGS A. Place an equivalent area of steel around the pipe or opening and extend on each side sufficiently to develop bond in each bar. Where welded wire fabric is used, provide extra reinforcing using fabric or deformed bars. WELDING REINFORCEMENT A. Welding shall not be permitted unless the Contractor submits detailed shop drawings, qualifications, and radiographic nondestructive testing procedures for review by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain the results of this review prior to proceeding. The basis for the Contractor submittals shall be The Structural Welding Code, Reinforcing Steel, AWS DI.4-79, published by the American Welding Society and the applicable portions of ACI 318, current edition. The Contractor shall test 10 percent of all welds using radiographic, nondestructive testing procedures referenced in this code. PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Not used. FIELD BENDING A. Field bending of reinforcing steel bars is not permitted when rebending will later be required to straighten bars. Rebending of bars at the same place where strain hardening has taken place due to the original bend will damage the bar. Consult with the Engineer prior to any pour if the contractor foresees a need to work out a solution to prevent field bending. 3.13 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the Lump Sum bid stated in the Contractor's Proposal. No separate payment will be made of reinforcing steel. END OF SECTION ' FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 03210-3 I 1 I. I. I I 1 I SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 12300jt e1�1e1;7:1I 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Cast -in -place concrete, including formwork. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 03210 - Reinforcing Steel. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute, Box 19150, Redford Station, Detroit, Michigan 48219 (latest revision). 1. ACI 211.1: Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. 2. ACI 211.2: Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete. 3. ACI 211.3: Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for No -Slump Concrete. 4. ACI 304R: Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. 5. ACI 304.2R: Placing Concrete by Pumping Method. 6. ACI 304.3R: High Density Concrete: Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing. 7. ACI 304.4R: Placing Concrete with Belt Conveyors. 8. ACI 305R: Hot Weather Concreting. 9. ACI 306R: Cold Weather Concreting. 10. ACI 309: Standard Practice for Consolidating of Concrete. II. ACI 309.1 R: Behavior of Fresh Concrete During Vibration. 12. ACI 309.2R: Identification and Control of Consolidation -Related Surface Defects in Formed Concrete. 13. ACI 347: Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. B. American Society of Testing FOR Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia Pennsylvania 19103 (latest revision). 1. ASTM C33: Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. ASTM C 150: Specifications for Portland Cement. 3. ASTM C260: Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 4. ASTM C309: Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 'FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300- I 5. ASTM C494: Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 6. ASTM E329: Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 1.4 SUBMITTALS ' A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300. 1. Admixture certification; chloride ion content must be included. 2. Concrete mix design. 3. Certification for aggregate quality. ' 4. Mill tests for cement. 5. Method of adding admixtures. 6. Materials and methods for curing. 7. Testing agency to perform services required in ACI 301, Section 167. 8. Laboratory test on concrete. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection: Engineer shall have access and rights to inspect batch plants, cement mills, 1 and facilities of suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors providing products specified. I B. Batch Plant: I. Certification: Current certification that weighing scales have been tested and are 1 within tolerances as set forth in National Bureau of Standards Handbook No. 44. 2. Equipment: Semi -automatic or fully automatic. C. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. D. Obtain materials from same source throughout the work. ' PART 2. PRODUCTS I 2.1 CEMENT A. Portland cement Type land Type II conforming to ASTM C150. Type I most common uses: Pavement, drainage structures, water treatment plants, and buildings. I 2.2 WATER A. Clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. B. Potable. I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300-2 Li 2.3 CONCRETE AGGREGATES A. General: I. Natural aggregates, well graded, free from deleterious coatings and organic materials conforming to ASTM C33 (latest revision). ' 2. Import non -reactive aggregates if local aggregates are reactive. (Appendix XI- ASTM C33). 3. Wash aggregates uniformly before use. 4. Other aggregate gradations can be approved by Engineer. B. Fine Aggregates: 11. Clean, sharp, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33. 2. Less than 2 percent passing the No. 200 sieve. •1 C. Coarse Aggregates: 1. Natural gravel, crushed gravel, crushed stone, or combination of these materials. 2. Less than 15 percent float or elongated particles (long dimension >5 times short dimension). 3. Less than 0.5 percent passing the No. 200 sieve. D. Grading Requirements for Course Aggregates: Sieve Size ' or Size in in Inches 1-1/2" aggregate 1" aggregate 3/4" aggregate 1-1/2" 95. 100 ' --- --- 1" 90-100 • 3/4" 35-70 40-85 90-100 ' 1/2" --- 10-40 20-55 3/8" 10-30 0-15 0-15 No.4 0-5 0-5 0-5 ' E. Grading Requirements for Fine Aggregates: ' Sieve Size Minimum Maximum 3/8" 100 No.4 95 100 ' No.8 80 100 No. 16 50 85 No. 30 25 60 ' No. 50 10 30 No. I00 2 10 1 2.4 CONCRETE AIR -ENTRAINING ADMIXTURES A. Manufacturer: 1. Air -Mix or Perma-Air by the Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Sealtight Air Entraining Admixture by W.R. Meadows of Texas. FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300-3 I B. ASTM C260; nontoxic after 30 days. 1 C. Use only the specified non -corrosive non -chloride accelerator. Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent ions are not permitted. , D. Provide for concrete exposed to freezing and thawing or required to be watertight. Air Content: 5 to 6 percent. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Water -Reducing Admixture: Conforming to ASTM C494, Type A and not contain more than 0.05 percent chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. 1. Eucom WR-75 by the Euclid Chemical Company. 2. Pozzolith 200N by Master Builder. 3. Plastocrete 160 by Sika Chemical Corporation. B. Water -Reducing Retarding Admixture: Conforming to ASTM C494, Type D and not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. 1. Eucom Retarder -75 by the Euclid Chemical Company. 2. Pozzolith I 00XR by Master Builder. 3. Plastiment by Sika Chemical Company. C. High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): Conforming to ASTM C494, Type F or G, and not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. 1. Eucom 37 by Euclid Chemical Company. 2. Rheobuild 1000 by Master Builders. 3. Sikament by Sika Chemical Company. D. Non -Corrosive Non -Chloride Accelerator Admixture: Conforming to ASTM C494 , Type C or E, and not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. 1. Accelguard 80 by Euclid Chemical Company. 2. Or approved equal. 3. Manufacturer must have long-term non -corrosive test data from an independent testing laboratory (of at least 1 year's duration) using an acceptable accelerated corrosion test method using electrical potential measures. E. Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. F. Certification: Submit written conformance to the requirements and chloride ion content of the admixture to Engineer prior to mix design review. 2.6 FORMS , A. Materials: Plywood, hard plastic finished plywood, overlaid waterproof particle board, , or steel. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300-4 1 I ' B. Surfaces: New and undamaged condition. C. Joints: Use tape, gaskets, plugs, or approved calking to keep joints water tight and to allow them to withstand placing pressures without bulging outward or creating surface 1 patterns. 2.7 FORM TIES ' A. Factory -made and constructed so that tie remains embedded in wall, except for removable portion at each end. ' B. Inserts: 1. Conical or spherical. ' 2. Fixed to remain in contact with forming material. 3. Constructed so no metal is within 1 inch of concrete surface when forms, inserts, and tie ends are removed. C. Flat bar ties for panel forms: Plastic or rubber inserts with a minimum depth of 1 inch and sufficient dimensions to permit proper patching of tie hole. ' 2.8 BONDING AGENT A. Manufacturer: Sonnebond by Sonneborn; or approved equal. B. Submit product specifications and manufacturer's specific instructions for application on this Project for Engineer's approval. C. Product must meet Project requirements with regard to surface, pot life, set time, vertical or horizontal application, forming restrictions, or other stated requirements. ' 2.9 BOND BREAKER A. Manufacturers: ' 1. Williams Tilt -Up Compound, Williams Distributors Inc., Seattle, Washington. 2. Silcoseal 77, Superior concrete Accessories, Franklin Park, Illinois. 3. Or Equal. B. Nonstaining type. ' C. Provide positive bond prevention. D. Submit for review copies of manufacturer's data, recommendations, and instructions for 'specific use on this Project. 2.10 CURING COMPOUND A. Curing and Sealing Compound: FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300-S [1 1. Clear styrene acrylate type, minimum 30 percent solids content. 2. Test data from an independent testing laboratory indication a maximum moisture loss of 0.030 grams per sq. cm when applied at a coverage rate of 300 sq. R. per gallon. 3. Submit manufacturer's certification. 4. Sodium silicate compounds are not permitted. 5. Manufacturer: a. Super Rez Seal or Super Pliocure by the Euclid Chemical Co. b. Masterkure 30 by Master Builders. B. Exposed Concrete Surfaces: 1. Manufacturer: a. Kurez DR by Euclid Chemical Company. b. Or approved equal. 2. Dissipating resin type compound. 3. ASTM C309. 4. Film must chemically break down in 6- to 8 -week period. 2.11 BONDING AND REPAIR MATERIALS A. Rewettable Bonding Compounds: 1. Polyvinyl acetate type. 2. Manufacturer: a. Euco Weld by the Euclid Chemical Co. 1 b. Weldcrete by the Larsen Co. 3. Use only in areas not subject to moisture. B. Non-Rewettable Bonding Compounds: 1. Polymer modified type. 2. Manufacturer: a. Euco-Bond by the Euclid Chemical Co. b. Or approved equal. C. Bonding Admixture: I. Latex, non-rewettable type. 2. Manufacturer: a. SBR Latex or Flex -Con by the Euclid Chemical Co. b. Daraweld C by W. R. Grace. D. Epoxy Adhesives: 1. Two component, 100 percent solids, 100 percent reactive compound. 2. Suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. 3. Manufacturer: a. Euco Epoxy No. 452MV or No. 620 by the Euclid Chemical Co. ' b. Sikadure Hi -Mod by the Sika Chemical Corp. E. Patching Mortar: , 1. Free flowing or gel consistency. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300-6 1 Li ' 2. Polymer modified cementitious mortar. 3. Manufacturer: a. Euco Thin Coat or Concrete Coat by the Euclid Chemical Co. for horizontal repairs. b. Verticoat by the Euclid Chemical Co. for vertical or overhead repairs. c. Sikatop 121 or 122 by the Sika Chemical Co. for horizontal repairs. d. Sikatop 123 by the Sika Chemical Co. for vertical or overhead repairs. F. Underlayment Compound: 1. Free -flowing, self -leveling, pumpable cementitious base compound. 2. Manufacturer: '• a. Flo -Top by the Euclid Chemical Co. b. Or approved equal. '• G. Repair Topping: 1. Self -leveling, polymer modified high strength topping. 2. Manufacturer: Thin Top SL by the Euclid Chemical Co. 1 PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIX ' A. Submit mix design on each class of concrete for review, include standard deviation analysis or trial mixture test data. ' B. Proportion mix design in accordance with ACI 318-89, Section 5.3, "Proportioning on the Basis of Field Experience and/or Trial Mixtures". C. If trial batches are used: 1. Prepare mix design by independent testing laboratory. ' 2. Achieve an average compressive strength 1200 psi higher than the specified strength, or 1400 psi for specified concrete strengths over 5000 psi. 3. Certified copies of laboratory trial mix reports and cylinder tests shall be submitted to Engineer by the testing laboratory for approval. D. Do not place concrete prior to receipt of Engineer's written approval of mixes and cylinder test results. E. Design mix and perform tests to meet the requirements as specified. Minimum 28 -Day Slump Compressive Maximum Water- Air Range ' Location Strength (psi) Cement Ratio Content (in.) 1) Footings, piers, grade -beams, ' and other grade foundations. 4000 --- Optional 2-4 FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300-7 I 2) Finished floor 3500 --- Optional 2-4 3) Exterior slabs 3500 --- 3%-6% 2-4 3.2 F. Minimum Cement Content (based on aggregate size): Minimum Cement Content 517 Ib/cy 540 Ib/cy 564 Ib/cy Maximum Aggregate Size 1 -1/2 -inch 1 -inch 3/4 -inch G. CombinedAggregate Gradings: 1. Aggregates for concrete shall be combined in proportions that will provide a mixture within the grading limits in accordance with this Section, unless otherwise approved in writing by Engineer. 2. Maximum aggregate size depends on rebar clearances. 3. Recommended Admixture Usage: Location or Condition Air entrained concrete Pumped concrete admixture Recommended Admixture Air -entraining admixture High -range, water -reducing (Superplasticizer) Concrete with a water- High -range, water -reducing cement ratio below admixture 0.50. (Superplasticizer) Additional Requirements Non-toxic; non- corrosive Initial slump: 2-3 in. slump with Superplasticizer: 8 inches max. Initial slump: 2-3 in. slump with Superplasticizer: 8 inches max. H. Admixtures: 1. Concrete shall contain the specified water -reducing admixture or the specified high - range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer). 2. Concrete required to be air entrained shall contain an approved air entraining admixture. 3. Pumped concrete, concrete for industrial slabs, architectural concrete, concrete required to be watertight, or concrete with a water/cement ratio below 0.50 shall contain the specified high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer). MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS AND MIXING A. Conform to AC! 304 current edition; specified requirements for mix deign, testing, and quality control; and to other requirements of these Specifications. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300-8 [1 1 3.3 RETEMPERING ' A. Retempering of concrete or mortar in which the cement has partially hydrated will not be permitted. Redosage with the specified high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) may be done with the prior approval of the Engineer regarding dosage ' and time periods. 3.4 FORMS - MAXIMUM SIZE OF CONCRETE PLACEMENTS A. Coordinate with other trades whose work may be located within or below concrete. B. Notify Engineer I full working day prior to erection of forms for inspection. ' C. Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete; remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris before concrete is placed. ID. Design: 1. Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork in accordance with: a. Building Codes Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318). ' b. Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork (ACI 347). c. Construction Industry Standards (OSHA 2207). 2. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock, or damage to ' concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. ' E. Reuse of Forms: Do not reuse forms unless they are in new and undamaged condition. F. Beveled Edges (Chamfer): ' I. Form 3/4 -inch bevels at concrete edges. 2. Where beveled edges on existing adjacent structures are diverse more than 3/4 inch, obtain Engineer's approval of size prior to placement of bevel form strip. G. Form Tolerances: Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown, within %" tolerance. H. Removal of Forms: I. Do not disturb forms until concrete is sufficiently strong to withstand possible injury. 2. Do not remove shoring until member has acquired sufficient strength to support its weight and the load upon it. 3.5 FORM TIES A. Place in uniform patterns on exposed surfaces. B. Number and placement sufficient to withstand pressures and limit deflection of forms to acceptable limits. IFY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300-9 I 3.6 PLACING CONCRETE - GENERAL A. Do not place concrete without Engineer being present. , B. Allow other trades reasonable time to complete portions of work which must be completed before concrete is placed. C. Notify Engineer at least 1 full working day in advance before starting to place concrete to ' permit inspection of forms, reinforcing, sleeves, conduits, boxes, inserts, or other work required to be installed in concrete. D. Review curing methods with Engineer and verify curing materials and equipment are at Project site. E. Placement shall conform to requirements and recommendations of ACI 304 and ACI 318, , except as modified in these Specifications. F. Place concrete as soon as possible after leaving mixer in layers not over 1.5 feet deep: , 1. Without segregation or loss of ingredients. 2. Without splashing forms or steel above. G. Vertical Free Fall Drop to Final Placement: 1. Concrete shall not be dropped freely where reinforcing will cause segregation. 2. Not to exceed 10 feet for concrete containing high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer). 3. Not to exceed 5 feet for other concrete. , H. Do not use concrete truck chutes, pipes, finishing tools, etc., constructed of aluminum. I. Before depositing concrete: 1. Remove debris from space to be occupied by concrete. 2. Dampen: a.. Gravel fill beneath slabs on ground. b. Sand where vapor barrier is specified. c. Wood forms. 3. Verify reinforcement is secured in position. 3.7 ADDITION OF WATER AT PROJECT SITE A. Do not add water to concrete at Project site if slump is within specified range. I B. With the Engineer's approval, add water to concrete arriving at Project site with a slump less than the specified range, provided it can be demonstrated that the specified water - cement ratio will not be exceeded. C. Water/Cement Ratio: ' FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300- 10 Li I. Concrete subject to freezing and thawing: Maximum water/cement ratio of 0.50, 4000 psi at 28 days or more. ' 2. Concrete subject to deicers or required to be watertight: Maximum cement/water ratio of 0.45, 4500 psi at 28 days or more. 3. Reinforced concrete subjected to brackish water, salt spray, or deicers: Maximum ' water/cement ratio or 0.40, 5000 psi at 28 days or more. ' D. The following tests will be required from each truck to which water has been added at Project site: 3 cylinders, I slump, and 1 air test. Costs for these tests. shall be the full responsibility of the Contractor and shall be withheld from the monthly payment estimate. ' 3.8 CONVEYING IA. Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent the separation or loss of materials. B. Conveying equipment shall be capable of providing a supply of concrete at the site of placement without interruptions sufficient to permit loss of plasticity between successive increments. 3.9 CONSOLIDATION AND VISUAL OBSERVATION ' A. Concrete shall be consolidated with internal vibrators having a frequency of at least 800 vpm, with amplitude required to consolidate concrete in the section being placed. ' B. At least one standby vibrator in operable condition shall be at the placement site prior to and during placing concrete. C. Consolidation equipment and methods shall conform to AC! 309 "Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete". ' D. The forms shall contain sufficient windows or be limited in height to allow visual observation of the concrete. E. Vibrator operator is required to see the concrete being consolidated to ensure good quality workmanship; or Contractor shall have a person actually observe the vibration of the concrete and will advise the vibrator operator of changes needed to assure complete consolidation. F. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete in forms. I I FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar I 3.10 PLACING CONCRETE IN HOT WEATHER A. Follow the recommendations in Hot Weather Concreting, ACI 305. , B. Do not place concrete at times when temperature is forecast to exceed 100 degrees F. within 12 hours after the concrete is placed. , C. Verify preparations are complete before ordering concrete so that concrete may be placed ' upon arrival. D. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. E. Minimize size of concrete placements and thickness of layers of concrete. F. Make every effort to maintain concrete temperature: 1 1) Below 90 degrees F. at time of placement, cool the ingredients before mixing by use of chilled water. 2) Uniform: a. Minimize the time of placement. b. Begin each operation in concrete finishing promptly when the concrete is ready for it. G. Place concrete promptly upon arrival at Project and vibrate immediately after placement. ' H. Do not add water to retemper. I. Consider placing concrete in late afternoon as opposed to early morning. J. Provide windbreaks, shading, and fog spraying on days when temperature is forecast to ' exceed 90 degrees F. K. Saw -Cut Joints: , 1) Maximum Joint Spacing: 30 times slab thickness, unless otherwise noted on Drawings. 2) Soff-Cut Saw: Cut to a depth of 1 -1/4 -inch immediately after final finishing. 3) Conventional saw shall be used as soon as possible without dislodging aggregate to a depth of 1/4 slab thickness. L. Protect and cure exposed surfaces by one of the following: 1) Continuous water curing. 2) Moisture -cover curing. I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300- 12 1 I 3.11 PLACING CONCRETE IN COLD WEATHER (ACI 306R-78) A. Preparation: 1) Follow recommendations in Cold Weather Concreting, ACI 306. 2) Additives for the sole purpose of providing freeze protection shall not be used. ' 3) Arrangements for covering, insulating, housing, or steam heating newly -placed concrete shall be made in advance of placement and shall be adequate to maintain temperature and moisture conditions recommended. 4) Temperatures of concrete mix shall be as shown as follows for various stages of mixing and placing of concrete mix: Section Size. Minimum Dimension ' Air 12 in.- 36 in.- Temperature 12 in. 36 in. 72 in. 72 in. Minimum concrete temperature as mixed for indicated weather: ' Above 30°F 60°F 55°F 50°F 45°F 0°Fto30°F 65°F 60°F 55°F 50°F Below 0°F 70°F 65°F 60°F 55°F Maximum allowable gradual temperature drop in first 24 hours after end of protection: 50°F 40°F 30°F 20°F ' B. Placement: 1) Surfaces to be in contact with concrete shall be free of snow, ice, and frost and shall ' be above 40 degrees F. 2) Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade. 3) Placement of insulating material, tarpaulins, or other movable coverings shall follow 'closely the placing of concrete so that only a few feet of concrete are exposed to outside air at anytime. ' C. Curing and Protection: 1) Keep concrete continuously moist and maintain concrete temperature at a minimum of 50 degrees F. for 7 days; temperature shall be uniform throughout concrete. If high early strength concrete is used, this temperature requirement may be reduced to 3 days. 2) It is recommended to leave forms in place for the entire period of protection; use insulated blankets or other approved method on slab surfaces. 3) Limit rapid temperature changes at end of protection period to avoid thermal ' cracking. 3.12 FINISHING CONCRETE ' A. All "honeycomb" must be repaired regardless of concrete location or finish. ' B. Concrete footings and foundations that are to be concealed below ground will require only a "float" finish. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300 - 13 I C. Interior concrete floors must receive a hard, smooth trowel finish. A slick shiny surface is required. ' D. Exterior concrete slabs shall receive a light broom finish with strokes perpendicular to the slope of the concrete or direction of foot traffic. ' 3.13 EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE A. Conform to ACI Standard Building Code requirements for reinforced concrete (ACI 318- 83), Section 4.7, "Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete", and to the following specifications: B. Testing Responsibilities: 1) Contractor: a. Collect, label, and handle test specimens at Project site. b. Provide adequate facilities for safe storage, curing, and protection for first 24 hours and for additional time as may be required before transporting to test lab. c. Pay for failed tests and additional testing resulting from failed tests or Contractor preference. C. Number of test cylinders. 1) Set of cylinders: Three (3). 2) Sample frequency: a. I set/class of concrete/50 cubic yards. b. I set/class of concrete/3000 square feet of wall or slab surface. c. I set/class of concrete/day. ' d. Whichever is greater. D. Laboratory shall test 3 cylinders for the 28 -day strength test. The test results should be the average strength of the 3 cylinders, except that if I cylinder shows obvious evidence of improper sampling, molding or testing, it should be discarded and the strengths of the other 2 cylinders averaged. If more than I cylinder shows defects, the test should be abandoned. 3.14 PATCHING - GENERAL A. Prior to starting patching work, except as specified, obtain Engineer's approval of proposed patching techniques and mixes. ' 3.15 REPAIR OF DEFECTIVE AREAS A. Definition: Concrete in place that does not conform to specified design strength, shapes, alignments, and elevations as shown on Drawings and contains surface defects. B. Evaluation and acceptance of concrete shall conform to ACI 318. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300-14 1 11 1 C. With prior approval of Engineer, as to method and procedure, repair defective areas in ' conformance with ACI 301, Chapter 9, except that the specified bonding compound shall be used. D. The specified patching mortar may be used in lieu of the above -mentioned method when 1 color match of adjacent concrete is not required. Prior approval of Engineer is required. E. Surface Repairs: i 1) Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Owner. ' 2) Honey -combed areas and rock pockets: a. Repair immediately after removal of forms. b. Prepare no -slump concrete mortar and test so that, when dry, patching mortar ' will match surrounding color and strength. c. Cut out to solid concrete or minimum of 1 -inch depth. d. Make edges for cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. ' e. Thoroughly clean and dampen with water. f. Apply bonding compound. g. Compact no -slump concrete into patch, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. h. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 3) High Areas: Grind after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 1• 4) Low Areas: a. Repair during or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations. b. Cut out low areas and replace with fresh concrete of same type and class as ' original concrete. c. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 5) Defective Areas: ' a. Cut out and replace with fresh concrete of same type and class as original concrete. ' b. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 6) Make structural repairs with prior approval of Engineer, as to method and procedure, using the specified epoxy adhesive or epoxy mortar. Where epoxy injection 1 procedures must be used, use an approved low viscosity epoxy made by the manufacturers previously specified. 7) Level floors for subsequent finishes by use of specified underlayment material. 8) Where required, level exposed floors by use of the specified self -leveling repair topping. 9) Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to approval of Engineer. 3.16 BLOCKOUTS AT PIPES OR OTHER PENETRATIONS 1 A. Submit proposed blockouts for review. I 1 FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300-15 I 3.17 CURING OF CONCRETE A. Follow recommendations in Standard Practice for Curing Concrete (ACI 308). B. Begin curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. C. Continue curing for at least 7 days without interruption. D. Curing Methods: 1) Water Curing: a. Cover surface with burlap or sand (1 -inch deep) as soon as possible without marring surface. b. Keep continuously wet for 7 days; do not allow surface to become alternately wet and dry. c. Use water not more than 2 degrees F. cooler than concrete. d. Allow surface to dry slowly before removing sod. 2) Moisture -Cover Curing: a. Cover surface with plastic film (4 mil minimum) as soon as possible without marring the surface. Cover entire surface without wrinkles or holes. b. Cover plastic film with 1 -inch of sand and weight edges. c. Keep covered for a minimum of 7 days. 3) Curing Compounds: a. Verify compatibility with required finishes such as hardeners, paint, stain, tile, or other specified work. b. Exposed concrete receiving mastic applied adhesive, or metallic or mineral aggregate hardeners shall be cured with the specified curing and sealing compounds. E. Cold -Weather Curing: 1) Use moisture -cover curing or liquid membrane -forming compound as approved. 2) Protect concrete from temperature changes in accordance with ACI 306. F. Hot -Weather Curing: Use water curing or moisture -cover curing as approved. I$I.Z.)24:141 [$)] I H I I I Li L I E E LJ I I I FY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 03300-16 SECTION 04230 ' REINFORCED CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PART1. GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY 1 A. Provide hollow concrete masonry units. CJ I [1 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300 Submittal's During Construction: Manufacturer's Literature: Submit information illustrating the horizontal joint reinforcement and preformed control joint materials proposed for use. ManufacturersCertificate: Provide manufacturer's certificate(s) for the masonry units specified herein. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Section 03210 - Reinforcing Steel. B. Section 07900 - Sealants. C. Section 09900 - Painting. ' 1.4 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. 1. ASTM C90 - Specification for Hollow Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 2. ASTM C140 - Method of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units. 3. ASTM C 144 - Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. ' 4. ASTM C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. 5. ASTM C207 - Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 6. ASTM C270 - Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. ' 7. ASTM C331 - Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Masonry Units. 8. ASTM C404 - Specifications for Aggregates for Masonry Grout. 9. ASTM C476 - Specification for Grout for Reinforced and Nonreinforced Masonry. 10. ASTM D746 - Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 04230- 1 I ASTM D2240 - Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness. ASTM D2287 - Specification for Nonrigid Vinyl Chloride Polymer and Copolymer Molding and Extrusion Compounds. Masonry units shall be inspected and may be sampled or tested in accordance with ASTM C140 after delivery to job site. Masonry construction shall not proceed until test results are known and masonry units are certified by an approved testing agency as complying with these Specifications. Grout and mortar samples for strength testing shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 476 and C 270, as applicable, at beginning of masonry work and at the discretion of Engineer. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU) Wilson Concrete Products, Inc. General Requirements: Sound, dry, clean, and free of cracks. Units shall have reached specified moisture content and compressive strength prior to placement. Color: Gray. Surface texture: Smooth on exposed surfaces of interior walls and as shown on Drawings: Wilson, Arkhola No. C-2760 and C2763 or equal. Special units: Provide or cut special shapes for comers, jambs, lintels, bond beams, and other areas shown or required. Wilson, Arkcola C-2563, C-2590 or equal. Match color and texture of standard units. Hollow concrete masonry units: FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar D. Manufacturer shall certify that masonry units meet requirements of ASTM C90, including moisture content and linear shrinkage requirements for intermediate conditions. 2.2 CEMENT A. Type 11, ASTM C 150, portland cement. 2.3 LIME A. Keep dry. B. Lime Putty: Type S hydrated lime, conforming to ASTM C207. 2.4 AGGREGATES A. Aggregate for Hollow Concrete Units: I. Lightweight and conform to ASTM C90 and ASTM C33 1. 2. Masonry units: not to exceed 105 pounds per cubic foot, dry density of concrete. B. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. C. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C404. 2.5 WATER A. Fresh, clean, and free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, chlorides, and organic materials. 2.6 MORTAR A. Freshly prepared and uniformly mixed in the ratio of I part portland cement, 1/4 part minimum to 1/2 part maximum lime putty or hydrated lime, damp loose sand not less than 2-1/4 and not more than 3 times the sum of the volumes of the cement and lime used. B. ASTM C 270, Type S. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 04230-3 [] 2.7 WATER REPELLANT MORTAR ADMIXTURE A. Manufacturer: 1. Hydracide Powder, by Sonnebom 2. Hydratite Liquid, by W. R. Grace and Company. 3. Sika Red Label, by Sika Chemical Corporation. 4. Or equal. B. Prepare in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.8 GROUT A. Conform with ASTM C476, except as specified in this Section. B. Mix grout with sufficient water to give a fluid pouring consistency without segregation of materials. C. Grout for pouring: Coarse grout may be used in grout spaces measuring 4 inches or more in both horizontal dimensions. D. Grout for pumping: Not less than 7 sacks of cement in each cubic yard of grout; Engineer must approve mix design. 2.9 GROUT ADMIXTURE A. Manufacturer: 1. Sika Grout Aid, Type II, by Sika Chemical Corporation. 2. Grout Aid GA -II, by Concrete Emulsions. 3. Grout Fluidifer LL -612, by Master Builders Co. 4. Or equal. B. Amount and method of introducing admixture shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.10 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH A. Average 28 -day compressive strength of grout samples for each grout pour tested shall not be less than 2500 psi. 2.11 JOINT REINFORCEMENT AND TIES I I LI I Ii I `1 I I H A. General: Reinforcement shall be clean and free from loose rust, scale, and any coatings that reduce bond. I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 04230-4 I I I I P I I I I I I I L! I C1 I I I 2.12 B. Reinforcement for masonry: 1. 2 parallel No. 9 wires, uncoated, welded to No. 9 diagonal crosswires forming a truss design. 2. Use special manufactured comer and wall intersection pieces at these locations. 3. Manufacturer: Blok-Trus AA600 by AA Wire Products Company, Chicago, IL; or equal. PREFORMED CONTROL JOINT A. Manufacturer: I. No. 12 D/A 2007 Rapid Poly -Joint by Dur-O-Wall National Company, Cedar Rapids, Iowa. B. Or equal. B. Material: I. PVC conforming to ASTM D2287 type PVC 654-4 with a Durometer hardness of 85 percent, ±5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240; cold crack brittleness of -10 degrees C. when tested according to ASTM D746. 2. Cut as required along pre -grooved cut points for proper sealant depth. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 WEATHER CONDITIONS A. Do not lay masonry when the ambient temperature is below 32 degrees F. on a rising temperature or below 40 degrees F. on a falling temperature, or when there is a probability of such conditions occurring within 48 hours, unless approved by Engineer. In this case, make special provisions for heating materials and protecting finished work. 1. Protect masonry against freezing for a minimum of 48 hours after being laid. 2. Protect tops of walls. 3. Cover tops of walls with waterproof paper when rain or snow is imminent and work is discontinued. B. Protect masonry construction from direct exposure to wind and sun when erected in an ambient air temperature of 99 degrees F (37 degrees C) in the shade with relative humidity less than 50 percent. [] FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 04230-5 I 3.2 BONDING WALL UNITS - FOUNDATION i A. Prepare foundation for initial mortar placement by one of the following methods: I. Sandblast foundation and reinforcing dowels after concrete has fully cured to remove laitance and spillage and to expose sound aggregate. 2. Water blast foundation and reinforcing dowels after concrete has partially cured to remove laitance and spillage and to expose sound aggregate. 3. Green cut fresh concrete with high pressure water and hand tools to remove laitance and spillage from foundation and reinforcing dowels and to expose sound aggregate. - B. Clean foundation of loose material prior to initial mortar placement. 3.3 CORNERS A. Standard masonry bond for overlapping units; grouted solid. B. Reinforcement: As shown on Drawings. I I I I 3.4 INTERSECTIONS A. Bond with reinforcement as shown on Drawings. B. Abutting wall shall not have masonry bond with straight wall. 3.5 LAYING REINFORCED MASONRY UNITS I A. Conform to Standard Building Code and as supplemented by these Specifications. B. Do not start laying masonry units if foundation horizontal or vertical alignment does not satisfy tolerance specification Section 03300. C. Maximum permissible variation from plumb of wall or of a line of joints in the wall shall be 1/16 -inch per foot of height, and 1/4 -inch in the total height of wall. D. Maximum permissible variation from a horizontal line along base of wall or for lines of horizontal joints shall be 1/16 -inch per block, 1/4 -inch per 50 feet of wall with proportionately greater tolerance for longer walls up to 1/2 -inch in total length of wall. E. Maintain interior surfaces in the plane described above, and dimension tolerances of units shall be taken up on exterior surfaces. F. Units with chipped edges or corners within permissible ASTM limits shall be placed in wall such that chipped area is not exposed to view. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 04230-6 I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 3.6 WALL UNITS A. If it is necessary to move a unit after it has been set in place, remove unit from wall, clean, and set in with fresh mortar. B. Toothing of masonry units will not be permitted unless approval is given by Engineer. C. Protect masonry work from damage until final acceptance of work. I. Damaged units will not be accepted. 3.7 RUNNING BOND A. Lay up in straight uniform courses using a running bond pattern. 3.8 SPECIAL SHAPES A. Provide and place special units as comer block, doorjamb block, lintel block fillers, and similar blocks as may be required. B. Use required shapes and sizes to work to comers and openings maintaining a proper bond throughout the wall. 3.9 BUILT-IN ITEMS A. Door frames, windows, vents, fans, and other items required to be built in wall shall be in position and the wall constructed around them. B. Use standard masonry anchors to secure items to wall. C. Fill spaces around items with mortar or grout. 3.10 EMBEDDED CONDUITS A. Do not place electrical, instrumentation, or water conduits in a cell containing reinforcement unless approved by Engineer. 3.11 MORTAR PREPARATION A. Place 1/2 the water and aggregate in the operating mixer. B. Add cement. C. Add remaining aggregate and water and mix for at least 2 minutes. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 04230- 7 �J D. Add lime and continue mixing as long as needed to secure a uniform mass, but no less than 3 minutes after the addition of lime. E. The addition of the admixture shall be timed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the procedure used for adding it to the mix shall provide good dispersion. 3.12 F. Machine mix in approved mixers: 1. Keep mixer drums clean and free of debris and dried mortar. 2. Place mortar before initial setting of cement. 3. Retempering of mortar in which cement has started to set will not be permitted. MORTAR JOINTS - GENERAL A. Straight and clean with a uniform thickness of 3/8 inch. B. Horizontal and Vertical Joints: Full mortar coverage on face shells. I I I I D. Vertical Head Joints: I. Butter well on each unit for a width equal to face shell of unit. 2. Shove joints tightly so that mortar bonds well to both units. 3. Solidly fill joints from face of block to at least the depth of the face shell. D. Remove excess mortar from grout space of cells to be filled as the units are being laid. 3.13 EXPOSED JOINTS A. B. C. Tool exposed joints that will be exposed to view after final construction unless otherwise noted or shown. Cut joints flush and, as mortar takes its initial set, tool to provide a concave joint. Tooling: 1. Perform tooling when mortar is partially set but still sufficiently plastic to bond. 2. Use a tool that compacts the mortar, pressing excess mortar out rather than dragging it out. 3. Joints that are not tight at time of tooling shall be raked out, pointed, and then tooled. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar I I I I I I H 1 04230- 8 Ii 3.14 CONCEALED JOINTS ' A. Joints that are not exposed shall be struck flush with no further treatment required. 3.15 PREFORMED CONTROL JOINTS A. Omit mortar from vertical joints. • B. Place control joint material as wall is built. C. After wall is grouted, cured, and cleaned, install backing rod (or backup material) and sealant. D. Place and tool sealant as specified in Section 07900. 3.16 REINFORCING - GENERAL A. Lap reinforcing bars 30 bar -diameters minimum where spliced and wire -tie together. B. Bars shall have a minimum clearance of I bar -diameter from masonry and from additional parallel bars in same grout space. 3.17 FOUNDATION DOWELS ' A. Size, number, and location of foundation dowels shall match vertical wall ' reinforcing unless otherwise noted. B. When foundation dowel does not line up as intended with vertical core, it shall not ' be sloped more than I horizontal to 6 vertical to bring it into alignment. 3.18 VERTICAL REINFORCING ' A. Hold vertical reinforcing steel in position near ends of bars by wire ties to dowels or by reinforcing positioners. B. Bars shall be held in position at intervals not exceeding 160 bar -diameters by reinforcing positioners. 3.19 HORIZONTAL REINFORCING A. Hold horizontal reinforcing bars in position by wire ties to vertical reinforcing bars or by reinforcing positioners. B. Position steel near ends and at intervals not exceeding 160 bar -diameters. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 04230-9 11 I I C. Lay horizontal bars on webs of bond beam units, and place as wall is built. HORIZONTAL MORTAR JOINT REINFORCEMENT I A. Continuous except for discontinuity at expansion or control joints. , B. Maximum vertical spacing shall be 24 inches. C. Provide in addition to typical wall reinforcing steel. D. Provide additional reinforcement for special coursing where indicated on Drawings. I I E. Lap ends of joint reinforcement 6 inches minimum, except at control joints. , 3.21 GROUTING A. On -Site Mixing: Mix as specified for mortar preparation. B. Transit -Mixed: 1. Meet requirements of ASTM C476. 2. Add grout admixture at site in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Do not exceed quantity of admixture recommended by manufacturer. C. Do not mix, convey, or place grout with equipment constructed of aluminum. D. Vertical and horizontal reinforcement, ties, bolts, anchors, and other required embedments shall be secured in place, inspected, and approved before grouting starts. E. Grout beams over openings in one continuous operation. I L. I F. Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment sufficient to maintain a , clear, unobstructed, continuous vertical cell measuring not less than 2 -inches by 3 - inches. G. Pour grout as soon as possible after mortar has cured to reduce shrinkage cracking of vertical joints. H. Wash off scum and stains from masonry immediately after grouting is complete using clean water and fiber brushes. Do not allow grout and mortar stains to dry on face of exposed masonry. i FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 04230-10 I I 1 1 1 1 ' 3.22 1 [1 I I I 3.23 Vertical reinforcement may be placed initially and the wall built up around it, provided reinforcing steel is first wire tied to foundation dowels. Provide reinforcing positioners or approved cross bracing to secure top of steel in place. K. Vertical steel will not be permitted to be dropped in after block is laid unless reinforcing positioners are provided in the course above the previously grouted course. PARTIAL GROUTING REQUIREMENTS A. Walls that do not require solid grouting shall have cells containing reinforcing steel and others as shown filled with grout. B. Construct cells to be filled to confine grout within cell. C. Cover tops of unfilled vertical cells under a bond beam with metal lath to confine grout fill to bond beam section. D. Limit height of grout pours to mid -depth of course above horizontal bond beam, except at top course. LOW -LIFT GROUTING REQUIREMENTS A. Unless otherwise approved by Engineer prior to start of masonry work, grouting shall be low -lift grouting. B. When grouting is stopped for I hour or longer: I. Form horizontal construction joints by stopping pour of grout 1/2 inch below top of uppermost unit. 2. Fully embed horizontal steel grout in an uninterrupted pour. ' C. Limit grout pour to maximum height of 4 feet. I I I H D. Wall shall not be constructed more than one course above top of grout pour prior to placing grout. E. Grout shall be thoroughly consolidated with an internal "pencil" type vibrator. F. After waiting sufficient time to permit grout to become plastic, but before it has taken set, grout shall be reconsolidated. G. The waiting period will vary depending upon weather conditions and block absorption rates, but under normal weather conditions with average masonry units, the waiting period should be between 30 and 60 minutes. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar [1 04230- I 1 3.24 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces of excess mortar, grout spillage, dirt, and other foreign substances. B. Prepare surfaces requiring painting or sealing in accordance with Section 09900. 3.25 PROTECTION A. At the end of each day's work, cover tops of walls with building paper or by other means to protect walls from becoming excessively wet. 3.26 TEMPORARY BRACING A. Adequately brace walls until walls and roof are completed. B. Bracing shall be sufficient to protect roof and walls against damage from elements, including wind and snow. END OF SECTION 1 1 I. I. I. 1 FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 04230-12 iJ SECTION 05200 Li r PART1. GENERAL 1.01 A. DESCRIPTION METAL JOISTS ' B. Work Included: Furnish, erect, and brace open web steel joints specified. ' 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04230 - Masonry I. B. Section 05300 - Metal Decking C. Section 05500 - Miscellaneous Metal 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE I Li A. Comply to following specifications and code, with modifications specified: I. American Institute of Steel Construction and the Steel Joist Institute Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists. 2. American Welding Society D1.0 Code for Welding in Building Construction. IB. Joist designation requirements denotes joist depth, series and chord size. C. Perform steel joist design and manufacture by an SJI member to comply with AISC- SJI Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists for the series required. ' 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS I I1 I LI A. Furnish Shop Drawings, for review by Architect showing necessary fabrication details, fittings, fastenings, anchorage and erection details. In addition to provisions of the General Conditions, prepare Shop Drawings by or under the supervision of a registered professional engineer. Do not use reproductions, in any form, of the Contract Drawings for Shop Drawings. Furnish two prints and one sepia reproducible of Shop Drawings submitted to Architect for review. Submit related shop drawings together; partial submittals will not be accepted. Furnish mill certificates on foreign steel proposed for use and not produced within the continental USA. Include with mill certificates certified copies of mill test reports giving names and locations of mills and shops, and chemical analysis and physical properties of steel required for this project. B. All drawings and calculations shall bear the stamp of a structural engineer licensed in the state of Arkansas. IFY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 05200-I PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 OPEN -WEB STEEL JOISTS C A. Conform to the "Standard Specifications and Load Tables" of the Steel Joist Institute. I Fabricate by member of the Steel Joist Institute. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of steel joists, of new, free from rust, first quality material of their respective kinds, subject to approval of Architect. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 SHOP COAT A. Paint joists and accessories with protective paint shop coat using type standard with manufacturer and conforming to requirements of the Steel Joist Institute. Paint joists and accessories exposed to view with shop coat using type that will not bleed through or affect the finish coat. Apply shop coat by dip, brush or spray method and thoroughly work into joints. Where practicable, do not paint surfaces subject to erection welding. If painted, remove paint to expose clean steel for minimum distance of 2 inches on either side of surface to be welded. Included in this requirement are steel surfaces to which joists are attached by welding. After erection, wire brush field connections and touch up welded, corroded or abraded areas with same paint as shop coats. B. Shop Paint: Lead free, alkyd primer; Tnemec 10-99 Series, Southern Coatings Enviro-Guard 1-2900, or approved equal meeting performance requirements ofT! Type I, and passing ASTM B 117 after 500 hours with no blistering, cracking, softening, delamination or rust creepage at scribe and resting at edges. 3.2 ERECTION A. Fasten joists in place and install bridging prior to receiving any construction loads. Join steel to steel connections by welding. Where joists bear on masonry use connections set into the masonry. Provide joists extensions where required for attachment of ceiling system. B. Erection Welding: Comply with AWS D 1.0, Code for Welding in Building Construction. C. Accessories: Furnish special fitting for openings, overhangs and ceiling extenders where required and not otherwise detailed or specified. END OF SECTION I I I I H I E I E I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 05200-2 , I ' PART I. GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION P I I II [I Li I I SECTION 05300 METAL DECKING A. Work Included: Furnish and erect steel decking specified. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: Following items are described in the indicated Sections of these Specifications. Cooperate with all trades to ensure proper interface of metal decking with work of those trades: 1. Section 04230 - Masonry 2. Section 05200 - Metal Joist 3. Section 05500 - Miscellaneous Metal 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Following specifications and codes govern with modifications specified herein: 1. American Iron and Steel Institute: Light Gauge Cold -Formed Steel Design Manual. 2. Steel Deck Institute: code of Recommended Standard Practice and Basic Design Specifications, 3. American Welding Society: Code for Welding in Building Construction. B. Conflicting Requirements: In event of conflict between pertinent codes and regulations, referenced standards requirements and these specifications, provisions of the more stringent govern. ' 1.3 SUBMITTALS I I I I P A. Shop Drawings I. Before metal decking is delivered to job site, submit Shop Drawings to Architect for review. Submit related shop drawings together; partial submittals will not be accepted. 2. Show sizes, locations, marking of decking units, sizes of holes to be cut in the shop, end closures types and finings, and methods of securing anchoring, and attaching to structural members. 3. Show verification that members used are adequate to carry live and dead loads involved. 4. Show welds, both shop and field, by currently recommended symbols of the American Welding Society. 5. Furnish one print and one sepia reproducible of Shop Drawings for Architect review. 1 FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 05300-I B. Substitutions: Ii Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis DO NOT propose the substitution of products that do not meet to exceed the quality standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the.Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT request approval of products prior to the awarding of the contract. 2. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted for comparison. 3. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equivalent to the material specified herein. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL FLOOR DECK A. OF -1X, 26 gauge, galvanized Rib depth, gauge steel by United Steel Deck, Inc. or approved equal manufactured by member of the Steel Deck Institute. Chemically clean steel deck of oil, grease and dirt. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. Fabricate metal decking to comply with final Shop Drawings and the referenced standards. 3.2 ERECTION A. General: Erect metal decking to comply with the Drawings and final Shop Drawings, aligning straight, plumb, and level. B. Provide sump plates or pans, cant strips, vent clips, and rubber closures required for complete and proper installation. C. Cut decking to provide openings required by structural design Drawings and holes required for work of other trades. D. Touch-up field welds and burned and abraded spots in shop finish using material equivalent to shop finish. END OF SECTION I I H I I I I H [1 I I G I I FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 05300-2 , 1 SECTION 05500 ' FABRICATED METALWORK AND CASTINGS IPART 1. GENERAL II.! SUMMARY A. Provide fabricated metalwork and castings. ' B. Miscellaneous metalwork required to secure the various parts together and provide a complete installation, shall be included under this Section. ' C. Insofar as practical, products provided shall be factory assembled. I1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 - Painting. 1 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. 1. ASTM A36 - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A48 - Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 3. ASTM A153 - Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. ' 4. ASTM A167 - Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. 1 5. ASTM A193 - Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Material for High -Temperature Services. 6. ASTM A307 - Specifications for Carbon Steel Externally Treated Standard Fasteners. 7. ASTM A325 - Specification for High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 8. ASTM A446 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot- ' Dip Process, Structural (Physical Quality). 9. ASTM A449 - Specification for Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs. 10. ASTM A525 - Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated '• (Galvanized) by Hot -Dip Process. 11. ASTM B241 - Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube. ' B. American Welding Society, 550 North West LeJeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126. 1. D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. IFY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 05500- I G C. Steel Joist Institute, 1205 48th Avenue N., Suite A, Myrtle Beach, SC 29577. 1. SJI Standard Specification for Open Web Steel Joists, K -Series. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300 - Basic Requirements: 1. Shop Drawings, including calculations where required. 2. Test pieces and samples. ' 3. Certificates, test reports, and other required data. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Parts and assemblies that are of necessity shipped unassembled, shall be packaged and clearly tagged in a manner that will protect the materials from damage, and facilitate the identification and final assembly in the field. PART 2. PRODUCTS I 2.1 GENERAL I A. Unless otherwise indicated, materials shall conform to latest issue of the following ASTM Specifications: 1. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36. 2. Stainless Steel: a. Exterior and Submerged: ASTM A167, Type 316. b. Industrial Uses: ASTM A167, Type 316. c. Interior and Architectural: ASTM A167, Type 304. d. Bolts: ASTM A193, Type 316. 3. Aluminum, Structural Shapes and Plates: Alloy 6061-T6; conform to referenced specifications and ASTM sections found in the Aluminum Association current Construction Manual Series. 4. Connection Bolts for Steel Members: ASTM A325 -F. 5. Galvanized Bolts: ASTM A307, ASTM A153. 6. Connection Bolts for Wood Members: ASTM A307. 7. Connection Bolts for Aluminum: ASTM A449; or use appropriate stainless steel. 8. Cast Iron: ASTM A48, Class 30 I 2.2 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Steel Anchor Bolts (Nonsubmerged Use): 1. 1/2 -inch minimum diameter with hex nuts, or as shown. 2. Bolts and nuts: galvanized steel. I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 05500-2 ' 'I, • 2.3 ANCHORING SYSTEMS FOR CONCRETE A. Wedge Anchors: 1. Manufacturer: a. ITT Phillips Drill Division, Michigan City, IN. b. Hilti Kwik-Bolt, stud type, manufactured by Hilti, Inc., Stamford, CT. c. Wej-It, stainless steel bolts, completely assembled, manufactured by Wej-It Corporation, Broomfield, CO. d. Or equal. 2. For use 1'6" above peak water surface in water holding structure. 3. Stainless steel. 4. Sizes shown on Drawings. 5. Provide ICBO (International Conference of Building Officials) or other similar building code organization recommendations regarding safe allowable design loads. B. Expansion Anchors: I. Expansion anchors shall not be used except in dry areas where future corrosion is not a problem. 2. In wet or damp areas, use wedge anchors or adhesive anchors in submerged conditions. C. Self -Drilling Anchors: Il 1. Snap -off type or flush type. • 2. For use with hot -dipped galvanized bolts. D. Nondrilling Anchors: 1. Manufacturer: a. ITT Phillips Drill Division, Michigan City, IN. b. Hilti HDI Drop -In anchors, Hilti, Inc., Stamford, CT. c. Or equal. 2. Flush type. 3. For use with bolt or stud type with projecting threaded stud. 4. Provide ICBO or other similar code organizations' recommendations regarding safe allowable design loads. E. Adhesive Anchors: 1 I. Use for anchoring metal components at or below a point l'-6" above the peak (maximum) water surface elevations in water holding structures. 2. Parabond capsule anchors with 316 stainless steel stud, nuts, and washers, as manufactured by Molly Division, 504 Mt. Laurel Avenue, Temple, PA 19560. 3. Heavy-duty adhesive anchor with HBP adhesive cartridge with 316 stainless steel anchor rod assembly as manufactured by Hilti, Inc. P.O. Box 45400, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74145, or equal. 2.3 STRUCTURAL STEEL SUPPORTS A. Provide structural steel supports of sizes and weights shown on Drawings. FY0321 IS U of A Corporate Hangar 05500-3 I r B. Weld connections unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 2.4 MACHINE BOLTS, INSERTS, AND FASTENERS A. Machine bolts, inserts, and fasteners permanently embedded in concrete shall be Type ' 316 stainless steel. B. Machine bolts, inserts, and fasteners not permanently embedded in concrete, but located 'A outdoors in wet well floors, walls, and ceilings; chemical handling areas; equipment rooms subject to drainage, leakage, and washdown; and in galleries and trenches, shall be Type 316 stainless steel. C. Machine bolts, inserts, and fasteners not permanently embedded in concrete, but located indoors where washdown, leakage, and drainage are not likely to occur (e.g., in personnel buildings excluding laboratories, on motor floors, in electrical equipment rooms, and in control rooms), may be galvanized steel, ASTM A153. J 2.5 LOOSE LINTELS AND ANGLE FRAMING A. Provide steel lintels and framing required for support of construction that is not attached to structural steel framing. 2.6 LIFTING LUGS A. Provide equipment or each field-disassembleable part over 100 pounds in weight proper I lifting lugs for easy handling. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Workmanship and finish of metalwork shall be highest grade and equal to the best. practice of modem shops for respective work. B. Exposed surfaces shall have smooth finish and sharp, well-defined lines. C. Provide necessary rabbets, lugs, and brackets so that work can be assembled in a neat, substantial manner. D. Conceal fastenings where practical. E. Drill metalwork and countersink holes as required for attaching hardware or other materials. F. Fabricate materials as specified. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 05500-4 ' I G. Weld connections, except where bolting is directed. H. Items requiring special fabrication methods are specified. ' I. Fabrication of other items shall be of equal quality. J. Methods of fabrication not otherwise specified or shown on Drawings shall be adequate for the stresses. K. Grind exposed edges of welds smooth on walkways, guardrails, handrails, stairways, channel door frames, steel column bases, and where indicated on Drawings. L. Sharp edges shall be rounded to a 1/8 -inch minimum radius; burrs, jagged edges, and surface defects shall be ground smooth. M. Prepare welds and adjacent areas such that there is: 1. No undercutting or reverse ridges on weld bead. 2. No weld spatter on or adjacent to weld or any other area to be painted. 3. No sharp peaks or ridges along weld bead. N. Grind flush embedded pieces of electrode or wire with adjacent surface of weld bead. 3.2 ALUMINUM A. Fabricate aluminum as shown on Drawings and in accordance with Aluminum Association Standards and manufacturer's recommendations as approved. B. Do not remove mill markings from concealed surfaces. C. Exposed surfaces not otherwise coated shall have the inked or painted identification marks removed after material has been inspected and approved by Engineer. D. Grind smooth sheared edges exposed in the finished work. E. Weld aluminum Gas Metal Arc (MIG) or Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) processes in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations as approved, and in accordance with recommendations of American Welding Society contained in the Welding Handbook, as last revised. F. Grind smooth exposed aluminum welds. 3.3 WELDING IA. The technique of welding employed, appearance, quality of welds made, and methods of correcting defective work shall conform to codes for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction of AWS and AISC. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 05500-5 I I B. Surfaces to be welded shall be free from loose scale, rust, grease, paint, and other foreign material, except that mill scale which will withstand vigorous wire brushing may remain. C. A light film of linseed oil may likewise be disregarded. D. No welding shall be done when the temperature of the base metal is lower than 0 degrees F. itE. Finished members shall be true to line and free from twists. F. Welding operators shall be qualified in accordance with requirements of current AWS I Standard Qualification Procedure D1.1, Chapter 5, and welders of structural and reinforcing steel shall be certified for all positions of welding in accordance with such procedure. Qualification tests shall be run by a recognized testing laboratory at Contractor's expense. G. Welding operators shall be subject to examination for requalification using equipment, I materials, and electrodes employed in execution of Contract work. Requalification, if ordered by Engineer, shall be done at expense of Contractor. I 3.4 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METALWORK A. Perform erection work by skilled workmen. P B. Completed installations shall, in all cases, be rigid, substantial, and neat in appearance. I C. Install commercially manufactured products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations as approved. 3.5 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Accurately locate anchor bolts and hold in place with templates at time concrete is poured. 3.6 EXPANSION ANCHORS OR WEDGE ANCHORS A. Installation shall not start until concrete or masonry receiving anchors has attained its design strength. B. Anchor shall not be installed closer than 6 times its diameter to either an edge of concrete I or masonry, or to another anchor, unless specifically detailed otherwise on Drawings. 3.7 ELECTROLYTIC PROTECTION A. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, or to be embedded in masonry or ', concrete, protect surfaces in accordance with System No. 27 of Section 09900. FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 05500-6 1 B. Allow paint to dry before installation of material. C. Protect painted surfaces during installation; should coating become marred, prepare and touch up surface per paint manufacturer's instructions. D. Where titanium equipment is in contact with concrete or dissimilar metals, provide full - face neoprene insulation gasket, 3/32 -inch minimum thickness and 70 durometer hardness, 3.8 PAINTING A. Thoroughly clean ferrous metal items not galvanized and give shop coat of metal primer. B. Preparation of surfaces and application of primer shall be in accordance with Section 09900, utilizing appropriate painting system. END OF SECTION FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 05500-7 Li SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide rough carpentry. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07300 - Membrane Roofing. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. I. ASTM A307 - Specifications for Carbon Steel Externally Treated Standard Fasteners. 2. ASTM A446 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot- Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. 3. ASTM A525 - Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. B. American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018. 1. ANSI A 199.1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. C. American Wood Preservers Association, P.O. Box 849, Stevensville, Maryland 21666. D. American Wood Preservers Bureau. P.O. Box 6085, Arlington, Virginia 22206. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber grading rules and wood species shall be in conformance with U.S. Product Standard PS 20 and the National Forest Products Association. The wood members shall conform to the requirements above and provide design values equal to those published in the "Design Values for Wood Construction", a supplement to the 1977 edition of ' National Design Specification for Wood Construction, published by the National Forests Products Association. I 1 FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 06100-I II 2.2 GRADE MARKS I A. Each piece of lumber shall be stamped or branded with the grade as determined by an approved grading association indicating conformance with U.S. Product Standard PS 20. B. Moisture content shall not exceed 19 percent, unless otherwise specified. C. Preservative and pressure treated material shall conform to American Wood Preservers Association Standards (AWPA) and bear the American Wood Preservers Bureau (AWPB) quality mark designation. 2.3 DELIVERY, STORING, AND HANDLING A. Immediately upon delivery to job site, place materials in area protected from weather B. While unloading, protect surfaces and corners of sheet material. C. Store materials a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) above ground on framework or blocking and cover with protective waterproof covering; provide for adequate air I circulation or ventilation. D. Do not store seasoned materials in wet or damp portions of building. 2.4 LUMBER A. Dimensions given are nominal. Surface four sides (S4S), unless specified otherwise. B. Unless otherwise noted, lumber shall be as follows: Use Minimum Grade General framing, plates, blocking, Standard and Better or braces, studs, furring, and nailers Stud Grade 2.5 ROUGH CARPENTRY HARDWARE A. Nails: Steel common nails in accordance with the Fastening Schedule of the Standard Building Code. Use hot -dipped zinc -coated nails wherever exposed. B. Bolts and Screws: Conforming to ASTM A 307, sizes as indicated on Drawings, I galvanized where exposed. C. Framing Anchors: Simpson, Teco, or Bowman galvanized 8 -gauge steel, complete with ' nails. D. Bar or Strap Anchors: ASTM A 525, Zinc -coated steel, 18 -gauge minimum. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 06100-2 1 PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Plan work in advance and perform in proper sequence to facilitate prompt and continuous progress of the Work. B. Lay out, cut, fit, and install rough carpentry items. Anchor sufficiently to ensure rigidity and permanence and as noted on Drawings. C. Install items accurate to dimension, true to line, level, and square unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. Provide for installation and support of other work. D. Verify that surfaces to receive rough carpentry materials are prepared to exact grades and dimensions. 3.2 BORED HOLES A. Maximum 1/3 depth of member, 2 inches minimum distance to top or bottom of joists. END OF SECTION FY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 06100-3 I = SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART L GENERAL 1 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide wood trim and finish, wood casework, finish hardware, and other finish carpentry items as specified. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100- Rough Carpentry. 1.3 SHOW DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings for review by Engineer prior to start of fabrication. B. Indicate size, species, assembly details, applied finish, surfacing, built-up hardware, and necessary connections to other work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workmen: 1. Cutting and Fitting of Trim and Finish Material: Utilize journeyman finish carpenters. a. Thoroughly trained and experienced in skills required. b. Completely familiar with specified materials and manufacturer's recommended methods of installation. �- C. Familiar with requirements of this work. B. Material Grading: I. Hardboard, Particle board, Lumber, and Plywood: Bear grademark, stamp, or other identifying marks indicating grades of material and rules or standards under which produced. a. Identifying Marks on Material: In accordance with rule or standard under which material produced. b. Inspection Agency for Lumber: Certified by Board of Review, American Lumber Standards Committee for species used. 2. Moldings and Millwork: Association grademark shall be applied to each ' bundle in bundled stock. 3. Precut Lumber: In lieu of piece grademarking, furnish certificate of inspection from an agency certified by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standards Committee. IFY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 06200-I 1.5 C. Custom Grade: 1. Quality Standards, Architectural Woodwork Institute, apply and by reference are made a part of this Specification. 2. References to Custom Grade: As defined in latest edition of AWI Quality Standards. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protection: I. Materials: Protect before, during, and after installation. 2. Installed Work: Protect from other work. B. Replacements: I. If work is damaged, immediately make necessary repairs and replacements to the approval of Engineer at no additional cost to Owner. PART2. PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER NOT SHOWN A. Lumber for Trim and Millwork: Kiln dried to 8 to 12 percent moisture content. B. Lumber for Finish Carpentry: Paint grade Birch kiln dried to 12 percent maximum moisture content. C. Lumber for Structural Carpentry: Specified in Section 06100. I I 2.2 PLYWOOD NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS I A. Plywood Core Material to Receive Laminated Plastic Surfacing: 1. Hardwood surface veneer. 2. High density particle board may be used. B. Paint grade Birch with A grade faces for visible sides, equal to INT-APA quality C. Plywood for Structural Carpentry: Specified in Section 06100. if 1 I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 06200-2 , PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 TRIM AND FINISH A. Conform to Custom Grade of AWI Quality Standards. B. Set true, level, and plumb with tight joints and securely fasten in place. C. Protect from dampness until painted or varnished. D. Apply finish so that completed results will show as little of the joints as possible and no tool or machine marks, nail holes, or nails. E. Lengths of Lumber: 1. Without joints on straight run where possible. 2. Where Joints Necessary: Make accurately and neatly on 45 -degree angle against light. F. Moldings: True to details, cleanly cut and sharp. G. Exposed Surfaces: Sand to even, smooth surface, ready for finish. H. Mill Assemblies: Join with concealed nails or screws, mortise and tenons, dowels, or glued blocks. I. Intersection Molds: Neatly coped. J. Flat Members of Wood Trim: Back out or saw kerf to prevent warping. 3.2 HARDWARE A. Rough Hardware (Nails, Screws, Anchor Bolts, Wall Plugs): Install in types, sizes, and quantities indicated on Drawings or as required for secure anchorage of carpentry work. END OF SECTION FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 06200-3 SECTION 07194 UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide underslab vapor barrier. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit manufacturer's literature on vapor barrier proposed for use in accordance with Section 01300. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to job site in original packages with manufacturer's labels intact. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil sheet polyvinyl or polyethylene. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work of other trades so that items to be placed under the slab are in place prior to the laying of vapor barrier. FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 07194- I I 3.2 INSTALLATION OF UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER I A. Install vapor barrier under concrete slab of buildings. After base for the slab has been 1 leveled and tamped, apply the vapor barrier with the roll width parallel to the direction of the pour. Joints shall be lapped 6 inches, minimum and sealed with tape or adhesive. Apply the vapor barrier in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ci B. Caution shall be maintained to provide a puncture -free vapor barrier. Minor tears or holes shall be repaired with tape. Any tears or holes, which require more than a 6 -inch length of tape to repair, shall be repaired by removing defective sheet and replacing with a new sheet. 3.3 CLEANUP A. Upon completion of the vapor barrier installation and prior to the placing of concrete 1 slab, clean up waste materials and debris resulting from operation and dispose of waste materials off the site. END OF SECTION I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 07194-2 ' SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART I. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide building insulation as shown on Drawings. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 13121 - Pre -Engineered Buildings 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL AND CEILING INSULATION A. Shall be the equal of WMP-30 as manufactured by LAMTEC Corporation. Facing shall be white film, tri-directional fiberglass/polyester reinforced. Thickness = 5 inch (XD). B. Interior roof and wall insulation must comply with NFPA 101 Life Safety Code. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Coordinate installation where other trades whose work, or the required inspection of their work, could be affected. 3.2 INSULATION A. Install on interior side of roof and walls as indicated on the Drawings in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Fasten to the metal -building members with the vapor barrier facing the warm side. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 07210-I I 3.3 CLEANUP A. Remove from site containers, wrappings, and scrap insulation material. I B. Leave floors broom clean. 3.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Clearly identify manufacturer, contents, brand name, applicable standard, and "R" value. I B. Store materials off ground and keep them dry. Protect against weather, condensation, and damage. C. Immediately remove damaged material from site. END OF SECTION I 1 1 I I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 07210-2 1 C] I SECTION 07600 I I r I I I I L I I FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish and install metal flashing, flexible flashing and sheet metal work specified and required to prevent water penetration through roof and exterior walls of building. B. Substitutions: I. Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be substituted for those specified herein on an Approved Equal basis. DO NOT propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Engineer after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT request approval of products prior to the awarding of the contract. 2. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must he submitted for comparison. 3. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS Pre -Engineered Structure 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Section 13121 A. Job Supervision: Applicator of work in this Section to furnish competent, qualified foreman present and in charge at all times work is performed. B. Applicable Standard: Refer to the Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, latest revision, of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. Use as applicable standard for method and quality of work under this Section where not specifically otherwise shown on Contract Drawings. Manufacturer to provide trained metal craftsmen to supervise installation. C. Guaranty: Guaranty sheet metal work installed under this Section against leakage or defects for 2 years after substantial completion date. Make good at Contractor expense leakage or defects occurring within this period. FY0321 IS U of A Corporate Hangar Section 07600 - I H PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL A. Galvalume Sheet Steel: aluminum -zinc alloy coating AZ55, meeting ASTM A792. Keep Galvalume dry during transit, in storage, and at work site. At locations where flashing is visible from outside building, finish to be Kynar 500 based polyvinylidene flouride (PVDF) coating, 70% resin formulation in color to be selected by Engineer from manufacturer=s standard line. Provide mill finish at locations not visible from outside building. 1. Aluminum sheet: Provide 3003--0 alloy for flashings. For all other sheet metal work I furnish 3003-14 alloy. Factory finish with oven cured Kynar 500 based polyvinylidene flouride (PVDF) coating, 70% resin formulation in color to be selected by Engineer from manufacturer's standard line. 2. Gauge of Metal: Furnish 24 gauge minimum for all metal components of a roof assembly except scuppers, guttering, downspouts and splash pans which shall be 20 gauge (.040") minimum unless heavier gauges are called for in SMACNA Manual. 2.2 ACCESSORIES I A. Fasteners: All metal counter flashing and parapet cap flashing shall be attached with galvanized or cadmium plated screws with neoprene washers. Nails, screws and rivets used at other locations are to be the appropriate type for the purpose as described in the SMAACNA Design Manual. B. Roofing Cement: F.S. SS -C-153, Type I, Class A (summer grade) or Class B (winter grade) as applicable. C. Bitumastic Coating: F.S. TT -C-494, MIL -C-18480, or SSPC - Paint 12, cold applied solvent type bitumastic coating for application in dry film thickness of 15 mils per coat. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate metal flashings, counterflashings, trim and related items to comply with profiles and sizes required. Fabricate to comply with ASMACNA Engineerural Sheet Metal Manual, metal manufacturer=s recommendations, and recognized industry practices. B. For continuous running work, fabricate with expansion joints in flashings, spaced sufficiently close to prevent flashing damage and failure in resistance to water penetration. Form flashing to fit substrate in each application. , C. Where sheet metal is required and no material or gauge is indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install highest quality and gauge commensurate with the referenced applicable standard, (SMACNA Manual). FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 07600-2 I I 2.5 OTHER MATERIALS ' A. Provide materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of flashing and sheet metal, of new materials, first quality of their respective kinds, and subject to approval of Engineer. 1 PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Inspection: Prior to work of this Section, carefully inspect installed work of other trades ' and verify work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. B. Discrepancies: Do not proceed with sheet metal installation in areas of discrepancy until discrepancies are resolved. 3.2 WORKMANSHIP IA. General: Form sheet metal accurately to dimensions and shapes required, watertight and weathertight, with angles and broken surfaces true, sharp, and in straight lines. Where intercepting other members, cope to an accurate fit and solder securely. Produce flat surfaces free from waves and buckles. B. Expansion: Form, fabricate, and install sheet metal to adequately provide for expansion and contraction in finished work. Provide joint covers in copings, cap flashing, and fascias not more that 12 feet o.c. 3.3 SOLDERING A. General: I. Thoroughly clean and tin joint materials prior to soldering. 2. Perform soldering slowly with well heated copper in order to heat seams thoroughly and to completely fill them with solder. 3. Make exposed soldering neat, full flowing, and smooth. Do not use solder where dependence upon its strength is a factor. B. Cleaning: After soldering, thoroughly wash acid flux with soda solution. 3.4 DISSIMILAR CONTACTS O Paint metal in contact with mortar, concrete, and masonry materials with an alkali - resistant coating. Use heavy -bodied bituminous paint or approved equal. END OF SECTION IFY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 07600 - 3 I II SECTION 07900 ISEALANTS PART 1. GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide sealants for repairs to or construction of buildings and structures. 1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. The ambient temperature shall be between 40 degrees F. and 90 degrees F. (4 degrees C. and 32 degrees C.) when sealant is applied. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03251 — Expansion, Construction, and Contraction Joints. B. Section 04230 — Reinforced Concrete Masonry Units. C. Section 08100- Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 1.4 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. 1. ASTM D1751 - Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Type). B. Federal Specifications: 1 1. TT -S-00230 - Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Single Component (For Caulking, Sealing, and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures). 2. TT -S-1543 - Sealing Compound: Silicone Rubber Base (For Caulking, Sealing and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures). 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver sealants to the job site in sealed containers, each bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. 1 I IFY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 07900- I I PART 2. PRODUCTS I 2.1 GENERAL I A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. B. Sealants shall be self -leveling (S/L) for horizontal and sloping joints with a maximum slope of 1 percent. Nonsag sealants (N/S) shall be used for steeper sloped joints, vertical joints, and overhead joints. 2.2 SEALANTS - VERTICAL JOINTS IN CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, SUBMERGED AND NONSUBMERGED, AND CONCRETE MASONRY A. One -part polyurethane sealant confoming to Federal Specification TT -S-00230, Type!!, Class A, N/S; Mameco Vulkem 116; Sika Sikaflex IA; or equal. Color shall be manufacturer's standard limestone gray. B. Dow Corning 888 -SL Silicon Rubber Joint Sealer. 2.3 HORIZONTAL JOINTS IN CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, SUBMERGED, AND NONSUBMERGED A. Not used. 2.4 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS B. One -part polyurethane sealant conforming to Federal Specification TT -S-00230, 1 Type II, Class A, N/S; Mameco Vulkem 116; Sika Sikaflex IA; or equal. Color shall be manufacturer's standard limestone gray. Typical locations: Sealant bed for aluminum thresholds. 2.5 METAL DOOR FRAMES, WINDOWS, AND LOUVER FRAMES B. One -part acrylic polymeric sealant conforming to Federal Specification TT -S-00230, N/S; Pecora 60 Plus Unicrylic; Tremco Mono; or equal. Color shall be secelcted by the owner for all locations. 2.6 HIGH TEMPERATURE PIPING (250 DEGREES F. MAXIMUM) I B. Not Used. 2.7 MILLWORK APPLICATIONS B. One -part acrylic latex polymer, paintable, N/S; as manufactured by Pecora; Tremco; or U equal. Color shall be white. FY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 07900-2 1 2.8 2.9 BACKUP MATERIAL B. Use closed -cell polyethylene foam rod conforming to ASTM Dl 751 and compatible with sealant used. Size as shown or as recommended by manufacturers for all joints greater than 3/16 inch wide. BOND BREAKER B. As recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2.10 PRIMER B. As recommended by sealant manufacturer. PART 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 EXECUTION PREPARATION B. Surfaces to be sealed shall be clean, dry, sound and free of dust, loose mortar, and other foreign materials. C. Mask adjacent surfaces where necessary to maintain neat edge. D. Starting of work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. INSTALLATION A. Apply materials following manufacturer's recommendation and instructions. B. Fill sealant joint completely from back to top, without voids. C. Tool sealant joints slightly concave after sealant is installed. When tooling white or light color sealant, a water wet tool shall be used. CLEANING A. Surfaces next to the sealed joints shall be cleaned of smears or other soiling resulting from the sealing application. B. At no additional cost to Owner, replace or repair to Owner's satisfaction damaged surfaces resulting from sealing or cleaning. END OF SECTION FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 07900-3 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART I 1.2 1.3 GENERAL U(*I[S)`►l11`►[S7UJX7 9 A. Provide hollow metal doors and frames. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 - Sealants. B. Section 08712 - Door Hardware. C. Section 09900 - Painting. D. Section 13130 - Sliding Hangar Door. REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American National Standard Institution, 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018. 1. ANSI A115 - Door and Frame Preparation. 2. ANSI A 135.4 - Basic Hardware. B. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. 1. ASTM A366 - Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold -Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 2. ASTM A569 - Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum, Percent), Hot - Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality. C. National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, Massachusetts 02269. 1. NFPA Pamphlet No. 80 D. Steel Door Institute,712 Lakewood Center North, 14600 Detroit Avenue. Cleveland, Ohio 44107. I. SDI 100 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. SDI 105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 3. SDI 107 - Hardware on Steel Doors. FY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 08100- 1 I 1.4 SUBMITTALS , A. Provide Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01300. , 1. Submit Shop Drawings covering each type of door and frame, frame conditions, and complete anchorage details, supplemented by suitable schedules covering doors and frames. I 2. Detail connections of door frames to structural steel framing concealed in frames, if any. 3. For frames too large to ship in one piece, locate and detail field splice joints and indicate complete instructions for making field splices. 4. Identification of each door shall be noted. B. Submit manufacturer's painting specifications in accordance with Section 01001 for factory finished items specified. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle doors and frames in a manner to prevent damage and ' deterioration. B. Provide Packaging: Cardboard or other containers, separators, banding, spreaders, and paper wrappings to protect metal items. C. Store doors upright, in a protected dry area, at least 1 inch or more off the ground or floor and at least 1/4 inch between individual pieces. D. Follow special storage and handling requirements of manufacturer. E. Protect exposed finish surfaces of prefinished items with masking tape. P PART 2. PRODUCTS , 2.1 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Manufacturers: 1. Amweld Building Products, Inc.; the Ceco Corp., Curries Mfg. Co.; Mesker Industries, Inc., or approved equal. B. Material: 1. Sheet steel for frames shall be hot -rolled prime quality carbon steel conforming to ASTM A569. 2. Sheet steel for doors shall be cold -rolled stretcher level sheet steel conforming to ASTM A366. C. Provide stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers as required. 1 FY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 08100-2 1 I D. Phosphate treat for paint adhesion, and apply one shop coat of baked -on prime coating compatible with finish coating. E. Fabrication: 1. Provide adequate reinforcement and cutouts for hardware, prepared in accordance with SDI 107, also adequate floor and wall anchors. 2. Door Frames: a. Manufacturer: Same manufacturer as hollow metal door manufacturer. ' b. 16 -gage, knockdown or welded type, and shall conform to SDI 100, except as modified herein. c. Drawings indicate size, shape, and profile of frame members. d. Manufacturer's standard forming methods may be used to achieve the desired finished appearance. ' F. Concealed fasteners or welding are preferred to through -the -face fasteners. I 2.2 ANCILLARY ITEMS A. Manufacturer's standard anchors, fasteners, etc. 2.3 DOORS I A. Hollow metal doors shall be 18 -gage, Grade 11, Model 3, seamless, with polyurethane core of dimensions shown. B. Doors shall conform to SDI 100, except as modified herein. C. Doors shall be constructed and prepared in accordance with SDI 107 and ANSI A115 to receive the hardware specified. D. Doors and frames shall be machined in shop. 1 PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF METAL FRAMES ' A. Install hollow metal frames in accordance with SDI 105. ' B. Exercise care in setting of frames to maintain scheduled dimensions, hold head level, and maintain jambs plumb and square. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 08100-3 I C. Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction. D. Wherever possible, leave frame spreader bars intact until frames are.set perfectly square I and plumb and anchors are securely attached. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF HOLLOW METAL DOORS I A. Install hollow metal doors in accordance with SDI 100. B. Apply hardware in accordance with hardware manufacturer's templates and instructions. C. Adjust operable parts for correct function. D. Remove hardware, with the exception of prime coated items, tag, box, and reinstall after finish paint work is completed. 3.4 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PRIME COAT TOUCH-UP A. Immediately after erection, areas where prime coat has been damaged shall be sanded ' smooth and touched up with same primer as applied at shop. B. Remove rust before specified touch-up is applied; touch-up shall not be obvious. 3.5 FINISH I A. Finish coating as indicated on Drawings and as specified in Section 09900. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed doors and frames against damage from other work. I END OF SECTION I I [l Li FY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 08100-4 1 I I 1 PARTI GENERAL SECTION 08360 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division I General Requirements, apply to the work of this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY 1. The work of this Section includes upward -acting sectional doors. ' 2. Related Sections: Other specification sections which directly relate to the work of this Section include, but are not limited to, the following: '• 1. Section 05500 - Miscellaneous Metal; metal framing and supports. 2. Section 08712 — Door Hardware. 5. Section 09900 — Painting; field painting. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS I1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each type of sectional door. Include both published data and any specific data prepared for this project. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawing for approval prior to fabrication. Include detailed plans, elevations, details of framing members, required clearances, anchors, and accessories. Include relationship with adjacent materials. ' 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE I . Manufacturer: Sectional doors shall be manufactured by a firm with a minimum of five years experience in the fabrication and installation of sectional doors. Manufacturers proposed for use, which are not named in these specifications, shall submit evidence of ability to meet performance and fabrication requirements specified, and include a list of five projects of similar design and complexity completed within the past five years. 2. Installer: Installation of sectional doors shall be performed by the authorized representative of the manufacturer. 3. Single -Source Responsibility: Provide doors, tracks, motors, and accessories from IFY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Pl:#Z1,III one manufacturer for each type of door. Provide secondary components from source , acceptable to manufacturer of primary components. 4. Pre -Installation Conference: Schedule and convene a pre -installation conference just prior to commencement of field operations, to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent , work. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING , 1. Deliver materials and products in labeled protective packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage from weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER ' 1. Provide sectional doors by Overhead Door Corporation, Dallas, Texas; Telephone 800-887- 3667 or 214-233-6611; Fax 214-233-0367. A. Substitutions: Subject to compliance with requirements, one of the following may be , provided: 1. Windsor Door Company, Division of CECO. 2. Approved Equal. 2.02 INSULATED STEEL SECTIONAL DOORS A. Trade Reference: 418 Series Insulated Steel Doors by Overhead Door Corporation. B. Sectional Door Assembly: Insulated steel door assembly with rabbeted meeting rails to form weathertight joints and provide full -width interlocking structural rigidity. Units shall have the following characteristics: 1. Panel Thickness: 2" 2. Exterior Surface: Flush. 3. Steel: Minimum 16 gauge galvanized exterior, back cover 24 gauge steel. , 4. Center and End Stiles: 16 gauge. 5. Standard Springs; 10,000 cycles. (High cycles.) 6. Insulation: HCFC-free Polystyrene, R -value 7.35. (Isocyanurate, R -value 11.69.) 1 FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 08360-2 1 Li �4 B. Finish and Color: Factory -applied baked -on bronze polyester or epoxy coating. Interior/Exterior color shall be white. C. Windload Design: ANSUNAGDM 102 standards and as required by code. Not less than building wall design. ' D. Hardware: Galvanized steel hinges and fixtures. Ball bearing rollers with hardened steel races. E. Lock: Interior mounted slide lock. Five pin tumbler keyed lock. F. Weatherstripping: Flexible PVC on bottom section. Header seal and jamb weatherstripping. G. Track: Provide track as recommended by manufacturer to suit loading required and 1 clearances available. H. Manual operation with appropriate hardware. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 PREPARATION 1. Take field dimension and examine conditions of substrates, supports, and other conditions under which this work is to be performed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION ' 1. Strictly comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper clearances and allow for ' maintenance. 2. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper operating procedures and maintenance schedule. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING S1. Test sectional doors for proper operation and adjust as necessary to provide proper operation without binding or distortion. IFY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 08360-3 2. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes and repair minor damage. Clean exposed surfaces using non-abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material or product being cleaned. 13hi IZI1StiX[sfl [IWI L I I I I I lIA I I L I I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 08360-4 1 SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS PARTI GENERAL WORK INCLUDED 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 A. Extruded aluminum windows. B. Glass and glazing. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03120 - Pre -Engineered Structure. B. Section 04230 - Reinforced Concrete Masonry Units. C. Section 07900 - Sealant. D. Section 09900 - Painting. REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. B. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. C. ASTM B209 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. ASTM B221 - Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Triple panel window with interior projecting panel and single panel window. PERFORMANCE A. Window components to provide for expansion and contraction caused by a cycling temperature range of 130 degrees F. without causing detrimental effects to components. B. Design and size members to withstand dead loads and live loads caused by pressure and suction of wind as calculated in accordance with the 2000 IBC. FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 08520-1 C. Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or migrating moisture occurring within system, to exterior. D. Limit air infiltration through assembly to 0.06 cu. ft./min./sq. ft. of assembly surface area, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of 0.3 inches water gage. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and handle window units under provisions of Section 08100. B. Store and protect window units under provisions of Section 08100. C. Provide wrapping to protect prefinished aluminum surfaces. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 EXTERIOR WINDOW A. Material: 1. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 alloy. 2. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209; alloy. 3. Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch. B. Dimensions: 2 inch jamb section. Refer to Drawings. C. Type: role t4 FI A tt D. Glass and Glazing Materials: Insulated double pane, tinted, tempered, minimum thickness 1 inch . E. Manufacturer: Winco, St. Louis, MO, Model 950 or equal. 2.2 INTERIOR VIEW WINDOWS A. Material: 1. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 alloy. 2. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209; alloy. 3. Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch. B. Dimension: Refer to schedule on Drawings. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 08520-2 [] IC. Type: Fixed. • D. Interior View Windows Glass and Glazing: • 1. Laminated Glass: a. Provide laminated safety glass, clear as shown on the Drawings, ' consisting of an inner face and outer face of float glass laminated under heat and pressure to a clear plastic core. I. b. 1/4 inch thickness maximum. E. Manufacturer: Winco, or equal. ' 2.3 FABRICATION IA. Fabricate windows allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation. ' B. Rigidly fit and weld joints and corners. Accurately fit and secure corners tight. Seal comer joints with sealant. C. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items. 2.4 FINISHES A. Exterior exposed aluminum surface: , todiad atoll painted: color white. B. Interior Exposed Aluminum Surfaces: Anodized. — C. Concealed Steel Items: I Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123 to 2.0 oz/sq 1 ft. D. Refer to Section 09900 - painting to surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION ' A. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. C. Consult with Engineer for positioning of window in wall. ' 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install window frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar Section 08520-3 I I B. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame to structure. 3.3 C. Align window frame plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. D. Coordinate attachment and seal of air and vapor barrier materials. Install under sill flashings. E. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. F. Install perimeter type sealant, backing materials, and installation requirements in accordance with Section 07900. G. Adjust operable hardware for smooth operation and tight fit of sash. CLEANING A. Remove protective material from prefinished aluminum surfaces. B. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from comers. Wipe surfaces clean. C. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. END OF SECTION FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar I I 11 I I I I I I I I I Section 08520-4 1 I I SECTION 08712 1 1 PART 1. GENERAL DOOR HARDWARE I.I SUMMARY A. Provide door hardware, for personnel doors. ' B. Like items of equipment provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer to achieve standardization for appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's service. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08100- Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS IA. American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018. 1. ANSI A156.1 - Butts and Hinges. 2. ANSI A 156.2 - Bored and Preassembled Locks and Latches. B. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, 60 East 42nd Street, Room 51 I, New York, New York 10165. 1 1.4 MANUFACTURERSSERVICES A. A manufacturer's representative for the materials specified herein shall be present at the jobsite for assistance during installation, inspection, functional testing, and adjustment. 1.5 SUBMITTALS IA. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01300. B. Schedule: I. Submit complete schedule of finish hardware required for the Engineer's review. 2. Schedule shall be completely detailed, showing all items, numbers, and finishes for all hardware for each separate opening. Include OhandingO chart on all doors based on Drawings. 3. Corrections or changes necessary in the schedule to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be made promptly. ' 4. Review of schedule shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 08712- 1 U C. Manufacturer's Literature: 1. Submit manufacturers' literature for each item of finish hardware required for , Engineer's review. 2. Manufacturers' literature to be plainly marked for each proposed item; indiscriminate submittal of unmarked literature will not be accepted. I 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Provide a room under lock and key to store finish hardware until installation is made, and be responsible for loss and pilferage. B. Each item of hardware shall be marked as to description and location of installation. C. Exposed surfaces of hardware shall be covered and well protected during installation and , until building is accepted by Owner to avoid damage to finishes and functions. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS , A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. B. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. 2.2 MATERIALS I A. Provide finish hardware with suitable fastening for complete working systems. Items not specifically mentioned but necessary to complete the work shall be furnished, matching in quality and finish the items specified for similar locations. 2.3 FASTENERS , A. Fasteners for hardware specified shall be stainless steel. 2.4 ANTI -FRICTION BEARING HINGES A. McKinney Manufacturing Company; Stanley Works; Lawrence Brothers, or equal, conforming to ANSI A8112, Grade 2. B. Minimum Height of Hinge: 4 -1/2 -inch for door width up to 3 feet. I C. Width of Hinges: 4 -1/21 -inch Minimum which will provide clearance of trim. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 08712-2 1 D. Exterior Hinges: Non -removable pin. E. Hinge Leaves: Parallel and joint tolerance with a 0.134 inch maximum, gauged in closed position. 2.5 OTHER HINGE TYPES A. Use manufacturer's recommended standard. 2.6 KEYING A. Key doors alike. B. Furnish 2 keys for each door lock. C. Key doors to building master key. D. See Door Schedule on Drawings for doors and locations. 2.7 THRESHOLDS A. Pemko Manufacturing Co.; Reese Enterprises, Inc.; or equal. B. One-piece full width of opening. Extend beyond jamb where indicated. C. Provide with stainless steel machine screws in threaded expansion anchors at concrete. D. Mill finish, unless indicated otherwise. E. Threshold furnished by door manufacturer. 2.8 WEATHERSTRIP A. Pemko Manufacturing Co.; Reese Enterprises, Inc.; or equal. B. Weatherstripping furnished by door manufacturer. 2.9 KICKPLATES A. Not Used. 2.10 STRIKES A. Provide manufacturer of hardware standard strike for each door. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 08712-3 I 2.11 CONSTRUCTION KEY SYSTEM A. Permanent cylinders with construction inserts shall be assembled into and shipped with locksets. B. Pack change keys in separately identified envelopes and shipped as directed. C. Construction keys shall be placed in cartons marked "packing list." - ' D. Construction insert extractor keys, master keys, and grand master keys shall be shipped ' by registered mail as directed by the Engineer. E. On completion of the job, the Owner's representative will collect construction keys, remove the construction inserts from the lock cylinders, and distribute the lock change keys as directed. 2.12 SPECIAL TOOLS ' A. Provide two sets of special tools for installation and maintenance of hardware. B. Delivered to Owner upon completion of work, tools for maintenance and adjustment. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT A. A representative of the Hardware Supplier shall be available during the construction period, if necessary, to instruct the Contractor on the proper method of installation and adjustment of the Supplier's products. B. The representative shall inspect and adjust the hardware items at completion of the work and supply proper maintenance manuals to the Owner. C. After installation, adjust hardware for smooth, noise -free operation. ' D. Replace any damaged items. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's instructions for installation of finish hardware. 1. Make work neat and secure, developing full strength of components and providing proper function. 2. Prevent marring, scratching, or otherwise damaging adjacent finishes during the installation of hardware. I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 08712-4 , 1 ' B. Do fitting, dismantling, and reinstalling of finish hardware required for finish painting work. 1. Use strippable coating, removable tape, and other means to protect and prevent staining of hardware during construction. 2. Protective measures shall be removed and permanent lock cylinders installed prior to final cleaning. C. Latch bolts shall be installed to engage in strikes automatically, whether activated by ' closers or manually. In no case shall additional manual pressure be required to engage latch bolt in strike. 1 3.3 I fl I I I I I I L I I I MOUNTING DIMENSIONS A. Use standard door hardware locations recommended and published by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as noted or detailed otherwise. END OF SECTION FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 08712-5 HARDWARE SCHEDULE (BUILDING OR LOCATION) Surface Closer Modem Type with Cover 1-3/4" Corbin Russwin, DC 3000 Series All Doors Pull Plate with Handle Chrome, Finish BHMA 626 Push Plate, Chrome, Finish BHMA 626 Overhead Door Stops/Holders, ANSI A156.8 and BHMA 311, Aluminum Rubber Foot Stop, Chrome, Finish 26D Panic Exit Device, Satin S.S. Finish 13 NMA 630 Corbin Russwin, CL3300 Series Exterior Doors Corbin Russwin, CL3320 Series Rixon-Firemark, No. 9-321 Rockwood, No 409 Interior of Doors for Exterior Doors & Interior Doors Exterior Doors Interior and Exterior Doors Corbin Russwin, ED 5200 Series Exterior Doors FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 08712-6 I I SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS IPART 1. GENERAL I I [H E I I I I I I I B. Suspension Members: Intermediate or heavy duty type of sufficient strength and ' rigidity to carry acoustical ceiling units in true and level plane without exceeding 1/32 inch deflection in any 2 feet of their spans. C. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate suspension system components from cold -rolled sheet steel conforming to ASTM A366. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 09510-1- 1.1 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install suspended ceiling system for the office and restroom areas. 1.2 RELATED SECTION Not Used. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM C635, "Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings." 2. ASTM C636, "Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panels." 3. ASTM E84, "Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials." B. Federal Specifications SS -S -I 18B. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect suspended acoustical ceiling materials before, during, and after installation. Protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. In the event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary and at the Contractor's expense. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Provide standard 15/16 inch wide, steel, exposed grid for lay -in type acoustical tiles. I 2. Protect from rust and corrosion with electrogalvanized coating or approved equal. D. Finish for Exposed Members: 1. Factory applied, white, low -gloss, baked enamel finish. 2. Suspend main suspension system runners from overhead construction members with not less than 12 gage galvanized steel wire conforming to Federal Specification QQ-W-461. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING BOARDS A. Provide Omni 345 acoustical ceiling boards or an approved equal with a smooth , finish, 24 inches by 48 inches in size. Acoustical ceiling boards shall be rated non- combustible under the Flame Spread Index of Federal Specifications SS-S-I18B. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Provide materials not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of the suspended acoustical ceiling system. Accessories shall be approved by the Engineer. PART 3. EXECUTION ' 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Examine surfaces and conditions affecting proper installation of acoustical materials. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Do not start acoustical ceiling work until exterior openings are enclosed. C. Wet work including concrete and masonry shall be completed and completely cured 1 prior to starting work. D. Do not install acoustical materials unless uniform temperature in spaces where acoustical tile work is performed is at least 60 degrees F. during and after installation. I I I LJ FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 09510-2- 3.2 NON -RATED INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical ceilings, complete, including component parts necessary to suspend systems from structure. B. Install suspension systems to permit border units of greatest possible size where not full size. C. Clean soiled and discolored surfaces. Remove and replace units damaged or improperly installed. END OF SECTION FY0321 13 U of A Corporate Hangar 09510-3- I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART1. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Prepare surfaces and furnish and apply paint and protective coatings. B. Paint new exposed ferrous surfaces, whether specifically mentioned or not, except as modified herein. C. All new unpainted surfaces shall be painted. 1.2 ABBREVIATIONS ANSI American National Standards Institute AWWA American Water Works Association FRP Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic HCI Hydrochloric Acid MDFT Minimum Dry Film Thickness MDFTPC Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat mil Thousandths of an Inch MIL -P Military Specification - Paint OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act PSDS Paint System Data Sheet SFPG Square Feet Per Gallon SFPGPC Square Feet Per Gallon Per Coat SP Surface Preparation SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS Not Used. 1.4 REFERENCES A. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). 1.5 SURFACES NOT REQUIRING PAINTING A. Unless specified or shown on the Drawings, the following areas or items will not require painting: FY0321 IS U of A Corporate Hangar I 1. Nonferrous and corrosion -resistant ferrous alloys such as cooper, bronze, monel, , aluminum, chromium plate, weathering steel, and stainless steel except where a. Required for electrical insulation between dissimilar metals. b. Aluminum and stainless steel is embedded in concrete or masonry, or aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry. c. Color coding of equipment and piping is required. d. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) equipment with an integral colored gel coat does not require painting, provided the color is as specified. 2. Prefinished electrical and architectural items such as motor control- centers, switchboards, switchgear, panelboards, transformers, disconnect switches, etc. 3. Items specified to be galvanized after fabrication unless specifically required elsewhere in these Specifications or subject to immersion. 1.6 SUBMITTALS I A. Provide the following in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Obtain from each paint manufacturer for submittal to Engineer: a. Paint System Data Sheet (PSDS) for each paint system used. b. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each product used in the paint system. c. Technical Data Sheets for each product used in the paint system. 2. Submit the required information on a system -by -system basis. 3. Provide copies of the paint system submittals to the coating applicator. 4. A sample PSDS form is appended at the end of this Section. B. Submit samples of colors to permit the Owner to make color selections at a Color ' Selection Conference. 1.7 COLOR SELECTION CONFERENCE ' A. Prepare color samples for each item to be painted properly labeled with the same identification as specified on the Drawings. Provide additional samples displaying full color selection available for each item on the Chart by each manufacturer listed for use during the Conference. B. Samples for the above referenced Chart and Conference are designated as manufacturers' actual product and color chips; photographs and color reproductions in brochures are not acceptable. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Engineer or Owner shall approve colors and application process prior to starting , Work of this Section. B. Representative of the paint manufacturer, familiar with the products specified shall be available to visit the jobsite at initial starting of coating work and at intervals during surface preparation and painting required for product application quality assurance, to determine compliance with manufacturer's instructions and these Specifications, and FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 09900-2 to resolve necessary field problems attributable to, or associated with, manufacturer's ' products furnished under this Contract. C. Inform Engineer or Owner a minimum of 3 days in advance of the start of surface ' preparation work or coating application work. Work shall be performed only in the presence of Engineer, unless Engineer has granted prior approval to perform work in his absence. ' D. Inspection by Engineer, or waiver of inspection of any particular portion of the Work, shall not be construed to relieve Contractor of his responsibility to perform the Work ' in accordance with these Specifications. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver new materials to the Project site in unopened containers that show, time of use, designated name, date of manufacture, color, and name of manufacturer. ' B. Store paints in a protected area that is heated or cooled to maintain temperatures within the range recommended by paint manufacturer. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Warrant to Owner and guarantee Work under this Section against defective workmanship and materials for a period of 2 years commencing on the date of final acceptance of the Work. ' PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ' A. Products specified are manufactured by Tnemec Company, Inc., Kansas City, Missouri, and Sherwin Williams. B. Products for each specified function and system shall be of a single manufacturer. 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS A. Refer to Painting Schedule at the end of this Section. 2.3 COLOR SELECTION A. Colors shall be formulated with colorants free of lead, lead compounds, or other materials that might be affected by the presence of hydrogen sulfide or other gas likely to be present at the Project. B. The Owner shall make color selections. ' FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 09900-3 I 2.4 EQUIPMENT COLORS Not Used , PART 3. EXECUTION ' 3.1 GENERAL , B. Materials of a paint system, including primer and finish coats, shall be produced by the same paint manufacturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, and other additives shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer of the particular coating. 3.2 INTENT , B. Leave surfaces of work in such a condition that only minor cleaning and sanding is required prior to surface preparation and painting. C. Inspect and provide substrate surfaces that are prepared in accordance with these Specifications and the printed directions and recommendations of the paint manufacturer whose product is to be applied. 3.3 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS NOT TO BE PAINTED A. Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switchplates, aluminum surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not intended to be painted. B. Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent ' surfaces. C. Protect working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during ' surface preparation and painting process. 3.4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Paint shall not be applied in temperatures beyond the manufacturer's recommended maximum and minimum allowable, nor in dust, smoke -laden atmosphere, damp or humid weather. B. Abrasive blast cleaning shall not be performed whenever the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent and when surface temperature is less than 5 degrees F above the ' dew point of the ambient air. 3.5 SAFETY A. Painting shall be performed in strict accordance with the safety recommendations of the paint manufacturer; with the safety recommendations of the National Association FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 09900-4 1 L LI I of Corrosion Engineers contained in the publication, Manual for Painter Safety; Federal, state, and local agencies having jurisdiction. 3.6 PAINT MIXING A. Multiple -component coatings shall be prepared using contents of the container for each component as packaged by the paint manufacturer. IB. No partial batches permitted. I C. Multiple -component coatings that have been mixed shall not be used beyond their pot life. ' D. Provide small quantity kits for touch-up painting and for painting other small areas. I I I I E. Only the components specified and provided by the paint manufacturer shall be mixed. F. No intermixing of additional components permitted. G. Keep materials sealed when not in use. H. Where more than one coat of a material is applied within a given system, color will be alternated to provide a visual reference that the required number of coats has been applied. 3.7 PREPARATION OF SURFACES - METAL IA. No surface preparation blasting will be permitted prior to submission of samples. I I [] II [1 I B. Workmanship for metal surface preparation as specified shall be in strict conformance with the current Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Specifications as follows: I. Solvent Cleaning: SP 1 2. Hand Tool Cleaning: SP 2 3. Power Tool Cleaning: SP 3 4. White Metal Blast Cleaning: SP 5 5. Commercial Blast Cleaning: SP 6 6. Brushoff Blast Cleaning: SP 7 7. Pickling: SP 8 8. Near -White Blast Cleaning: SP 10 C. Wherever the words "solvent cleaning," "hand tool cleaning," "wire brushing," or "blast cleaning," or similar words of equal intent are used in these Specifications or in paint manufacturer's specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC Specifications listed above. D. Hand -tool clean areas that cannot be cleaned by power tool cleaning. FY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 09900-5 [1 E. Shop Primed Surfaces: All steel structures including the siding, roofing and structural , markers shall be prepared for priming as follows: 1. Structural members shall be prepared by near white blast cleaning SP 10. 3.8 PRE -BLAST CLEANING REQUIREMENTS A. Oil, grease, welding fluxes, and other surface contaminants shall be removed prior to blast cleaning. B. Pre -blast cleaning methods shall use steam, open flame, hot water, or cold water with appropriate detergent additives followed with clean water rinsing. C. Small isolated areas shall be cleaned as above or solvent cleaned with suitable solvents and clean cloths. D. Sharp edges shall be rounded or chamfered and burrs, jagged edges, and surface defects shall be ground smooth. E. Welds and adjacent areas shall be prepared so that there is: 1. No undercutting or reverse ridges on the weld bead. 2. No weld spatter on or adjacent to the weld or any other area to be painted. 3. No sharp peaks or ridges along the weld bead. 4. Embedded pieces of electrode or wire shall be ground flush with the adjacent surface of the weld bead. 3.9 BLAST CLEANING REQUIREMENTS A. The type of equipment and speed of travel shall be such that the specified degree of ' cleanliness is obtained. B. The type and size of abrasive shall be selected to produce a surface profile that meets the coating manufacturer's recommendations for the particular primer to be used. C. Only dry blast cleaning methods will be permitted. ' D. The abrasive shall not be reused. E. Comply with the applicable federal, state, and local air pollution control regulations for blast cleaning. ' 3.10 POST -BLAST CLEANING AND OTHER CLEANING REQUIREMENTS A. Surfaces shall be cleaned of dust and residual particles caused by the cleaning ' operations by dry (no oil or water vapor) air blast cleaning or other method prior to painting. ' FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 09900-6 , I I B. Enclosed areas and other areas where dust settling is a problem shall be vacuum cleaned and wiped with a tack cloth. IC. Surfaces shall be coated within 6 hours after they are blasted. D. Surfaces that have started to rust before they are painted shall be re -blasted. ' 3.11 SOLVENT CLEANING I I H I I I I I I I I I A. Solvent cleaning shall consist of removal of foreign matter such as oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and other surface contaminants by the use of solvents, emulsions, cleaning compounds, steam cleaning, or similar materials and methods that involve a solvent or cleaning action. This method conforms with Steel Structures Painting Council SP 1. 3.12 APPLICATION OF PAINT - GENERAL A. Furnish to the Engineer prior to application, manufacturer's written instructions for applying each type of paint or protective coating. I. Cleaned surfaces and coats shall be inspected prior to the succeeding coat. 2. Schedule inspections with the Engineer in advance. 3. Apply coatings in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's recommendations, as reviewed by the Engineer. 4. Allow sufficient time between coats to assure thorough drying of previously applied paint. 5. Paint new units that are to be bolted together and to structures prior to assembly or installation. 3.13 SHOP PRIMED SURFACES A. Shop primed items shall be inspected at the jobsitc for compliance with these Specifications. I. Schedule inspections with Engineer in advance. 2. Areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded primer shall be hand or power sanded feathering the edges. 3. Areas shall then be spot primed with the specified primer. B. Where application of finish coat is required, shop primed surfaces shall be cleaned free of dirt, oil, and grease, and a mist coat, 3.0 mil dry film thickness, of the specified primer applied, complete. C. Holdback areas for welding shall be prepared and primed, after welding, as required for the specified paint system. D. Application of primer shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. I ' • FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 09900-7 3.14 MANUFACTURER APPLIED PAINT SYSTEMS A. Abraded areas on factory finished items: Repair in strict accordance with the , equipment manufacturer's directions. B. Repaired areas shall be carefully blended into the original finish. 3.15 FILM THICKNESS A. Coverage is listed as either total minimum dry film thickness in mils (MDFT) or the spreading rate in square feet per gallon (SFPG). Per coat determinations are listed as MDFTPC or SFPGPC. The number of coats is the minimum required irrespective of the coating thickness. 1. Additional coats may be required to obtain the minimum required paint thickness, depending on method of application, and atmospheric conditions. 2. Maximum film build per coat shall not exceed the coating manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Perform electrical inspection and film thickness measurements on coated surfaces with properly calibrated instruments. 4. Recoat and repair as necessary for compliance with the Specifications. 5. Coatings will be subject to inspection by Engineer and coating manufacturer's representative. 6. Particular attention shall be given edges, angles, flanges, where insufficient film thicknesses are likely to be present, ensure proper millage in these areas. 7. After repaired and recoated areas have dried sufficiently, final tests will be conducted by the Engineer. 8. Coating thickness specified in mils will be measured with a magnetic type dry film thickness gage; Mikrotest, supplied by Nordson Corporation, Anaheim, CA. 9. Finish coat (expect zinc primer and galvanizing) will be tested for holidays and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector, low voltage, wet sponge type; Model M-1, manufactured by Tinker and Rasor, San Gabriel, CA. 10. Each coat will be checked for the correct millage. 11. No measurement will be made under a minimum of 8 hours after application of coating. 3.16 GYPSUM BOARD - SURFACE PREPARATION Not used. 3.17 POROUS SURFACES A. Porous surfaces may have the prime coat thinned to provide maximum penetration , and adhesion. 1. Type and amount of thinning shall be determined by the paint manufacturer and ' is dependent upon the surface density and type of coating. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 09900-8 I 2. Porous surfaces specified to receive a water base coating shall be dry, with not ' more than 12 to 15 percent moisture, just prior to application of the coating. 3.18 DAMAGED COATINGS A. Damaged coatings, pinholes, and holidays shall have the edges feathered and repaired in accordance with the recommendations of the paint manufacturer, as reviewed by ' the Engineer. 1. Repair of fusion bonded coatings to be as recommended by the original applicator. 2. Liquid repair kits to be provided for this purpose by the applicator, as recommended by the coating manufacturer. B. Finish coats, including touch-ups, and damage -repair coats shall be applied in a manner which will present a uniform texture and color -matched appearance. ' 3.19 UNSATISFACTORY APPLICATION I I I I I I A. Coatings found to have improper finish color, or insufficient film thickness, the surface shall be cleaned and topcoated with the specified paint material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Specific surface preparation information to be secured from the coating manufacturer and the Engineer. B. Visible areas of chipped. peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power -sanded feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed and finish coated in accordance with the Specifications. Depending on the extent of repair and its appearance, a finish sanding and topcoat may be required by the Engineer. C. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. Evidence of these conditions shall he cause for rejection. D. Defect in the coating system shall be repaired per written recommendations of the coating manufacturer. E. Leave staging up until the Engineer has inspected the surface or coating. Staging removed prior to approval by Engineer shall be replaced. I 3.20 SHIPPING A. Protect precoated items shipped to the jobsite from damage. IB. Coated items shall be battened to prevent abrasion. C. Use nonmetallic or padded slings and straps in handling. FY0321 I S U of A Corporate Hangar 09900 - 9 I D. Items will be rejected for excessive damage, in the opinion of the Engineer. 3.21 CLEANUP A. Cloths and waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed metal , containers or destroyed at the end of each day. B. Upon completion of the Work, staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed , from the site or destroyed in a legal manner. C. Paint spots, oil, or stains upon adjacent surfaces and floors shall be completely ' removed, and the entire job left clean. 3.22 APPLICATION SCHEDULE ' A. Unless otherwise indicated in the Specifications or on the Drawings, Work shall be painted or coated in accordance with the following application schedule. B. In the event of discrepancies or omissions in the following, request clarification from the Engineer before starting the work in question. C. Surfaces which have been factory prepared and primed need only have finish coats field applied, unless primer coating is damaged. Coatings manufacturer shall provide appropriate solvent coatings as required for adhesion of finish coats. D. Aluminum and Dissimilar Metal Insulation: This system shall be used where specified and on the following items or areas: 1. Aluminum in contact with concrete and masonry. 2. Contacting dissimilar metals. 3.23 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Provide the equal of the specified paint system for the various items. The paint ' specified is manufactured by Sherwin Williams. B. All structural members and steel exposed to view shall have one coat metal primer ' at 2.0 mets and two coats of metalatex semi -gloss enamel at 1.5 mets DFT/coat minimum. C. Structural members and steel not exposed furnished with shop primer and shall have touch up coats where damaged. , 3.24 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Provide the equal of the specified paint system for exterior painting. The paint specified is manufactured by Sherwin Williams. FY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 09900- 10 B. Door frames and other exposed ferrous metal shall receive one coat shop primer, one coat Kromik Metal Primer at 2 mils DFT/coat minimum, and two coats of metalatex Semi -gloss enamel at 1.5 mils DFT/coat minimum. END OF SECTION FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 09900 • II AREA NUMBER AND COLOR MANUFACTURER NO. OF COATS Interior Walls: Block Masonry Walls Primer Manufacturer's Recommendation Sherwin Williams 1 Coat Top Coat Promar 200 - Latex Sherwin Williams 2 Coats Semi -Gloss Chenille White No. SWI102 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames, Rolling Service Door: Primer Shop Primed with non -corrosive rust inhibitors I Coat Top Coat SuperPaint - Satin Finish Sherwin Williams 2 Coats Shipyard Gray No. SW2139 Interior side of Hollow Metal Doors SuperPaint - Satin Finish Sherwin Williams 2 Coats Frames Coco No. S W 1048 Metal Building Wall Panels Supplied by Metal Building Manufacturer Primer Manufacturer's Recommendation Finish coat(s) Kynar-500 System (color - white) Metal Building Steel Structure Primary and Secondary Members Primer Manufacturer's Recommendation touch up as required. ' PAINT SYSTEM DATA SHEET Attach Technical Data Sheet (if applicable) to this sheet for each paint system submittal. Paint System Number (from Spec.) 1 Paint System Title (from Spec.) Coatings Supplier Representative Surface Preparation Paint Material Product Name/Number Min. Coats Generic (Proprietary) Coverage 1 1 1 1 1 COLOR SELECTION CHART Item I . Concrete Masonry Units for Interior Walls 2. Handrails 3. Finish Hardware 4. Roof and Wall Panels, Metal Building 5. Acoustical Ceiling Panel System 6. Sealants a. Vertical joints in concrete/CMU b. Horizontal joints in concrete c. Special applications d. Exterior metal door frames and louver frames e. Interior metal door frames f. High temperature piping g. Sanitary applications h. Millwork application 7. Commercial Portland Cement Grout 3. Paints and Coatings a. Handrails 9. Louvers. Vents, and Dampers *All Colors to be selected by the Owner at the time of submittals. *Color SECTION 10800 i; o.WUZiIsPuuL•IK 1.[']2L*] PART 1. GENERAL I.1 SUMMARY A. Provide restroom accessories where indicated on Drawings, as specified, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 RELATED SECTION Not Used. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store restroom accessories in the containers they are shipped in until accessories arc ready for installation. After installation protect accessories for being damaged. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 LAVATORY ACCESSORIES A. Provide products manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment Company, or equal approved in advance by the Engineer, in the types and locations shown on Drawings and as specified in this Section. B. Refer to the Drawings for product model number and location. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation. Materials shall he approved by Engineer prior to installation. FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 10800- 1 PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do. not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INTALLATION A. Coordinate work of this Section with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. B. Install each item in its proper location, firmly anchored into position, level and plumb, and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 1 I. 1 1 1 1 1 FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 10800-2 SECTION 13121 PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDING PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Design and construct the complete pre-engineered Metal Hangar Building 80 feet by 124 feet (nominal), including anchors, steel frame doors, including all enclosure accessories, fasteners, flashing and insulation. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. B. Section 07210 - Building insulation. C. Section 08360 - Sectional Overhead Doors. D. Section 13130 - Sliding Hangar Door. E. Division 16- Electrical. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Aluminum Association, 818 Connecticut Avenue North West, Washington, D.C. 20006. 1. Aluminum Construction Manual. B. American Institute of Steel Construction, 400 North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60611. 1. AISC Steel Construction Manual. C. American Iron and Steel Institute, 1000 16th Street North West, Washington, D.C. 20036. 1. AISI Cold -Formed Steel Design Manual. 2. AISI Light Gage Steel Design Manual. D. American Welding Society, 550 North West LeJeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126. 1. AWS Structural Welding Code D1.1. 2. Code for Arc and Gas Welding. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 13121 - I E. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1961 Race Street, Philadelphia, I Pennsylvania 19103. 1. ASTM D659 - Method for Evaluating Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paints. 2. ASTM D1494 - Test Method for Diffuse Light Transmission Factor of Reinforced Plastics Panels. 3. ASTM D2244 - Methods for Calculation of Color Differences from Instrumentally I Measured Color Coordinates. F. Metal Building Manufacturers Association, 1230 Keith Building, Cleveland; Ohio 44115. 1. MBMA Recommended Design Practices Manual. G. American Iron and Steel Institute. 1. Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members. ' 2. Design of Light Gage Steel Diaphragms. H. Southern Standard Building Code, latest edition. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The Pre -Engineered Hangar shall be designed and constructed to the details on the t plans. Design loads shall not be less than those set forth in the latest edition of the standard building code for Seismic Zone 1. Combination of Loads: Combining of I normal loads and auxiliary loads for design purposes shall be as prescribed and recommended by the MBMA Design Practices Manual, latest edition. B. Furnish and erect the complete pre-engineered metal hangar including anchor bolts; steel frames; purlins; wall girts; eave girts; exterior and interior wall panels; roof panels; and all miscellaneous framing, trim, fittings, fastening, sealants, glazing and other components to make the steel shell structure conform to these specifications and the contact drawings. C. The hangars shall be the design of a manufacturer who is regularly engaged in the fabrication of aircraft hangar buildings and hangar doors. The hangar buildings shall• be the equal of that manufactured by Varco-Pruden or an approved equal. All materials shall be used, providing components, accessories and the complete structure conform to architectural design appearance shown and to the specified requirements. D. In the event Contractor wishes to submit an alternate building manufacturer for consideration by the Engineer/Owner, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer/Owner, within 10 days after bids are accepted, a complete technical proposal based on the alternate system. I FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 13121-2 1 I 1.5 DESIGN A. GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 1. The hangar shall be a manufacturer's standard steel frame, pre -fabricated metal structure of the area shown. Overall dimensions may vary to suit manufacturer's standard design. Critical clearances and dimensions, indicated on the drawings shall be provided. 2. A complete design analysis showing all calculations for the steel frames, g irts, purlins, and x -bracing for wind and seismic loads and a layout of anchor bolts and other embedded items shall be submitted for approval with the shop drawings. Shop drawings shall include details of all main members, typical connections (showing 1i bolt holes and welds), and erection drawings. 3. The building shall be designed to support all mechanical equipment including heaters, exhaust systems, and all other such devices. Additional girls or purlins shall be placed in convenient locations for attachment of all mechanical equipment. I 11 El I 4. Combination design loads conditions shall be as required by 2000 International. 5. Unless cross bracing is used to take lateral loads, load tests on metal panel walls and roof must be submitted where these are used as a diaphragm. 6. The hangar may be rigid frame and must be clear span with clearances as indicated by the Drawings. 7. For welded connections, comply with AWS 'Structural Welding Code. Welders shall be certified. 8. The steel frame must be designed to accommodate the loads exerted by the large sliding door, including the wind struts for the track bracket. IB. Design Loads: Basic design loads as well as deflection limits are as follows: I fl Li I 1. Design Loads Dead Load of Building (D) Compute for actual building components used Dead Load allowance for electrical loads (D) Roof Live Load (R) Wind Load (horizontal) (W) FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 5 lbs./sq. ft. 20 lbs/sq.ft. (no reduction permitted) Zb42 r%Ft In conformance with -Standard Building Code Current Edition, Basic Wind Speed $0 mph (exposure -C —)r '2U r 3 Second 7u51) l 13121-3 Seismic (EQ) Seismic Performance Cat. B7 Snow Load(s) 20 lbs./sq. ft. _Ea re-SprinklerSystem-LoadrPersupplte`r's recommen — ons- 2. Deflection Limits (under total load) Roof sheets and A siding sheets U180 Roof and wall ' framing other than sheets U180 Sidesway at top of sidewall L/180 or 2" whichever is less C. Member Design: Design each member to withstand stresses resulting from combinations of loads that produce maximum ratio of actual allowable stress in that member, as prescribed in Standard Building Code. No reduction in roof live load is permitted. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall submit with bid name and company resume of the builder intended to be used for construction of pre-engineered hangar building. Include with the resume some examples of recent past work, which closely typifies the work proposed under this Section. B. Submit 3 copies of shop drawings and product data in conformance with MBMA Code of Standard Practice. 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members, connections, attachments, openings, fasteners, and loads; wall and roof system dimensions; panel layout; general details; anchorages and method of anchorage; anchor bolt setting plan; complete framing plan; method of assembly of component parts; and methods of installation. 2. Include the following: a. Certification from steel building manufacturer that building proposed will be furnished to meet required design load criteria and that structural design is in strict accordance with that prescribed by the MBMA Design Practices Manual, latest edition, AISC Manual, AISI Cold -formed Steel Design Manual. b. Specimen copy of Manufacturer's Roof Guarantee, which clearly states the conditions under which guarantee is valid. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 13121-4 , 1 c. Specimen copy of Manufacturer's Exterior Color Finish Guarantee, which clearly states the conditions under which guarantee is valid. 3. Prepare Drawings under seal of a professional Engineer registered in the State of Arkansas. C. Submit calculated column loads for each reactor point to the foundation. Submit it fifteen days prior to fabrication. D. Submit complete structural analysis to Owner and Engineer upon request. E. Submit "Hot Box" test data on roof and wall insulation, which certifies that insulation meets or exceeds specified U -values. Color shall be chosen by the Owner. l 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do not begin fabrication of materials until shop drawings have been approved by Engineer. B. Deliver and store fabricated material to avoid damage. Material shall not be stored on the ground. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Guarantees: 1. Durability of roof panels due to rupture, structural failure, or perforation shall be guaranteed for a period of 20 years. I. 2. Exterior color finish shall be guaranteed for a period of 20 years against blistering, peeling, cracking, flaking, checking, and chipping and against excessive color change and chalking. 3. This warranty shall be in addition to warranty under the Contract documents for the Contractor. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Varco-Pruden, or equal. B. Sliding Doors by Norco Industrial Doors, Cranksville, Wisconsin 53126 (262) 835- 2600. I 1 - FY0321 l8 U of A Corporate Hangar 13121 - 5 I 2.2 MATERIALS I A. Hot rolled shapes: ASTM A-36 or AS72; Cold rolled shapes: ASTM A 446, Grade 50; Plate on Bar Stock: 42,000 psi minimum yield. Strength ASTM A 529, A 570 or A 572; Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade C. B. Galvanized steel sheets: ASTM A 446, with G90 coating. 2.3 FOOTINGS AND REINFORCEMENT j A. Refer to Section 03300 for concrete requirements. B. Concrete shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength per Section 03300. Steel reinforcement shall have a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi. C. Non -shrink grout shall be used to fill voids between footings and columns. 2.4 STRUCTURAL FRAMING COMPONENTS A. The steel frames shall be hot rolled structural steel shapes or tubing (ASTM A 36 or A 572) and shall be designed as pinned base. The main structural steel frames maybe of post and beam or rigid frame, factory welded and shop painted. The frame shall be furnished complete with attached plates, bearing plates, and splice members and factory drilled for bolted field assembly. B. End Wall Framing: May be post and beam or rigid frame at Contractor's option, unless shown otherwise on drawings. C. The End Wall Columns shall be hot rolled structural shapes or tubing and shop painted. D. The Cross Bracing shall be adjustable, threaded steel rods, 1/2" diameter minimum; ASTM A 36 or A 572, Grade D. E. All purlins, eave struts, wall girts, flange and sag bracing and be ASTM A 607, 1 Grade 50 minimum 16 gage rolled formed sections and shop painted. F. All base channel, sill angle, end wall structural members (except columns and beams), purlin spacers; minimum 14 gage cold formed steel, galvanized. (ASTM A 607, Grade 50.) G. All bolts shall be ASTM A 325 as necessary for design loads and connection details and be shop painted, except provide zinc plated units when in direct contact with panels. H. All anchor bolts shall be A 307, Grade C zinc plated. j, FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 13121-6 ' I 1 2.5 ROOFING AND SIDING A. The roofing (standing seam) and siding sheets provided shall be formed to general profile or configuration as indicated. Provide flashings, closers, fillers, metal expansions joints, ridge covers, fascias, soffits and other sheet metal accessories, factory formed of same materials and finish as roofing and siding. B. The wall siding sheets shall be 26 Ga. galvalume coating conforming to ASTM specification A446 with a Kynar-500 system. Panel configuration shall be 1-1/8" 1 min. major ribs 12" on center and shall be furnished full height. 1. Exterior trim pieces shall be provided in manufacturer's standard configuration and attachment. Trim finish shall conform to siding finish. 2. Interior liner panels, 26 ga., shall be provided to heights called out on Drawings. 3. Fasteners to be self -drilling sheet metal screws finished to match siding and shall have bonded sealing washers. 4. Finish colors shall be selected by the Owner for siding, trim and fasteners. ii. C. The roof sheets shall be 24 Ga. "standing seam" galvalume coating conforming to ASTM specification A-792. Panel coverage shall be a maximum of36 inches. A pre- formed ridge cap shall be provided. I. Galvalume coating shall be provided by Bethlehem Steel Corporation, Bethlehem, ' PA 18016. 2. Furnish written twenty-year (20) warranty on material life and weather tightness. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. The flexible closure strips shall be closed -cell, expanded cellular rubber, self - extinguishing, cut or premolded to match corrugation configuration of roofing and • siding sheets. Provide where indicated and necessary to ensure weathertight construction. B. The sealing tape shall be 100% solids, pressure sensitive grey polyisobutylene compound tape with release paper backing. Not less than 1/2" wide and 1/8" thick, non -sag, non-toxic, non -staining and permanently elastic. C. The joint sealant shall be standard with the building manufacturer. LI IFY0321 l8 U of A Corporate Hangar 13121-7 I 2.7 SHEET METAL. ACCESSORIES A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide coated steel accessories with coated steel roofing and siding; coating shall be same as adjoining sheets and shall be fully covered by guarantee for adjoining sheets. 2.8 SLIDING HANGAR DOORS A. See Section 13130. 0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION A. The Erection shall be specified and in accordance with the approved erection instructions and drawings and the finished structure shall be proven weathertight. Dissimilar materials which are not compatible when contacting each other shall be insulated from each other by means of gaskets or insulating compounds. Improper or mislocated drill holes where permitted by the Engineer shall be plugged with an oversize screw fastener and gasketed washer; however, sheets with an excess of such holes or with such holes in critical locations shall not be used. Exposed surfaces shall be kept clean and free from sealants, metal cuttings, and other foreign materials. Stained, discolored or damaged sheets shall be removed from the site. B. All anchor bolts shall be accurately set by template while the concrete is in a plastic state. Uniform bearing under base plates and sill members shall be provided using a nonshrinking grout when necessary. Members shall be accurately spaced to assure proper fitting of covering. As erection progresses, the work shall be securely fastened to resist the dead load, and wind and erection stresses. 3.2 WALLCOVERING A. Wall covering shall be applied with the longitudinal configurations in the vertical position. Accessories shall be fastened into framing members, except as otherwise approved. Closure s trips shall be provided as indicated and where necessary to provide weathertight construction. B. Eliminate end laps of wall panels to greatest extent possible. Where required, end laps shall be made over framing members with fasteners into framing members approximately 2 inches from the end of the overlapping sheet. Side laps shall be laid away from prevailing winds. Side lap distances, end lap distances, joint sealing, and spacing and fastening of fasteners shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's I standard practice insofar as the maximum spacings specified are not exceeded and provided such standard practice will result in a structure which will be free from water leaks and meet design requirements. Exposed fasteners shall be installed in straight lines and shall present an orderly appearance. Spacing shall not exceed: 8 inches on center at end laps of covering, 12 inches on center at connection of FY032I 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 13121-8 I covering to i nterrnediate supports, and 18 inches on center a t side I aps of w all coverings except when otherwise approved. Method of applying joint sealant shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendation. Fasteners shall be installed in straight lines within a tolerance of /. inch in the length of a bay. Fasteners shall be driven normal to the surface and to a uniform depth to properly seat the gasketed washers. 3.3 ROOF COVERING A. Roof panels shall be fastened to framing members with self -drilling fasteners 1 standard with the manufacturer. Spacing of fasteners shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written instruction. Interlocking ribs shall be sealed. End laps of covering sheets and joints at accessories shall be sealed. Roof covering shall be applied with the longitudinal configurations in the direction of the roof slope. Closure strips shall be provided and as required to provide weathertight installation. 3.4 SLIDING HANGAR DOORS A. See Section 13130. 3.5 FIELD PAINTING A. Immediately upon detection, abraded or corroded spots on shop -painted surfaces shall be wire brushed and touched up with the same material used for the shop coat. Shop -primed ferrous surfaces exposed on the building and all shop -primed surfaces ' of doors and windows shall be painted per Division 09900. Factory color finished surfaces shall be touched up as necessary with the manufacturer's recommended touch-up paint. 3.6 GUARANTEE A. The building shall be guaranteed against water leaks arising out of or cause by ordinary wear and tear by the elements for a period of five years. Such guarantee shall start upon acceptance of the work or the date the Owner takes beneficial possession, whichever is earlier. B. The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's guarantees for roof and wall panels. END OF SECTION I I I, IFY0321 I8 U of A Corporate Hangar 13121-9 I SECTION 13130 SLIDING HANGAR DOOR PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Bidding requirements, conditions of the contract and pertinent portions of sections sin Division One of these Specifications, apply to the work of the Section as fully as though repeated herein. ' B. Related work specified elsewhere: II. Section 03300 — Concrete 2. Section 07210— Building Insulation 3. Section 13121 — Pre-engineered Structures, Metal Wall Panels 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide a 100' wide by 28' high, 5 -leaf, one-way hangar door system. The drive leaves are to be electrically powered and controlled, so as to move the idler leaves by means of a pickup bracket system. B. Deductive Alternate shall be for a 24' high door. C. Door leaves are to be provided with an interior liner panel as well as the exterior face panel. 1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA A. The intended design wind load for the hangar doors is to be 100 MPH. The primary and secondary framing of hangar door, upper guide rail assemblies shall comply, where applicable, with the loads and specifications in accordance with the latest American Institute of Steel Construction Specifications of Standard Structural Sections. Cold form shapes and/or hot rolled shapes shall be in accordance with ASTM A36 Specification, Steel for Bridges and Buildings. B. The basic design criteria applies to the door and its components specified herein and shall conform to the applicable form of the following accepted and approved design specification: I. American Institute of Steel Construction - "Manual of Steel Construction". 2. American Iron and Steel Institute - "Light Gage Steel Design Manual". 3. American Welding Society - "Code for Arc and Gas Welding". 4. Metal Building Manufacturer Association - "Recommended Design Practices Manual". FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 13130- 1 1.4 A. B. PART 2 SUBMITTALS ' Shop Drawings: Submitted for approval by Engineer prior to fabrication. Indicate installation details, materials used, quantity and size required. Owner's Manual: Submitted prior to substantial completion. Include recommendations for maintenance and repair. PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Sliding hangar door as manufactured by Norco Industrial Doors, Franksville, WI (Phone: 262-835-2600 Fax: 262-835-2660). B. Any other manufacturers desiring to bid shall demonstrate they specialize in the manufacture of the type of door specified with a minimum of five years documented experience and shall request approval to bid a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to the bid date. C. Hangar doors manufactured by metal building manufacturers are absolutely not acceptable in this application. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Bottom Rail System I. Anchor Bolts shall be suitable for use intended with double nuts for leveling bottom rail supports. Anchor bolts and nuts to be ASM Specification A307, grade A or better. 2. Rail Supports are factory cut to size and punched hot or cold rolled angels 1 or channels of a minimum yield strength of 36,000 psi for leveling and supporting bottom rails to prevent movement during normal erection,. concrete pouring and finishing operations. 3. Bottom Rail to be ASCE specification rail (minimum 201b/yd.) of the proper weight to accommodate the design, thrust and weight loads for each specific installation. Verification or proper bulb width to preclude any brineling of track or bottom rollers for service life of building must be available. B. Door Frame I 1. Jambs shall be hot rolled structural channels per ASTM specification A36. Deflection at maximum wind loading may not exceed L/180. FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 13130- 2 II 2. Door Headers are either cold formed channels having minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi or hot roller channels per ASTM specification A36 or better to accommodate specific design load requirements. Door Header to be fabricated to accept upper guide roller assemblies without modification or alteration. 3. Door Girts either cold formed or hot rolled shapes properly spaced to accommodate specified wind load conditions as required. Girls shall be designed for simple span condition and sized to permit exterior and interior sheeting and blanket insulation without causing jamb seal interference, abrasion or wear. 4. Bottom Rollers — Each wheel shall be of adequate diameter (minimum 9 inches) to be easy rolling and designed to withstand all radial and thrust ' loads imposed by dead loads and wind pressure on the door. "V" groove or caster type wheels are not acceptable for this application. Roller assemblies to be designed so as to be removable from door without removing door from opening. Re -lubrication fittings and Timken or equivalent roller bearings with grease seals must be used. 5. Under Guide Roller Assemblies shall be grouped in pairs at both ends of each door header with horizontal polyurethane rollers operating perpendicular to the web of the upper guide rails. Rollers are to have permanently lubricated bronze bushings. Calculations to demonstrate the ability of transmitting tributary wind loads shall be provided. 6. Weather Seals shall be 3 ply neoprene reinforced with 2 ply of nylon fabric designed to provide a weather tight door seal around the entire ' perimeter of the door when the doors are in their closed position. Spaced between and around each door leaf, jamb, head and sill to have seals as manufactured by door manufacturer resistance to penetration of blowing rain, snow, sand and dirt. 7. Header Seal Deflector shall be of light gage metal extending the entire length of the upper seal and configured so as to prevent the upper seal from reversing inward. I I I �, FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 13130-3 N Upper Guide Rail System 1. Upper Guide Rail shall be a hot rolled section of either structural 1 beam, Wide Glange or H beam configuration and conform to ASTM Specification 36. Size, weight and length as required to door design wind load and building deflection requirements. The bottom flange of the upper guide rail shall act as a retainer in conjunction with the upper guide roll assemblies to prevent the doors from falling, in the event excessive uplift is imposed on the building structure. 2. Upper Track Brackets shall be hot roll shapes supporting the upper guide rails on a maximum of 10'-0" on centers. 3. Closure Plate to be a 14 gage hot rolled steel plate sandwiched between the upper guide rails and upper track brackets to act as an outside weather closure, as well as act as a diaphragm to distribute the horizontal wind loads to the wind struts. D. Electric Door Operators 1. Drive System: Designed to move the powered leaf at a minimum speed of 45 feet per minute at zero wind load conditions; operable at full speed up to and including a maximum wind load of eight (8) pounds per square foot. 2. Drive Unit: Unitized assembly, consisting of a gear -head motor, overload and emergency disconnect clutch, and necessary roller chains and sprockets. 3. Motor: Single speed, squirrel cage type of sufficient size to operate the 1 leaves at not more than 75 percent of rated capacity. 4. Gear Reduction Unit: Heavy duty worm gear type. I 5. Operating Mechanism: Covered on the interior of the leaf by a removable cover plate. E. Electrical Equipment and Controls 1. All electrical equipment and control apparatus shall be furnished by the door manufacturer. 2. Motor Starters: Variable speed (Frequency Drive) starters, factory wired, with overload protection, equipped with mechanical and electrical interlocks, and with transformers and relays for control circuits, all enclosed in a NEMA 12 enclosure; 480 volt, 3 phase; control voltage, 120 volt. j FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 13130-4 ,1 I 1 a. Provide one complete starter for each power operator. b. Provide one heavy duty push button control station mounted on the interior, at the leading end of each powered leaf. Each station shall have two constant pressure heads which shall stop power to the i operator when released. The control station shall be recessed in the door. 3. Limit S witches: H eavy duty s nap acting type with roller lever arms to stop the powered leaf in the fully opened or fully closed position. 4. Mount switches on actuators which provide sufficient over -travel to permit the door leaf to come to a complete stop without over -running the 1 limit switch. 5. Warning Bell: Volume of not less than 90 dB installed on the powered leaf of hangar door system. The warning device shall automatically signal 1 movement of the powered leaf and shall sound continuously while door is being operated. a. Provide units with transformed 120/130 volt control circuit. ' b. Provide a flexible electrical conduit and seal -off between the drive unit and controls. Provide controls consisting of a pre -wired disconnect panel with two (Open -Close) push buttons. Panels shall contain automatic reversing starters with mechanical interlocks and thermal overload switches. Mount a limit switch, to control "full open" and "full close" positions, on the powered leaf. Pre -wire limit switch to the control circuits. c. Provide an overhead electrical wiring system specifically designed for each installation, pre -assembled into one section per operator. Each section shall contain sufficient No. 12 or 14 (factory specified) gauge 600 volt type SO rubber cover electrical cable for direct attachment to the supply at one end and the drive unit service outlet at the other. d. Provide each installation with a Certificate of Limited Warranty. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. Structural - All Shop fabrication shall be in accordance with standard practice of American Welding Society and shall be done in a neat and workman like manner. FY0321 18 U of A Corporate Hangar 13130-5 3.2 3.3 B. Connections — All primary door frame connections shall be welded and/or bolted I using good design practice assembly methods. Exposed joints and connections shall be neat, clean and close fitting. All welded joints shall develop 100 percent of the strength of the intersecting members. C. Fasteners — All bolts used for structural connections will be Grade 5 or A 325 or better. Grade 2 or A 307 bolts are not acceptable for hangar door application. It shall be the responsibility of the erecting contractor to place nuts and lock washers on the concealed side of all exposed connections. All fastener, nut and washer finished shall conform to ASTM Specification #B-1 18-57T for 6 hour Salt Spray Test for zinc or cadmium coating. PAINTING A. All structural steel members shall be cleaned of oil, dirt, loose scale and foreign I matter prior to painting. B. All structural members shall receive one shop coat of Grey primer. C. All fabricated or purchased items shall have an identifying number corresponding to marking shown on erection drawings. The marking shall be stamped, stenciled, tagged or printed on these items after shop paint has been applied. INSTALLATION I A. Install in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION n I ,1 FY032118 U of A Corporate Hangar 13130-6 1 I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15010 PART 1 -GENERAL • 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Comply with the Conditions of the Contract, General and Supplementary Conditions, and any other applicable requirements contained herein or issued under separate cover. B. Perform other work related to or necessary for the mechanical installation in accordance with the applicable Specification Division or Section contained herein. C. In Mechanical Specification Sections. items under "RELATED WORK" are listed for convenience only and are not guaranteed to be a complete listing of all applicable work. 1.02 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS: A. Comply with the latest edition of applicable codes including the following: 1 Standard Building Code 2. Arkansas State Plumbing Code 3. Arkansas State Gas Code 4, Life Safety Code (NFPA 101) 5. National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) 6. Arkansas State Fire Prevention Code 7. Arkansas Gas Pipeline Code B. Comply with applicable Regulations as amended, including the following: 1. Arkansas State Department of Health Regulations 2 1994 Arkansas Rules and Regulations for Energy Efficiency Standards for New Building Construction 3 Arkansas Department of Labor Regulations 4. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 5. Utility Company Regulations and Requirements 6. Other State and Federal Laws and Regulations 7. Local Ordinances C. Furnish products and perform installation conforming to the latest accepted Standards published by the following organizations 1. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc (UL) 2 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 3. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 4. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1 6. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA) 7. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 8 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) General Mechanical Requirements 15010-1 it I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 9. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 10. American Refrigeration Institute (ARI) 11. American Gas Association (AGA) 12. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) 13. Midwest Insulation Contractors Association (MICA) 14. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association (SMACNA) 15. Insurance Service Office (ISO) 16. Factory Insurance Association (FIA) 17. Factory Mutual (FM) 18. Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers (IBR) 19. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) 20. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) 21. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE) 22. Plumbing and Drainage Institution (PDI) 23. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) D. In case of discrepancy or conflict between Codes, Regulations, Standards, Drawings and/or Specifications, the requirement yielding the higher(est) quality of work shall govern. I 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE FEES: A. Obtain and maintain all necessary licenses, permits and inspections and pay all fees including taxes and penalties, if any, required by the Administrative Authority. Refundable deposits will be paid by the Owner. 1.04 PRE -CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS: , A. Submit for approval, Manufacturer's technical data sheets including performance specifications for all equipment and air devices shown on the schedules. Also provide data on all system accessories and all materials. Include all piping, ductwork and insulation materials. Accessories to be submitted on shall include valves and all piping accessories, and all duct accessories including extractors, turning vanes, control dampers and balancing dampers. B. Submit for approval, Contractor's original Shop Drawings of all assemblies of manufactured items including control diagrams. Submit all items called out in individual sections, in addition to those called for in this section. C. Indicate all pertinent dimensions on scale drawings necessary for clarity and or coordination of the installation between trades. D. Provide complete electrical data and wiring diagrams. E. Make Submittals on all work contained in Division 15, Mechanical at one time except by special permission. 1 F. Bind Submittals in durable cover(s) with contents conveniently organized and properly indexed with index , tabs. I G. Obtain approval on product manufacturers not specifically named prior to making submittals. H. Each Mechanical Section contains a listing of required Submittals only for convenience. 1 General Mechanical Requirements 15010-2 L UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR I. Submit for approval a schedule of nameplates and manufacturer's data sheets and Shop Drawings on special supports and seals. J. Provide performance data on all substituted items to demonstrate equality to those scheduled. Include all sound level, rpm, velocity and other data as it is applicable. K. Submit proposed changes in ducts, pipes or equipment lay out before ordering or fabrication as stated below under "Intent". 1.05 INTENT. .' A. It is intended that the Contractor provide a complete and operating mechanical system including all incidental items, and connections necessary for proper operation or customarily included even though each and every item may not be indicated. B. The Drawings indicate the general layout requirements for equipment, fixtures, piping, ductwork, etc. Final layout will be governed by actual field conditions with all measurements verified at the site. Contractor shall 1 verity that all equipment, ducts, pipes and all other components will fit in the space provided before fabrication or ordering. Contractor shall submit any proposed changes to the Engineer for approval before ordering or fabrication. C. It is intended that the mechanical installation be safe, reliable, energy efficient, and easily maintained with adequate provisions allowed for access to equipment. D. It is intended that the mechanical system operate quietly with noise levels below the criteria recommended for the application by ASHRAE. Provide corrective action as required to reduce objectionable noise or vibration. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: A. Furnish only new standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of said products B. Support all products by service organizations with adequate spare parts inventory and personnel located reasonably close to the site C. Where multiple units of the same type or class of products are required, provide all units of the same manufacturer. 2.02 PRODUCT HANDLING. A. Store products in the original containers and shelter in a suitable environment at an approved location. Make readily accessible for inspections and inventory accounting. 2.03 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS: A. For products specified by generic reference standard, select any product meeting such standard. B. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers, select any named. Submit General Mechanical Requirements 15010-3 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR request, in writing, for substitution of any product or manufacturer not specifically, named and obtain approval at least five working days prior to bid date. C. Provide all information required to support claim of "equality" of product proposed for substitution. Substitutions will be considered only if equivalent in quality, efficiency, performance, size, weight, reliability, appearance, and ease of maintenance to the specified product or manufacturer. D. Where approved product substitutions. alter the design, space requirements, electrical requirements,. connections, or'etc., include all work necessary to provide a complete installation of quality equal to or better than that which would have been achieved with products or manufacturers as specified. •1 2.04 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION: A. Identify each major component as to manufacturer's name, address, model number, serial number, and pertinent ratings on a durable plate attached to the component in a conspicuous place. B. Identify each major component as it is named on the Drawings or referred to herein with engraved nameplates made from laminated plastic sheets. 1. Furnish with white letters on black background except for other color coded requirements. 2. Provide appropriate size nameplates with information easily readable. 3. Submit for approval, a schedule of nameplates to be affixed to each major component. 4. Attach nameplates with approved adhesive on factory baked enameled surfaces only. Attach nameplates with proper screws on field painted and all other surfaces. C. Identify outdoor underground lines with continuous strip of plastic utility marker tape as manufactured by Seton stating at regular intervals "CAUTION (state utility) PIPE BELOW." Install one foot directly above pipe before backfilling to grade. 2.05 ANCHORS: 1 A. Size anchors for minimum safety factor of two times recommended load. Use only corrosion resistant materials. B. In new concrete, use malleable iron inserts set prior to pouring concrete. C. In existing concrete or solid masonry, use Phillips "Redhead" expansion shields or Elcen self drilling ' expansion shields. Use power driven fasteners only for light loads and with specific approval. D. In hollow masonry, use steel toggle bolts. E. On structural steel, use approved beam clamps or direct weld. F. In wood, use wood screws or lag screws or through bolt with nuts and washers. G. In sheet metal, use self tapping sheet metal screws or machine bolts with washers and nuts. H. In bar joists, use hanger rod between bottom angles secured with washers and nuts. General Mechanical Requirements 15010-4 I �UA CORPORATE HANGAR ' FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1 2.06 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. Generally, support piping in accordance with ANSI B31.1 and support ducts in accordance with SMACNA duct construction standards. ' Support horizontal steel and copper pipe as follows: 1 For pipe sizes 2" and smaller, use adjustable wrought steel ring or clevis hanger spaced at 5 feet on center with 3/8" steel hanger rod. I 2 For pipe sizes 2-1/2" through 4". use adjustable wrought steel clevis spaced at 10 feet on center witn 5/8" steel hanger rod. 3 Support high temperature pipe with pipe roller hangers to allow for expansion. C. Support cast iron soil pipe 4" and smaller with adjustable wrought steel ring or clevis hanger spaced at 5 feet on center with 5/8 steel hanger rod. ' D. Support PVC pipe with approved hangers at 4 feet on center. E. Provide trapeze hangers consisting of steel angles or channels with spacers and steel hanger rods for multiple piping or duct runs. F. Provide copper plated hangers if in contact with copper piping. G. Provide 18 gauge galvanized saddles for insulated pipe and size hanger to accommodate pipe and insulation. H. Use steel riser clamps for vertical piping support through floors Provide steel bracket and wrought steel clamp for support from walls. I. Support ducts with steel bands, steel angles, or steel channels near each transverse joint J. Support piping and ductwork on roof with pipe hangers that do not require roof penetrations, supoiemental flashing or damage to roofing material. The system shall consist of high -density polyethylene plastic oases. structural steel frame and pipe hangers and supports as indicated below a. Gas lines: I1. Up to 2-1/2" model PP10 with roller 2. 3" to 8" model PS -1-2 with roller. b. Water lines (OD with insulation) 1. Up to 2-1/2" model PP10 with strut and hanger c. Gas and water: 1. Above 8" use model PSE-2-2 with clevis hanger. Id. Ductwork: All ductwork is to be mounted on model PPH-D supports. 2.07 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS IA. All roof mounted equipment where support is not specified elsewhere in this specification shall use model RTU-20 equipment supports. General Mechanical Requirements 15010-5 1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR B. All roof supports shall be manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers. 2.08 FLASHING AND SEALS: A. Where piping penetrates roof membrane, provide 30 inch square sheet of 5 Ib/sq. ft. lead or 18 gauge copper. Extend flashing into top of open vent pipes one inch or provide flashing assembly or pitch pan as recommended by roofing manufacturer. - B. Flash floor drains, except in slab on grade, with copper sheet flashing. Extend flashing under tile or floor finish to 6 inches up wall in showers or 2 feet from floor drain. Clamp flashing to auxiliary drain collar on floor drain. C. Provide curbs for all roof mounted equipment. Make curbs minimum of 4 inches above flood level of roof. Flash and counter flash with galvanized sheet metal, soldered and properly waterproofed. D. Where piping penetrates outside walls, make watertight with approved sealant or provide modular rubber seal designed for the purpose. , PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS: A. Handle, install, connect, test, and operate all products, assemblies, and systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. In case of conflicting requirements between the manufacturer's directions and the Contract Documents, obtain instructions before proceeding with the work. 3.02 INSPECTIONS: A. Arrange with the Administrative Authority for inspections of all work required and obtain approval prior to concealing or proceeding with the work. B. Give adequate notice before concealing any work for inspections by the Architect or Owner's representatives. Obtain instructions to proceed before concealing the work. 3.03 CLEANING: A. Keep the premises clean and free from debris, dirt, etc. B. Upon completion of the work, clean and polish all fixtures, equipment, etc. C. All ductwork shall be sealed during construction to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork. 3.04 WORKMANSHIP: A. Perform all work in accordance with the best practices of the trade and provide a "neat" installation by mechanics skilled in their respective trades and properly licensed. 41 General Mechanical Requirements ,1 15010-6 UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR B. Accurately install piping, ductwork, and other equipment, plumb, level, and true to line with runs parallel or perpendicular to building lines. Make bends or offsets uniform. C. Carefully adjoining perform all cutting, drilling, or similar surfaces in an digging, etc., and approved manner. patch or refinish the disturbed area to Do not cut any structural member the condition of without specific approval. Do not cut any electrical or mechanical lines that may be concealed I D. Conceal piping, ductwork, etc. in chases, furrings, or above ceilings unless indicated otherwise. Flush mouni equipment required in finished walls where possible. E Coordinate with other trades work and install all work so that all systems and components can be easily I maintained and can be removed for replacement in the future. I I I I E. Provide access to all equipment. Do not locate components that must be serviced, maintained, or replaced above hard ceilings. Where these components absolutely must be above hard ceilings or in side walls. provide access doors equal to Acudor 5050. Provide fire rated access doors equal to Acudor FW5050 in fire rated ceilings or walls. 3.05 FLAME AND SMOKE CONSIDERATIONS: 1 3.06 U A. In ducts or other enclosures used fort ransporting environmental air, including return air plenums above ceilings, use only products conforming to NFPA and UL composite classifications not exceeding 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke developed ratings. This requirement applies to all materials including adhesives. finishes. etc. B. Completely seal penetrations through fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings, floors, or other barriers for the passage of p:ping. ductwork, etc. with a UL listed material to preserve the fire/smoke rating of the Darner. C. Provide approved fire dampers in air ducts penetrating fire barriers requiring a fire construction rating one hour or greater Maintain access to fire damper fusible link. FAN SHUTDOWN CONTROLS: A. In exhaust only systems, the smoke detectors shall not be required. 3.07 COORDINATION: A. Coordinate the mechanical work with the work of related trades to avoid interference's. Determine the exact route of piping and ductwork prior to fabrication and the exact location of each outlet and equipment connection prior to installation. B. Study the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings, and Specifications including Shop Drawings and manufacturer's technical data sheets, and compare to actual site conditions and constraints. In case of conflicts or interference, obtain clarification or instructions before performing any work. C. Piping or equipment requiring slope or specific mounting elevations will generally have right of way over products whose elevations can be changed. D. Carefully plan the sequence of work as required to minimize disruptions and installation lime. General Mechanical Requirements 15010-7 UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 3.08 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: A. Make all required utility connections to each item of equipment shown or specified including equipment furnished by Owner, and make operational. B. Connect overflows, relief discharges, blowdowns, drain valves, etc. with approved piping and extend to floor drains or other approved discharge points. I. C. Make all electrical connections to equipment including power supply and control wiring in accordance with Division 16, Electrical. 3.09 PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS: A. Locate existing utility lines and adequately identify and protect during the execution of the work. U B. Protect public and private property against damage. C. Protect all work including building finishes against damage due to dirt, water, chemicals, frost, heat, handling, theft, etc. Keep openings in piping and ductwork and equipment closed with suitable plugs or caps during installation. D. Provide necessary warning devices, barricades, or coverings required for safety around moving parts, sharp objects or high temperature surfaces. 3.10 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING: A. Excavate bottoms of trenches to required depth and grade for proper slope with uniform and solid bearing for piping. Do not lay pipe on mud, rocks, or unstable soil. Remove unsuitable bearing material and backfill to proper depth with sand or other approved material. If limestone products are used, protect all copper piping from contact with the limestone using sealed insulation or approved sleeving material. B. After piping has been satisfactorily leak tested and approved, backfill trench to a depth of one foot above top of pipe with sand or fine pea gravel. Install continuous strip of plastic "CAUTION" tape over pipe and sand. Use suitable material for remaining backfill to finished grade, tamped to 95% compaction. C. Before beginning any trenching, locate and determine elevation of all affected piping. Verify that drain lines to be connected to are deep enough to allow sufficient slope before starting trenching. 3.11 PIPING INSTALLATION: A. Erect piping without forcing or springing and allow for proper clearance and headroom. B. Provide for expansion and contraction with piped loops, changes in direction, or approved expansion couplings. C. Install all piping in a manner to prevent freezing. If necessary to install water piping in unheated spaces or outdoors above the frost line, provide electric heat tracing around pipe prior to insulating. General Mechanical Requirements , 15010-8 i UA CORPORATE HANGAR ' FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR I 3.12 PAINTING: eA. Paint ductwork, piping, equipment, etc. exposed in finished areas to match adjacent surfaces as directed. Paint items flat black or as directed if visible through grilles or other openings. I. B. Paint all exposed piping and equipment in mechanical spaces for uniform appearance or identification as directed. C. Paint ferrous piping, equipment, hangers, etc. exposed outdoors or subject to rusting, with one coat primer and two coats of approved exterior enamel based paint. D. Paint roof mounted and other outdoor equipment to uniformly match background or adjacent surfaces as directed. E. Paint plywood backboards used for mounting equipment. S3.13 LABELING IA. For any fresh air vents located on the roofs, the vents s hall be properly marked with the word " intake•' permanently attached to the vent. ' 3.14 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING: A. After systems are completed and fully operational, perform Testing. Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) in accordance with procedures recommended in ASHRAE Systems volume, AABC Standards, and NEBB Standards on the following systems. 1. Exhaust Air System B. Furnish all test equipment, tools and instrumentation required for TAB. Submit proof of calibration when required. ' C. Before beginning TAB, submit forms to be used to the Engineer for approval or use the attached forms. D. Adjust fan speeds, dampers, valves, and other controls to achieve design ratings. Balance each air device or valve to within plus or minus 10 percent of indicated flow rates. Perform TAB for each possible mode of operation. E. Notify Engineer 24 hours prior to taking final readings and arrange for Engineer to be present for final readings. F. Obtain and record all measurements required for final TAB report. Include at least the following data 1. Running amperes and voltage at each motor 3/4 horsepower or larger. Indicate rpm and direction of rotation. ' 2. Air flow rates (cfm) at each supply air outlet, return and outside air intake. 3. Dry bulb air temperatures in each conditioned space and at entrance and exit of all coils with corresponding outside air temperature. Record refrigerant pressures at the same time General Mechanical Requirements 15010-9 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 4. Static pressures in each control zone relative to outdoors and across each fan, air filter, major component, and major duct run. G. TAB shall be performed by a qualified TAB specialist approved by the Engineer. 3.156 POST CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS: A. Deliver special tools, lubricants, and other products necessary for proper operation and maintenance of the mechanical systems. I B. Deliver spare parts as called for under other Mechanical Sections contained herein or on the Drawings. C. Submit Project Record Documents indicating all changes from the Contract Documents made during construction. D. Submit Certificates of Final Inspections from the Administrative Authority. E. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals covering all phases of equipment and systems provided. Include complete spare parts data with current prices and sources of supply. Include copy of manufacturing data sheets and shop drawings required in pre -construction submittals. F. Submit extended warranties in excess of the standard one year warranty where required by other Mechanical I Sections contained herein or on the Drawings. G. Submit TAB report on approved record forms. I 3.167 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER: A. Provide competent instruction to Owner's personnel covering operation and maintenance of all mechanical I systems. Provide specialized instruction by manufacturer's technical representatives when required. END OF SECTION i I I I I General Mechanical Requirements 15010-10 1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR VIBRATION ISOLATION SECTION 15240 IPART1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Vibration isolators 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15860 Fans 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS: IA, Provide and install mechanical equipment so that Average Noise Criteria Curves, as outlined in ASHRAE Guide, are not exceeded. I 1I 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS: A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 15010. B. Vibration isolation shop drawings shall show isolator locations, load on each isolator, inertia slab dimensions, and include installation instructions. 1.05 INSPECTION: A. Provide inspection services by vibration isolation equipment and materials manufacturer's representative for final installation is in accordance with specifications and manufacturer's recommendations, ' PART2-PRODUCTS I2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS. A. Manufacturer and Type: Mason Industries. B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: Related Equipment Manufacturers. C. Substitutions: Items of same function and performance are acceptable in conformance with Section 15010. 1 2.02 VIBRATION ISOLATORS IA. Double deflection neoprene mounting shall have a minimum static deflection of 0.35" All metal surfaces shall be neoprene covered to avoid corrosion and have friction pads both top and bottom so they need not be bolted to the floor. Bolt holes shall be provided for these areas where bolting is required On equipment such as small vent sets and close coupled pumps, steel rails shall be used above the mountings to compensate Ifor the overhang. Mountings shall be type ND or rails type DNR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. Vibration Isolation ' 15240-1 LI UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR I B. Spring type isolators shall be free standing and laterally stable without any housing and complete with 1/4" neoprene acoustical friction pads between the baseplate and the support. All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring diameters shall be no less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring diameters, deflections, compressed spring height and solid spring height. Mountings shall be type SLF as manufactured by Mason Industries. Inc. C. Vibration hangers shall contain a steel spring and 0.3" deflection neoprene element in series. The neoprene , element shall be molded with a rod isolation bushing that passes through the hanger box. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30° arc before contacting the hole and short circuiting the spring. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include a scale drawing of the hanger showing the 30" capability. Hangers shall be type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install vibration isolators for mechanical motor driven equipment. I B. Provide spring hangers on piping connected to isolated equipment as follows: up to 4 inches diameter, first 3 points of support; 5 inches to 8 inches diameter, first 4 points of support; 10 inches diameter and over, first 6 points of support. Static deflection of first point shall be twice deflection of isolated equipment. C. Provide spring hangers for all suspended motor driven equipment. D. Provide spring isolators for all motor driven equipment not located on slab on grade applications. END OF SECTION I I I 1 1 Vibration Isolation 15240-2 1 I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR MECHANICAL INSULATION SECTION 15250 ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A Above ground domestic water piping insulation B. Underground domestic hot water piping insulation C. Exterior duct wrap insulation 1.02 RELATED WORK. A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15412 Domestic Water Piping System C. Section 15890 Low Pressure Ductwork and Accessories 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on each type of insulation to be used. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Perform installation in accordance with MICA. Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards. ' B. Follow manufacturer's directions on adhesive application, fastener spacing, etc. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Glass fiber type equal to Owens-Corning Fiberglass 23ASJ\SSL for 1/2" and greater thickness. 1. K -factor no greater than 0.24 2. Jacket permeance no greater than 0.02 perms. 3. Self sealing laps on longitudinal and transverse joints of all service jacket. 4. J -M "Zeston" PVC fitting covers over Fiberglass inserts for valves and fittings. Provide 25/50 Flame/smoke rating when used in air plenums. B. Flexible elastomeric pipe insulation equal to Armstrong "Armaflex" for 1/2" and less thickness. I1, Use proper adhesive. 2. Use sheets cut and molded around valves and fittings. 3. Do not use in air plenums unless 25/50 flame/smoke rated. C. Acoustical Fiberglass interior duct liner with 1-1/2 lb density and coated face. Meet UL 181 on erosion tests and NFPA 90A on flame/smoke rating. Mechanical Insulation 15250-1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR D. Flexible Fiberglass exterior duct wrap equal to FRK-25. I 1. K -factor no greater than 0.3. 2. 3/4 lb. density. 3. Foil reinforced kraft (FRK) vapor barrier. E. Foam/vinyl safety covers for drains & supply lines equal to Plumberex "Handy -Shield." 1. White vinyl cover over insulating foam liner. - 2. Locking strap with recloseable sealing strips and weep seam. 3. Meet Federal Std. 4.19.4 GSA and ANSI Al 17-1-1980. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: , A. Successfully perform all leak tests prior to applying insulation. B. Provide aluminum sheet metal jacket over insulation exposed outdoors above grade. Use rivets and seal joints watertight. C. Provide approved coating of mastic over piping insulation jackets installed underground and make waterproof and puncture resistant. D. Insure surfaces are clean and dry prior to installing insulation. E. Neatly finish insulation at hangers or other protrusion. Seal vapor barrier joints in duct wrap with FRK duct tape. 3.02 INSULATION SCHEDULE: Refer to Drawings I END OF SECTION r I 1 I I Mechanical Insulation 15250-2 1 I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 'SANITARY DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM SECTION 15411 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Underground drain and vent piping B. Above ground drain, waste, and vent piping C. Sanitary sewer service piping ID. Cleanouts E Floor Drains 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submr manufacturer's data sheets on cleanouts and floor drains B. Submit list of piping products to be used for the listed services and state their manufacturers, classes or types, and other applicable data. C. Submit record drawings indicating actual location and routing of installed piping. D. Submit Shop Drawings on manholes indicating manufactured items, reinforcing steel requirements, etc. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING: A. Underground drain and vent piping inside building and to five feet outside building i Service Weight (SV) cast iron hub and spigot pipe and fittings, coated inside and outside wrtn coal tar varnish, and joints made with compression type molded neoprene gaskets. B. Above ground drain and vent piping: ' 1. Service Weight (SV) cast iron "No -Hub" pipe and fittings, and joints made with standard weight stainless steel/neoprene couplings C. Waste arms for lavatories, sinks, and urinais 1. DWV copper pipe with cast brass adapters and wrought copper fittings and joints made with 50-50 solder ' Sanitary Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping System 15411-1 I I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 2. Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with screwed fittings (optional). D. Underground sewer piping outside building to sewer main: 1. Service Weight (SV) cast iron hub and spigot pipe and fittings, coated inside and outside with coal tar varnish, and joints made with compression type molded neoprene gaskets. 2. Vitrified slat glaze clay hub and spigot pipefittings and joints made with compression type molded neoprene gaskets. (Optional) 2.02 CLEANOUTS: A. Provide cleanouts compatible with type of drain piping to which it is connected. Provide covers compatible , with type of floor or wall finish with consideration given to traffic conditions. Make cleanouts same size as pipe through 4 inches. B. Floor Cleanout (FCO): Cast iron with tapered brass plug, threaded adjustable housing, and round nickel , bronze scoriated top. J. R. Smith 4111 series or equal. C. Cleanout to Grade (COTG) Same as FCO except with heavy duty cast iron scoriated top. Set COTG in 18 - inch diameter concrete base 4 inches thick and flush with finished grade. D. Wall Cleanout (WOO): Cast iron with tapered brass plug and stainless steel access cover. Wade W-8450 or equal. E. Stack cleanout (SCO): Formed with cleanout tee or other approved fitting of cast iron with brass plug and stainless steel access cover. Wade W-460 or equal. 2.03 FLOOR DRAINS: A. Standard Floor Drain (FD): Lacquered cast iron body with flange, clamping collar with seepage openings, and I adjustable square satin bronze strainer. Floor drains are 2 inches unless shown otherwise. B. Safe Waste Drain (SWD): Same As FD except provide funnel of same material as strainer. I C. Drain with Backwater Valve (BWV): Same as FD except furnish with integral BWV Wade No. 31 or equal. Provide for all drains installed below grade or where drain flooding may occur. 1 2.04 TRAPS: A. Provide water seal trap for all connections to drain, waste, and vent system. Provide deep seal traps for all floor drains. Floor drain traps to be cast iron, varnish coated inside and out and compatible with type of drain pipe to which it is connected. Provide Wade W-2400 trap primer valve with vacuum breaker where required. B. Provide traps enameled on inside for janitor's sinks. C. Provide chrome plated brass traps for plumbing fixtures in finished spaces. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: Sanitary Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping System , 15411-2 I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR IA. Swab pipes and clean joints and fittings inside and out prior to making connections. Use proper lubricants on compression gaskets. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, slope horizontal drain and vent piping in accordance with the C. D. I E. F. 3.03 TESTING: following: • Size Minimum Slope 3" and smaller 1/4" per foot 4" and larger 1/8" per foot Slope condensation drip and overflow piping a minimum of 1/16" per foot Extend to approved discharge point. Bury all underground outside sewer pipe a minimum of 2 feet from finished grade On condensate drain for each cooling coil, provide deep seal trap of same material as drip piping Make trap water seal 2" greater than rated static pressure of fan associated with cooling coil but no less than 3" deep. Make floor d rains and cleanouts free from leaks. Lubricate cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil and do not over tighten. Arrange with local utility for sewer tap and pay all costs to establish sewer service. A. Before concealing, test drain, waste, and vent system and prove leak free: 1. Water test - Subject system to at least 10 feet of hydrostatic head for 30 minutes. 2. Air test - Subject system to at least 5 psig air pressure for 30 minutes (Optional) END OF SECTION Sanitary Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping System 15411-3 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM SECTION 15412 ' PART I -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Water Service Piping B. Hot and Cold Water Piping ' C. Temperature and Pressure (T&P) Relief Piping ID. Valves E. Shock Suppressors 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15250 Mechanical Insulation C. Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit manufacturer's data sheets on valves and shock suppressors. B. Submit list of piping products to be used and state their manufacturers, classes or types, and other applicable data. C. Submit Shop Drawings of shock suppressors ,ayout proposec. D. Submit record drawings indicating actual location and routing of installed piping. E. Submit certificate of completion of chlorination ' PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING: A. For underground water service piping outside building to water meter 1. ASTM 888 type as indicated on drawings hard copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and joints '• made with 95-5 solder. 2. Thickness Class 50, cement lined, seal coated, hub and spigot type ductile iron with joints made with rubber compression rings manufactured for the purpose. (Optional) ' B. For underground water piping inside building and to five feet outside building: Domestic Water Piping System 15412-1 I. I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1. 1" and smaller - ASTM B88 type as indicated on drawings soft copper tubing with no fittings or joints permitted under slab. Make connections above slab using wrought copper fittings and 95-5 solder. 2. 1-1/4" and larger - ASTM 688 type as indicated on drawings hard copper tubing with rought copper fittings and joints make with Sil-Fos Solder (15% silver content). C. For exposed piping in toilet rooms and other finished areas, use chrome plated brass pipe with threaded fittings. D. For above ground water and T&P relief piping inside building, use ASTM 688 type as indicated on- drawings hard copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and joints made with 95-5 solder. - E. Solder containing lead shall not be used on potable water systems. 1 2.02 VALVES: A. Provide valves with suitable materials including discs, plugs, balls, gaskets, linings, and lubricants for the service, temperature, and pressure to which they will be exposed. Furnish with solder or screwed connections. B. Gate Valves: Bronze, non -rising stem, inside screw, double wedge. C. Globe or Angle Valves: Bronze, rising stem, inside screw, renewable composition disc. J D. Check Valves: Bronze with swing disc. E. Standard Hose Bibbs (HB): Bronze, replaceable disc, hose thread outlet with vacuum breaker. , F. Freeze Proof Hose Bibbs (FPHB): 3/4" anti -siphon non -freeze type with bronze casing and box with loose key handle. Furnish for proper wall thickness. G. Garbage Can Wash Valve (GCWV): 3/4" non -freeze mixing type with hot and cold water connections, bronze casing and deep box with loose key handle. Provide vacuum breaker and furnish for proper wall thickness. Wade W -8606 -HC. 1 H. Pressure Reducing Valves (PRV): Bronze with 125 psig inlet pressure and 50 psig adjustable outlet pressure. Furnish same size as pipe. I. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve (T&P): Bronze with test lever. Size to handle BTU/hr. rating of water heater. 2.03 SHOCK SUPPRESSORS: A. Provide Wade "Shockstops" of all stainless steel construction with welded nested bellows and pre -charged with nitrogen. Size and locate in accordance with PDI-W H2O1. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Ream pipes and tubing and thoroughly clean inside and outside prior to connecting. , 3.02 INSTALLATION: Domestic Water Piping System 15412-2 i I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR A. Slope water piping minimum of 1 inch in 40 feet and arrange to drain at all low points. ' B. Bury all underground outside piping a minimum of 3 feet below finished grade. C. Use electrically insulating type connections for joining dissimilar metals such as brass valves or adapters or insulating couplings. D. Use proper adapters for screwed valves to copper piping. E. Use teflon tape or other approved joint compound to connect threaded pipe. F. Connect to T&P relief valve and extend full size to approved discharge point. ' G. Where pipe passes through finished wall, ceiling, or floor, provide chrome plated escutcheon plate securely anchored to pipe. Install pipe so that no threads show. H. Arrange with local utility for water tap and meter installation. Pay all costs to establish water services. I. Install gate valve to isolate or shut-off equipment or branch lines. Use globe valves where adjustable flow or throttling is required. J. Install hose bibbs centerline, 2 feet above floor or grade. Install garbage can wash valve 4 feet above floor or drain. K. Provide PRV to limit maximum static pressure at plumbing fixtures to 70 psig. Submit pressure data taken at different times as approved or install PRV at service connection or in building. Provide PRV at other separate fixtures when shown on Drawings. L. Make provisions necessary to prevent cross connections with sanitary drainage system or other non -potable sources Provide reduced pressure type backflow preventers when required. 3.03 TESTING: A. Before concealing or insulating. test domestic water piping and prove leak free. Subject system ;o minimum hydrostatic pressure of 100 psig and hold for one hour. 3.04 STERILIZATION: A. After tests have been successfully completed, thoroughly flush and sterilize the completed domestic water system in accordance with AWWA C601. B. Flush entire system after sterilization until residual chlorine content is no greater than 0.2 parts per million. C. Chlorinate only when the building is unoccupied. END OF SECTION ' Domestic Water Piping System 15412-3 1 I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 'NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM SECTION 15413 ' PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Underground natural gas service piping B. Interior natural gas piping C. Exterior exposed natural gas piping ID. Connectors for appliances and other equipment E. Cocks 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15780 Packaged Combination Heating -Cooling Units C. Section 15620 Fuel Fired Heaters 103 SUBMITTALS: A Submit manufacturer's Data Sheets on gas cocks. B. Submit list of piping products to be used and state their manufacturers, classes or types, and other applicable ' data. C. Submit record drawings indicating actual location and routing of piping as installed. ' 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Conform to ASME Code and applicable state regulations with all welding materials and welding operator's qualifications. Use only operators fully qualified and certified under the requirements of the Arkansas Gas Pipeline Code (AGPC). 'PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING: ' A. Underground piping: 1. Schedule 40 black steel or galvanized steel with malleable iron fittings or welded joints with butt weld I fillings. 2. Mill coat pipe with high density polyethylene over adhesive undercoating. 3. Wrap field joints and fittings with Republic "X-Tru-Tape" or equal per manufacturer's ' Natural Gas Piping System 15413-1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR recommendations. B. Above ground piping: 1. Schedule 40 black steel or galvanized steel with malleable iron fittings or,welded joints with buttweld • fittings. C. Connectors for appliances and other equipment: 1. PVC coated spiral flexible brass connector with brass flared gas tubing fittings. D. Cathodic Protection - Packaged magnesium anodes. E. Welding Rod - Same material as pipe. 2.02 GAS COCKS: , A. Iron body with brass plug and washer with screwed or flanged ends rated for 125 lb. WOG. PART 3- EXECUTION: 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Ream pipes and tubing prior to connecting. B. Remove welding slag from welded connections. 3.02 INSTALLATION: 11 B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Slope natural gas piping minimum of 1 inch in 40 feet and provide minimum 12" deep drip pocket same size as pipe, at all low points and at final connections to equipment. Provide malleable iron removable screw -on cap on bottom of drip pocket. Bury underground gas piping minimum of 2 feet below finished grade. Provide one or more anodes, sized for pipe size and length of underground service. Use flexible connector and gas cock for final connection to each appliance or other gas fueled unit. Provide dielectric union where piping emerges from underground. Weld all connections where piping must be concealed. Provide ventilated pipe sleeves where required. Use teflon tape or other approved joint compound to connect threaded pipe. Arrange with local utility for gas tap and meter installation. Pay all costs to establish natural gas service. Make sure all piping concealed in walls or other areas are properly vented. At top of solid walls vent with opening which is 2 times the diameter of the pipe. Provide ventilated pipe sleeves under all paving and other hard surfaces. Natural Gas Piping System 15413-2 1 1 1 1 li UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE. AR II K ' M. 3.03 TESTING: Ul Bond interior metal gas piping to the electrical system ground. Piping shall be electrically continuous. Install continuous strip of plastic utility marker tape over gas piping. Use strip with trace wire for plastic pipe. Identify and label medium pressure gas piping at both ends and the 6 foot intervals in between. A. Before concealing, test natural gas piping system and prove leak free. Subject system to at least 50 psig air pressure for 30 minutes. B. Check uncerground piping coating with a "Holiday' detector and prove free from leakage currents through ' coating. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 Natural Gas Piping System 15413-3 HI 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 'PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM SECTION 15440 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: II A. Plumbing fixtures, trim, and accessories. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15411 Sanitary Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping System C. Section 15412 Domestic Water Piping System 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets including rough -in requirements and installation instructions for all fixtures and accessories. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES: A. Provide only new fixtures and trim free from blemishes, scratches, discoloration or other flaws. B. Provide fixtures and trim as scheduled on the Drawings. Include all mounting accessories and incidental items for a complete installation. I I PART3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Verify rough -in arrangement and clean mounting surfaces prior to installation. ' B. Provide sturdy support for all fixtures and proper anchors for rough -in connections. Provide additional wood blocking as required for adequate support. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install each fixture with proper water seal trap. Furnish water closets and urinals with integral traps. Provide 1 I 1 1 chrome plated brass traps, waste arms, tailpieces, and wall escutcheon plates, for all other fixtures set above floor level. B. Provide each fixture with an accessible chrome plated brass supply with screw driver or I oose keys top, reducer, and escutcheon. C. Furnish drinking fountains, urinals, water closets, and other wall mounted fixtures with heavy duty approved Plumbing Fixtures 15440-1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR wall carriers designed for the purpose and compatible with wall construction and thickness. , D. Provide concealed lavatory support equal to J. R. Smith model 0700 with floor mount, rectangular 1' x 3" "Pro -Set" upright, 4" square base welded to upright adjustable sleeve, thread concealed arm. Assemblies shall be covered with manufacturer's acid resistant coating. Miscellaneous parts shall be coated with high quality enamel paint. Locate support inside plumbing wall or chase. Provide manufacturer's arm extension adapters as required to extend through stud or concrete wall. See manufacturer for adapter sizes for the , appropriate wall. E. Install fixtures at the following mounting heights above finished floor unless indicated otherwise: 1. Water Closet: Standard 15" to top of seat Handicapped 17"-19" to top of seat 2. Urinal: Standard 22" to top of rim Handicapped 17" to top of rim ' 3. Wall Hung Lavatory: Standard 31" to top of rim Handicapped 34" to top of rim 4. Drinking Fountain: Standard 40" to top of water orifice Handicapped 36" to top of water orifice Flush Controls shall be 44" max. AFF. F. Where fixtures come in contact with wall, counter, or other mounting surface, caulk with fine dental plaster or approved material for clean waterproof joint. 3.03 FIXTURE ROUGH -IN SCHEDULE: Refer to Drawing 3.04 ADJUSTING: I A. Adjust each flush valve for minimum water usage to obtain specified performance and for minimum noise. END OF SECTION I I Plumbing Fixtures , 15440-2 [] 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS SECTION 15458 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Electric storage water heaters B. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15412 Domestic Water Piping System 103 SUBMITTALS: A Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on POU water heaters, boiler, storage tank, and thermostatic mixing valve. B. Submit Shop Drawings required for rough in coordination. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE IA. Furnish products fully approved and certified by UL. Comply with ASME code for both fired and unfired pressure vessels. Comply with ASHRAE Standard 90 on standby losses. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS (Commercial Grade): A. Furnish with insulated and jacketed glass lined steel tank for working pressure of 125 PSI. Include anode rod. B. Provide immersion type electric heating elements with stainless steel sheath and automatic temperature control set at 105°F. Include high limit cut off and low water cut off. IC. Unit shall be pre -wired with immersion thermostat, magnetic contactor, 120V pre -wired control circuit with transformer. 2.02 ELECTRIC INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER: A. The heater snarl be an in -line non -storage type with cos: aluminum alloy casing and olastic housing with ' stainless steel oans. B. Provide flow switch and flow control. ' C. Unit shall be U.L. approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION I Commercial Electric Water Heaters 15458-1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Provide temperature and pressure relief valve properly sized for capacity ratings. Pipe to floor drain or janitorssink. B. Adjust controls for storage water temperatures stated herein. END OF SECTION Commercial Electric Water Heaters 15458-2 I I I I I 1 1 I 1 I I I I I FA 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 'GAS FIRED INFRA -RED HEATERS NON CONDENSING TYPE SECTION 15624 PARTI-GENERAL ' 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Burners and Hangers. ' B. Unit controls and safety devices C. Vacuum pumps. ' D. Accessories as noted on drawings. E. Control panel and thermostats 1 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements L1.03 SUBMITTALS: IA. Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on each unit, including all accessories. Clearly indicate optional features to be furnished Include detailed instructions and dimensions. B. Submit extended warranties required herein. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Furnish units complying with ANSI Standards for safety and efficiency and certified by AGA. B. The entire heating system shall be. 1. Cert `ied "Vented Infra -red Radiant Heater" conforming to ANSI Standard Z83.6 (current standard). 2. Bears the seal of a nationally recognized testing laboratory. C. System performance. I C] 1 Li I I 1. All tubing and fittings are to be covered with reflectors to maximize radiant output. 2. Entire tubing system shall operate under a vacuum. 3. System shall attain a net exhaust temperature of not less than 200°F in a 15 minute run cycle and shall not exceed a maximum temperature of 325°F. 4 System steady state efficiency shall be a minimum of 83 percent. maximum 87 percent The system cyclic efhuency snail be a minimum of 87 percent, maximum 9 1 percent (this is based on a 1 5 minute run time). 5. System shall be a non condensing dry tube system (i.e - After a minimum run time of 8 minutes all condensation will cease and moisture will exit the system in a vapor state). 6. Equipment manufacturer shall have been producing said radiant for a minimum of five years. Gas Fired Infra -Red Heaters, Non -Condensing Type 15624-1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1.05 EXTENDED WARRANTIES: A. Provide a one year limited warranty on burner(s), vacuum exhauster, controls and reflectors. B. Infra -red tubing assembly shall carry a limited ten year warranty. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Units scheduled on the Drawings.are manufactured by Superior Radiant Products. 2.02 BURNERS: A. Burners shall be supplied with the following 1. Regulator to be factory set at 5" W.C. minimum for natural gas. 2. A combustion air inlet as standard. 3. A fixed air metering orifice to insure optimum combustion efficiency. 4. Differential air pressure switch at each burner to prove adequate combustion air is present before burner fires. 5. Prewired safety controls at each burner. 6. Solid state electronic controls with 100 percent flame failure in event of low fire or main flame failure. 7. Burner(s) and vacuum exhauster(s) electrically interlocked. 8. 30 second prepurge (minimum ten air changes). 9. Burner body to be finished with baked on epoxy coating which will withstand 1500 Hour Salt Spray Test or equivalent. 10. Indicator lights to show burner operation. 11. 24 volt or 115 volt, 60 Hz AC power requirements. 12. ON/OFF service switch mounted on or adjacent to each burner. 13. Inspection window for visual inspection of spark and flame. 14. Materials used must have a minimum of 51 percent American made materials (this does not include labor). 2.03 VACUUM EXHAUSTER: A. Vacuum exhausters shall be supplied with the following: 1. Dynamically balanced forward inclined fan wheel constructed of stainless steel with a cast iron hub. 2. Direct drive. 3. Inlet cone and venturi plate engineered for maximum efficiency. 4. Minimum 16 gauge aluminized steel housing. 5. Housing and mounting bracket to be coated with 1500 Hour Salt Spray Test baked on epoxy. 6. Motor to be a maximum of 1-1/2 horsepower dual voltage (115/230), 18/9 amps, 60 Hz) 3450 RPM capacitor start internally protected, class B insulation. Sealed ball bearings front and rear. 7. Vibration isolation rubber mounts. 8. Stainless steel bird screen on side wall venting. 9. Stainless steel flexible vibration isolation connector. 10. Materials used must have a minimum of 51 percent American made materials (this does not include labor). 2.04 SYSTEM CONTROLS: A. System controls shall be supplied with the following: Gas Fired Infra -Red Heaters, Non -Condensing Type 15624-2 L 11 I I H I I I I Li I I I I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR I I I I I I I I I_l I n I I I 1. Control panel incorporating Pre -purge and post purge functions controlled by 24 -volt thermostats. 2. Control panel shall be AGA certified as part of Premier VS System 3. Burners supplied with prewired controls. 24 volt or 115 volt, 60 Hz power supply for each burner. 4. Solid state flame rectification ignition system with 100 percent flame lockout with ten -second minimum prepurge. 5. Provide shielded thermostat where shown on Drawings. 6. Control panel with eight minute minimum run time, required transformers, fan/burner interlock. 2.05 HEAT EXCHANGING TUBING NETWORK: A. Heat exchanging tubing network shall be supplied with the following: 1. Combustion tube (first tube after each burner) shall be ten feet long, minimum 16 gauge aluminized steel with a minimum 3-1/2" OD radiant tubing. 2. Balance of emitter tubing shall be constructed of spirally wound minimum 22 gauge aluminized steel (or approved equivalent) minimum 3-1/2" OD. 3. Minimum length of radiant pipe per zone shall be 60 lineal feel. 4. The maximum input firing rate of 2500 BTU per hour per square foot of exterior radiating surface of tubing heat exchanger for the system in total. The total heat exchanger surface is that associated with one vacuum exhauster. 5. Elbows and tube couplers to be made of a minimum 18 gauge aluminized steel, swaged both ends so as to fit into minimum 3-1/2" spiral tube or equivalent so as to comply to ANSI Standard Z83.6 (current standard). 6. Reflectors to be made of a minimum 22 gauge "A" finish aluminized or stainless steel or a minimum 0.025" aluminum. 7. Tubing and reflector hangers to be made of 0.25 diameter zinc plated CRS or suitable equivalent. 8. All joints to be sealed and mechanically fastened with self -drilling and tapping screws in accordance with ANSI Standard Z83.6 (current standard), paragraph 1.7, item 1.7.3. 9. Materials used for the tubing, fittings and reflectors must have a minimum of 51 percent American made materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Provide watertight installation and connect ducts, natural gas piping, electrical power and control wiring for proper operation. B. Provide manufacturer's recommended clearances to combustibles. C. Installation must comply with manufacturer suoolied Instruction Manual. CM appi:cable local codes and/or gas utility requirements. D. Heater must be wired in accordance with the National Electrical Code ANSI/NFPA 70 and local ordinances. Heater units shall be suspended in accordance with manufacturer's installation with chain turnbuckles exceeding 150 -lb test. END OF SECTION Gas Fired Infra -Red Heaters, Non -Condensing Type 15624-3 [1 I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR FANS SECTION 15860 ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. B. ' C. 1.02 REL A. Roof mounted centrifugal fans Centrifugal cabinet fans Fan accessories ATED WORK: Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15890 Low Pressure Ductwork and accessories 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on all fans and accessories. Indicate operating point(s) on fan curve and noise data. ' PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SCHEDULED ITEMS: A. Provide fans and accessories as scheduled on the Drawings or equal. Equivalent fan substitutions shall not increase horsepower or noise level for specified air volume. B. Provide fans capable of accommodating static pressure variations of plus or minus 10%. IC. Provide adjustable sheaves and belt guards on belt driven fans. D. Provide guards or safety screens on exposed blades or wheels. E. Statically and dynamically balance fans for minimum vibration. Resiliently mount centrifugal wheels. F. Provide rattle free backdraft dampers with lined edges. ' G. Provide roof curb, birdscreen, and cord and plug disconnect for roof mounted fans. H. Provide solid state speed controller for direct driven fans where indicated or required to achieve specified performance. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION. A. Follow manufacturer's directions Verify correct rotation of fan wheels. Fans 15860-1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR B. Provide shutdown controls per Section 15010. 3.02 BALANCING: A. Balance each fan to specified flow rate for the actual static pressure. Adjust or replace sheaves on belt drives or adjust speed controls. Provide balancing dampers when required. END OF SECTION I [1 I I I I I I I I I I Fans ' 15860-2 1 II 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 15890 PART1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: ' A. Sheet meta' ductwork including plenums B. Air devices including louvers and dampers D. Other duct accessories 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements ' B. Section 15250 Mechanical Insulation 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on air devices, dampers, louvers, flexible duct, take -off fittings, and other manufactured items. ' B. Submit Shop Drawings of ductwork layouts, fittings and air devices. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: I A. Fabricate ductwork in compliance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Standard and NFPA 90A PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET METAL DUCTS A. Use galvanized steel lock forming quality with 1.25 ounces per square foot zinc coating on each side ' B. Use rivets or sheet metal screws for fasteners. 2.02 1 C. Use proper water and fire resistant sealant. AIR DEVICES: A. Furnish and install items as scheduled on the Drawings. B. Provide ceiling mounted devices compatible with ceiling type. C. Provide storm proof type louvers with heavy gauge wire mesh on outside. Field paint as directed. D. Provide insulated low energy motorized shutter -dampers for large outdoor air intakes as scheduled. Low Pressure Ductwork and Accessories 15890-1 u UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 2.04 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES: , A. Provide double thickness airfoil type turning vanes at all rectangular elbows. Perforated, internally insulated blades shall be used on ducts 20" and wider. B. Provide 1 6 gauge galvanized steel balancing dampers with g uadrants or a djustment rod and I ock screw ' where required for proper TAB. C. Where round duct takes of from rectangular duct, provide 45° rectangular to round take -off fitting with butterfly volume damper. d. Provide flexible connections of neoprene coated flameproof fabric tightly crimped into metal edging strips. Attach to ductwork and equipment with sheet metal screws. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION: A. Provide proper duct reinforcing with angles or cross breaks per SMACNA Standard, insulate per Section 15250. B. Lap metal ducts in direction of air flow. C. Make transitions gradually with divergence no greater than 30°. D. Rigidly construct ducts with tight joints free from vibration, rattles, or air noise. Audible leaks shall be sealed with approved sealant. E. Construct plenums of galvanized panels suitably reinforced and diagonally braced. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Use flexible fabric connections at each fan and air handling device. I B. Verify locations required of outlets and make adjustments to coordinate with architectural features, lighting fixtures, etc. C. Adjust air devices for proper throw distance and direction. D. Seal all longitudinal and transverse joints with foil duct tape. END OF SECTION I Low Pressure Ductwork and Accessories 15890-2 1 F 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16010 'PART1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: ' A. Comply with the Conditions of the Contract, General and Supplementary Conditions, and any other applicable requirements contained herein or issued under separate cover. B. Perform other work related to or necessary for the electrical installation in accordance with the applicable ' Specification Division or Section contained herein. C. In Electrical Specification Sections, items under "RELATED WORK" are listed for convenience only and are ' not guaranteed to be a complete listing of all applicable work. 1.02 CODES, REGULATIONS, AND STANDARDS: A. Comply with the latest edition of applicable codes including the following: 1. Standard Building Code ' 2. Life Safety Code (NFPA 101) 3. National Electrical Code NEC (NFPA 70) 4. State Fire Prevention Code B. Comply with applicable Regulations as amended, including the following 1. State Department of Health Regulations ' 2. Rules and Regulations for Energy Efficiency Standards for New Building Construction 3. State and Federal Department of Labor Regulations 4. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) ' 5. Utility Company Regulations and Requirements 6. Other State anc Federal Laws and Regulations 7. Local Ordinances I C. I I I I I Furnish products and perform installation conforming the latest accepted Standards published by the following organizations: 1. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 3. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 4. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 6. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 7. Insulated Power Cable Engineer's Association (IPCEA) 8. Certified Ballast Manufacturer (CBM) 9. Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL) 10. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) 11. Insurance Service Office (ISO) 12. Factory Insurance Association (FIA) 13. Factory Mutual (FM) 14. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) General Electrical Requirements 16010-1 I Li UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 15. Electronic Industry Association/Telecommunications Industry Association (EIATTIA) ' D. In case of discrepancy or conflict between Codes, Regulations, Standards, Drawings and/or Specifications, the requirement yielding the higher(est) quality of work shall govern. 1.03 PERMITS AND ADMINISTRATIVE FEES: A. Obtain and maintain all necessary licenses, permits and inspection certificates and pay all fees including connection fees, taxes and penalties, if any, required by the Administrative Authority. Refundable deposits will be paid by the Owner. 1.04 PRE -CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS: I A. Refer to each Electrical Section for a listing of required Submittals under that Section. R efer to Section entitled Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples for submittal procedure and requirements. B. Submit for approval, Manufacturer's technical data sheets including performance specifications for all equipment, major materials, and other manufactured items. Obtain approval on product manufacturers not , specifically named prior to making submittals. C. Submit for approval, Contractor's original Shop Drawings of all assemblies of manufactured items including complete wiring diagrams. Indicate all pertinent dimensions on scale drawings necessary for clarity and for coordination of the installation between trades. D. Submit for approval, a schedule of nameplates and test report forms. E. Bind Submittals in durable cover(s) with contents conveniently organized and properly indexed. F. Make Submittals on all work contained in Division 16, Electrical, at one time except by special permission. 1.05 TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER: A. Provide general and task lighting for construction activity as required for adequate illumination. Provide , minimum of 5 footcandles general illumination for all work and egress areas and 30 footcandles on task such as wall being painted. P rotect I amps with wire guards or tempered g lass enclosures where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior type fixtures where exposed to weather or moisture. Provide local switching to allow lights to be turned off in patterns to conserve energy. B. Install temporary lighting to fulfill security and protection requirements without having to operate the entire , temporary lighting system. C. Provide general purpose electrical outlets and special outlets as required for construction activities. Provide circuits of proper sizes, characteristics and ratings for each use required. Install wiring overhead and risers vertically where least exposed to damage. Provide rigid steel conduit to protect wiring on grade, floors, decks or other areas exposed to possible damage. D. Provide 20 amp, 4 -gang receptacle outlets, equipped with ground -fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light, spaced that a 100 foot extension cord can reach each area of work. Use only grounded extension cords. Use "hard -service cords" where exposed to abrasion and traffic. E. Provide warning signs at power outlets that are other than 20 amp, 125 volt. Provide outlets of proper NEMA configuration where 240 volt, single or three phase outlets are required. General Electrical Requirements 16010-2 1 I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR ' 1.06 INTENT IA. It is intended that the Contractor provide a complete and operating electrical system including all incidental items and connections necessary for proper operation or customarily included even though each and every item may not be indicated. ' B. The Drawings indicate the general layout requirements for equipment, fixtures, conduit, devices, etc. Final layout will be governed by actual field conditions with all measurements verified at the site. C. Conduit and wiring shown on the Drawings are diagrammatic unless noted otherwise, and are intended to indicate switching and branch circuit arrangements, phase balance, and general wiring connection requirements. D. It is intended that the electrical installation be safe, reliable, energy efficient, and easily maintained with adequate provisions for access to equipment. ' E. It is intended that the electrical system operate quietly with noise levels below the criteria recommended for the application by NEMA. Provide corrective action as required to reduce objectionable hum or vibration. Acoustically insulate between outlet boxes in common wall serving different rooms. F. The Drawings indicate diagrammatically the number and function of the conductors required for the conduit routing as shown. The Contractor has the option of changing the routing or combining circuits in one conduit run, providing the installation does not interfere with work of other trades, the system functions as intended. ' the ampacity of the conductors is derated in accordance with the NEC, and none of the loads require a dedicated circuit or isolated ground. Indicate actual conduit routing and conductor arrangement on record drawings. G. Lighting and general purpose 20 -ampere branch circuits may share a common neutral. provided each brancn ' circuit is derived from a different phase leg. Isolated ground circuits and those served witn ground fault circuit breakers must have their own neutral or isolated ground. I. H. "Home runs" are indicated on the Drawings with arrows from the branch circuit outlets pointing in the general direction of the panelboards to which they connect, complete with the panelboard and circuit designations. Continue "home runs" to the designated panelboards as though the conduit runs were shown in their entirety. ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: A. Furnish only new standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of said products. B. Support all products by service organizations with adequate spare parts inventory and personnel located reasonably close to the site C. Where multiple units of the same type or class of products are required, provide all units of the same manufacturer 2.02 PRODUCT HANDLING. A. Store products in the original containers and shelter in a suitable environment at an approved location. I General Electrical Requirements 16010-3 rj H UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR B. Make products readily accessible for inspections and inventory accounting. ' 2.03 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS: ' A. For products specified by generic reference standard, select any product meeting such standard. B. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers, select any named. Submit request ' for substitution of any manufacturer not specifically named and obtain approval prior to bidding. C. Provide all information required to support claim of "equality" of product proposed for substitution. Substitutions will be considered only if equivalent in quality, efficiency, performance, size, weight, reliability, appearance, and ease of maintenance to the specified product or manufacturer. D. Where approved product substitutions alter the design, space requirements, electrical requirements, connections, cooling loads, or etc., include all work necessary to provide a complete installation of quality equal to or better than that which would have been achieved with products of manufacturers as specified. 2.04 PRODUCT APPLICATION: A. Furnish products that are UL listed for their intended use and environment. For example, use only raintight products suitable for wet locations when installed outdoors or where indicated on the Drawings to be weatherproof (WP). PART 3 -EXECUTION , 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS: A. Handle, install, connect, test, and operate all products, assemblies, and systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. In case of conflicting requirements between the manufacturer's directions and the contract documents, obtain instructions before proceeding with the work. 3.02 INSPECTIONS: A. Arrange with the Administrative Authority for inspections of all work required and obtain approval prior to concealing or proceeding with the work. B. Give adequate notice before concealing any work for inspections by the Owner's representatives. Obtain instructions to proceed before concealing the work. 3.03 CLEANING: A. Keep the premises clean and free from debris, dirt, and etc. B. Upon completion of the work, clean and polish all fixtures, equipment, and etc. 3.04 WORKMANSHIP: General Electrical Requirements 16010-4 L [1 L I H 11 [I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR IA. No person shall perform electrical work on the contract without possessing an Arkansas State Master or Journeyman License from the Arkansas State Electrical Examiners Board. All electrical work ano apprentice electricians shall be supervised by a Master or Journeyman Electrician on a one to one ratio. B Perform all work in accordance with the best practices of the trade and provide a "neat" installation by technicians skilled in their respective trades and properly licensed. IC. Accurately install conduit, and other equipment plumb, level, and true to line with runs parallel or perpendicular to building lines. Make bends or offsets uniform. ID. Carefully perform all cutting, drilling, digging, and etc., and patch or refinish the disturbed area to the condition of adjoining or similar surfaces in an approved manner. Do not cut any structural member without specific approval. Do not cut any electrical or mechanical lines that may be concealed. E. Conceal conduit in chases, furrings, or above ceilings unless indicated otherwise. Flush mount equipment where shown in finished walls where possible. ' 3 05 FLAME AND SMOKE CONSIDERATIONS: A. In ducts or other enclosures used for transporting environmental air, including return air plenums above ceilings, use only products conforming to NFPA and UL composite classifications not exceeding 25 for flame ' spread and 50 for smoke developed ratings, or install in conduit or approved enclosure. This requirement applies to all materials including signal cable insulation jackets, finishes, and etc. B. Completely seal penetrations made through fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings. floors, or other barriers for the passage of conduit with a UL listed material to preserve the fire/smoke rating of the barrier. 3.06 COORDINATION: ' A. Coordinate the electrical work with the work of related trades to avoid interference. Determine the exact route of conduit prior to fabrication and the exact location of each outlet and equipment enclosure prior to ' installation. B. Study the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings, and Specifications including Shop Drawings and manufacturer's technical data sheets, and compare to actual site conditions and constraints. ' In case of conflicts or interference, obtain clarification or instructions before performing any work. C. Piping or equipment requiring slope or specific mounting elevations will generally have right of way over ' conduit and other products whose elevations can be changed. D. Carefully plan the sequence of work as required to minimize disruptions and installation time. ' 3.07 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: A. Make all required electrical connections to each item of equipment shown or specified including equipment 'furnished by Owner, and make operational. 3.08 PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS: ' A. Locate existing utility lines and adequately identify and protect during the execution of the work. B. Protect public and private property against damage. [] General Electrical Requirements 16010.5 7 H UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR IJI C. Protect all work including building finishes against damage due to dirt, water, chemicals, frost, heat, handling, ' theft, and etc. Keep openings in conduit and equipment closed with suitable plugs or caps during installation. .0. Provide necessary warning devices, barricades, or coverings required for safety around exposed "live" parts or high temperature surfaces. 3,09 CHASES AND OPENINGS: A. Provide templates or details for chases and other openings required through floors, walls, ceilings, and etc. to accommodate conduit. B. Provide any necessary cutting or drilling for required openings, and patch and refinish as directed. 3.10 PAINTING: ' A. Painting shall be performed in accordance with the painting section of these specifications. B. Paint conduit, equipment, and etc. exposed in finished areas to match adjacent surfaces as directed. C. Paint conduit flat black, or as directed, if visible through grilles or other openings. D. Paint all exposed conduit and equipment on outside of building or in equipment rooms for uniform appearance or identification as directed. E. Paint plywood backboards used for mounting equipment prior to installing equipment. F. Touch-up scratches in factory finished surfaces with an approved paint to match the surface. ' 3.11 TESTING AND ADJUSTING: A. Test the completed electrical systems and prove free from short circuits, poor connections, and improper grounding. B. Maintain on the premises a first class voltmeter, ammeter, milli -ohmmeter, and meggar insulation tester in proper calibration and provide test measurements as required. 1. Meggar all 600 volt rated wiring at 1000 volts minimum before applying power. Prove resistance in excess of 10 megohms. 2. Test metal conduit and grounds for continuity and prove resistance less than one ohm to farthest outlet from system ground. 3. Test system ground to earth per the NEC. C. Align, adjust, calibrate, and test all systems to assure safe and proper operation. D. Verify proper taps on motors and transformers for rated performance. 3.12 POST CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS: General Electrical Requirements 16010-6 I I 11 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE. AR IA. Deliver special tools, and other products necessary for proper operation and maintenance of the electrical systems. B. Deliver spare parts as called for under other Electrical Sections contained herein or on the Drawings. C. Submit Project Record Documents indicating all changes from the Contract Documents made during construction. ' D. Submit Certificates of Final Inspections from the Administrative Authority. ' E. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals covering all phases of equipment and systems provided. Include complete spare parts data with current prices and sources of supply. Include copy of manufacturing data sheets and shop drawings required in pre -construction submittals. F. Submit extended warranties in excess of the standard one year warranty where required by other Electrical Sections contained herein or on the Drawings. G. Assemble all post construction documents for electrical system in 3 -ring binder(s) with divider tabs labeled ' and properly indexed. Submit the number of sets and arranged as required by Architect. H. Submit all closeout documents in accordance with Division 1 of these specifications. 3.13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER: A. Provide competent instruction to Owner's personnel covering operation and maintenance of all electrical systems. Provide specialized instruction by manufacturer's technical representatives when required. 3.14 USE OF EQUIPMENT: IA. The contractor shall not use the permanent electrical system for construction activity except by special permission. ' B. If permitted, the contractor's use of any equipment shall not reduce warranty time specified for the equipment. C. If permitted, lamps, ballasts and other such items used during construction shall be replaced by the ' contractor prior to acceptance if used for more than 5% of their rated life. 3 15 GENERAL WARRANTY. IA. Warrant the electrical installation against defects in products and/or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion in accordance with architects specifications. I B. Provide all labor, replacement parts, services, transportation, and incidental costs necessary for the proper operation of all electrical systems during the warranty period. C. Make good any damage to the building or grounds or other equipment resulting from defects in products and/or workmanship during the warranty period. END OF SECTION H General Electrical Requirements 16010-7 [1 H 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR RACEWAYS SECTION 16110 ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: II A. Conduit and fittings B. Wireways IC. Sleeves ID. Seals 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16120 Wires and Cables C. Section 16190 Supporting Devices D. Section 16195 Electrical Identification E. Section 16450 Grounding 1.03 SUBMITTALS. A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets on each manufactured assembly such as special f:flings. modular seals. fire -stop material, and etc. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE. ' A. Use only materials that are UL listed for the application and that bear the UL label. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS. 1 1 1 1 A. Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): 1. Heavy wall steel pipe, hot dipped galvanized inside and out, and with ends factory threaded prior to galvanizing (except at terminations). 2. Use only steel or malleable iron fittings. 3. Use box connectors with "biting" type locknuts. Use insulated bushings where wire is larger than #8 AWG. Provide approved watertight hubs in wet locations. 4. Use threaded couplings or approved unions. 5. Use factory elbows, long sweep where possible. Provide watertight "LB" fittings with gasketed covers where required. Raceways 16110-1 UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR J B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): 1. Intermediate thickness steel wall pipe, hot dipped galvanized inside and out, and with ends factory threaded prior to galvanizing (except at terminations). 2. Use only steel or malleable iron fittings. 3. Use box connectors with "biting" type locknuts. Use insulated bushings where wire is larger than #8 , AWG. Provide approved watertight hubs in wet locations. 4. Use threaded couplings or approved unions. 5. Use factory elbows, long sweep where possible. Provide watertight "LB" fittings with gasketed covers where required. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) (the term "conduit" also applies to EMT): 1. Zinc electroplated inside and out, and with threadless ends. ' 2. Use set screw type fittings where concealed in walls, ceilings, etc., and use watertight and concrete tight gland and ring compression fittings where exposed or in concrete. 3. Use box connectors with "biting" type locknuts. Use insulated bushings where wire is larger than #8 AWG. D. Non-metallic Conduit (NMC): 1. Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) electrical conduit with smooth straight ends. 2. Use couplings and connectors of same material as conduit, and joined with solvent -cement specifically manufactured for the purpose. 3. Use only RMC or IMC elbows with PVC-NMC adapters. PVC-NMC elbows are not acceptable unless specifically allowed on the Drawings. 4. Use PVC-NMC box connectors only where allowed, such as for floor boxes. E. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): 1 Electroplated steel tubing with extruded PVC jacket equal to "sealtight." 2. Use steel or malleable iron LFMC box connectors with insulated throats and a threaded grounding cone. F. Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC): 1. Electroplated steel tubing equal to "Greenfield." 2. Use steel or malleable iron FMC box connectors with insulated throats and of type that threads into conduit convolutions. G. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) 1. Heavy wall aluminum pipe with factory threaded ends. 2. Conduit and fittings shall comply with ANSI C80.5 Use factory elbows, long sweep where possible 2.02 WIREWAYS: A. Provide wireways properly sized to accommodate the conductors or as shown on the Drawings. Raceways 16110-2 UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR B. Provide wireways of code gauge steel with baked enamel finish. Furnish all necessary hardware and accessories. 2.03 SLEEVES: A. Provide Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeves sized to accommodate the outside dimension of conduit. B. Provide integral waterstop collar on sleeves in outside walls. 2.04 SEALS: A. B. ' C. I D. I I I I I D. Use LFMC for the final connection to motors, transformers and other adjustable or vibrating equipment ' exposed in finished areas or installed in wet or damp locations. E. Use FMC for the final connection to adjustable or vibrating equipment in dry, unfinished locations and to lighting fixtures and any other equipment in lay -in ceilings. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION: IA. Size raceways for the number, AWG, and type of conductors to be installed therein in accordance with the NEC, but no smaller than 'h for homeruns and %," for branches. Where conduit penetrates roof membrane, provide flashing assembly or pitch pan as recommended by roofing manufacturer. Where conduit penetrates outside walls, make watertight with approved sealant or provide modular rubber seal designed for the purpose. Use conduit sealing compound equal to "Ductseal" or use approved modular sealing fittings to seal between conductors and conduit where conduit passes from warm to cold spaces, as well as from the outside. Use 3M "Fire Barrier" or n on -shrinking g rout to seal between the conduit and sleeve through f ire/smoke barriers. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS: A. Use RMC or IMC for the following applications. 1. Above grade and exposed outdoors 2 Wet locations 3. Risers from under slab or underground, including underground elbows 4. Locations subject to mechanical injury. B. Use EMT for above ground, inside, dry locations not subject to mechanical injury. C. Use NMC for underground or under slab only Raceways 16110-3 UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR I B. Install conduit in standard 10 foot lengths except where a shorter section is required. Make required field cuts square and ream until all burrs are removed. Field cut threads required for RMC and IMC shall be coated with a high zinc dust content galvanizing repair compound with high electrical conductivity. C. Make field bends in EMT with an approved bending machine or device, and make free from kinks, dents, or flattened surfaces. Field bends in RMC or IMC are not allowed. Do not exceed 90° in any individual bend nor exceed 3600 of total bends or elbows in any one conduit run. D. Maintain at least 6 inches clearance between conduit and hot piping or equipment. E. Where conduit crosses a building expansion joint, provide a junction box on each side of the joint and connect with a slack section of FMC, or provide approved expansion fitting with integral ground jumper. F. The diameter of conduit installed in structural slabs shall not exceed 20% of the thickness of the slab, and shall be installed as close to the center plane of the slab as possible. G. Provide sleeves for conduit through masonry or concrete walls, foundation walls, or concrete beams prior to laying up or pouring. Make wall sleeves flush with wall. H. Provide sleeves for conduit through structural slabs above grade prior to pouring. Make floor sleeves extend one inch above floor and seal watertight. For core drilled penetrations in existing floors, provide one inch angle rings or escutcheons set in sealant in lieu of floor sleeves. I. Where outlets serving different rooms are mounted back-to-back or side -by -side in the same wall, sound insulate the boxes from each other with batt insulation. If the boxes are connected to each other through conduit, seal the conduit (after wiring) with "Ductseal." J. The Drawings indicate diagramatically branch circuits and feeders required. Install conduit runs to accommodate the wiring requirements. 3.03 EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEMS: A. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide empty conduit of types as specified herein for future installation of wire or cable. B. Leave fish wire or rope in conduit with proper labels attached. END OF SECTION C I P Raceways ' 16110-4 1 I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR WIRES AND CABLES SECTION 16120 ' PART 1 -GENERAL • 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Power wiring and connectors, 600 volts or less B. Control and signal wiring and connectors C. Miscellaneous materials 1.02 RELATED WORK: ' A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements ' B. Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 16190 Supporting Devices D. Section 16195 Electrical Identification E. Section 16450 Grounding 1.03 SUBMITTALS' A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets for each type of wiring connector proposed for use ' PART2-PRODUCTS ' 2.01 POWER WIRING AND CONNECTORS A. Use single conductor annealed copper with 600 -volt code type THHN or dual rated THHN/THWN insulation unless noted otherwise. Use type XHHW stranded copper wire for isolated power systems when indicated. 1 B. Minimum wire size is #12 AWG Where developed distance from panelboard to first outlet exceeds 65 feet. increase minimum size to #10 AWG. C. #12 and #10 AWG wire used for lighting, receptacles, and other non -vibrating equipment may be solid conductor. All other wiring including wiring connecting to motors, transformers, and special grounding systems shall be stranded conductor 1 D. Make splices required in #12 and #10 AWG solid conductor wire with insulated "Scotchlok" connectors. E. Make splices in all wire required to be stranded with approved crimp -on or bolted pressure connectors with snap -on or bolt -on insulated caps F. The voltage and temperature ratings of the connector insulator shall be at least equal to that required of the conductor insulation. G. Furnish wire with color coding conforming to the following Wires and Cables 16120-1 L UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR Conductor 250V or Less ' Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral White Ground Green Color coding may be solid or striped -colored insulation. Colored plastic tape may be used at terminations on #8 AWG and larger conductors with black insulation. 2.02 CONTROL AND SIGNAL WIRING AND CONNECTORS: A. Use stranded annealed copper conductors with insulation suitable for the purpose. B. For applications, 50 volts and greater, use #14 AWG minimum size conductor with 600 volt insulation and approved for the application. C. For power limited wiring and less than 50 volts, use #18 AWG minimum size conductor except for multi - conductor cable recommended or required by the system manufacturer. D. For power limited wiring in air plenums, use type CLP, CMP or FPLR if not in conduit for signal, , communication, or fire alarm, respectively. E. For power limited wiring not in air plenums and used for fire alarm and detection systems, use type FPL. F. Make splices required in #14 through #10 AWG wire with insulated "Scotchlok" connectors. G. Make splices required in #16 AWG and smaller wire with insulated crimp -on terminals screw connected to numbered terminal strips, or use approved cable connectors. H. Provide RG-6 coax cable with type "F" connectors for TV cable where shown. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Where required, use wire lubricating compound suitable for the wire insulation and conduit and that does not harden nor become adhesive. Do not use on wiring for isolated power systems. B. Use plastic tape that is flame retardant and cold and weather resistant equal to Scotch #33. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: , A. Thoroughly clean conduit prior to pulling -in wires. Do not install wire until the raceway can be maintained in a dry condition. B. Use non-metallic pulling ropes attached to the conductors by means of woven basket grips or pulling eyes. Pull all conductors for a conduit run in together in such a manner as to avoid damage to the conductors, insulation, or conduit. Wires and Cables 16120-2 IJ 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR C. Neatly train and nest multiple conductors and cables in boxes and enclosures and hold in place with "tie - wraps." Where conductors terminate in panelboards, arrange conductors to be perpendicular or parallel to circuit breaker line-up. D. Make splices and terminations mechanically and electrically secure. Splices shall only be made in a suitable accessible junction box. E. Where multiple paralleled conductor make -ups are indicated on the Drawings for large feeders, the conductors shall be identical in length, gauge. code type, and etc., and shall be terminated exactly alike. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Wires and Cables 16120-3 I I] 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR BOXES AND ENCLOSURES SECTION 16130 ' PART 1 - GENERAL I 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Junction and pull boxes ' B. Outlet boxes C. Enclosures 1.02 RELATED WORK: IA. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16110 Raceways IC. Section 16140 Wiring Devices D. Section 16190 Supporting Devices E. Section 16195 Electrical Identification F. Section 16450 Grounding 1.03 SUBMITTALS: I A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets on special enclosures. PART2-PRODUCTS 1 2.01 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES: A. In dry locations, provide boxes of code gauge steel with galvanized or baked enamel finish and with bolted or ' screw attached covers. B. In damp or wet locations, provide cast metal type FS or FD boxes with gasketed covers. For underground ' locations. provide Quazite composition type boxes with watertight gasketeo covers 2.02 OUTLET BOXES: 1 A. In dry locations, provide outlet boxes of code gauge galvanized steel. Install concealed outlet boxes so that work is flush with finished surfaces with no gaps. B. In unplastered masonry walls, use 3 1/2 deep solid or sectional type boxes with square corners. C. For empty conduit system outlets, provide 4" square boxes with single gang adapter ring unless noted Boxes and Enclosures 16130-1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR otherwise. I I D. For surface mounted lighting fixtures and equipment, provide 4" octagonal boxes with rings except where smaller boxes are required for fixtures or equipment. E. Provide Hubbell PFBRG boxes for floor outlets. Furnish with flush bronze cover with flip lids or concentric plugs as applicable. Provide type of cover compatible with floor finish. F. Provide galvanized extension rings, plaster rings, fixture studs, and etc. as required by conditions. G. In damp or wet locations, provide cast metal type FS or FD boxes with gasketed covers and watertight flip lids as required by device. 2.03 ENCLOSURES: A. Provide code gauge steel enclosures with baked enamel finish as manufactured by Hoffman to facilitate the installation of multiple components such as small motor starters, contactors, equipment controls, and etc. B. Furnish with hinged door and captive fasteners. PART 3- EXECUTION [J 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Properly size boxes in accordance with the NEC to accommodate the number and size of conductors and conduits entering the boxes. B. Size enclosures to adequately accommodate the equipment with space for wiring and maintenance. ' C. Provide junction or pull boxes to facilitate pulling or splicing of conductors so that no one conduit run will exceed the allowable bends of 360°. D. Outlet boxes installed in structural slabs shall be of the proper depth to avoid bends in conduit from the center plane of the slab. I E. All boxes shall be accessible at all times. Provide approved access panels where required to maintain accessibility. ' F. Close any unused knockouts or openings in boxes or enclosures with suitable caps or covers. G. Wall switch boxes for room lights and other devices shall be installed within 8 inches of door jamb except by special permission. END OF SECTION Boxes and Enclosures 16130-2 II I 1' I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE. AR 1 WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16140 ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Wall switches B. Receptacles C. Cover plates ID. Lighting controls 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16130 Boxes and Enclosures C. Section 16190 Supporting Devices D. Section 16195 Electrical Identification 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets on each type of device proposed for use. PART2-PRODUCTS: 2.01 WALL SWITCHES: A. Provide single pole, double pole, three way, four way, pilot light, and etc., toggle or key operated as indicated on the Drawings. 1 B. Furnish switches of the mechanically silent type rated for 120/277 volts. 20 amperes, with fluorescent or incandescent loads. Use high capacity silver alloy for switch contacts. C. The color of switch handles shall be as directed by the Architect. D Furnish switches equal to Hubbell Specification Grade Series HBL 122 switcnes witfl screw terminals and an 1 approved grounding device. 2.02 RECEPTACLES: ' A. For general use convenience receptacles, use NEMA 5-20R, back and side wire, equal to Hubbell Specification Grade Series HBL 5352 for duplex and HBL 5251 which is a NEMA 5-15R for simplex receptacle. Wiring Devices 16140-1 r UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR B. For ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) receptacles, use NEMA 5-20R, back and side wired with test and reset push buttons. Set trip point at 5 ma fault current. Furnish device equal to Hubbell specification Grade Series GF 5362. C. For special purpose receptacles for appliances or other equipment, provide NEMA type compatible with plug configuration of appliance. Furnish Specification Grade or better. D. The color of receptacle face plates shall be as directed by the Architect unless shown otherwise. 2.03 COVER PLATES: A. Furnish cover plates equal to Leviton 860 Series plastic of color to match device face unless shown otherwise 1 or Leviton 840 series in 302 stainless steel where indicated. Nylon cover plates will not be allowed. B. Gang groups of wall switches and/or receptacles installed in multi -gang boxes under one continuous cover. Wall dimmer switches shall not be ganged unless otherwise indicated on drawings. C. For outdoor or other wet location receptacles subject to long term or permanent continuous unattended use, provide weatherproof enclosure, the integrity of which is not compromised when the attachment plug is inserted, per NEC 410-57 (b). Cover shall be equal to Carton E9U Series. 2.04 LIGHTING CONTROLS: 1 A. Where separate photo electric s witches are indicated on the drawings, provide T ork Specification Grade Series 2100 photo electric (PE) control with the following: 1. Adjustable light level control. 2. 2000 watt rated at 120 volt or 277V and a 5 year warranty. B. Where separate timers are indicated on the drawings, provide Tork Model. DW200A digital single circuit seven-day time control with reserve power, 120 -volt operation with DPDT, 15 -amp switching. C. Where wall dimmers for incandescent fixtures are indicated, provide 120 volt rated digital dimmers equal to the following Leviton Model Numbers for the stated capacities: 1. Single pole (one location) applications: a. Monet MN106 for 600 watts or less. b. Monet MN110 for 1000 watts or less. c. Monet MN115 for 1500 watts or less. 2. Three-way ( two location) applications: . a. Monet MN00R-10W with appropriate dimmer above. D. Where wall dimmers are indicated for fluorescent fixtures, provide digital dimmers equal to the following Leviton model numbers for the stated capacities. Verify compatibility with lighting fixtures they control. 1. Single pole ( one location) applications; a. Monet MNX10 for 1000 VA or less. 120 or 277 volt as required. b. Monet MNX15 for 1500 VA or less. 120 or 277 volt as required. 2. Three-way (two locations) applications. a. Monet MN00R-10W with appropriate dimmer above. Wiring Devices 16140-2 I I I I I I I I I U 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Adjust switches and receptacles to mount flush and plumb. B. Provide cover plates that fit the devices securely and completely cover wall openings. Properly fill and patch oversized wall openings. For outdoor receptacles, provide covers with orientation to match receptacle installation, i.e.. vertical covers for vertical receptacles and horizontal covers for horizontal receptacles. C. For outlets of empty conduit systems such as telephone, television, computer terminals, and etc., provide cover plates compatible with outlet and cable/connector to be installed. Provide blank cover plates on all unused outlets. D. Install PE controls to face north and out of direct sunlight where possible. E. Adjust controls and program timers to conform to Owner's use schedule as directed. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Wiring Devices 16140-3 I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE. AR DISCONNECT SWITCHES SECTION 16170 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Fused and non -fused disconnect switches 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16190 Supporting Devices C. Section 16195 Electrical Identification D. Section 16450 Grounding E. Section 16476 Fuses 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets on each type of disconnect switch proposed for use. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 DISCONNECT SWITCHES: A. For applications requiring 30-1200 amperes rating or for any two or three pole application, provide NEMA type "HD" (heavy duty) horsepower rated disconnects with enclosures suitable for the applications, such as NEMA 3R for outdoor installations. 1. Provide interlock to prevent door operating with switch in "ON" position 2. Furnish with grounding block. 3. Provide for padlocking switch in "OFF" position. 4. Furnish with terminals UL listed for 75°C. wires. 5. Provide Class R. J, or L fuse provisions as applicable for fusible switches Provide feature to reject Class H fuses. 6. Furnish with factory baked enamel finish. B. For fractional horsepower 120 volt motors with integral overload protection, as well as other 120 volt equipment protected at 20 amperes or less, use specification grade single pole switch in outlet box with minimum ratings as follows: 1. Horsepower rated for one horsepower 2. 120/277 AC volts 3. 20 amperes Disconnect Switches 16170-1 UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Provide disconnect switch for each fixed appliance or motor load indicated on the Drawings or required by the NEC. Install switch in sight of and within 50 feet maximum of equipment it serves. B. Install 20 ampere rated switches with center 4 feet above floor. END OF SECTION Disconnect Switches 16170-2 II 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 'SUPPORTING DEVICES SECTION 16190 PART1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Anchors B. Hangers and supports ' C. Plywood backboards ID. Concrete bases 1.02 RELATED WORK: IA, Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 16130 Boxes and Enclosures 1.03 SUBMITTALS: ' A. Submit for approval Contractor's shop drawings indicating shape and dimensions of plywood backboards and concrete bases when necessary for clarity and coordination with other trades PART2-PRODUCTS: 2.01 ANCHORS: ' A. Size anchors for minimum safety factor of two times recommended load. Use only corrosion resistant materials. B. In new concrete, use malleable iron inserts set prior to pouring concrete. C. In existing concrete or solid masonry, use Phillips "Redhead" expansion shields or Elcen self -drilling expansion shields. Use power driven fasteners only for light loads and with specific approval. D. In hollow masonry, use steel toggle bolts E. On structural steel. use approved beam clamps or direct weld. F. In wood, use wood screws or lag screws or through -boll with nuts and washers. G. In sheet metal, use self tapping sheet metal screws or machine bolts with washers and nuts. H. In bar joists. use threaded hanger rod between bottom angles secured with washers and nuts. Supporting Devices 16190-1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR I 2.02 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. For multiple conduit runs, use trapeze hangers consisting of P-1000 "Unistrut" channels with pipe clamps and I steel hanger rods where suspended. Anchor "Unistrut" to wall where multiple runs are wall mounted. B. Support individual conduits with malleable iron one -hole conduit clamps, steel two -hole pipe straps, or split ring steel conduit clamps. Wire, perforated iron strap, or steel one -hole clamps will not be acceptable. , C. For free standing boxes and enclosures, provide steel angle frame constructed to prevent any strain on conduits entering box. ' D. Support conduit through floors with steel riser clamps. E. Support conduit on flat roofs with 4"x4"x2' redwood blocks with steel straps loosely clamped to conduit,. or a pipe supporting assembly approved by the roofing manufacturer. F. Support outlet boxes occurring in lay -in ceilings with approved bar hangers clamped to ceiling grid to prevent any weight from bearing on ceiling tile. G. Where hospital grade receptacles or multi -gang outlet boxes occur in metal stud walls, provide "caddy bar" hanger spanned between studs with each outlet box securely bolted to bar hanger. Single outlet boxes (except for hospital grade receptacles) may be attached to the steel stud with approved spring steel brackets. H. Support lighting fixtures and other equipment located in lay -in ceilings with #12 gauge galvanized steel hanger wire attached to all four (4) corners of fixture. Support conductors in vertical raceways with approved split -wedge type cable supports. Support multiple conductors with approved cable clamps and "tie -wraps." J. Where called for on the drawings, provide communications cable supports equal to B -line 4" cable hooks with quick latch retainers. 2.03 PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS: A. Use softwood plywood conforming to PS -1 of the American Plywood Association for the intended application. Generally, provide 3/4" thickness for backboards. 2.04 CONCRETE BASES: A. Provide concrete bases for floor mounted equipment indicated on the Drawings and all exterior equipment mounted on grade. Use proper cement/sand mix to achieve strength of 3000 psi after 28 days. B. Provide steel reinforcing bars as required and provide proper ties and support during pouring. 1 C. Provide properly sized anchor bolts held in position with templates. Where anchor bolts cannot be held in I sufficient alignment, provide adjustable bolts in pipe sleeves. Supporting Devices 16190-2 C1 UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR I I I I I I Cl fJ I I I I I I [1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install anchors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations but sized to accommodate at least twice the actual load. Oversized holes that may weaken the installation will not be acceptable. B. Support all boxes and equipment enclosures directly by the building structure independently of the conduit. C. Support conduit independently by.the building structure at intervals complying with the NEC. Do not support conduit from piping, ductwork, or suspended ceiling hangers. D. Support conduit without sagging to provide drainage of condensation. E. Permanently and securely support conduit, boxes, and enclosures before installing any wiring. F. Provide plywood backboards for all equipment mounted to masonry or concrete walls. Provide backboards for any type wall for installation of multiple enclosures or products such as contactors. timers, motor starters. automatic controls, telephone equipment, and etc. Generally. size backboards to accommodate the equipment plus a 3" border on all sides. G. Establish sizes of concrete bases required to accommodate equipment. Generally, make bases extend 3" larger than equipment on all sides. Prior to pouring on existing slab, set steel re -bar dowels in holes drilled in existing slab for proper anchorage of base. Install near each corner and at other intervals not to exceed 24 inches. Trowel finish and rub smooth. Form edges with 3/4" chamfer. END OF SECTION Supporting Devices 16190-3 II 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 'ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION SECTION 16195 PART1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: ' A. Equipment nameplates B: Name tags C. Circuit directories D. Utility marker tape E. Self -adhering labels F. Wire markers 1.02 RELATED WORK: IA. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit for approval, Manufacturer's data sheets on each manufactured identifying device. B. Submit for approval, a schedule of nameplates to be affixed to each item. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: ' A. Approved manufacturers are Seton and Brady. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES: A. Identify each major component and controller (except light switches) as it is named on the Draw.ngs wit❑ engraved nameplates made from laminated plastic sheets equal to Se:on Style 2060 1. Furnish with white letters on black background except for other color coded requirements. 2. Provide appropriate size nameplates with information easily readable. Generally. furnish 3/4" high nameplates with 3/8" letters for major equipment such as switchboards. panelboards. transformers: and 1/2" high nameplates with 1/4" letters for minor equipment sucn as disconnect switches. contactors, starters, emergency power receptacles and etc. B. Identify entry location of each underground utility by providing an engraved brass nameplate equal to Seton Style EBS permanently attached on the outside wall directly above conduit where it enters building. 1. Furnish 1" high nameplate of .025" or greater thickness. 2. Indicate the type of utility such as "electric service entrance" or "telephone service entrance" Electrical Identification 16195-1 UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR I 2.02 NAMETAGS: I A. Identify each outlet box of empty conduit system by affixing a write -on vinyl name tag equal to Seton Style PTOB to each end of pull w ire installed in each conduit. I ndicate purpose of empty outlet box s uch" as "telephone" with location of pull wire termination such as "main terminal board." B. Identify conductors terminated in junction box or outlet box intended for future connection. Provide write -on , vinyl name tags indicating panelboard and circuit number or location of source. 2.03 CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES: A. Fill out circuit directory cards for cardholders lots inside panelboard doors. Provide typewritten directory , indicating function and location served for each circuit used. B. Identify undesignated spare circuit breakers by writing the word "spare" in soft pencil in the blank for that circuit number. Leave blank the description line for uninstalled circuit breakers (spaces). C. Identify circuits feeding battery backup emergency or exit lighting fixtures. , 2.04 UTILITY MARKER TAPE: A. For all conduit or direct burial cable installed underground and outside of building, provide continuous plastic tape directly above underground services. B. Provide orange or red tape with contrasting letters at regular intervals equal to Seton No. 210 Series. , C. For multiple underground conduit runs, provide two strips of marking tape; one over each outside conduit. 2.05 LABELS: ' A. Identify each junction box and conduit exposed in equipment rooms or accessible above lay -in ceilings or behind access doors with permanent self -adhering orange labels equal to Seton "Opti-Code." , B. Indicate voltage class such as "120/208 volts" or the type of signal cable installed therein such as "telephone." 2.06 WIRE MARKERS: A. Provide permanent self-adhesive wire markers on each conductor in panelboards or other equipment enclosures. B. Indicate the circuit number or terminal number to which the wire is connected. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: Electrical Identification ' 16195-2 1 II 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR A. Attach nameplates with approved adhesive on plastic surfaces and factory baked enameled surfaces only. Attach nameplates with proper screws on all other surfaces. B. Where shown, identify emergency system receptacles as to panelboard and circuit number supplying them C. Install nameplates identifying utility service entrance 6" above finished grade. D. Attach name tags to pull wires or conductors with nylon cord or other approved method. E. Install typewritten circuit directories in appropriate card slots. F. Install continuous strip of utility marker tape 12" above conduit or direct burial cable it is identifying. Do not backfdl to grade unt l tae installation is approved G. Install identifying labels on conduit where it enters or leaves a wall or floor and at other intervals not to exceed 20 feet. H. Install wire markers so that information is easily visible. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 Electrical Identification 16195-3 I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 'UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL SERVICES SECTION 16421 ' PART1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Trenching and backfilling B. Electrical secondary service raceways and wiring, including service to remote equipment ' C. Electrical primary service raceways D. Telephone service raceways E. Television service raceways F. Lightning arrestor 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16110 Raceways ' C. Section 16120 Wires and Cables D. Section 16195 Electrical Identification ' E. Section 16450 Grounding ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Shop Drawings of special mounting arrangements and metering requirements other than utility company's stancard details. ' PART2-PRODUCTS ' 2 01 ELECTRICAL SERVICE A. For underground raceways for primary and secondary service, as well as for remote equipment. use Schedule 40 PVC, rigid non-metallic conduit (PVC-NMC) 1. Provide Schedule 200 PVC-NMC straight couplings joined with approved solvent -cement. 2. Provide hot dipped galvanized rigid metal conduit (RMC) or intermediate metal conduit (IMC) long sweep elbows for all changes in direction. PVC-NMC elbows will not be allowed. Adapt to PVC- NMC conduit with combination coupling. B. For raceways exposed outside building, use RMC or IMC with threaded ends ' 1. Provide malleable iron or steel screw -on fittings and insulated bushings. 2. Provide watertight hubs for all box connectors. IUnderground Electrical Services 16421-1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR C. For all secondary wiring, use single, annealed, stranded copper conductors with 600 volt code type dual rated THHN/THWN insulation. 1. Make terminations in equipment to bolted lugs or use approved crimp -on connectors bolted to bus bars. 2. Make all required splices with approved crimp -on or bolted pressure connectors with snap -on or bolt - on insulators. , D. Where free standing metering equipment must be used, provide heavy steel angle frame for equipment mounting as required. Paint frame with gray enamel. E. Provide concrete pads for transformers and other equipment mounted on grade. Provide concrete bases, including steel reinforcing in accordance with utility company's standard details or requirements. 2.02 SIGNAL CABLE SERVICE RACEWAYS: A. For underground raceways, including elbows and risers stubbed up just above floor, use Schedule 40 PVC- NMC with PVC-NMC fittings joined with approved solvent -cement. 2.03 LIGHTNING ARRESTOR: A. Where electrical service terminates at the service disconnect device (MOP), provide lightning arrestor equal 1 to Square D Class 6671, Category No. SP11751 or SP3650 I as applicable. Furnish with indicator light to indicate sacrificed component as result of excess surge. Mount in NEMA 1 enclosure close to service entrance or mount within service disconnect enclosure. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 TRENCHING: A. Excavate bottoms of trenches to required depth with uniform and solid bearing for conduit. Do not lay conduit on mud, rocks, or unstable soil. Remove unsuitable bearing material and backfill to proper depth with sand or other approved material. B. Excavate trenches to depths that will provide 4 inches of sand under the conduits and the following minimum cover above top of conduits to finished grade: 1. Secondary conduit or signal cable service raceways under paved or landscaped areas -2 feet. 2. Secondary conduit or signal cable service raceways under unpaved or graveled driveways - 3 feet. 3. Primary conduit (for systems greater than 600 volts) -4 feet. 3.02 BACKFILLING: I A. Provide minimum of 4 inches of sand in bottom of trench for uniform bearing for conduit. After conduit has been laid and approved, backfill trench to a depth of one foot above top of conduit with sand or fine pea gravel. Install continuous strip of plastic utility marker tape over conduit and sand. Use suitable material for remaining backfill to finished grade, tamped to 95% compaction. Underground Electrical Services 16421 -2 I I; I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 3.03 INSTALLATION: IA. Do not lay conduit in wet trenches. Keep trenches dry by pumping or other means until backfilling is completed. B. If underground splices cannot be avoided, provide approved manhole properly protected and drained. C. Where multiple paralleled conductor make -ups are indicated on the Drawings, provide conductors identical in length. gauge. type. etc., and terminate exactly alike. ' D. Clean and swab -out conduit before pulling any wire. E. Use approved wire lubricating compound when necessary to assist wire pulling ' F. Where conduit enters building, seal space between conductors and conduit with "Ductseal." ' G. Terminate empty conduit for signal cable to outside building unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. Provide a spare conduit for telephone service in addition to the conduit used. Install fish wire and cap the open ends of conduit. H. Where pad mounted transformer is used, provide an empty conduit plus a spare for medium voltage primary cable from transformer to utility distribution system tap point. ' I. Identify entry location of each underground utility by providing a nameplate permanently attached on outside building wall directly above conduit where it enters building. J. Install lightning arrestor close to MDP. Wire lightning arrestor to main lugs or line side of main circuit breaker ' and system ground ' END OF SECTION I I I [1 I I Underground Electrical Services 16421-3 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 'TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR PANELBOARD PROTECTION HIGH EXPOSURE ( HIGH EXPOSURE) SECTION 16422 ' PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.01 WORK INCLUDED. A. Electrical System Protection System ' 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data sheets including installation, operation, and maintenance instructions for 1 equipment. B. Submit shop drawings indicating unit dimensions, weight, mounting requirements, connection details and layout diagrams 1 C. Submit list of spare parts and source of supply I I I I I r I II D. Submit five (5) year on site parts and labor warranty against failure 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Comply with UL 1449 Second Edition and Suppression Ratings. UL 1283 EMI/RFI Fil;ering and ANSI/IEEE O62.41 and C62.45 guidelines for category C surges. B. Approved manufacturers are Current Technology Model TG 200 and Liebert Model 444. Cutler Hammer Model CPS -MX and LEA International Model System 40, PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. A. Nominal voltage and configuration shall conform to the requirements as shown for the panelboard or switchboard. B. The maximum continuous operating voltage of all components shall not be less than 125% of nominal voltage. C. The units primary protection mode shall be line -to -neutral and secondary protection mode shall be line to ground and neutral to ground. D. The tested single impulse surge current capacity shall be no less than 200.000 amps/ protection mode and 400,000 amps per phase. E. The suppression rating for each protection mode shall be 800 volts (277 volt systems) or 400 volts volt systems). Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor, High Exposure 16422-1 UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 2.02 SUPPRESSION SYSTEM A. Unit shall utilize arrays of fused non-linear voltage dependent metal oxide varistors matched to share surge currents. B. Unit shall include a UL 1283 high frequency extended range tracking filter to provide a minimum insertion loss of 41 dB @ 100 KHZ and 35 dB @ 10 MHZ. C. Utilize copper bus bars and/or #1/0 AWG copper wire or larger for component connections. Provide mechanical lugs for each field connection. D. Provide LED visual status indicators of each phase. of the unit. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure. PART 3 -EXECUTION: 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Make connections with #1/0 AWG copper conductors of minimum length avoiding unnecessary bends. C. Connect to circuit breaker in panelboard indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor, High Exposure 16422-2 I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE. AR 'GROUNDING SECTION 16450 ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED ' A Equipment grounding and bonding B System grounding ' C. Transformer secondary grounding 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements ' B. Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 16120 Wires and Cables D. Section 16130 Boxes and Enclosures ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit certified test report of grounding electrode resistance ' PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A Provide 5/8 inch x 10 feet "copperweld" ground rods and accessories as required to achieve proper system ground. 2.02 GROUNDING WIRES: A Provide insulated grounding conductors and jumpers sized in accordance with the NEC but no smaller than ' #12 AWG. Identify with continuous green insulation or with green tape at each termination. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A Bond the entire metal raceway system including conduit, boxes, enclosures, equipment frames. motor ' housings, and etc. System to be mechanically and electrically continuous throughout installation. B. Bond grounding conductor to conduit at the entrance and exit from that conduit containing only the grounding ' conductor. C. Install grounding jumper from connector bushings to equipment grounding bars Bond grounding bars and ' Grounding 16450 -1 l UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR lugs to housing, except where an isolated ground is indicated. , D. Install separate grounding conductor in all raceway systems. E. Bond the grounding wires to each box and enclosure through which they pass, except where an isolated ' ground is indicated. F Install grounding electrode in accordance with the NEC. Prior to connecting to system, measure ground. ' resistance under "normal dry weather" conditions. If the electrode to ground resistance is not less than 25 ohms, install additional grounding electrode as required by the NEC. G Establish the system ground (grounding bar) at the service entrance. Bond this bar to all of the following: ' 1. Metal raceway system. 2. Grounding conductors, including those for isolated grounding systems. 3. The service entrance neutral conductor. Keep neutral conductors isolated from ground throughout electrical system except at the system ground. 4. The grounding electrode. 5. Domestic water service pipe. Provide grounding jumper across water meter connections. 6. The building steel including steel reinforcing in concrete foundations and steel frames as applicable. 7. Interior metal gas piping. H. Ground neutrals derived from dry -type transformers to building steel or domestic cold water pipe in accordance with the NEC, and bond to the metal raceway system. Keep neutral conductors isolated from ' ground throughout the transformer's secondary distribution system except at the derived source. END OF SECTION , I I I I I I Grounding , 16450-2 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 'CIRCUIT BREAKER LIGHTING PANELBOARDS, 240 VAC MAX SECTION 16471 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: ' A. Branch circuit panelboards rated 600 amperes or less B. Circuit breakers and accessories ' 1_02 RELATED WORK. A. Section 16010 Electrical Requirements B. Section 16190 Supporting Devices C. Section 16195 Electrical Identification D. Section 16450 Grounding 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets for each panelboard and each type of circuit breaker proposed for use ' Submit schedule of engraved name plates and panelboard circuit directories. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: ' A. Approved Manufacturers are Square D, Siemens, GE, and Cutler -Hammer for comparable and competitive product lines as applicable Additions to existing panelboards shall be made with circuit breakers and accessories from the same manufacturer as the existing panelboard. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 201 PANELBOARDS. A. Furnish w itn d isiributed phase sequence type bussing with approved plating. Provide plug -on or bolt -on circuit breaker connections as scheduled on the Drawings. B. Furnish with wiring terminals UL listed for 75'C and for copper wire C. Enclose bus assembly in galvanized steel cabinet of required gauge and gutter sizes. D. Provide "dead front" construction of code gauge steel with flush doors, concealed hinges, and flush cylinder ' tumbler -type locks. Key all panelboard locks in the building alike and also key like any existing panelboards where possible. ' E. For surface mounted cabinets, provide fronts of same size as the cabinets. For recessed cabinets, provide oversized fronts to completely cover wall openings. F. Provide solid neutral terminal block that is isolated from the cabinet. Provide an additional grounding terminal block that is isolated from the cabinet when used for service panelboard. ' Circuit Breaker Lighting Panelboards, 240 VAC, MAX. 16471.1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR I FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR G. Provide a grounding terminal block that is bonded to the cabinet unless used for an isolated grounded panelboard. H. Furnish panelboards with either a main circuit breaker (MCB) or main lugs only (MLO) as scheduled on the Drawings. Provide molded case circuit breakers of quick -make, quick -break, thermal -magnetic type with trip indication and common trip on all multi -pole breakers. Handle ties on multi -pole breakers will not be accepted. Where required, provide the following special breakers: 1. UL labeled "SW D" (switching duty) on breakers used for switching. 2. UL Class A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) types where ground fault protection is required. 3. Current limiting types with test button and interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes RMS symmetrical for use as main breaker for series connected rating applications. 4. UL listed HACR on breakers serving HVAC equipment marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. 5. Shunt trip type with coil clearing contacts and auxiliary relays as required. J. Rate each panelboard in accordance with UL Standard 67 for the integrated equipment short circuit rating indicated on the panel schedules. Where a Standard MB or MLO is provided, each branch breaker shall have the required interrupting capacity (AIC). At the Contractor's option, a current limiting type main breaker may be provided with lower rated AIC branch breakers as long as the UL recognized combinations of the series connected interrupting ratings meet the required integrated equipment short circuit rating indicated on I I the panel schedules. K. Panelboards shall be equal to Square D type NQOD with circuit breaker types being Q0, O1, O2, O4, IF, IK, or II as applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Mount panelboards with the top 6 feet above finished floor. B. Support and identify as specified in "Related Work", Paragraph 1.02 contained herein. END OF SECTION I I L I I I Circuit Breaker Lighting Panelboards, 240 VAC, MAX. 16471-2 IT 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 'LIGHTING AND POWER PANELBOARDS, 277/480 VAC SECTION 16473 ' PART1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: I1 A. Branch circuit panelboards rated 600 amperes or less B. Circuit breakers and accessories I, 1.02 RELATED WORK: 1 1 1 1 Ii A. Section 16010 Electrical Requirements B. Section 16190 Supporting Devices C. Section 16195 Electrical Identification D. Section 16450 Grounding 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets for each panelboard and each type of circuit breaker proposed for use. Submit schedule of engraved name plates and panelboard circuit directories. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Approved Manufacturer's are Square D. Siemens. G.E and Cutler -Hammer for comparable and competitive product lines as applicable Additions to existing panelboards snagl be made witn circuit oreakers and accessories ,rom the same manufacturer as INC existing panelboard PART2-PRODUCTS I ' 2.02 PANELBOARDS: 1 1 1 1 A. Furnish with distributed phase sequence type fully insulated bussing with approved plating. Provide plug -on or bolt -on circuit breaker connections as scheduled on the Drawings. B. Furnish with wiring terminals UL listed for 75°C. copper wire. C. Enclose bus assembly in galvanized steel cabinet of required gauge and gutter sizes.. D. Provide "dead front" construction of code gauge steel with flush doors, concealed hinges, and flush cylinder tumbler -type locks. Key all panelboard locks in the building alike and also key like any existing panelboards where possible. E. For surface mounted cabinets, provide fronts of same size as the cabinets. For recessed cabinets, provide oversized fronts to completely cover wall openings. F. Provide solid neutral terminal block that is isolated from the cabinet. Lighting and Power Panelboards 16473-1 I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR G. Provide a grounding terminal block that is bonded to the cabinet. H. K. Furnish panelboards with either a main circuit breaker (MCB) or main lugs only (MLO) as scheduled on the Drawings. I Provide molded case circuit breakers of quick -make, quick -break, thermal -magnetic type with trip indication and common trip on all multi -pole breakers. Handle ties on multi -pole breakers will not be accepted. Where required, provide the following special breakers: 1. UL labeled "SWD" (switching duty) on breakers used for switching. 2. Current limiting types with test button and interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes RMS symmetrical for use as main breaker for series connected rating applications equal to Square D type "I -limiter. 3. UL listed HACR on breakers serving HVAC equipment marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. 4. Shunt trip type with coil clearing contacts. Rate each panelboard in accordance with UL Standard 67 for the integrated equipment short circuit rating indicated on the panel schedules. Where a Standard MB or MLO is provided, each branch breaker shall have the required interrupting capacity (AIC). At the Contractor's option, a current limiting type main breaker may be provided with lower rated AIC branch breakers as long as the UL recognized combinations of the series connected interrupting ratings meet the required integrated equipment short circuit rating indicated on the panel schedules. Panelboards shall be equal to Square D type NF with branch circuit breaker types being EDB, EGB or EJB as applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: n J A. Mount panelboards with the top 6 feet above finished floor. I B. Support and identify as specified in "Related Work" contained herein. I END OF SECTION Lighting and Power Panelboards 16473-2 H [1 Li Ii 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 'CONTACTORS SECTION 16485 ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Branch circuit contactors. electrically or mechanically held. B. Feeder contactors, electrically or mechanically held. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16130 Boxes and Enclosures IC. Section 16190 Supporting Devices D. Section 16195 Electrical Identification 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets for each type of contactor proposed for use. B. Submit complete wiring diagrams of each type of contactor. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 CONTACTORS IA. For tungsten and ballast I ighttng, as well as resistance heating loads rated for 20 amperes or less, use Square D Class 8903, type L electrically held, or type LL mechanically held contactors as indicated on the Drawings. ' B For tungsten and ballast lighting, as well as resistance heating loads rated for 30 through 800 amperes. use Square D Class 8903. type S electrically or mechanically neld contactors as incicated on the Drawings. IC. For motors, transformers, or capacitors with individual overload protection. use Square D Class 8502 AC magnetic contactors. D. Provide the following accessories or features for contactors. ' 1. 120 volt coils. Furnish fused control transformer where required. 2. Grounding lug. ' 3. HOA switch for manual operation or testing 4. Pilot light. 5. Coil clearing contacts and control relay for mechanically held contactors. 6. Enclosure suitable for the environment. Where more than one contactor is located together, provide ' one enclosure for the group of contactors. ' Contactors 16485-1 1 UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: ' A. Size contactors for load ampacity, kilo -volt amps reactive (KVAR), or horsepower as required or indicated on the Drawings. B. Provide mechanically held contactors where called for on drawings. 1 END OF SECTION •1 1 Contactors ' 16485-2 i I 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 'LIGHTING FIXTURES SECTION 16510 ' PART1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Work under this section includes furnishing and installing lighting fixtures, lamps, and accessories. The term fixtures" in this section shall pertain to lighting fixtures. I H I 1, HI [I I C I I [I I 1.02 RELATED WORK. A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16190 Supporting Devices 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit manufacturer's data sheets complete with dimensions, mounting accessories, and photometric data for each type of fixture and lamp combination proposed for use. Include total connected fixture watts and power factor. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES: A. Fixture housings shall be constructed in a manner to prevent sagging or warping. Housing, trim, and lens frame shall be true, straight, and parallel as designed. Interior light reflective finishes shall be white baked enamel with a minimum reflectance of 85%. Hinged doors on ceiling mounted fixtures shall operate smoothly without binding, and I atches shall function easilywithout ithout the use of tools. All fixtures shall be sealed or gasketed to prevent light leaks. Lenses s hall be formed from 100% virgin acrylic with prismatic pattern unless noted otherwise. Louvers shall be parabolic cells with brushed aluminum finish unless noted otherwise. Lenses and louvers shall exactly fit the frame, and shall exhibit no signs of warping or sagging B. Ballasts shall be certified by ETL and carry the CBM label, and shall be high power factor with UL listing Ballasts shall be sound rated "A" Provide single ballast for 1, 2.3. or 4 lamp fixtures and two ballasts for 4 lamp fixtures with dual level switching. Provide high efficiency low interference electronic ballasts unless shown otherwise. Ballasts shall operate reliably in ambient temperatures from 50-100F and shall contain automatic reset thermal protection. Ballasts located in unheated spaces or outside shall operate reliably down to 0°F. Power factor shall be no less than 90%. Ballasts shall have less than 20% THD. Electronic ballasts shall match the lamps specified including compact fluorescent lamp/ballast combinations. C. Emergency ballast shall be UL listed. Emergency ballasts shall be sound rated "A". Provide ballast for operation of one lamp for a minimum of 90 minutes upon interruption of normal power. Emergency ballasts shall provide 600 lumens output for one 32W T8 lamp or 500 lumens output for a compact fluorescent lamp. D. Lamps shall be Sylvania, G.E., or Westinghouse. Fluorescent lamps shall be high efficiency,T8, color corrected, rapid start, unless noted otherwise. All lamps shall meet efficiency standards set forth in the National Energy Policy Act of 1992. Wiring within the fixture shall have insulation suitable for the voltage, current, and temperature to which the conductors will be subjected. Lamp sockets shall conform to the applicable requirements of UL 542, Lighting Fixtures 16510 -1 I I UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR Surface mounted fixtures shall be UL listed for mounting directly to low density ceilings. Fixtures shall be furnished with hangers, stems, or spacers as required or as noted on the Drawings. All fixtures installed in damp or wet locations shall be approved and listed as such. 2.02 INCANDESCENT FIXTURES: A. Fixture construction, including wiring, shall be in accordance with UL Standards and the NEC. All recessed fixtures shall be provided with an automatic reset thermal protection device and shall be UL listed as type "NON -IC.'. Recessed fixtures installed where insulation is within three inches of housing shall be UL listed as type "I.C.". Recessed fixtures shall be pre -wired to a junction box approved for through wiring and shall include any bar hangers, mounting accessories, trim rings, etc. required to complete the installation. All fixtures installed in damp or wet locations shall be approved and listed as such. B. Incandescent lamps shall be suitable for the fixtures in which they are installed. Reflector lamps shall have beam patterns as scheduled on the Drawings. Fixtures installed in a manner that will make lamp replacement inconvenient shall be furnished with extended service lamps or lamps with the longest projected life available. All lamps shall meet the efficiency standards set forth in the National Energy Policy Act of 1992. 2.03 H.I.D. FIXTURES: A. Fixture construction, including wiring, shall be in accordance with UL Standards and the NEC. All outdoor fixtures shall be listed as suitable for wet locations and shall include all mounting accessories, poles, anchor bolts, brackets, and concrete bases for pole mounted fixtures where indicated or required. B. Ballasts shall be CWA type capable of reliable starting down to -20°F and shall have a power factor of 0.9 or greater. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. The Contractor shall study the finished conditions and shall furnish fixtures compatible with the type of ceiling in which they are to be installed including all requiredmounting accessories. The Contractor shall relocate any fixture which, after installation, is found to interfere with other equipment or is otherwise located to conflict with proper performance as intended. Final wiring connections to fixtures located in lay -in ceilings shall be through Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC). Lay -in fluorescent fixtures shall be supported at all four (4) corners directly from the structure above with #12 AWG galvanized steel hanger wire. Hanger wires may be attached to the fixture or to the ceiling T -bar grid system at the fixture corners. Where hanger wires are attached to the T -bar grid, provide approved clips to attach fixture to the grid. Recessed incandescent fixtures installed in lay -in ceilings shall be provided with bar hangers attached to the T -bar grid and supported with a minimum of two #12 AWG galvanized steel hanger wires and shall support fixture with no force on the ceiling panels. Trim rings shall completely cover openings in ceiling panels. Exposed sides of surface mounted fixtures shall have no visible knock -out indentations. 3.02 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING: �II I I I I L I C I I I A. Upon completion of the work, thoroughly clean and polish all fixtures inside and out, and clean all lamps. Adjustable fixtures shall be carefully aimed and positioned in the presence of the Architect. I Upon completion of the work, the contractor shall deliver to the Owner the following: Lighting Fixtures 16510-2 II 'UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE. AR 1. Each ballast type Provide quantity equal to 10% of the fixture total but not less than two of each type. ' 2. Each lamp type enclosed in original packaging. Provide quantity equal to 10% of fixture total but not less than two of each type. IEND OF SECTION I I I IT I I IT I IT1 I Ii 11 ' Lighting Fixtures 16510-3 1 UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR SECURITY SYSTEM SECTION 16726 PART I -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Programmable control panel B. Sensors/detectors 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 16120 Wires and Cables D. Section 16130 Boxes and Enclosures E. Section 16190 Supporting Devices F. Section 16195 Electrical Identification 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit manufacturer's data sheets on all items of equipment. B. Submit complete wiring diagrams for all elements of the system C. Submit test report on completed system. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Approved unit is Simplex Grinnell ' Power 832"' or equal Perform system start-up and testing by factory trained technicians PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 CONTROL PANEL. A. Provide eight zone supervised, remote keypad, programmable system with battery and charger. Simplex main alarm control panel PC5010. B. Provide keypads and other accessories required for a complete system as indicated on the Drawings. Security System 16726-1 UA CORPORATE HANGAR FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, AR 2.02 SENSORS/DETECTORS A. Provide point of entry protection for each outside door with Simplex concealed magnetic contact. Provide units compatible with door and frame. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install magnetic switch in each outside door and frame. Coordinate switch type with door/frame type. B. Install all wiring in conduit. D. Provide wiring to notify the telephone system. 3.02 TESTING: A. Test completed system and verify proper operation in all modes. Instruct Owner's representatives on operation and maintenance. Demonstrate interfacing compatibility with telephone system. END OF SECTION Security System 16726-2 I I I I I I I 1l I I APPENDIX A • OSHA Standard for Excavation and Trenches Safety Program I I I I I [I I I I I I H I I I I State o(Arkansas 2 79th Gcacral Assembly 3 Regular Session, 1993 4 By. Senator Kect S 6 Ar Engrossed: 2(10/93 ACT 93 A Bill SENATE BILL 320 For An Act To Be Entitled 7 8 "AN ACT TO REQUIRE THE INCLUSION IN ALL BIDS FOR PUBLIC 9 WORKS PROJECTS A SEPARATE PRICE PAY ITEM FOR TZ.NCE 02 10 EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEMS; TO INVALIDATE BIDS S. C& DO NOT 11 CONTAIN SUCH PROVISIONS; TO DECLARE AN RCZNCY; A.VD FOR 12 OTHER PURPOSES." 13 Subtitle 14 15 "AN ACT TO REQUIRE THE INCLUSION IN ALL BIDS FOR PUBLIC 16 WORKS PROJECTS A SEPARATE PRICE PAY ITEM FOR TRENCH OR 17 EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEMS." 18 19 BE IT ENACTED BY TEE GENERAL ASSE2IILY OF .THE STATE. OF A.RRANSAS: 20 21 .. SECTION 1. Whenever any agency of this state or of a=7 toasty, 22 municipality, or school district, or other local taxing unit or inprovement 23 district enters into a contract covered by the provisions of Arkansas Code $j 24 22-9-202 - 22-9-204 for the making of repairs or. alterations or the erection 25 of buildings or for the making of any other improvements, or for the 26 construction or improvement of bighvays, roads, streets, side -calks, curbs, 27 gutters, drainage or sewer projects, or for any other construction project in 23 which the public work or public improvement construction project involves a_y 29 trench or excavation which equals or exceeds five (5) feet in depth, the 30 agency, county, municipality, school district, local taxitg uric or 31 improvement district shall require: 32 (1) the current edition of Occupational Safety std Health 33 Ad=iniscrarion Standard for Excavation and T:etcbes Safer T S,rsce=, 29 Cfl 34 1926, Subpart F, be specifically incorporated into the speclficstlons for ch 35 project; and 36 (2) the contract bid form to include a separate pay' ice= for I 1 SB (s Ecgrasard: 2/10/93 ' I trench or excavation safety ayscees and be included in c.e base bid. 2 3 SECTION 2. In the event a contractor fails to c:cplece a separate pa 4 tree In accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 1 of this act, 5 the agency, couac7, eunicipalic7, school district, local taxin3 unit or 6 inproveaeat district shall declare that the bid fails to cctp17 fu117 with 7 provisions of the specifications and bid docunence and witl be considered g invalid as a non -responsive bid. The owners of the above stated project sh 9 notify the Scare Deparcnent of Labor (Safety Div_fsioa) of the award of.a 10 contrite covered by chic act. 1I 12 SECTIOH 3. All provisions of this act of general and pe ^-awe^.t aacur 13 are anendatory to the Arkansas Code' of 1987 Annotated and the Arkansas Code 14 Revision Coasission shall incorporate the sane in the Code. 15 16 SECTION 4. If any provisions of this act or the application thereof • 17 any person or circunscance is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect 18 other provisions or applications of the act which can be given effect wicho j9 the invalid provisions or application, and to this end the provisions of tb • 20 act are declared to be severable. i • 21 SECTION 5. All laws and parts of laws in conflict with this act are 23 hereby repealed. • 24 , � SECTION 6. Ecergency. It is hereby found and decerained by the 26 Seventy -Ninth Central Assecbly of the State of Ar'unsas chat the well-bein3 27 Arkansas' craft workers are unnecessarily exposed to the hazards of trench 23 excavation and the i�ediace passage of this act is necessary is order to 29 protect the health and safety of the Arkansas worker. Therefore, an eeerse 30 is hereby declared to exist, and this act being necessa_y for the '— ediace 31 preservation of the public peace, health, and safety, shall be in f11 fort t32 and effect hoc and after its passage and approval. 33 Is/ Senator Keec 34 35 1 36 APPR ' I I OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HF.kLTH 1926 Seca: t P RZCCUT:O.YS AAD? OczDCaS 1 _ Overview Subpart P - - _..._._... _- Eacavatioaa P -I. What art the most @ quendy C. se.'eus • 29 CFR 1926.65!(1)(2) was deleted by 59 FR 40730 Excavation violatiorsl (lams-/ 1• 1990 to dated August 9, 1994 (pubUcatioaoff.:al n Ie SubcW April 1, 1996) M of Part 1926 (all Protection)). 29 CFR 1926.652(aXl) (Protection in Excavations) P-2. What are socc ce,jye cool e ensue -s t4at .651(k)(!) (tnzpe ) can used fa the serious hazards discussed is F- .65IQ)(2) (LL oose RockRock/Soil) l7 . ' .651(cX2) (Meant o(Egress) .651(d) (Vehicular TratTic) A. The comcecect peon should deve!eo .651(k)(2) (Inspections) a check c list ezttmcaa g the itw s 651(tXl)(WaterAeeumtilatioa) listed in P-1 a -.d tse the list to .651Q)(I) (Loose Rock/Sail) idtiJ5r acd caress tasafe cr 6510X2)•(Walkways/GuardniLs) ej ea!thy conditions that exst on a .651(e) OFalling Loads) particular worksite. .651(IX3) (Adjueat Strocatrea) 651(iXl)•(Walkways/Guardrails) B. All excavations including p -eyes .652(b) (Sloping/Bmching Systems) must be shored or sloped that are 5 .651((IXIXAdjaeeatStructures) feet (1.52 m) in depth, or greater 652(c) (Design/Protective Systems)' (!926652). For excavations less than .652(8)(2) (Shield Systems Requirements) 5 feet (132 m) in depth, the .652(g)(l) (Shield Syansec-.J) .651(b)(4) (Uodeagrotmd Installations at nt pe sop exaraiaea the excavation for tettial cave•' a .651((Hazardous Atmospheres) b=lr s and makes a detcr..iaadon if 651(ax) (SurfaceEacumbnaees) protection is ecedcd .652(a)(2) (Protective Systems) (1926.652(a)(1)). I I I I ' P•1 U I OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES 1926 Subpart P - Excavations AUTHORITY: Sec. 107, Contract Worker Hours and Safety Standards Act (Construction Safer/ Act) (40 U.S.C. 333); Sri. 4, 6, 3, Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); Secretary of Labor's Order No. 12-71 (36 FR 8754), 8-76 (41 FR 25059), 9-83 (43 FR 35736), or 1-90 (55 FR 9033), as applicable. Section 1926.651 also issued under 29 CFR Part 191 1. SOURCE: 54 FR 45959, Oct. 31, 1939, unless otherwise noted (59 FR 40730, Aug. 9, 1994] 1926.650 - Scope, Application, an d Definitions Applicable to this Subpart (a) Scope and appfeatiar. This subpart applies to all open excavations made in the earth's surface. Excavations are defined to include trenches. (b) Definitions applicable to this subpart Accepted engineering practices means those requirements which ate compatible with standards of practice required by a registered professional engineer. Alunrinum Hydraulic Shoring means a prc.engineered shoring system comprised of aluminum hydraulic cylinders (crossbraces) used in conjunction with vertical rails (uprights) or horizontal rails (wales). Such system is designed specifically to support the sidewalls of an excavation and prevent cave•irs. Bell-bottom pier hale means a type of shaft or footing excavation, the bottom of which is made larger than the cross section above Co form a belted shape. Benching (Benching system) means a method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating the sides of an excavation to form one or a series of horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical cr near-vetical surfaces between level .Cave-in means the separation of a mass of soil or rock material from the side of an excavation, or the loss of soil from under a trench shieldor support system, and its sudden movement into the excavation. either by falling or sliding, in suff dent quantity so that it could entrap, bury, or other wise injure and immobilize a person. . Competentpenon means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings, or working (conditions which are unsanitary, hazztf us, or dangerous to employees, and who has ' authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. . . Goss braces mean the horizontal members of a shoring system installed perpendicular to the sides of the excavation, the tads of which bear against either uprights or wales. Ercavation means any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface. formed by earth removal Faces or sides means the vertical or inclined earth surfaces formed as a result of excavation work. Failure means the breakage, displacement, or permanent deformation of a tuc,tural member or connection so as to reduce its structural integrity and its supportive capabilities. Hazardous atmosphere means zn atm..osphe which by reason of being explosive. flammable, poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing. irritating, oxygen deficient, to,dc, erothervise ha rrtkl, may cause death, illness, or injury. lftrkaue rr n the accideaul micase or faiit.-e of a cross brace. I I I I I I I 1 U II I I I I P-2 1 11 I IOCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926.6) neeturrorsAND rnocep5r(,ss I I J I 1 I I I I 1 I Shoring (Shoring system) means a structure ' such as a metal hydraulic, mechanical or timber shoring system that supports the sides of an excavation and which is designed to prevent cave-ins. . ' Sides. Sc Sloping (Sloping system) meats a method of ' protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating to fort sides of an excavation that are inclined away from the excavation so as to prevent cave-ins. The angle of ' incline required to prevent a cave-in varies with differences in such factors as the soil type, Protedve rystem means a method of protecting e.:.ployees torn cave-ins; from material that could fall or roll from an cccavation face or into at. excavation. or tote the collapse of adjacent structurs. Protective systems include support syxens, sloping and beaching systems, shield systems,. and other systems that provide the necessary protection. Ramp meats an inclined walking or working surface that is used to gain access to one point from another, and is constructed from earth or from suuctura! matrials such as steel or wood. Registered Professional Engineer means a person who is registered as a professional engineer in the state what the work is to be performed. However. a professional engineer, registered in any state is deemed to be a 'registered profasioaal enginecf within the meaning of this standard whoa approving designs for 'manufactured protective systems' or 'tabulated date to be used in interstate commerce. Sheeting means the members of a shoring system that retain the earth in position and in nun are supported by other member of the shoring system Shield (Shield system) means a structure that is able to withstand the forces imposed an it by a cave-in and thereby protect employes within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and moved along as work progresses. Additionally, shields can be either premanufaeturod or job -built in accordance with 1926.652(cX3) or (cX4). Shields used in trenches arc usually referred. to as trench boxes' or trench shields.' envirccmrtal conditions of exposure, and application of surcharge loads Stable rock mca.s:,atural slid cute-. al mate^al that can be excavated with vertical sides and will remain intact while exposed Unstable rock is considered to be stable whoa the rock material an the side or sides of the excavaticn is secured again^s. caving -in or movement by rock bolts or by another protective system that has bca designed by a registered professional engineez Sov�tral ranrp means a Wrap built of s:eel or wood, usually used for vesicle access. Ramps made of soil or rock are not considered structural ramps Support rystenr means a structure such as underpinning, bracing, or shoring, which provides support to an. adjacent .structurq underground installation, or the sides of in excavation. Tabulated data means tables and charts approved by a registered professional engineer and used to design and constrict a protective system. Trends (french excavation) meant i narrow excavation (m relatioa to its L-ngth)'made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet.(4.6 n). If forms or othrsttuctutu arc installed of constructed in an excavation so as to reduce the dimension measured from the forms or structure to the side of the excavation to 15 feit(4.6 m) or less (measured at the bottom of the excavation), the excavation is also considered to be a trench. Trench box. See *Shield." Trench shield See "Shield' Uprights means the vertical members of a tr_:tch shoring system placed in contact with he earth and usually positioned so that individual members do not contact each other. Uprights placed so that individual members an: closely spaced, in contact with or interconnected to each other, are oftert called 'shee:ing.' Wales mcans horizontal members of a shorir.g P-3 i OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926.650(b) .. -. .RECW TIOSA.NDPROCDL S system placed parallel to the excavation face whose sides bear against the vertical members of the shoring s, s;cm or carth. 1926.651 - General Requirements. (a) Surface encumbrances. All surface ccrmbtanees that are located so as to create a hazard to coployccs shall be'rtmoved or supported, as ccccssaxy. to safeguard employes. (b) (c) Underground insralla$ons (1) The estimated location of utility installations, such as sewer, telephone, fuel, electric, water lines, or any other underground ina,natioas that reasonably may be expected to be ncountecd during excavation work, shall be determined prior to opening an excavation. (2) Utility companies or owners shall be ccntaetd within established or customary local response times, advised of the proposed work, and naked to establish the location of the utility uadergrottad'installatious prior to the start of actual acavatioa When utility companies or owners cannot respond to a request to locate underground utility installations within 24 hours (unless a longer period is required by state or local law). crcannot establish the exact location (2) Means of egress from trench of them installatiocs,the employer may proceed, excavoa9ons. A stairway, ladder, ramp or other Eroded the employer does so with caution, and safe means of es shall be located in trench provided detection equipment or other excavations that are 4 feet (1.22 m) or more in acceptable means to locate utility installations are used. (3) Whet cccavation opctiots approach the (d) Exposure to vehicular rraS'= Employees es irrated location of underground installations, exposed to public vehicular traffic shall be provided the exact location of the installations shall be with, and shall wear, warning vests or other suitable determined by safe and acceptable mea1s. garmeras marked with or mad: of r- lectored zor high-visibiticy material. (4) While the excavation is open, underr,.ourid insns tallatioshall be protected, (c) Exposure to falling toadr. No ploye: shall supported orrrnoved as necessary to safeguard be pemitted underneath loads handled by lift:rg or employes, digging equipment Employees shall be required to sand away from any vehicle being loaded or unloaded Access and egress - to avoid bong struck by any spillage or fafing (1) Strururalramps. (1) Structural ramps that are used safely by mplovees as a etc .s of scccs or egress from excavations c' 'ii be designed by a compel trson. t pe Strra uctural mps used for accots sor c e of equipment shall be desired by a competent person qualitid in s.: rerunl deign, and shall be cotcue s= d' in accordance with the design td! (u) Ramps and rnsvrays eonst^acred of two or more strucanl mennbers shall • here the structural members cocnntd together to prevent displacmnt .,(tit) .Stnxctralmmbesusdforramps • and. runways shall be of uniform thiclmess. (iv) Cleats or other appropriate means • used to connect runway stuctunl members shall be attachd to the bottom • of the nmway or shall be attached m a manner to prevent tripping. (v) Structural ramps used in lien of steps shall be provided with cleats or • other srdace treatments o the top surface to prevent slipping. ' depth so as to require no more than 25 feet (7.62 m) of lateral travel for employees. I I a IJ I I I I I I I I U 1 I OCCAPATIO . AL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926.651(c) R`CULt r iONS AND PRoCtDUR .s ' materials: Operators' may remain in the cabs of vehicles being loaded or unloaded when the vehicles are equipped, in accordance with 1926.601(b)(6). to provide adequate protection for the operator during loading and unloading operations. I I i 11 I I rU I I I I 1 (t) Warningsystemforntobilsequipment Whet mobile equipment is operated adjacent to an excavation, or when such equipment is required to approach the edge of an excavation, and the operator does net have a dear and direct view of the edge of the excavation, a warning system shall be utilized such as barricades. hand or mechanical signals, or stop logs. If possible, the grade should be away from the excavation. (g) Hazardous aonosph era - (1) Testing and controls. In addition to the requirements set forth in subparts D and E of this part (29 CPR 1926.50 - 1926.107) to prevent exposure to harmful levels of atmospheric contaminants and to assure acceptable ' atmospheric conditions, the following requirements shall apply: (1) Where oxygen deficiency (atmospheres containing less than 19.5 pert:ct oxygen) or a hazardous atmosphere exists or could reasonably be expected to exist, such as in excavations in landfill arras or excavations in areas where hazardous substances are stored nearby, the a&nosphetes in the excavation shall be tested before employees enter excavations greater than 4 feet (1.22 m) in depth. (ii) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent employee exposure to atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen and other hazardous at nospheres. These precautions inctede providing proper respiratory protection ccscrtilaticn in acordree with subparts D and E of this part respectively. (ii) Adequate prxaut:oa shall be taken such as providing ventilation, to pervert employee exposure to an aLmospherc • containing a corccL-atica of a flar unable gas in exec ss of 20 pe:..—.t of the lower flay.table 1L it of the gas. (iv) Whc ecruols are used that a:: intended to reduce the level c: atmospheric cennnainacts to a rtab!c lcvc!s tesin3 shall be conducted as oC:e as necessary to cis re that he atmosphere remains safe . (2) Emergency rescue equipment `i) E.^trercy r c C: iaca{ such as breathing acoaratus, & safety harness and tine, or a basket sce:che.-, shall be readily available where hazardous atmospheric coeditions exist cr may i asonably be excreted to develop during work in an excavation. This equipment ' shall be attended when in use. (u') Employees entering bell-bottom pier holes, or other similar deep and confined footing excavations, shall wear a harness with a lifeline sr_ur_ly attached to it. The lifeline shall be separate from any lire used to handle materials, and shall be individually amended at all titres while the employes wearing the lifeline is in the excavation. (h) Proterntonfronr hazards arsoclated wadi water accunsufadon. (I) Employees shall not work in excavations in which there is accumulated water, or in excavations in which water is acctrnulawtg. unless adequate precautions have beech taken to protect employces against the hazards posed by watcaccumulation. The precautions net. a:y to protect employees adequately vary with each situation, but could include special suogcrt er shield systems to protect from cave-ins, water removal to control the level of acv-"neJatin3 water, or use of a safety harness and lifeline. (2) If water is controlled or pr-vc .tcd from accumulating by the use of water r^ova! equipment, the water removal equipment and I I OCCUPATIONAL S AFETY AND HEALTH 1926.651(hW2) REGULATIONS AND PRCCCDGRES operations shall be monitored by a ecmpete :t pason Co ensure proper operation. - (3) If excavation work interrupts the natual drainage of surface water (such as streams), diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water front entering the cccavatioa and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation. Excavations subject to runoff from heavy rains will require an inspection by a competent person and compliance with paragraphs (h)(t) and (h)(_') of this section. (1 Stability of adjacent structures. (1) Whet the stability of adjoining buildings. walls, or other structures is endangered by excavation operations, support systems such as shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be provided to - ensure . the stability of such structures for the protection of employes. (2) - E-aavatioa below the level of the base or footing of any foundation or retaining wall that could be reasonably expected to pose a hazard to employees shall not be permitted except When: (i) A support system, such as underpinning, is provided to ensure the safety of employees and the stability of • the s ructu e; or Cu) The excavation is in stable roc.!-, or (iii) Aregistered professional engineer has approved the determination that the structure is sufficiently removed from the excavation so as to be unaffected by the excavation activity; or .. (iv) A rtgistctd professional engineer has approved the determination that such excavation wort: will not pose a hazard to employees. (3) Sidewalks, pavements and appurtenant structure shall not be undermined unless a support system or another method of protection is provided to. protect employees Len the possible collapse of such sttuc:us (j) Protection of employees front loose rock or soiL (1) Adequate prctection shall be provided to protect employees from loose rock or soil that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling from an excavuionfacm Such protecion shall consist of scaling to remove loose matcial; installation of protective barricades at intervals as necessary on the face to stop and contain failing material; or other means that provide equivalent protection. (2) Employees shall be protected from excavated or other materials or equipment that could pose .a hazard by falling or rolling into excavations Protection shall be provided by placing and keeping such materials or • equipment at least 2 feet (.61 m) from the edge • of excavations, or by the use of retaining devices • that are sullicient to prevent materials or equipment from falling. or. rolling • into excavations, or by a combination of both if . necessary. (k) Inspect ens. (1) Daily inspections of excavations, . the adjacent areas, and protective systems shall be made by a competent poison for evidence of a • situation that could result in possible cave-ins, indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions. An inspection shall be conducted by the competent person prior to the scan of work and as needed throughout the shift Inspections shall also be made after every rainstorm or other hazard inctasing occur c cc. These inspections arc only required when employee exposure ten be reasonably anticipated. (2) Where the competent pcson • finds evidence of a situation that could result in a possible cave-in, indications of failure of protective systems. hazardous aL^osphetes, or other hazardous conditions, exposed employes shall be removed from the hazardous area until I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I P-6 I I OCCIIPATIOC'AL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926:651(k)(22) • RECCLATIOiNS AND PnCC.DC S I I I I I I I I the necessary precautions have been taken to ensure their safety. (1) Fall protecton. (I) Walkways shall be provided where employees or . equipment are required or permitted to acss over excavations. Guardrails which comply with 1926302(b) shall be provided where walkways are 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels. (2) Adequate barrier physical protection shall be provided at all remotely located excavations. Al! weUs, pits, shafts, etc., shall be barricaded or coverer. Upon completion of exploration and other similar operations, temporary wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall be bacld-tlled. (54 FR 45959, Oct 31, 1989, as amended by 59 FR 40730, Aug 9, 1994] 1926.652 - Requirements for Protective Systems. (a) Protection of employees in excavations. (1) Each employee in an excavation shall be protected from cave-ins by an adequate protective system designed in accordance with paragraph (b) or (c) of this section except when: ' (1) Excavations are made entirely in stable cock, or ' (i) Excavations are less than 5 feet (1.52 m) in depth and examination of the ground by a competent person provides ' no indication of a potential cave-in. (2) Protective systems stall have the capacity to resist without failure all loads that are intended or could reasonably be exxpcc:ed to be applied or transmitted to the system. ' (b) Design ofstopirrg and benchingtystenu•. The ra slopes and configurations of s!eci.^g &td be-cti.' g systems shall be selected and emit _c:ed b! t c employer or his designee and shall be accc with the requirements of pararach Co;(I): Cr. &t the alternative. paragraph (b'(2); cc, is the a!te-se, Paragraph (b)(3)'. or, i.•t the ele-alive, pc:a_.a;h (bX4), as follows: (1) Opdon (1) -Allowable config ura: ors and slopes. (I) Excavations shall be slcoed a: at angle not steeper than one and ore half horizontal to one vertical (34 degrees measured from the horizontal), at!ess the employer uses one of the other opriers listed below. (i) Slopes specified in paraaach (b)(1)(i) of this section, shall be e:ccavated to form configurations that at in accordance with the slopes shown for Type C soil in Appendix B to this subpart. (2) Option (7) - Determination of slopes and configurations using Appendices A and B. Maximum allowable slopes, and allowable configurations for sloping and beaching systcas, shall be determined in accordance with the conditions and requirements set forth in appendices A and B to this subpart (3) Option (3) - Designs ruing other tabulated data (i) Desigrs of sloping or berc Lng systems shall be se!eeted & ra and Ln accordance with tabulated dau, such as tables and charts. (i) The tabulated data setal. be in written form and shall include all of the following: (A) Identification cf the parameters that affect the selection of a sloping or bcnchirg rsx-: drawn front such data; I I OCCUPATIOr 4L SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926.652(U)(3)fifB) RECULATIONS A.SD PROCEDURES (B) Ide,tificticn of the limits of (c) Design ofsupporirysrens, shield systens, and I use of the data, to include the other proteciverystentr. Designs of supports:sc^s magnitude and ccniiiguration of shic!d systems, and other protective Systems sail be slopes determined to be safe; selected and cons uc:ed by the employer cc his desi,:.ee and shall be in accordance with the (C) Explanatorj information as tequiretcttsofpangraph (e)(1); or, in the alternative, may be necessary to aid the user in paragraph (c)(2); or, in the alternative, paragracit making a correct se!ection of a (cx3); or, i the alternative, paragraph (c)(4) as follows: protective system from the data. (1) Option (1) - Designs using appendices (ii) At least one copy of the tabulated A, C and D. Designs for timber shoring it.. data which identifies the registered troches shalt be determined in accordance with professional engineer who approved the the conditions and requirements set forth in data, shall be maintained at the jobsite acne dices A and C to this subpart Designs for during construction of the protective aluminum hydraulic shoring shall be in system. After that time the data may be accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the section, but if manufacturer's tabulated data data shall be made available to the cannot be utilized, designs shall be in Secretary upon request, accordance with appendix D. (4) Option (4) - Design by a registered (2) Option (7) - Designs Using ' professional engineer. Manufacturer's Tabulated Data. (1) Sloping and benching systems not n Design of support systems, shield utilizing Option (I) or Option (2) or •systens,orotheprotectivesystemsthat .Option (3) under paragraph (b) of this are drawn from manufacture's tabulated section shall be approved by a registered data shall be in accordance with all professional engineer. specifications, reconnecdatiors, and. limitations issued or made by the (t) Designs shalt be in written form manufacturer. and shall include at least the following: p) Deviation from the specifications, (A) The magnitude of the slopes recommendationst, and limitations issued that were determined to be safe for or made by the manufacturer shall only the particular project; be allowed after the manufacturer issues specific written approval. (B) The conEguntions that were determined to be safe for the (1i) Manufacturer's specifications, particular project; recommendations, and limitations, and manufacturer's approval to deviate from (C) The idertciry of the the specifications, recommendations, and registered professional engineer limitations shall be in written form at the approving the design. jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time this (Ni) At least one copy of the design data may be stored off the jobsite, but a shall be maintained at the jobsite while copy shall be made available to the the slope is being corstnrc:cd. Ater that Secretary upon request time the design need not be at the jobsite, but a copy shall be made available to the (3) Option (3) - Designs using other Secretary upon rcqucst. tabulated data. r•s I I I ' OCCUPATTOCIAL SAFETY AND HEALTH " ' " 1926.652fc)r) ft) AECULAT IONSA.YD PCCCDU S ' (B) 'The' idett_F/ of -^e Dmgitsofsupportsyste.r.s,shie!d register:d profesrcr.1 c.gsc:r sysrcss, crother protective systems shall approvi: g the desigo_ ' be selected from and be in accordance with tabulated data, such as tables and viii) At lust are copy of the des'e charts. shall be maintained at the jcbr.:e &±g ' cccsz.ic.icn of the erocec.:Yc is::rn. (u) The tabulated data shall be m Ater that time. the d.si i may ter ccr:d written form and include all of the off the jobsite, but a cosy of the derig following: shall be made available to the Sc_-::a:/ upon request (A) Identification of the parameters that affect the selection (d) Materials and equipment of a protective system drawn from such data; • (1) . Materials and euipment used for protective sys:eas shall be Lme from dcage Cr (B) Identification of the lirnits of defects that might impair their proper fccc.:cr.. ' ruse of the data; (2) Manufactured materials and erg icrnc t (C) E lavatory information as used far protective systems shall be usd and 1 • may be necessaryto aid the a sc in maintained in a ma^ner that is censistct with • malting a correct selection of a the reeommendatioas of the manufacttr:er, and protective system from the data in a moan that will prevent employee ccosurt to hazards. ' • - '(u-i) . At least one copy of the tabulated data, which. *identifies the iegista=d (3) When material or cgi otact that is used professional engineer who Approved the forprotectivc systems is damaged, a com?ecet ' iu data, shall be maintained at the jobsite person shall examine the material or equicment during construction of the protective and evaluate its suitability for continued use. If system Attu that time the data may be the competedt person cannot assure the material stored off thejobsite, but a copy of the or equipment is able to support the intended ' data shall be made available to the loads or is otherwise suitable for safe use, then Scaetary upon rtquest such material or equipment shall be rraoved from service, and shall be evaluated and (4) Option (4) - Design by a registered approved by a registered professional ecgine:r professional engineer, before being returned Co service. (i) Support sys:ens. shield systems, (c) Installation and removal ofsupporr- '• and other proec ttive systems not utilizing Option 1, Option 2 or Option 3. above. (I) General shalt be approved by a registe.^d ' professional engine--.. (i) Mcbe s of support syst: ns shalt be seen -!y co nc d together to prevc .t (i) Designs shall be in written font sliding, falling, kickcuts, or other and shall include the following: predictable failure. ' (A) A plan indicating the sic:s, ('a) Se:cur, sirs etts shall be irsta!I d tvees, and coniguratiors of the and r_moved in a r..anrcr that ptot:cs rnaterials to be used in the employees from cave•ins. scructuml protective system; and collapses, Cr from being struck by P-9 II I OCCIIPATIOPiALSAFETY AND HEALiH 1926.652(e)(I)(ui) RECUTATIOtiS AND PROCEDURES members of the supportsystch. (g) Shield systems - , CiJ) Individual members of support (1) General systems shall not be subjected to loads exceeding those which those members C) Shield systems shall not be were designed to withstand. subjected to loads exceeding those which the system was designed to withstand. (iv) Before temporary removal of individual members begins. additional (u) Shields shall be installed in a precautions shall be taken to ensure the manner to restrict lateral or other safety of employees, such as installing hazardous movement of the shield in the other structural members to carry the event of the application of sudden lateral loads imposed on the support system. loads. . '.. (v) Removal shall begirt at, and progress from, the bottom of the excavation. Members shall be rticased slowly so as to note any indication of possible failure of the remaining mambas of the structure or. possible cave-ia of the sides of the excavation (vi)• Badtfilling shall progress together with the tanoval of support systems from excavations. (2) Additional requirements for support systemsfor trench excavations. . (7 . Excavation of material to a level no greater than 2 feed (.61 m) below the bottom of .the members of a support system shall be pe mittd, but only if the system is designd to resist the forces calculated for the full depth of the trench, and that are no indications while the trench is open of a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the support system. (i) Installation of a support system shall be closely coordinated with the excavation of trenches. (t) Stop ing'and benching sysrenu. Employ=s shall net be permitted to work on the faces of sloped or benched excavations at levels above other emplovecs except when employes at the lower levels art adequately protected from the hazard of falling. rolling. or sliding material or equipment. Crier) Employees shall be protected from I the brazd of cave-ins when cteng or cddng the areas protected by shields. Cv) Employees shall act be allowed its , shields when shields are being installed, .'removed, or moved vertically. , (2) ' Additional requirement for shield systems ' used' in trench ezeavadotss Excavations of earth material to a level not great= than 2 feet (.61 m) below the bottom of a shield shall be permitted, but only if the shield is designed to resist the forces aleulatEd for the full depth of the tr�ch. and there are no indications while the trench is open of a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the shield i I I I I I P-10 I ' 0CCUPATIONALSAFETYAND HEALTH 1926 Subpar. P Anp A : • . , rE C U faT;ONS AND PRCCT_D CRLS ' 1926 Subpart P App A- S oil Classification (a) Scope and application - ' (1) Scope This appendixc describes a method of classifying sod and rock deposits based an site and environmental conditions, and on the ' structure and composition of the earth deposits. The appendix contains definitions, sets forth requirements, and describes acceptable visual and man4 testa for use in cLusifyctg soils. 11 Li I Ti I I1 I [I I I • (2) App 5€ This appendix applies when a sloping or benching system is designed in accordance with the requirements set forth in 1926.652(b)(2) as a method of protection for employees from cave-in: This appendix also applies when timber shoring for excavations is designed as a method of protection from cave-ins in accordance with appendix C to subpart P of part 1926, and when aluxrtcuan hydraulic shoring is designed in accordance with appendix D. This Appendix also applies if other protective systems are designed and selected for use from data prepared in accordance with the requirements set forth in 1926.652(c). and the use of the data. is predicated on the use of the soil classification system set forth in this appendix. (b) De%uriaanx The definitions and examples given below are based an, in whole or in part the following American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standards D653 -g5 and D24$S; The Unified Soils Classification System; The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Textural Classification Scheme; and The National Bureau of Standards Report BSS -121. Cemented soil means a soil in which the particles are held together by a chemical agent. such as calcium carbonate. such that a hand -size sample cannot be crushed into powder or individual soil particles by finger pressurt Cohesive soil means clay (line grained soil), cr soil with a high clay content. which has cohesive strength. Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vertical sideslopes. and is plastic when moist Cohesive soil is hard to break up who: d. -y, a .d exhibits sign cant cohesion when subr..erg d. Cohesive sc:s i:.c!ude clayey silt. sandy clay, siry clay, clay and organic c_•; Dry soil mews soil that does not exhibit visible signs of mois rite cornett. Fissured means a soil material that has a tetdnoy to break aler.g defdnite planes of fractit with t little resistance, or a material that exhibits ocen cracks, such as teasion tracks, in an exposed surface. Granular soil mearu gravel, sand or silt (coarse grained soil) with little or no clay content Granular soil has no cohesive strength. Some moist granular soils exhibit apparent cohesion- Granular soil cannot be molded when moil: and crumbles easily when thy. Layered system means two or more disc-' :only different soil or rock . types arracged in layer Mleaoeeta cams or weakened planes in rock or shale are considered layered. Moist soil means a condition in which a soil looks and fells damp. Moist cohesive soil can easily be shaped into a ball and rolled into small diameter threads before crumbling. Moist granular soil that contains some cohesive material will exhibit signs of cohesion between particles. PfarBc means a property of a soil which allows the soil to be deformed or molded without cracking, or appreciable volume change. Saturated soil means a soil in which the voids arc filled with watr. Snaeradordoes not require flow. Saturation, or near saturation, is necessary for the proper use of instruments such as a pocket penetvmeter n or sheer vane. Soil class fcarion sys.end means, for the purpose of this subpart, a method of categorz ng soil and rock deposits in a hierarchy of Stable Rock-, Type A, Type B, and Type C. in decreasing order of stability. The categories are de:crmired bas.. d ca an analysis of the properties avid ce-for _'ice eharaeterscies of the dcosits and the ch :.^ctensucs of I I OCCIIPATIONALSAF7,TYADHTALTiH - - •'• 19_6 Subpart PAria A REGULATIONS AND PROCZ0 LT E 5 the deposits and the environmental corditioos of apourc. Stable rock mears,natusal solid mineral natte that can be excavated with vertical sides and tc:zai.: intact while exposed. • Submerged soil means soil which is ucdcraatcr or is free seeping. Type A means cohesive soils with an unconfined, comprssive strength of 1.5 ton per squat_ foot (tsf) (144 kPa) or greater. Examples of cohesive soils arc: clay, silty clay, sandy clay, clay loam and, in some cases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam. Cemented soils such as caliche and hardpan are also considered Type A. However, no sail is Type A if: () . The soil is fissured; or (u) The soil is subject to vibration from heavy traffic, pile driving. or similar effects, or it (w) The soil has been previously disturbed: (iv) The soil is part of a sloped, layered system what the layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one Vertical (4H: 1 V) or greater, or (v) The material is subject to other factors that would require it to be classified as a less stable material Type B means (i) Cohesive soil with an unconfined compressive strength grater than 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) but less than 1.5 tsf (144 kPa); or (i) Granular cohcsionless soils including: angular gravel (similar to crushed rock), silt, silt loam, sandy loam and, in sync cases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam. (dr) Previously disturbed soils except those which would otherwise be classed as Type C soil. (iv) Soil that -Meer the unccc&ed compressive stragth or GWC'LaCca requirements for Type A. but is ftsst o subject to vibndoc; or (v) Dry rock that is not stable; or (vi) Material that is part of a sloped,layered 1 system where the layers dip into the excavation on a slope less steep than four horizontal to on vertical (4E1V), but only if the material would otherwise be classified as Type B. Type C means I (i) Cohesive soil with an uncon.`:ced compn-At stragth of OS t(43 kPa) or less; or ('u) Granularsoils including gravel, sand. and loamy sand; or , (in) Submerged soil or soil from which water is freely seeping; or (iv) Submerged rock that is not stable, err I (v) Material in a slopes layered system where the layers dip into the eccavatioc or'a' • slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1 V) or steeper. Unconfuied compressive strength means the 1 load per unit area at which a soil will fail in compression. It can be determined by laboratory testing, or estimated in the field using a pocket penetrometer, by thumb penetration tests, end other methods. Wet soil nears soil that contains mgr ficaadv 1 more moisture than moist soil, but in such a range of values that cohesive material will slump or begin to flow when vibrated. Granular material that would exhibit cohesive properties when moist will lose those cohesive properties when wet. (c) Requirements - (1) Cirssifrearion of sail and rock deposits. P1 I I U ' OCCUPATIONALSAFETY AND HEALTH 19�-G Subpar. P Ann A RECUL\TIONS AND PROCEDURZS ' Each soil and cock deposit shall be classifier by excavated and soil in the sides of the a eompeteat person as Stable Rock Type A. eccaratica :stLrnate the range of pa.^,ic!e Type B, or Type C in accordance with the sizes and the relative amowtts or u4,. definitions set forth in paragraph (b) of this particle sizes. Sail that is pita.^ii appcidix- composed of fine-grained ,:.outan materta! is cchesive mate=al. Scil (2) Basis ofcfneyyreadon.Theclassificaccn composed prr_arly of co;re.gn.:ed • of the deposits shall be made based an the sand cr gravel is granular mate=al. • results of at least one visual and at least one manual analysis. Such analyses sfull be (ill Observe soil as it is excavaced. ' conducted by a compete tt person using tests Soil that remains in c!.mps when desaibed in paragraph (d) below, or in other caravan is cohesive. Soil that breaks up recognized methods of soil classification and easily and does not stay in cu.—.ps is testing such as those adopted by the American granular. '• Society for Testing Materials, or the U.S. Departnct of Agricultu a terctural classifceion (ii) Observe the side of the opened system- excavation and the surface area adjace-t ' to the excavation. Crack -like ooetings (3) Irrntaland nranual analysts. The visual such as teasioa cracks could tadica:e and manual analyses, such as those noted as fissured material U chucks of sail shall being acceptable in paragraph (d) of this off a vertical side, the soil could be '• appendix, shall be designed and conducted to fissured.* Small spills are evidence of provide sufficient quyttitative and qualitative moving ground and are indications of information as may be necessary to identify potentially hazardous situations. properly the properties, factors, and conditions affecting the classification of the deposits (iv) Observe the area adjacent to the excavatica azd the excava�ea ise.: for (4) Laycedsystenv. Ina layered system, the evidence of existing utility and other system shall be classified in accordance with its underground structures, and to identify • weakest layer. However, each layer may be previously disturbed soil classifed individually where a more stable layer ' Lies murder a less stable layer. (v) Observed the opened side of the excavation to identify layertd systt^s (S) Reclassyreadon. If, after classifying a Exam:.^t layeredsysretts to identify if the deposit, the properties, factors, or conditions layers slope toward the eccavation. '• affoctatg its classification change in any way, the Estimate the degree of slope of the layers. changes shall be evaluated by a competent person. The deposit shall be reclassified as (vi) Observe the area adjacent to the neeesary to reflect the changed cireunsances. excavation and the sides of the opened eccavation for evidence of surface water, (d) Acceptable visual and manual tat:.- water seeping (ram the sides of the excavation, or the location of the le•rel of ' (I) Iruuaf testa Visual analysis is conducted the water table. to determine qualitative information regcrdirg the excavation site in general, the soil adjacent (vi) Observe the area adjacent to the Ito the excavation, the soil forming the sides of excavation and the area within the the open excavation, and the soil tak:a as excavacion for soer s of vibrcen that samples from excavated mateiat, may affect the stability of the cxator. face. () Observe samples of soil that an P-13 I I OCCUPATIONAL SAFETYAND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P App A REGULATIONS AND 7ROCEDURES (2) Manual !errs. Manual analysis of soil pressure. This test should be conducted samples is conducted to dctmninc quantitative on an undistu±ed soil sample, such as a as well as qualitative properties of soil and to large clump of spoil, as soon as provide more information in order to classif/ practicable after excavation tto key to a soil properly. mirii.nu n the effects of =post-: to drying influences. If the excavation is n Plasticity. Mold a moist or wet later exposed to wetting influences (rain., sample of soil into a ball and attempt to flooding), the classification of the soil roll it into threads as thin as 113 -inch in must be changed accordingly. diameter. Cohesive material can be successfully rolled into threads without . (iv) .. • Other saengtk rests. Estimates of tumbling. For example. if at least a two -unconfined compressive strength of soils inch (50 mm) length of IB-inch thread can also be obtained by use of a pocket can be held on one end without tearing, penetrometrorby using a hand -operate the soil is cohesive. shearvane. (u) Drysa-engttt. If the soil is dry and (v) Drying test The basic purpose of crumbles on its own or with moderate the drying test is to diffratiate between pressure into individual grains or fine cohesive material with fissures, powder, it is granular (any combination ^^Fssircd -cohesive material, and of gravel, sand. or silt). If the soil is dry granular material The procedure for the and falls into dumps which break up into drying test involves drying a sample of smallr clumps, but the smaller clumps - soil that is approximately one inch thick can only be broken up with difficulty, it (2.54 cm) and sixinches (1524 cm) in may be clay in any combination with diameter until it is thoroughly dry: gravel, sand or silt If the drysoil breaks .. ' into clumps which do not break up into (A) If the sample develops small clumps and which can only be cracks as it dries, significant broken with dif iculty, and these is no fissures are indicated visual indication the soil is fissured, the soil may be considered unfissured. (B) Samples that dry without cracking are to be broken by hand. (tit'-) Thumb penetration. The thumb If considerable force is necessary penetration test can be used to estimate to break a sample, the soil has the unconfined compressive strength of significant cohesive material cohesive soils. (This test is based on the content The soil can be classified thumb penetration test described in asanunfissuredcohesivematmal American Society for Testing and and the unconfined compressive Materials (ASTM) Standard designation strength should be determind. D2438 - 'Standard Recommended Practice for Description of Soils (Visual (C) If a sample breaks easily by -Manual Prccdure).') Type A soils with hand, it is either a fissured an unconfined compressive strength of cohesive material or a granular 1.5 lsf can be readily indented by the material. To distinguish between thtimb; however, they can be pcnerated the two, pulverize the dried by the thumb only with very great cffort clumps of the sample by hand or Type C soils with an tutcorftned by stepping on them. lithe clumps compressive strength of 0.5 tsf can be do not pulverize easily, the easily penetrated several inches by the material is cohesive with fissures. thumb, and can be molded by light finger If they pulverize easily into very P-14 1 I I ' OCCUPATIOr ALSAFETYAIND HEALTH 19.6 Subpart P App E R:C:JLATIOIYS AND ?RCCZDCRLS small frag-ners, the material is A to subpar? c: pa.-: 1525. granular. (2) Maximum cito,vable slope The mrcimurn allowable slope for a soil or r..ck 1926 Subpart P App B .- Sloping an d deposit shall be de;e Zi .e! from Table E-1 of Benching. this appendix ' (3) Actualsfope. (a) Scope and apptrcation. This appendix coatains n The ac ::al sloce shall cot be i spec cations for sloping and benching when used as steeper thaw the car'rnua allowable tnethods of protecting employees working is slope. excavations from cave-ins. The requirements of this ' appendix apply when the design of sloping and (•i1) The ac ;a1 dace shall be less sir-? beaching protective systems be is to performed in tKm the m -ter allowable slope, when sccotdaaec with the requirements set forth in them are signs ofdisr-.ss. If that situation 1926.652(b)(2). occurs, the slope shall be cut back to a-: '• actual slope which is at least 1/2 (b) Defuricanc horizontal to one vertical (12.w IV) less steep than the maximum allowable slepe. Actual slope means the slope to which an excavation face is excavated (111) When surcharge loads from stored material or equipceat, opezacag Dirtress means that the soil is in a condition equipmct, or bafi:ic ate prmeat, a '• where a cave-in is imminent or is likely to occtn: competent person shall determine the Dismcss is evidenced by such phenomena as the degree to which the actual sloee "must be demclopmeuoffisaurc in the face of or adjacent to an reduced be!oty the maximum allowable open excavation; the subsidence of the edge of an slope, and shall assu.-t that such ' excavation; the slumpingot material•from the face or reduction is achieved. Surcharge loads the bulging or heaving of material from the bottom of from adjacezt sLvcauc shall be an excavation; the calling of material from the face of evaluated in accordance with ' an excavation; and ravelling. ie., small amounts of 1926.6510. material such as pebbles or little clumps of material suddenly sepaamg from the face of m excavation and (4) Configuration Coruguntions of trickling or rolling down into the excavation, sloping and botching systems shall be in ' accordance with Figur B -I. Maximum allo,vable slope means the steepest incline of an excavation face that is acceptable for the • most favorable site conditions as protection against cave-ins, and is expressed as the ratio of horizontal distance to vertical rise (H:'!). Short term exposure means a period of time less than or equal to 24 hours that an excavation is opera ' (c) Requirenrents - ' (1) Soilciu47caton.Sailand rockdeposits shall be classified in accordance with appetdxx P-15 I OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY A'''D HEALTH 1926 Subpart P APP li . •. REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES TABLE B-1 , MAXIMU4 ALLOWABLE SLOPES SOIL OR ROCK TYPE I (L^t xr.LOWABLE SLOPES (H:V) (1) FOR I EFEET LESS THA21 20 DEEP(3) STABLE ROCS I VERTICAL (90 Deg.) TYPE A (2) 13/4:1 (53 Dec.) TYPE B I 1:1 (45 Deg.) TYPE C I 1 1/2:1 (34 Deg.) I I NOTE' 1. Numbers shown 4in parentheses next to n=xi= allowable slopes are angles ex reseed in degrees from the horizontal Angles have been rounded off 2. A abort -term m xjrr ^ allowable slope of 1/2v:SV (63 degrees) is allowed in excavations in Type A soil that are 12 feed (3.67 m) or less in depth. tort -tar = ma -'r'' allowable slopes for excavations greater than 12 feet ' .(3.67 m)•in depth shall be 3/4H:1V (53 degrees). 3. Sloping.or benching for excavations greater than. 20 feet deep shall be designed by aregistered Professional engineer. Figure B-1 Slope Configurations ' (All Slopes stated below are in'the horizontal to vertical ratio) B-1.1 Excavations made in Type A soil 1. All simple slope excavation 20 fret or less in depth shall have a ma.tum allowable slope of 3/4:1. , PI I I Li P-16 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P Apr E RECULATtONS AND PR0GZDt1R.S 20' Max. SIMPLE SLOPE - GE 4ERAL Excepfioc Simple slope cu avations which am open 24 hours or Less (short to m) and which cc 12 fee: or Ica is depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 12:1. 17.' M cc. STh4PLE SLOPE - SHORT TERM 2. All beached excavation 20 feet or less in depth shall have a ma.tum allowable slope of 314 to I ctd ma:cmum beach dimensions as follows: P-17 OCCUPATIONALSAFET'YAiTI)HEAI.TH 1926 SubpartPApp3 REGUL4TIOt4S AID PROC'EDc'R-S SLE BENCH - - 20' Mex S Max . I ]a _____ _____ .r M a. I I -' MULTIPLE BENZ CH 3. All ccnvaticns S feet or less in depth which have unsupported vertically sided lower portions shall have a ma.'dmum vertical side of 3 112 fact. •I . .. .,S 8' Max. Vzm 34 3 1!2' 1VIx. UNSUPPORTED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION- MAJCAUM S FEET IN DEPTH All excavations more than 8 fret but not mor- than 12 fret in depth which unsupported vertically sided lower portions shall have a ma.'dmum allowable slope of 1:1 and maximum vertical side of 3 1/2 feet 12' Max. 3 tr'M.x. P•13 I I I I I I Ii I I I I I I I I I I I OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH " 1926 Subpar. P Ahp B RECuLcxot s A.YD PROCEDLRS UNSUPPORTED VERTICALLY SIDED LOW4 PORTION •:.GA3 1M 12 raT-.. LNDE?iH All eccavaticn 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions that are supecrZed cr s:_c!dcd shall have a cams norm allowable slope of 3/4:1. The support or shield sure :t must ex:r,.d at least 13 inches above Lhe top of the vertical side. Support or shield scstean 20' -" is" Mi- Total height of ve tcel side SUPPORTED OR SF�.DED VERTICALLY SW LOWER PORTION 4. Al! other simple slope, compound slope, and vertically sided lower portion excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted under see. 1926.652(b). B-1.2 Excavatiocs Made in Type B Sod 1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a mi.'cirurn allable slope oft:!. ao• rat... SDLoLE SLOPE 2. All bccc'cd c cavacions 20 feet or less in depth shall have a mixiea:, al!able slcce cl I: t =ad maximum bench dime lions as follows: I P-19 OCCUPATIOt4AL SAFETY AXI) HEALTH 1926 SuboartP Aoo B I • REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES Thu: bench allowed in cohecive coil only. 2C ..t ac 4J 1 I L a � j Max SINGLE BENCH T4is bench allow. din cohesive sail only I S. 2C Max - a t Max 1 4 Max 1 6 MULTIPLE BENCH I 3. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at last 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. Al! such excavations shall havc a maximum allowable slope oft:!. uppoet or shield systemI :IN.NNNN:N 18• Mn. ' Total height a: venc al side I I I P•20 I 1 I I OCCUPATTOVALSAFETY AND ICALTH 1725 SubnartPAnn 5 R.ZCUL i (Ott3 ..ND FrOC£DGiLi VERTICALLY SID© LOWER PORTION ' 4. All other slopcd excavations shall be in accordance with the ether optiers re.• -::e-? f S=5.552(S). ' B-IJ Excavaticris Made in Type C Soil 1. All si_^.plc slope cxavarees 20:ec: cr lc is depth shall have a maxinLL^ a°c•.vabic s!e_e e: I l2: . I l 1 1!1 SIMPLE SLOPE ' 2. All excavation 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower poriors shall be s fielded or supported to a height at least 13 inches above the too of the vertical side. All such excavations shall have a marrsum allowable slope of 1 I2.1. ' Suppoet os Shield system lV Total height or verical side ' AL SDED LOWER PORTION 3. All oLhcr sloped cxeavatiors shall be in accordance with the other options pc. —rood in I9:6.652(b). 8-l.4 Excavation Wde in Layered Soils I. Al! excavations 20 feet or Icss in depth made in layered soils shall have a .:.ac:.a^ il!owabie slope ' for each layer as se: fern be!o%v. 1J P•21 I I OCCLTATIOCC&LSAnTYAND HEALTH 1926 Subpar P Apn B R_C..L.TIOIYS.LSD ?KCCZD1.R.S E I A ' BOVERA 1 ZA ' — — — '• 1 CC OVERA C i 9 �I I. 1 COMB I. ' P•22 I oCCUPATIONALSAFETYA+` D 1fALTH 1926 SubpartP App B RECUUTIOVS A.VD PROCEDURES 1 �. a1 r •I. AOV nfl c 1 A OVERC BOVC 1 1!L 2. All other sloped excavaUors shcll be in accordrnce with $c other options pe.^iacd in 1926.652(b). I P.--, • I I LJ I I I I I fn L I 1 I Iri I I (2) Information concerning the basis of the '• tabular data and the limitations of the data is presented in paragraph (d) of this appendix, and on the tables themselves. ' (3) Information explaining the use of the OCCUPATIONAL SAFETYA,'1'DHEALTH 1926Subpar.?Arp C RZCULATIONS AND PRCCZ.DCKCS 1926 Subpart P App C - Tiinbe r Shoring for Trenches (a) . Scope. This appcdix contains information that can be used when timber shcring is provided as a method of protection from cave-ins in trenches that do not exceed 20 (act (6.1 m) in depth. This appendix mug be used whet design of timber shoring protective systems is to be performed in accordance with 1926.652(cXl). Other timber shoring configuntiers, other systems of support such as hydraulic and pneumatic systear, and other protective systems such as sloping. beaching. shielding, and facing systems must be designed in accordance with the requirements set forth in 1926.652(b) and 1926.652(e). (b) Soil Cfavifteadon. In order to use the data presented in this appendix, the soil type or types in which the excavation is made must fist be determined using the soil classification method set fcrh in appendix A of subpart P of this part (c) Pnestntation of Information- Information is presented in several forms as follows: (1) Information is presented in tabular form in Tables C -I.!, C-1.2 and C-13, and Tables C-2.1, C-2.2 and C -2.J following paragraph (g) of the appendix. • Each table presents the minimum sizes of timber members to use in a shoring system, and each table contains data only for the particular soil type in which the excavation or portion of the excavation is made. The data are arranged to allow the user the fledbiliry to select from among several acceptable configurations of members based on varying the horizontal spacing of the evssbnct Stable rock is exempt from shoring requirements and therefore, no data are presented for this condition. tabulardataispr:entcdit:pa.a;.apr:(e)of is appendix (4) Infernatien iihsrat:" g the use cf the tabulardata is p:wrote'_ ir. prag ach (1) o(this appendix (5) Mseuar.ecus cordons :--'—'- C-!.! through C-1.3 oral Tables C-2. t through C-2.3 are presented in para -aph (a) cf this Appendix. (d) Basis and !imitations ofthe data.. (1) Dimensions of dntber ntentaers. (1) The sizes of the timbe ncrnbers listed in Tables C-l.l through C-13 are taken from the National Bureau of Standads (NBS) spar., -Recommncided Technical Provisions for Construction Practice in Shoring and Sloping of Trenches and Excavations' In addition, where NBS did not recommend spree sizes of menbaz, member sizes are based oa an analysis of the sirs required for use by exasing codes' and on empirical practice. (ii) The *required dimensions of the' members listed in Tables C -l.1 through C -l.3 refer to actual dime lions and not nominal dimensions of the timber. Employers wanting to use nominal size shoring are din cted to Tables C-2.1 through C-2.3, or have this choice under 1926.652(c)(3), and art referred to The Corps of engine -_z, The Bureau of Reclamation or data from other acceptable souses. (2) Lintitation ofepoficadon. (i) It is not intended that the ti^ter shoring specification apply to every situation that may be experienced in the (ie!d. These data were dove:occd tc apply to the situations that are nos: cor.r..ocly erpcienced in errant trenching pnc:ice. Shoring systems for use in situations that P-24 I nI LJ OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926 Subpart PApn C REGULATIONS A,ND CROCEDURZS are cot covered by the data in this appendix must be designed as specifed in 1926.652(c). C7 When any of the following conditions are present, the mcmbc specified in the tables are not considered adequate. Either an alternate timber shoring system must be deigned or another type of protective system designed in accordance with 1926.652. (A) When loads imposed by structures or by stored material adjacent to the wench weigh in excess of the load imposed by a two -foot soil surcharge- The term adjacentas used here means the area within a horizontal distance from the edge of the trench equal to the depth of the treaeh. (B) - When vertical loads imposed on cross braces .exceed a 240 -pound gravity load • distributed on a one -foot section of the center of • the aossbrace. (C) .' When'surcharge loads are present from equipment weighing in excess of 20,CC0 pounds (D) What only the lower portion of a trench is shored and the remaining portion of the trench is sloped orbeached unless: The sloped portion is sloped at an angle less steep than three horizontal to one vertical; or the members are Selected from the tables for use at a depth which is determined from the top of the overall trench, and not from the toe of the sloped portion. (c)Use a%Tables The members of the shoring system that are to be selected using this information arc the cross braces, the uprights, and the wales, where wales are required. Minimum sizes of members are s:ecfied for ux indifferent types of soil- There are six tables of information, two for each soil type. The soil type must first be determined in accordance with the soil classification system described in appends A to subpart P of part 1926. Using the appropriate table, the selection of the size and spacing of the members is then made. The selection is based on the depth and width of the trench where the mcmL'ers are to L -c installed and, in most instance, die selection is also based an the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces. , Instances where a choice of horizontal spacing or crossbrcing is available, the horizontal spacing of the erossbres mug; be chosen by the user before the size of any member an be determined. When the soil type, the width and depth of the trench, and the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces are known, the size and vertical spacing of the crossbraces are known, the size and vertical spacing of the crossbraces, the size and vertical spacing of the wales, and the size and horizontal spacing of the uprights can be read from die appropriate table. - (t) ExanrpL to Ilbrsrrate die Use of Tables C-LI , through C-13. (1) Example 1- A trench dug in Type A soil is 13 feet deep and five feet wide. From Table C-1.1, for acceptable arrangements of timber can be used. Arrangement #1 Space 4X4 crossbraces at six fed horizontally and fourfeetvertically. . „ ,r Wales are not required 1 Space 3X8 uprights at six feet horizontally. This arrangement is commonly called' slip shoring.'' Arrangement #2 Space 4X6 erossbmces at eight feet horizontally and four feet vertically. Space 8X8 wales at four feet vertically. Space 2X6 uprights at four feet horizontally. Arrangement #3 Space 6X6 crossbraces at 10 feet horizontally and four feet vertically. Space 8X10 wales at four feet vertically. Space 2X6 uprights at five fect horizontally. ' P-25 I I OCCUPATIONALSAFETYA.YDHEALTH I92 SubcartPAr.n C - RECUUTIOt'S AND 2ROCEDea:S I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I I Arrangement #4 Space 6X6 amssbnca at 12 feet horizontally and four feet vertically. Space IOXIO wales at four feet vertically. Space 3X8 uprights at six feet horizontally. (2) Example 2. A ttcch dug in Type B soi is 13 feet deep and five feet wide. From Table C-12 thr= acceptable arrangements of members art: listed Arrangement #1 Space 6X6 c ossbraces at six feet horizontally and five feet vertically. Space 8XS wales at five feet vertically. Space 2X6 uprights at two feet hcrizoatally. Arrangement AI Space 6X8 costaeat eight feet horizontally and five fed vertically. Space IOXIO wales at five Lea vertically. Space 2X6 uprights at two feet horizontally. Arrangement #3 Space 8X3 crossbnces at 10 feet horizontally and five fed vertically. Space 10X12 wales at five feet vertically. Space 2X6 uprights at two feet vertically. (3) EsamplcJ. A tr ch dug in Type C soil is 13 feet deep and five feet wide. From Table C-1.3 two acceptable arrangcr.c.Ls of mcnbers exert be used. P-26 Arrangmmer.: 1 Space 3X3 crossbnca at six feet borizcotally and five fed vertically. Space IOXI 2 wales at rive feet vc Jcally. Position 2X6 uprights as c!csc!y together as possible. If watt must be retai:.ed use rr.ec:a1 tacgt:e and groove uprights to fora tight sheeting. Arrangement #2 Space .8X10 crossbrac.s at eight feet horizontally and five feet vertically. Space 12X12 wales at five feet vertically. Position 2X6 uprights in a close sheeting configuration unles3 water pressure must be resisted. Tight sheeting must be used where water must be r_tained. (4) Example 4. A neneh dug in Type C sail is 20 fecc deep and 11 feet wide. The size and spacing of cc W bees (or the section of trench that is over 15 feet in depth is det. nh'ew using Table C-1.3. Only one anangemeet of members is provided Space 8X10 aossbnces at six feet horizontally and five feet vertically. Space 12X12 wales at five feet ve "ally. Use 3X6 tight sheeting. Use of Tables C -2.t through C-2.3 would follow the same procedures. (g) Notes for all Tables. 1. Member sizes at spacings other than irdiaced are to be determined as specified in 1926.652(c), -Design of protective Sys:e. s." 2. When conditions are sa%.3,.cd cc subrncrged use Tighe Sheeting. Tighe Syee:I:g r.fers to cite use of specially -edged timber planks (e.g., tongue and r] OCCUPATIONALSAFETYAWHEALTH 1926SubpartPAnn C RZCUL1TIOh5 AND PROCEDURES groove) at least three inches thick• st:ct sheet piling, ar_ embedded- the vertical distance from the cent:: of or similar construction that when driven or placed in the lowest cxossbrce to the bottom of the trench shall position provide a tight wall to resist the latent not exceed 36 inches. When mudsills are used, the pressure of water and to prevent the less of backfill vcrcal dist_ne: shall not exc ed 42 inches. Mudsills material Close Sheeting refers to the placement of arc wales that are installed at the tow of the ¢each planks side -by -side allowing as little space as possible side. between them. • 6. Trench jacks may be used in lieu of or in 3. All spacing indicated is measured center to combination with tirnberctcssbres. center. 7. Placement of crossbraces. ' When the verlcal 4. Wales to be installed with greater dimension spacing of crossbraces is four feet, place the cop horizontal. cossbrce no more than two feet below the top of the trench. When the vertical spacing of crossbnces is S. If the vertical distance from the center of the five feet, place the top erossbnee no more than 2.5 lowestcrossbraee cc the bottom of the trench exceeds feet below the top of the trench. two and one-half feet, uprights shall be firmly embedded or a mudsi.11 shall be used. Where uprights • P-27 II OCCUPATIONALSAFETYAartHEALTH 19_6Sena-?Ann C • • R£cLcio,YSAVDraoaJGF&i TABLE C -I.! TPAaERTRENCH SFORI'fG-- MINIMUM TLM3E.RP.EE,' UfRE}.r_:;;S- SOILTYPEA P6 n25xH+TlpsfQftStuchs. ) rrr n� co r •r. n: r..,m� •• D�IH CROSS BRACE OF fi031L tr>IDTHOFI Vf:1i ur 43I. 431'. 1lOH .cH wweMAtc.�3ttaeur,;at:rAcne t%::) ACII4G U? TO OP TO UP TO P UIO UP T O PACD4 Site 4 6 9 U IS I''I ifl4I (tom awe 4 I S 6 I 3 UP IO Ncc 6 4Y4 474 476 616 616 4 Redd —'— 7x6 UP IO HcL I 17x9 8 414 474 415 676 616 4 II1 0 416 416 476 616 616 4 818 4 1x6 .I 10 UPTO U 416 416 616 4Y4 676 t 818 1x5 TI6IO Nd 10 414 414 416 K 6 t Redd --- - 3x8 UPIO 8 t 416 676 426 676 4 818 t JUS IO UPIO 10 616 6Y3 616 618 61! 4 silo t ltd • U UP IO U 6 6 618 6Y! t• 10210 t 3z8 UP IO IS 6 6 6 6 6 6 KY** 6 B t 618 t 3x6 UP TO S 676 676 67S 6Y8 618 t 818 4 3x6 TO UP TO 10 878 818 87! B7! 8110 4 8210 t 3r5 J0 UpTo 1J 818 A7 10 40+Z4 04x3 •x edaticethx'..`.4bm-�>rrY zt:sttrzeupst •• `Cz^czed cdenusrtc t,_'uybt ±ct.dfrcd. P2s OCCUPATIOMki, SAFETYAND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P.fps C R..CUL\TIONS A.ND PROCEDURES TABLEC-12 TIMBER TRENCH SHORING -- MINIMUM TIMBER REOUIRMENTS - SOIL TYPES P — 45 X H + 72 psf (2 R Surcharge) SEAcTUU ANDa -- iH OF CROSS B aC WALES UPRIGhTS MAX. FiORLZ WIDTH OF TENCH (FE T) VERT. Silt VERT. R CH AL LO ABLE HOR. (r= SPACING UP T UP IC UP TGIUP T UP TOSPACING (� ?4CING ACIN (FEET) 4 6 9 12 15 rrtD (FT)CLOSE)? I 5UPTO64X6 4x6 6:c5 6x5 6x6 5 6x8 5 UP TO S 6x5 6s5 6x6 6x3 6x8 5 8xl0 5 TO UPTOIC 6x5 6x6 6x6 6x8 6x8 5 • 10x(0 5 10 See Note! 10 UP TO 6 6x6 6:c6 6x6 6x8 6x3 5 8x8 5 e UP TO S 6x8 6x8 6xS 8x3 8x8 5 (0x10 5 TO UP TO (0 8x8 8x8 8s8 8x8 8x10 8 J10x12f5.' 15 IS UPTO6 6x8 6x8 6x8 8x8 8x8 5 8x10 5 3x5 UP TO 8 8x8 8x8 8x8 8x8 8x10 5 10z12 5 3xd TO TO 10 ,8x10 8x10 8x10 8x10 8x10 5 .. =I77fl 5. "3x6 20 AS .Sr NOTE 1 ` Mix_ -d oak or equLvaicu c ncn a aca=iu Mu. S..aa -. --- r-- •- Manufac=d mctbers of equirrleii strength may by substituted for wood. P-29 11 I I OCCUPATIONALSAFETYANDI-IEAI.TH 17_,SubnarPAMp C RzCUL\TIONS A.sD PGCCEDUREs I I [J I I I I I I I I I I ' fixed oak or equirJJat wtln a bending strenh ; not less thn ISO psi ' ">. nu«ctured r,Iesnbes of epth !ent strength h may by sub: f to for wce i. • TABLE C -13 TP,BER TRENCH SHORING-1vIINIIMUM Tl+�ER REQU u;EN i S t SOLTYPEC P=SOXH+ 72psi(2ft. SS ; a e) . DEPTH SIZE(ACTUAL) AND SPACING OF MEMEERS' OF (HED CROSS BRACE I WPLE S UPRIGU 1 S i'LAX 'LLo,V. HOR SPAC. FAT) (See Note 2) HOR1Z. SPAC&1G (FEET) WIDTH OF TRENCH (FEET) VERT. (FFEi) VE T. SPACU1G (FED UP TO 4 UP TO 6 UP IC 9_ UP IC 12 UP TCSPACNG 15 SEl I I I 5UPTO66x86x86zZ8XSSX8 5 8x10 5 26UP1088 .8x8 8x8. 8x8 8x8 8x&0 5 10112 5 2x6 I I TO UPTOIC 8x10 8!00 8x&0 8x10 lOxIO S 5 12x6 10 Motel 10 UPTO6 8x8 8x8 8xS 8x8 8x10 10112 5 2x6 TO 8 8x10 8x10 8x10 8110 10x10 5 _12 5 16 TO oeI 1S Note 1S UPTOG 8110 8x10 8xlO 8x10 10110 5 I≥dal 5 3x6 I ee I I I III TO See late I 20 a Note! OVER. SEE NOTE & I P-30 I OCCUPATIONALSAFETYA`rDFE.kLTh 1926SubnartPApn C .' R.GULkT.OtS AND PROCEDURES 1 TABLEC-2.1 ' TINvBER TRENCH SEORNG •- MINIMUM T(1',{3ER QULR,EME i S' SOIL TYPE Ap(a) =2SXH4! 72psf(2ft.Se='c:) ' M(54S) AN SPACING O arEERS •* I 0 " CROSS BRACES WALFS-Qp31GdTS i?Ci fiOBIL 47IDid 0?L"ti�(?_2 4T. 5� 4"31'. w..sww •cteaAuener.:rn;a: Jwene , SPACING urm urm urm urm urm SPACR�'G ACING en! r•. 4 a 9 n u e.: -: CL0Sy I S 6 8 UPT0 4X4 4X4 4X4 434 425 4 6pfd CS , urn4X4 414 414 1446 445 4 Fat d Hotd TO U? TO 446 45 4ti 6766Z6 4 4. 4Z3 ' 10 •10 PTO 4Qb 4X6 445 616 616 4 8S 4. 473 tics Hct I {310 iU UP5 414 4X4 414 rS 645 4 d & d UPg 0 436 446 476 as 636 4 63G . 4: 4Z6 - , TO UPT0 10 �` 646 636 636 646 4 8'r3 4 4i5 IS UP TO I Ego 6%6 671 I 0 4 8.t0 4 446 {:00 ' IIP6 Cu 616 as 636 673 4 I 6X8 I 4 1336 15 TIP TO 646 6F6 6YAE366Y4 4 9301 4 346 4117 , 8 TO WIG 6X6 1676 6':c5 6: :6. 6:� 4 8xi0 4 336 GPI0 616 6:16 675 6;9 6 3 4 8:{ 2 4 375 4Q>Z , 11 O ' SEE NOTE I I • DougS fiirorecuittwith ab!sdir ster$hnot!es thin UcOpsi. 4tne cturedtrahesofecerbatsL•erehr.ybesubstitutedfortrod ' 1 P. 1 I I ' OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 126 Suboa i P A n a cc u9 C ' . . TABLEC-2.2 TIZv ER TRENCH SHORING •- I&4M1VjA T V ER REQUIR ENTS SO!L TYPE B P(a) = 4S X H+ 72 psf (2 ft. Scrcirr;!) I I Li Li H iLI I D— T H SIZZ (S4S) AHD SPACING OF L.... S' OF GROSS BRACES y� WALES . G :_C-ETS Td HCz1 SPAC E03n FT�IEOfT3:•'IC3 :- G Sic VLU. MAALM xueaxzu xCA=t( AL 7ACIfC SPACD[G Sr caic. (r::I] UPTO OP TO UP TO UP TO UP TO eEtT) •• { 6 9 12 15 Ci 05= 12 I 3 I+ I 6 0P TO { 476 476 676 676 S 659 S I I + !7 S - UP TO - 475 436 636 47F 6Y6 6Y6 5 8Y S 131$ I U oI0 476 4?6 676 676 6x9 S 81105 I I + 9 10 DP IO 6Y6 636 636 63 638 S8 S 376 1 4710 6 10 IIp TO 679 659 6� 8 3 10910 S 336 ' 4 00 - TO II10 6I6 658 SY9 804 859 S 10Y17 •S-- 376 14:00 !s sal �. I ..I •I UP I0 6xB 658 678 6Fd 859 S 8%10 S 47o I IS D18I0 6.c- 6x3 I6R9 83 859 $ lOLl S I I TO °10 859 859 859 823 IV S !?317 S 476 20 KYY.1 O R S? HOit 1 --- — —20 •Dcy!ssr_orte i.Lrtwitha6iri.;stt,•throtvs$at15COpsi 1' 4l 5-a Ttwyes of a hunt L,(h q7 a sustitetti for wccI I P•32 11 I OCCUPATIONALSAFETYANDMTALTH 1926SubpartPAnp C RECULATIONSANDPROCTDURES •TABLEC-2.3 • UMBER.TRENCH SHORING -- MIM1bftiM UMBER.REQUIREN N T S° SOLD., TYPE C F(a) = 80 X H + 72 psf (2 ft. Surchage) DEPTH SIZE (S4S) AND SPACING OF MEMBERS** OF CROSS BRACES WALES UPRIGn7S RIHCH (ru-T) HORIZ. SPACING WIDTH OFTRENCH (FEED vrn SPACR?G S12r ({.j vm. SPACING .,..L WAILMCN ALLCVAILI HCUZDITAL•JACn6 Emil aos UP TO .4 UP TO 6 DP TO 9 UP TO 12 UP TO 15 UP TO 6 UP TO 8 616 6%6 635 C 636 635 6:16 ) 839 8S8 t S S. 833 10310 S S 316 acs TO UPS 616 615 81M 833 8Y3 S 10 317 5 3 36 10 Set Hcit1 10 UPTO UPTO 8 6:ry 838 6SB Bk� 6391 859 83 1859 85B 858 5 3 10310 10310 •S . S 476 4X6 TO See . Hdel I 15 See - Ncta 1 15 UPTU 6 8:C9 839 8101 8a08110 S 10117 5 436 Sit TO Ncu 1 Set 20 HGU L Sat O.& SE: NOTE I --- -- - *Douglas fir or squ_hr'•nt li'11h tberyng strength rot toss tha 1500 psi. "M�nufectutdtrSesof equi' ntstrengthmsrbesubstitutedforwoad I ��i I I I I I I I I I I I P•33 I C OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 19'-6SubnartPAnn D RZCCUTtONS AND PaOCEDCnzS presented in parag-a_h (g) of this acnd::c 1926 Subpart P App D Aluminu rn Hydraulic Shoring for Trenches (a) Scope. This appendix contains information that ' can be used when aluminum hydraulic shoring is provided u a method of protection against cave-ins in trenches that do not exceed 20 feet (6.Im) in depth. ' This appcndix must be used when design of the aluminum hydraulic protective system cannot be performed in accordance with 1926.652(cX2). I I I I I I C r] Li I I (b) Soil Clasrificadon- In order to use data presented in this appendix, the soil type or types in which the acavation is made must first be determined using the soil-classication method set forth in appendix A of subpart P of pan 1926. (c) Prnentaa'on of lnformadon. Information is presented in several forms as follows: (1) Information is presented in tabular form in Tables D-l.l, D-1.2, D-13 and D-1.4. Each table presents the maximum vertical and horizontal spacings that may be used with various aluminum member sizn and various hydraulic cylinder sizes. Each table contains data Sy for the particular soil type in which the excavation or portion of the excavation is made. Tables D-1.1 and D-1.2 are for vertical shores in Types A and B soil Tables D-13 and D-1.4 arc forborvental water systems in Types B and C soil. (2) Information concerning the basis of the tabular data and the limitations of the data is presented in paragraph (d) of this appendix. (3) Information explaining the use of the tabular data is presented in paragraph (e) of this appendix. (4) Information illustrating the use of the tabular data is presented in paragraph (f) of this appendic (5) Mixellaneous notations (Footnotes) regarding Table D -I.1 through D-1.4 arc (6) Figures, illus-ntingryeical Iladcr.s cf hydraulic shoring ar included just, p,ric, to t`e Tables. The il!us:atiors page is catitied 'Aluminum Hyd.-aulic. Shcr_ g: Ti ial Installations.' (d) Basis and Unrirarfons of the data. (1) Vertical shore rails and horizontal wales are those that meet the Section Modulus requirements in the D-1 Tables. Aluntinet material is 6061 -To or material of ecuivalent strength and proper -:es (2) Hydraulic cylinders specifications. h 2 -inch eylindez shall be a minimum 2 -inch inside diameter with a minimum safe working capacity of no less than 18,000 pounds axial compressive locd at maximum extension_ Maximum extension is to include full range of cylinder exte: actions as recommended by product manufacturer. (i) 3 -inch cylinders shall, be a minimum 3 -inch inside diameter with a safe working capacity of not less tha 30,000 pounds axial compressive load at extensions as recommended by product manufacturer. (3) Limitation of application. (i) It is not intcded that the aluminu-t hydraulic specification apply to every situation that may be ccpenenced in the field. These data were developed to apcl y to the situations that are most commonly experienced in current trenching practice. Shoring systems for use in situations that are qet covered by the data in this appendix must be otherwise designed as specified in 1926.652(c). () V en any of the following conditions are present, the members specificd in the Tables arc r.et considered_ p.34 I I OCCUPATIOYAI,SAFETYAPIDHEALTH 1926SubpartPAnnD RSGLUTIOttS A.ND PROCEDURES adequate. In this case, an alternative aluminum hydraulic shoring rystcn or other type of protective system must be designed in accordance with 1926.652. (.4) When vertical loads imposed on cross braces acted a 100 Pound gravity load distributed on a one foot section of the c.—tte: of the hydraulic cylinder. (B) When surcharge loads are present from equipment weighing in excess of 20,CCO pounds (C) Whet only the lower portion of a ucach is shored and the retaining portion of the trench is sloped or benched unless: The sloped portion is sloped at an angle less steep than three horizontal to one vertical; or the members are selected film the tables for trse at a depth which is de'r i, nd from the top of the overall trcch, and not from the toe of the sloped portion. (e) Use of Tables D-1.1, D-12, D-1.3 and D-1.4. The members of the shoring system that arc to be selected using this information art the hydraulic cylinders, and either the vertical shores or the horizontal wales. When a waler system is used the vertical timber sheeting to be used is also selected from the= tables. The Tables D-1.1 and D -l.2 for vertical shores are used m Type A and B soils that do not require sheeting. Type B soils that may require sheeting, and Type C soils that always require sheeting, are farad in the horizontal wale Tables D=1.3 and D-1.4. The soil type must first be detamind it.. accordance with the soil classification system described in appendix A to subpart P of part 1926. Using the appropriate table, the selection of the size and spacing of the members is made. The selection is based on the depth and width of the trtch where the members are to be installed. In these tables the vertical spacing is held constant at four feet on cent:: The tables show the maximum horizontal spacing of cylinders allowed for each size of wale in the wale: system tables, and in the vertical shore tables, the hydrartle cylirderhorimntal spacing is the same as the vertical shore spacing. (I) Example to ILLustrate the Use oftbe fables: (1) Example I: A t�.ch dug in Type A soil is 6 feet deep and 3 fct wide From Table D-1.1: Find vertical shorts acd 2 inch diameter cyEndcs spaced 8 feet on critter (o.c.) horizontally and 4 feet on carter (o.c.) vertically. (See Figures I & 3 for typical installations) (2) Example 2: A trench is dug in Type B soil that does net require sheeting. 13 feet deep and 5 feet wide From Table D-1.2: Find vertical shores and 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced 6.5 feet o.c. horizontally and 4 feet o.c. vertically. (See Figures I & 3 for typical installations.) . (3) A trench is dug in Type B soil that does not require sheeting, but does experience some minor raveling of the trench face, the trench is .16 feet deep and 9 feet wide. From Table D-12: Find vertical shores and 2 inch diameter.. eylinde (with special ove sleeves as designated by Footnote #2) spaced 5.5 feet o.c. horizontally and 4 feet o.c vertically. Plywood (perFoomote (g)(7) to the D- i Table) should be used behind the shores (See Figures 2& 3 for typical installations.) (4) E'eunple 4: A ttereach is dug in previously disturbed Type B soil, with characteristics of a Type C soil, and will require sheeting.. The trench is 18 feet deep, and 12 feet wide 8 foot horizontal spacing between cylinders is desired for wodcing space. From Table D-1.3: Find horizontal wale with a section modulus of 14.0 spaced at 4 feet o.c. vertically and 3 inch diametercylirderspaec4 at 9 feet maximum o.c. horizontally, 3 x 12 timber sheeting is required at close spacing vertically. (See Figure 4 for typical installation) (5) Example 5: A (retch is dug in Type C soil, 9 feet deep and 4 feet wide. Horizontal cylinder spacing in cress of 6 feet is desired for working space. From Table D-1.4: Find horizontal wale with a section modulus of 7.0 and 2 inch diameter cylinder sexed at 6.5 feet o.c. horizontally. Or, find horizontal wale with a 14.0 section modulus and 3 inch diameter I I I I I I I Li 11 I I [1 P-35 I ' OCCUPATIONALSAFETYAN•DHEALTH 19'-6SubpartPApnD .. RECCUT:ONS A.'w aoczo uius ' e/Iirdr spaced at 10 fee. o.e. horzontally. (4) All spat:; L-d:ca:ea s r.eas� a"_ cc :c: Both wales arc spaced 4 fee: o.c. vertically. 3 x to center. 12 timber sheeting is required at close spacing I. vaticallv. (See Figure 4 for typical installation.) (5) Vertical s.ericg rails sha!1 have a rithnun sec;.lcrmodulus of 0.40 ir.ch. (g) F000roter, and general notes, for Tablet (6) When ve-:cal Lacs art used, the:- must D-1.1, D-1.2, D-1.3, andD-1.4. be a minimum of three shores spaced e:rt:a!1!, horizontally, i . a gaup. (1) Fee applications other than those listed in ' the tables, refer to 1926.652(cX2) for use of (7) Plywood shall be 1.125 inch thick r..anufacrnr 's tabulated data For trench depths soA%veod cr0.75 inch thick, 14 ply, arc:ic whit: in excess of 20 feet, refer to I926.652(cX2) acd birch (Finland form). Please note that plywood I. I926.652(c)(3). is not intended as a structural member, but only for prevention of local rave!ing (slou itiag of the (2) 2 inch diameter cylinders. at this width, trench face) between shores :. shall have structural steel tube (3S x 3S x • 0.1875) ovenleeves, or sttuctunl ovenleeves (8) See apps dix C fcr timber scccificaticas • of manufacture's specification, extending the full, collapsd length. (9) Wales are Calculated for simple span '(3) Hydraulic cylinders capacities conditions ('7 2 -inch cylinders shall be a minimum 2 -inch (10) See appe.,dLx D, item (d), for basis and '• inside diamete with a safe worSdng capacity of not less limitations of the data. than 18,000 pounds axial compressive load at eta.Cc.,ttsn exccLdaa Maximum eaesioa is to include Pall range of cylinder extensions as recommended by product manufacturer. (ii) 3' -inch cylinders shall be a • minimum 3 -inch inside diameter with a safe work capacity of not less than 30,000 pounds axial compressive load at maximum ettcuion. Maximum cccsien is m include Rill range of cylinderexxtersiops as recommended by product manufacturer. C I I ' P•36 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY A`1D HEALTH 1926 5ubpart P Anp D REGULATIONS A$D PROCZDURES . ALUNZN'LM H?DRWLZC SHORING •. TYPICAL INST?LL4'+:ICNS Ir.RNL'C 70211 / 17ar J/CZcI 1CI=4LN. WOG SjP .•rr:•� S.KTttWX 1 VLtrl.Y XlWAc M6NC. S 1iirC4. 1L'1CO ('t)(1tr4C1 II/ VEIICLL I(/ • t '.LC1:C1lt7. t AGCL I • / Sr C�JLZ I1// P UAC P•31 I II OCCIIPATIOCIALSAFETYAMD HEALTH 1926 Subpart? Ann D RECULAT!ONS A.VD ?ROCEDf:RE5 I I I I I I I III IT ITI TABLE D - 1.1 ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING VERTICAL SHORES FOR SQL TYPE A HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS DEPTH MAXIMUM MAXIMUM WIDTH OF TRENCH (F tt:7 • OF HORIZONTAL VERTICAL IRFNCH SPACING SPACING UPTO8 OVER8UP r- 0��12UP T) 1012 10 15 - �T) (fin OVER 5 8 UP TO 10 OVER IG 8 4 UP TO DIAMETER DIAMETER DIAMETER 15 NOTE (2) OVER 15 7 UP TO 20 OVER 20 NOTE (1) Footnotes to tables, aria grne n Ers onhyauhc s, onng, are round in A.�pendix D, Item (e) ' Note (1): See Appeadal D, Item (g}(1) Note (2): See Apamdix D, hen (g}(2) 1 Ii 11 1 P•35 OCCLPATIOtNAL SAFETY ANT HEALTH 1926 SubpartP App D REGULATIONS £ND PROCEDCR.S TABLE D • l.2 ALUEdINUN HYDRAULIC SHORING VERT [CAL SHORES FOR SOIL TYPE B HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS DEPTH MA U MMUM MAXIMUM WIDTH OF TRENCH.(FEET) OF HORIZONTAL VERTICAL TRENCH SPACING SPACING UP TO 8 OVER 8 UP OVER. 12 OF • TO 12 TOSS (FED (FEET) (FEET OVER S UP TO 10 OVER 10 .6 S d 2 INCH 2 INCH 3 INCH H' UP TO DL ?vETER DIAMETER DIAN 'TER - 1S NOTE (2) OVER 1S 5.5 UP TO 20 OtrLR2o I NOTE (1) t ooLgotes t0 Q1e5, o( A fiu-�i IiCS Cf ! r Z fciLnd P App& 11{ D, IIC,rn (c Note(1):SeeApa�tu;D,1te(g)(1) Note (2): See AooSix D, It n (E;(2) I. U! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 P•39 [1 I OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY Aht HEALTH 17'_G Subnart P Ann D ,.„ RZGCLtTIONS A.VD ?rC+CZDCFu IJ I1 I I I Li I u u n LJ L TABLED - 1.3 ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHOP,INC WALER SYSTEMS FOR. SOILTYPEB DEPTH OF Apr Fc EYDR4ULIC CYLINDERS 17[`+(3Ei li 3IC•.:TS WIDTH OF TRENCH ry.T) CrHT) YTREICHana ncra1 OPnt OQGUPIOU OS LU?ToLf SOLD EO?IL sncnic ertnou 0uutnu$,AUNO EOVI CYtnDUF HOP_? SPAehivfu.vre. -twctr 5c—` OVER 5 UP TO 10 3.5 8.0 2114 8.0 KN 8.0 I3IN - - 3X12 7.0 9.0 2111 9.0 1 9.0 3 I\i 1 14.0 12.0 3IN 12.0 3114 12.0 13 IN OVER 3.5 6.0 2111 6.0 sornt 6.0 I3IN 10 UP TO 15 4 - 3X12 7.0 8.0 31N 8.0 3111 3.0131N 14.0 10.0 3111 10.0 3111 10.0 3111 OVER 15 UP TO 4 3.5 5.5 2 IN 5.5 22(_____ 5.5 I3 IN 3X12 - - 7.0 6.0 3IN 6.0 31146.0 I3IN 20 14.0 9.0 31W 9.0 3IN 9.0 I3IN OVER 20 I NOTE (1) Footnotes to taab1ei, and -g LLaotes a INaFI'��S� 6=i o- �d- ei.0''-dv D Item. Notes (1): See Appenxx D, It= (g)(1) Notes (2): See Apaencx D, Ite^I (g2) Consult product Cianu actL'rer a/or Ctt' Ufl d mince: for Section ?i(OLII'_ui of c ble w'c :i. C OCCUPATTOC(ALSAFETYA:ND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P App D REGULATIONS A.YD PROCEDCRES TABLED- 1.4 ALUMINUM UM HYDRAULIC SHORING WALER SYSTF..MS FOR SOIL T YPE C A.ar r; HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS rl"2 22_? Uc'.%iO TS DEPTH WIDTH OF T?flCE (r _� I YAc::a sPxcic OF v ICAL r_, —.ox (ON c_�) TRENCH SPACDtt KCDCtti UP TO 8 0VER3 G7 ro IS I ovm l: L3 i0 r5 SOLID S-., : ji. M CL GTtWpta NG RIL W CTtpIR NORIZ CTLvat, (FL'T) C�--'_�% (Th13)) 'JACWG piAN ITIR YACf1G CIAN[TIRISIAcuc WAMIT!R OVER 3.5 im6.0 2D 6.0 Nor(2) 6.0 3 Dt 3 4 7.0 6.5 2 IN 6.5 No (2) 6.5 3 LY 3112 - UP TO 10 14.0 10.0 MN 110.0 3111 10.0 31:t 3.5 4.0 2 llt 4.0 Nos(2) 4.0 3 DY OVER 10 4 7.0 5.5 ant 5.5 31}xJ5.5 3Dt 3XI2 — UP TO 1S 14.0 8.0 3IN 8.0 3 1N 8.0 3 IN OVER 3.5 3.5 2W 3.5 Norq) 3.5 3IN 13 4 3X12 - - 7.0 I 5.0 3 IN •5.0 9 nt 5.0 ant UPTO .. 20 14.0 6.0 3N 6.0 31K. 6.0 312( OVER20 --1QOTE(11 H II C C I I I Footnotes to tebles, erd gem^1 totes an hyauix shout en tour m a paeaac U. teem IN Notes (1): See ApperdixD,Item(d(1) . Notes (2): See Appendix D, Item (g)(2) *Consult product manufacturrer erdlor qii1i1itd engi.'nte: for Sect oa Mcduxs of cniltht2 wt! s. I I I I I I OCCUPATIONAI.SAFETYA.XD HEALTH 1926 Subpart P Ann E ILGUCATIONS A%(D PROCEDUFr5 1926 SubpartP App E - Alternatives to Timber Shoring Is, 4' Figin 1. A] stun E7&aurw Sharing ■ 0 O O O Fdee 2. Pr.eu..aEdhytaE•c Shoring P.42 I OCCUPATTONALSAnTYANDHEALTH 1926Subnart?.Ann E ' RECLLATIO;4SAND PR0CCDLR.S 1 fZllfflll 1 Figtrc 3. Trench Jacks (Scrc:cJacks) , 1 1 • I •1 Figure 4. Trench Shields ' • 1 P.43 1 L SAFETY AND HEALTH 1926 Subpart P App F - Selection of Protective Systems 19_6Subnir.PAnn RZCUL TONS AND i tcc:DUn: Tr.c following l:y:.c are a yra? is s ^ a^ c; the requircments coruined i.: succrt P fcr cxcavaticrs 20 feet Cr Ics in death. ? ace:;i:e s: s:e-s for uscin exeavadcrs mere than 20 feat in decch rtt z be designed by a r_;:re:cd prcfessiona( e:.3:,.::: in accordance with sec. 1926.632(b) and (c). Is the exca-raf'oamore than S feet in depth? Is these potential Ito YF.S Is the e:csvet_on for cave-in7 eai ely i^. stebte rock? E;cavatioa may be node with ve?ticd sides. be sIacedtioa red, or slooed shored, or shielded E or chiel ing Go to Fi�u 2 Go to Fio 3 FIGURE I - FS' MINARY DECISIONS r•44 I 1 1 • .1 1 1 1 [THIS PAGE a4 TBNT?ONALLY LEFT,FSLA <] ' 1 1 1 1 P-43 I I I I I I 1 APPENDIX B Arkansas State Licensing Law for Contractors 1 I P1 H 1 I I 1 cr£ ST4 . of .��• •': -., a 1 -• r N F 'S. 1 Arkansas State 1• Licensing Law For Contractors 1 Act 150 of 1965 1 As Amended by Act: 142 of 1967 1 293 of 1969 546 of 1971 684 of 1977 1 1020 of 1979 9275 of 1981 180 of 1985 1 495 of 1987 26 of 1989 795 of 1989 1 856 of 1993 553011995 335 of 1997 378 of 1997 1 Revised May, 1997 1 1 1 1 As Amended by Act: 142 of 1967 293 of 1969 546 of 1971 684 of 1977 1020 of 1979 9275 of 1981 180 of 1985 495 of 1987 26 of 1989 795 of 1989 856 of 1993 553 of 1995 335 of 1997 378 of 1997 u u An Act to Recodify the Provisions of Act 124, Approved February 24, 1939, and Act 217, Approved March 20, 1945. and Act 153, Approved February 23, 1951 and regulating the Practice of Contracting in the State of Arkansas; to Fix Maximum Salaries and Establish Qualifications for Employees of the Board and to Limit the Number of Employees to be employed by the Board. BE IT ENACTED BY THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF THE STATE OF ARKANSAS: CHAPTER 25 CONTRACTORS Subchapter 1 - General Provisions §17-25-101 Definition (a) As used in this chapter. unless the context otherwise requires. "contractor" means any person. firm, partnership. copartnership, association, corporation, or other organization. or any combination thereof, who, for a fixed price, commission. fee, or wage, attempts to or submits a bid to construct, or contracts or undertakes to construct, or assumes charge, in a -1- 1 1 1 1 supervisory capacity or otherwise, or manages the construction. erection, alteration, or repair, or has or have constructed. erected, altered or repaired, under his, their, or its direction. any building, apartment, condominium. highway, sewer, utility, grading, or any other improvement or structure on public or private property for lease, rent, resale. public access, or similar purpose, except single-family residences, when the cost of the work to Sc done, or done, in the State of Arkansas by the contractor including, but not limited to, labor and materials, is twenty thousand dollars (520,000) or more. However, when a person or entity acts as a contractor in the construction, erection, alteration, or repair of his own or its own property. such action shall not result in the person or entity being required to obtain a license, but the person or entity must comply with all other provisions of this subchapter. (b) However, the twenty thousand dollar ($20,000) exception shall not apply to any project of construction in which any of the construction work necessary to complete the project, except any in -progress change orders, is divided into separate contracts of amounts less than twenty thousand dollar ' (520,000). a purpose being to circwnvent the provisions of this chapter. (c) It is the intention of this definition to include all improvements or structures, excepting only single family residences. (d) Materials purchased by a prime contractor from a ' third party shall not be considered as part of the suboontractors project, if the prime contractor has the proper classification listed on a current contractor's license for the work being ' performed by the subcontractor. §17-25-102 Exemptions ' The following shall be exempted from the provisions of this chapter. (1) The practice of contracting as defined in §17 -2S -I01 ' by an authorized representative or representatives of the United States Government, State of Arkansas, incorporated town, city or county, or other politic subdivision of this state; ' (2) Architects and engineers; whose only financial interest in a project shall be the architectural or engineering fees for preparing plans, specifications. surveys, and ' supervision that is customarily furnished by architects and engineers. §17-25-103 Penalties - Enforcement (a) ' Any contractor shall be deemed guilty oft I misdemeanor and shall be iiablc to a fine of not less than one hundred dollars (5100) nor more than two hundred dollars (5200) for each offense, with each, day, to constitute a separate offense, who: (I) For a fixed price, commission, fee, or wage, attempts to or submits a bid or bids to construct or contracts to construct, or undertakes to construct, or assumes charge in a supervisory capacity or otherwise, of the construction, erection, alteration, or repair, of any building, highway. sewer, grading, or any other improvement or structure, when the cost of the work to be done by the contractor including, but not limited to, labor and materials, is twenty thousand dollars (520.000) or more, without first having procured a license to engage in the business of contracting in this state; (2) Shall present or file the license certificate of another; (3) Shall give false or forged evidence of any kind to the board, or any member thereof, in obtaining a certificate of license: (4) Shall impersonate another, or (5) Shall use an expired or revoked certificate of license. (b) The doing of any act or thing herein. prohibited by any applicant or licensee shall, in the discretion of the board, constitute sufficient grounds to refuse a license to an applicant or to revoke the license of a licensee. (c) Regarding any violation of this chapter, the board shall have the power to issue subpoenas and bring before the board as a witness any person in the state and may require the witness to bring with him any book, writing, or other thing under his control which he is bound by law to produce in evidence. (d) No action may be brought either at law or in equity to enforce any provision of any contract entered into in violation of this chapter. No action may be brought either at law or in equity for quantum meruit by any contractor in violation of this chapter. (e) (1) (A) Any contractor who, after notice and hearing, is found by the Contractors Licensing Board to have violated, or used a contractor in violation of; this section shall pay to the board a civil penalty of not less than one hundred dollars ($100) nor more than four hundred dollars (5400) per day for the activity. However, the penalty shall not exceed -2 -3- three percent (3%) of the total contract being performed by the contractor. (B) The penalty provided for in this subsection. plus interest at ten percent (10%) per annum, shall be paid to. the Contractors Licensing Board before the contractor tan be issued a license to engage in the business of contracting in this state. In addition to the assessment of the penalty, the Contractors Licensing Board may, upon a finding of a violation of this section, issue an order of abatement directing the contractor to cease all actions constituting a violation of this section. (2) The Contractors Licensing Board shall have the power to withhold approval, for up to six (6) months, of any application from any person who, prior to approval of the application. has been found in violation of this section. (3) All hearings and appeals therefrom under this section shall be pursuant to the provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act, as amended §25-15-201 ct seq. (4) No proceedings under this section may be commenced by the Contractors Licensing Board after three (3) years from the date on which the act or omission which is the basis for the proceeding occurred. (5) The Contractors Licensing Board shall have the power to file suit in the Circuit Court of Pulaski County to obtain a judgment for the amount of any penalty not paid within thirty (30) days of service on the contractor of the order assessing the penalty, unless the circuit court enters a stay pursuant to the provisions of the section. (6) The Contractors Licensing Board shall have the power to file suit in the Circuit Court of Pulaski County to enforce any order of abatement not complied with within fifteen (15) days. excluding Saturdays. Sundays, and legal holidays, of service on the contractor of the order of abatement. If the circuit court finds the order of abatement to have been properly issued, it may enforce the order by any means by which injunctions are ordinarily enforced. However, nothing shall be construed herein to diminish the contractors right to appeal and obtain a stay pursuant to the procedures provided for in this section. §17-25-104 Injunction When any contractor not licensed by this board shall engage or attempt to engage in the business of contracting as herein defined, the board shall have the right to go into the proper court in the jurisdiction in which the work is being performed and, upon affidavit, secure a writ of injunction, without bond, restraining and prohibiting the contractor fn performance of the work then being done or about commence. §17-25-105 Form of Indictment In all prosecutions for violations of the provisions of th chapter for engaging in the business of contracting without certifiate of authority, it shall be sufficient to allege in d indictment, affidavit, or complaint that " 'A' unlawful engaged in business as a contractor, without authority from ti Contractors Licensing Board, State of Arkansas, to do so.' §17-25-106 Grain Bin Exemption I I L I The provisions of this section shall not apply to th construction of gain bins on a farm which are to be used sole) for the purpose of storing gain harvested by the owner c' lessee of the farm. Subchapter 2- Contractors Licensing Board §17-25-201 Creation - Members (a) There is &cared a Contractors Licensing Boarc consisting of seven (7) members, who shall be appointed by th Governor. (b) Each member shall be at least thirty-five (35) years c age and must have been a resident of the State of Arkansas fa the previous five (5) years. (I) (A) Five (5) members shall be contractors of ne less than ten (10) years' experience in responsible charge o construction projects of a magnitude consistent with the dude of their offices. Each must hold an unexpired contractor license issued under this chapter. Each must, at the time o appointment, maintain his or her principal place of business it Arkansas. (B) At least one (1) member of the board shal have had as a larger part of his business the construction of sewers and waterworks. (C) At least one (1) member of the board shag' have had as a larger part of his business the construction o buildings. (D) At least one (1) member of the board shal have had as a larger part of his business the construction o highways. (2) Two (2) members of the board shall not bt actively engaged in or retired from the profession of -5- I I C I IH I H I I I I I contructing. One (I) shall represent consumers. and ene (I) ) shall be sixty (60) years of age or older and shall represent the elderly. Both shall be appointed from the state at large subject to confirmation by the Senate. The two (2) positions may not be held by the same person. Both shall be full voting members but shall not participate in the grading of examinations. (c) (I) Members shall serve five-year terms. (2) Terms shall expire on December 31 of the fifth year (3) Each member shall hold over after the expiration or his term until his successor shall be duly appointed and qualified. (4) If a vacancy shall occur in the board for any cause, it shall be filled by appointment by the Governor. (5) The Governor may remove any member of the board at any time for misconduct, incompetency, or neglect of duty. (d) Each member of the board shall receive a certi6catc of appointment from the Governor and, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of his office, shall file with the Secretary of State the constitutional oath of office. ' (c) (I) Each member of the board shall receive fifty dollars (S50.00) per diem while the board is in session and reimbursement for necessary traveling expenses, board, and lodging. ' (2) Each member of the board shall receive fifty dollars (550.00) per diem in addition to the per diem provided for in subdivision (1) of this subsection ' §17-25-202 Organization and Functions (a) The board shall elect a chairman, vice-chaiman, and secretary, each to serve in his respective capacity for one (I) year. Officers shall be elected by the board annually. ' boa rd The shall have two (2) regular meetings in each year, one (1) meeting shall be in the month of February, and one (I) meeting shall be in the month of August, for the purpose of transacting such business as may properly come ' before it, on call of the chairman of the board. (c) Special or adjourned- meetings may be held at such times as the board may provide by the bylaws which it shall ' adopt, or at such times as the board may. by reasonable resolution, provide. L I (d) Due notice of each meeting and the time and place thereof shall be given to each member in such manner as the bylaws shall provide. (c) Three (3) members of the board shall constitute a quorum. (f) The board shall adopt a seal for its own use and shall have on it the words, "Contractors Licensing Board. State of Arkansas, Scal,- and the secretary shall have charge and custody of it. §17-25-203 Powers (a) The board shall have power to make such bylaws, rules, and regulations for its operation as it shall consider appropriate, provided that they are not in conflict with the laws of the State of Arkansas. (b) All expenses incurred by the board for the administration board. of this chapter are authorized to be paid by the (c) The board, or any committee thereof, shall be entitled to the services of the Attorney General or other state legal counsel as deemed appropriate, in connection with the operation of the affairs of the board. Additional legal counsel may be employed by the board from time to time as it may deem necessary. §17-25-204 Employees The board shall employ a chief administrative employee. also known as administrator, who shall possess such qualifications as may be determined by the board and who shall serve at the pleasure of the board. In addition, the board may employ such additional professional and clerical employees as may be necessary for the operation of the board and its various functions and pay salaries thereto as may be authorized by law. §17-25-205 Disposition of Funds The fees of the Contractors Licensing Board shall be deposited in banks to be used by the board in the manner prescribed by law, similar to the aunts of other examining and licensing boards of the state, and shall be audited under rules and regulations prescribed by the Director of the Department of Finance and Administration §17-25-206 Records and Reports (a) The secretary shall keep a record of the proceedings of the board. I . (b) The secretary shall keep a register of all applications for license showing for each: (I) The date of application. name, qualification. place of business, place of residence; (2) Whether the license was granted or refused; (3) A complete transcript of the proceedings, including evidence submitted by applicants, licensees, the board, or otherwise. at any hearing. (c) The books and register of this board, including transcripts or proceedings, shall be prima facie evidence of all matters recorded therein. A certified copy of such books or register, including transcripts of proceedings, under the seal of the board and attested by its secretary, shall be received in evidence in all courts of the state in lieu of the original. (d) A roster showing the names and places of business and of residence of all licensed contractors shall be prepared by the secretary or the board as soon as convenient during the month of August of each year. The roster shall be ordered printed by the board and paid for out of the funds appropriated for the operation of this chapter. (e) On or before August I of each year, the board shall submit to the Governor a report of its transactions for the preceding year and shall file with the Secretary of State a copy of the report. together with a complete statement of receipts and expenditures or the board attested by the affidavit of the chairman and secretary and a copy of the roster of licensed contractors. (0 A record shall be made and preserved by the board of each examination of applicant or licensee. The findings of the board thereon and a certified copy of the record shall be furnished to any applicant or licensee desiring to appeal from the findings of the board, as provided in §17-25-312, upon payment of the costs of transcribing the record Subchapter 3 -Licensing §17-25-301 Significance - Proof (a) The issuance of a certificate of license by the board shall be evidence that the person, fine, or corporation named therein is entitled to all of the rights and privileges of a licensed contractor while the license remains unrevoked or unexpired. (b) (I) Upon making application to the building inspector or other authority of any incorporated city or town in Arkansas charged with the duty of issuing building or other permits for the construction of any building, apartment, -8- condominium, utility, highway. sewer, grading, or any improvement or:struaure, when the cost o(the work to b by the contractor, but not limited Co labor and materi twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) or more, any person, fi corporation, before being entitled to the; issuance of pctmits, furnish satisfactory proof to the inspector or au that he is duly licensed under the terms of this chapter. (2) Itshall be unlawful for the building inspa other authority to issue or allow the issuance or a be permit unless and until the. applicant has furnished cvi that he is either exempt from the provisions of this chapte duly licensed under this chapter to carry out or superintei work for which the permit has been applied. I I I I §17-25-302 Limitations The board shall have power to limit the license I character of work for which the applicant is qualified. §17-25-303 Application - Renewal - Fees (a) (I) Any person desiring to be licensed contractor in -this state shall make and file with the board (30) days prior to any regular or special meeting thert written application on a form as may then be prescribed t board, for examination by the board. The application sh accompanied by payment in a sum to be dctcrtnined b board but not to exceed one hundred dollars (5100) t' Contractors Licensing Board, State of Arkansas. (2) The thirty (30) day requirement may be w by the Contractors Licensing Board provided the contracts' on file with the Contractors Licensing Board a coma original application and proof of successfully completin; examination required. (b) Thereafter an annual renewal license fee t' determined by the board but not to exceed one hundred d (SIOO) shall be paid by each licensee to defray the cast expenses of the administration of this chapter. §17-25-304 Financial Statement (a) (1) All persons and entities required by this ct to be licensed by the Contractors Licensing Board transmit to the board with their original applications an at financial statement of the applicant audited by a certified I , accountant or registered public ac ountant. (2) All persons and entities licensed by Contractors Limsing Board shall transmit to the board wi renewal applications a financial statement of the applicant -9- L I I I reviewed by a certified public accountant or registered public ' accountant according to American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Professional Standards. (b) The financial statement so furnished shall not be ' public information and may not be made available for inspection by any person, unless pursuant to an order of a cant of competent jurisdiction. After the contractor is licensed, the ' Contractors Licensing Board shall have the option of destroying the financial statement by the process of shredding or returning the financial statement to the contractor. ' §17-25-305 Applicant Qualifications (a) The board, in determining the- qualifications of any applicant for original license or any renewal license, shall. ' among other things, consider the following: (I) Experience; (2) Ability; '• (3) Cltaracty, (4) The manna of performance of previous contracts; ' (5) Financial condition; (6) Equipment; (7) Any otherfact tending to show ability and willingness to conserve the public health and ' safety, and (8) Default in complying with the provisions of this chapter or any other law of the state. ' (b) The board may develop reciprocal agreements with other states with similar licensing responsibilities. §17-25-306 Examinations - Certification (a) If an application complies with the boards rules and regulations, then the applicant shall be entitled to an ' examination to determine the applicant's qualifications. (b) If the result of the examination of any applicant shall be satisfactory to the board, then the board shall issue to the ' - applicant a ccrtifiote to engage in contracting in the State of Arkansas. (c) Anyone failing to pass the examination may be reexamined at any regular meeting of the board upon payment of the regular fee §17-25-307 Expiration All certificates of license to engage in the business of contracting in the State of Arkansas shall expire at 1290 -10- I I midnight on the day before the anniversary date of their issuancc unless otherwise designated by the board, and they shall become invalid on that day unless renewed §17-25-308 Grounds for Revocation The board shall have the power to revoke the ocrtifieue of license of any contractor licensed under this chapter who is found guilty of any fraud or deceit in obtaining a license or for aiding or abetting any contractor or person to violate the provisions of this chapter or for gross negligence, incompetence, or misconduct in the conduct of the contractors business. §17-25-309 Procedure for Revocation - Reissuance (a) Any person may prefer charges in connection with the foregoing against any contractor licensed under this chapter. (b) The charges shall be in writing and sworn to by the complainant and mailed to the board and unless dismissed without hearing by the board as unfounded or trivial, shall be heard and dctamined by the board within thirty (30) days after the dale on which they were made. (c) A time and place for the hearing shall be fixed by the board and held in the City of Little Rock. (d) A copy of the charges, together with the notice of the time and place of hearing, shall be considered as legally served by the board when sent to the last known address of the ao sad by registered mail, at least ten (10) days before the date fixed for the hearing. In the event that such service cannot be effected ten (10) days before the hearing. then the date of hearing and determination shall be postponed as may be necessary to permit the carrying out of this condition. (c) At the hearing the accused contractor shall have the right to appear personally and by counsel and to cross-examine witnesses and to submit evidence in the contractor's behalf and defense. • (f) If after the hearing the board finds the facts as alleged and of such character as to disqualify the contractor, then the board shall revoke the license of the contractor, but in that event no refund shall be made of the license fee. (g) Within its discretion and upon proper application or having the board may reissue a license to any contractor whose license has been revoked. (h) The board shall immediately notify the Secretary of -11- State of its findings in the case of a revocation of a license, or of a rcissuancc of a revoked license. §17-25-310 Replacement A certificate of license to replace any lost, destroyed, or mutilated certificte may be issued subject to the rules and regulations of the board. §17-25-311 Corporations and Partnerships Unlawful Acts (a) A corporation or partnership may engage in the business of contracting when licensed by the board. (b) It shall be unlawful and a violation of this chapter for any two (2) or more contractors, whether doing business as individuals, partnerships, corporations, or other organintions, to jointly submit a bid or enter into a contract for construction as a joint venture unless all parties to the joint venture arc licensed pursuant to this chapter. (c) Any combination of contractors other than a joint venture shall obtain a license for the combination prior to submitting a bid. §17-25-312 Review Any party aggrieved by any decision of this board shall have the right to seek review thereof pursuant to the provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act, as amended, §25-15-201 et seq. §17-25-313 License Requirements to Accompany Invitation to Bid All architects and engineers preparing plans and specifications for work to be contracted in the State of Arkansas shall include in their invitation to bidders and in their specifications a copy of this chapter, or such portions thereof, as are deemed necessary to convey to the invited bidder, whether he is a resident of this state or not, the information that it will be necessary for him to have a certificate of license from this board before his bid is considered. §17-25-314 (Repealed( §17-25-315 Rules and Regulations - Federally Funded Projects - Contractor Qualifications (a) The board shall have the power to promulgate rules and regulations for the efficient enforcement of this chapter and shall also have the power to assign the right or give pcm to any state agency, board, or commission to dent qualifications of a contractor solely for the purpc submitting a bid to the state agency, board, or commiss projects involving federal aid funds prior to the contractor licensed by the board. No state ,agency, board, or come shall execute any construction contract involving Feder' funds unless and until the successful bidder for the furnishes a certificate of license issued by the board. (b) The board shall have the power to p'rovic' regulation for any political subdivision or other pc corporation to accept bids from unlicensed contractor projects involving federal funds. However, no contractor submit a bid under this section prior to submitting appli, for licensure, and no political subdivision or po corporation shall execute any construction contract unles until the successful bidder for the project fumishe appropriate license issued by the board. I I I I I I I I I1 -12- I -13- ' I I I ARKANSAS STATE CONTRACTORS BOND LAW ACT 162 OF 1987 As Amended by: Act 487 of 1989 Act 783 of 1991 Act 37 of 1992 I Subchapter 4- Contractors Bon , §17-25-401 Definitions (a) (1) 'Contractor' shall includ I original, prime and general contractor all subcontractors. It is defined to t' person, firm, joint venture, partn( copartnership, association, corporatic other organization engaged in the busin the construction, alteration, dismal demolition, or repairing of roads, br viaducts, sewers, water and gas i streets, disposal plants, water filters, towers, airports, buildings, dams, I canals, railways and rail facilities, oil ar' wells, water wells, pipelines, refit industrial or processing plants, ch( plants, power plants, electric, telephoi' any other type of energy or me transmission lines or equipment, or any kind of improvement or structure. (2) The term contractor' shall it any contractor • who is required to ob contractor's license under the state lic( law of this State, §17-25-101 et seq. (b) However, when a person or acts as a contractor in the constru erection, alteration, or repair of his o• its own property or of a single - residence or if the cost of the work done, including, but not limited to, lab(' materials, is less than twenty the dollars ($20,000), the person or entit:' not be deemed a contractor unde chapter. 1 -1- I I I I I I Lam' L I I I H §17-25-402 Expenses - Deposition of Funds (a) All expenses incurred by the board for the administration of this subchapter are authorized to be paid by the board. (b) All taxes, premiums, contributions, penalties, interest, and fines collected pursuant to this subchapter, except enforcement penalties, shall be distributed pro -rata, based upon the amount of taxes, premiums and contributions due to the Department of Finance and Administration, Employment Security Division, Workers' Compensation Commission, or any city, county or school district, or any other State agency or other political subdivision of the State, first to the extent of any taxes, premiums, and contributions due with any remainder applied to interest, penalties, and fines, in that order. All enforcement penalties assessed to a contractor pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter shall be paid directly to the Contractors Licensing Board to defer the cost of enforcement. (c) The board may employ such additional professional and clerical ' employees as may be necessary and pay salaries thereto as authorized by law. ' §17-25-403 Liability of Customer I I C I In the event the contractor fails to honor its financial obligations to the State of Arkansas, any city, county, school district, State agency, or other political sub -division -2- of the State, the customer for whom t work was being performed shall responsible for all financial obligations oft contractor to the State of Arkansas, or a city, county, school district, State agency, other political subdivision of the State, that customer's project provided that tl customer receives written notice of tl contractors failure to comply with th subchapter prior to final payment to tl contractor. §17-25-404 Bond - Filing, Terms (a) Before commencing work undertaking to perform any services duties in the State, a contractor shall file wit the Contractors Licensing Board as tt depository agency, a surety bond of a surer authorized to do business in this State or cash bond. The bond shall be a condition c licensure and a contractors license shall nc be released until the bond has been proper) filed. (b) The bond shall be: (1) In a penal sum of Ten Thousan Dollars ($10,000.00); (2) Payable to the State ofArkansas (3) Conditioned on the contracts complying with the tax laws of the State c Arkansas, and when applicable, any cit county, school district, State agency, c other political subdivision of the State, th Arkansas Employment Security Act 11 -IC 101 et seq., the Workers' Compensation La' 11-9-101 et seq., and the provisions of thi subchapter. -3- § 17-25-405 (Repealed) §17-25-406 Notice of Bond Cancellation (a) Notice of bond cancellation shall be given to the Contractors Licensing Board in writing suety (60) days prier to cancellation. The Contractors Licensing Board shall notify the Department of Finance and Administration, the Employment Security Division, and the Workers' Compensation Commission of the notice of cancellation. It shall be the responsibility of each governmental agency to make any claims against the bond in accordance with State law for collection of any taxes, premiums, contributions, penalties, interest, or fines within the statute of limitations of the appropriate State law. (b) A contractors license that has become invalid due to bond cancellation may be reinstated upon receipt of proper replacement bond. §17-25-407 (Repealed) §17-25-408 Failure to Comply Penalties - Enforcement (a) The fact that a contractor is performing or has performed work in Arkansas and compliance as required by this subchapter has not been met shall constitute prima facie evidence of failure to comply. -4- I (b) Upon notice to the contractor hearing thereon is requested b contractor or if deemed appropriate board or any committee thereof. shoul determined that a violation exists, the or committee may assess a penal noncompliance in a sum not to excee' percent (5%) of the value of the cc performed, and upon a finding ofa see subsequent violation, the contractor n' assessed a penalty equal to ten p (10%) of the value of the cc performed. Further, any contractor fo violation for a second or subst violation of this subchapter may to contractors license for a period of of year. The board or committee ma: issue an order to cease and desist the pending compliance. (c) Failure of a contractor to O with the provisions of this subchapter' be grounds for revocation of any I issued to the contractor by the' Contr. Licensing Board. (d) Enforcement of the bond requirements contained herein shall t responsibility of the Contractors Lice Board. ' (e) The board shall have the pov make such rules and regulations enforcement as it may consider appro and not in conflict with Arkansas law. I I -5- ' I I I. ' §17-25-409 Proceedings upon Violation ' (a) Regarding any violation of this subchapter,. the board shall have the power to issue subpoenas and bring before the ' board as a witness any person in the State and may require the witness to bring with him any book, writing, or other thing under his control which he is bound by law to produce in evidence. (b) No proceedings under this section may be commenced by the Contractors Licensing Board after three (3) years from the date on which the act or omission which is the basis for the proceeding occurred. C I I I I I I I I (c) The Contractors Licensing Board shall have the power to file suit in the Circuit Court of Pulaski County to enforce any cease and desist order not complied with within fifteen (15) days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, of service on the contractor of the order. If the Circuit Court finds the order to have been properly issued, it may enforce it by any means by which injunctions are ordinarily enforced. However, nothing shall be construed herein to diminish the contractor's right to appeal. (d) All hearings and appeals therefrom under this section shall be pursuant to the provisions and the Administrative Procedure Act, as amended, §25-15-201 et seq. -6- -7- I City of Fayetteville e(i#-3 Staff Review Form 4oi/le/a City Council Agenda Items Contracts NA t( 3 City Council Meeting Date Ray M. Boudreaux Aviation & Economic Development General Government Submitted By Division Department Action Required: Approve Change Order #3 to Contract #938 with Architectural Contractors, Inc., PO Box 5025, Springdale, AR, 72765-5025, Jack Parish, Project Manager, 479-756-3547. The Change Order will increase the Contract amount by $12,285.28 $12,285.28 Cost of this request 4470.9470.5804.00 Account Number 03027.1 Project Number Budgeted Item $ 620,834.50 Category/Project Budget $ 595,980.03 Funds Used to Date $ 24,854.47 Remaining Balance Budget Adjustment Attached Date U of A Hangar Construction Program Category! Project Name Other Capital Improvements Program / Project Category Name Sales Tax Capital Improvements Fund Name Previous Ordinance or Resolution 4C 173-03 Original Contract Date: 11/18/2003 Original Contract Number: 938 City Attorn /--2 f-os Finance and Internal Service Director Date Mayor' Date Received in City Clerk's Office Received in Mayor's Office //2D/as p1 STAFF REVIEW MEMO TO: Mayor THRU: Staff Contract Review Commit FROM: Ray M. Boudreaux, Director, Aviation and Pconomic Development DATE: January 19, 2005 SUBJECT: Approval of Change Order No. 3 for the construction of the U of A Hangar. RECOMMENDATION: Approve the Change Order No. 3 with Architectural Contractors, Inc. in the amount of $12,285.28, an increase to the contract amount. BACKGROUND: The U of A Corporate Hangar project was constructed to house the UA's Aviation Department. The building is leased to the UA under a long term lease arrangement. The construction is nearly completed with the exception of some minor items, and the University currently occupies the facility. DISCUSSION: This is the third change order on the project, and is essentially an end -of -project reconciliation change order to adjust undercut and backfill amounts, an owners request for an addition to the floor finishing, and time of construction. The project has an original construction cost of $532,000. Change Order #1 was a reduction to the contract price in the amount of (4,019.00). Change Order #2 increased the project cost by $8406.53. BUDGET IMPACT: The Change Order is within the approved project contingency amount. Attachments: Change Order No. 3 Staff Review Form Aviation and Economic Development Department Fayetteville Municipal Airport, Drake Field 4500 South School Avenue, Suite F Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 Ray M. Boudreaux, Director CHANGE ORDER Order No. Date: January 7. 2004 Agreement Date: November 18 2003 NAME OF PROJECT: U of A Corporate Hangar OWNER: City of Fayetteville CONTRACTOR: Architectural Contractors, Inc. The following changes are hereby made to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1. Replace 2322 SF of Hangar Floor Sealer with a fuel resistant coating, including the removal of the existing sealer and placement of new fuel resistant coating at a cost of $3.75 per SF. Add cost of $8,707.50 to contract. 2 Adust project cost for the amount of undercut and backfill along the relocated SWEPCO electrical conduits across the parking area 160Ix 3' d x 7'w =124.4 CY Add cost of $3,577.78 to contract Justification: 1. Owner and Tenant want to replace the Hangar floor coating with a fuel resistant coating under the two aircraft parking area to include 2322 Square Feet. 2. The SWEPCO electrical conduits and cables were not installed by SWEPCO initially to the correct depth. SWEPCO relocated the conduits. The backfill of the trench by SWEPCO was to use existing material, which is not acceptable for fill under the parking area, therefore the Contractor is asked to backfill the trench with select fill material and to remove the excavated trench material. CONTRACT PRICE prior to this Change Order: Increase in Contract Price: CONTRACT PRICE Including this Change Order: Substantial Completion Time Prior to This Change Order: Final Completion Time Prior to This Change Order: Net Time Change Resulting From This Change Order: Current Contract Completion Dates Including This Change Order: Substantial Completion: Final Completion: $536,387.53 $_12285.28 $548,672.81 255 Calendar Days 255 Calendar Days 0 Calendar Days August 28, 2004 August 28 2004 Change to CONTRACT TIME: The CONTRACT TIME will be (increased)(decreased) by 0 calendar days. The date for completion of all work will be August 28 . 2004 Approvals Required: To be effective this Order must be approved by the Owner if it changes the scope or objective or the PROJECT, or as may otherwise be required byt#ye GENERAL CONDITIONS. Requested by: Recommended by: Approved by: -7-OS J;O003W32118 UA Hangar\Change Orders\C O #3.wpd w�l N �jrP Dr Nmc) !rzx .a _.-.c Iµa %, t v rt t:- ,.. r •fl4 '♦i 1t nhyi h^i i \' yr ",'.. T( :♦ 1 il",P,,.Yv. " •tv v.y4v ` ,t:, u. -:"K41 J` 1 ♦t,. j,Y'Si,.'4:i t i I •l °S I •�i�i v! .A i •'yi ♦ SL.iir A-i er T r4 'Qf, - Y[r , 1W �TV i a Ht 1. ,, i S • 1), L ♦ :`_ : F r ♦i- z} o.; {a 9Y 1e x a �[� \ im LYE L`cti n..- l 11• ylA rr'6Y i. Ai - 1 .}nn- , `D.4} 4 i L (w T • 1r, y6 fN lv .. y �_ ' 1. O _ .:•. ' r _ : _ > L..m m w \ z O i A 0.. [" O 4w ' I f fN - 'fir ed� rm-D •• mV \+ C_ 01 A r A O f7 • Ol m z 0 GZ)N mlo N c z D O O P'I Da N I.---. ' ^^^• m ry Don w /Z1 Z -10 rZ 00 N D� z a' n II � III II 1 II II Ii II 11 II :ar _U. II 11 II II II. II 11 I II 11 II II II' 11 11 II II 11 II 11 II II 11 IIF }y ar •,ffi '.1 /`N aye -IF iLJFu'i`dA a J+f am 1 .2'r _ F'R.Y IZ.. a .1. lair ,f v1u1 s 1:t r �., '� ♦ n4 Y4 '. /t" � a ♦ ! 'Y sa �y T j. 'mil nr ti � �1-Y r O t ..n {r.C j f e �- X• 'S fK� a '.nl" .M 31 1 v y4� l 7. =t== II t . a L J .. k[fr Y(I rl, Y 'Iii,i. .3 K a3 v Y h4` • ` t� FlnV [ Jn a yy, .1 ti O"Oa Y � F,�•nS'j,1 T.lr�y� p ��I �wpIM:�'T'S�.µ T,�L t�•�P i -w: T l v� lh �i Yl�90....'a AM'S I\ h r- L( t . (,yrY ,Iyry.e ,' 4l ei M li S I✓S'„it %•_r4- ! ] )i' ii•K �I SIC S y :- .m ) 1' i .il.1lT r. 1 .1 ! a} Ir+ 1 , y, ,•� l 'rr• a '11K.�V 4 4 J l T -n }. r' -I ti • -i• i 4.a...^,+, .P.A ! - r _ r : ♦r 1 � . 4r ,I i 4 , rY I x r 1 .0 •t r+ "`l11 ^^^" 111 p a fyn9N Y .. r i' t `�"..[ y � � ry Y -.I n ' ✓ � t(�Yrt ry fk kfl La , Ibl��.l: :...,'iy4 A?:. i•^ 'y } l 5 11�'d iV —I I li. f � \§Ai r >. , � u : rvl ♦ A , •atr s 5, Z. ,I /y Y 4 /i rw rr y . I'I iX ..� � T^...1V.Y �:..T J ! l ! ! (i Yn W •. -'.. v 1Y .pv -ed1P 4 ) , r T kW }�,gD✓i'i•! C i-py� � yY� .:"y-'I� ''r'a. i I J � ♦ 4tis4 ry ,I• i ea S jt at 5 t.11 Iv ry,�,1Y..ClIF li M1,� IM1 Y 1� I �j� p T y PS 1T � F � .I �i i �• - ' 1 ,Y�(; f' � nt^ � r A t. '{ r Yn i:C I t 1 . .a e J "•, : <9 f Yra_ f+. 6' 11 II ,I 11 11 I, II II 11 II I, 11 I, 11 II II w, si I 4 II , F. I N JJ • 1/ JAY b O1i /,%✓ /n Curzrner }%//2 4/4'; /4/5 ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE CSR BL DATE (MM DD YY) ARCCO-1 11 29 04 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Walker Eros. Insurance, Inc. HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR P.O. Box 7570 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Springdale AR 72766-7570 Phone: 479-306-4677 Fax:479-306-5110 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED INSURER A: Cincinnati Insurance Co. 10677 Y I Architectural Constr., Inc. //� � 2014 N Old Missouri Road LL1(/ Springdale AR 72764 �l INSURER B: INSURERC: INSURER D: INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSK LT LTR NSR INS TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBERLIMITS DATE M POLICY FFECTI VE POLICY EXPIRATION OATS E GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1000000 A X X COMMERCIAL GENERALLIABILITY CPP0900404 11/28/04 11/28/05 PREMISES(Eaaourence $ 100000 _ CLAIMS MADE_ -OCCUR .�__��__sR_._„MEDEXP(Any-on@Person)._$_5000.-_ _ X PERSONALSADV INJURY $ 1000000 Empl Ben E&O $100 GENERAL AGGREGATE s2000000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $2000000 PRO LOG POLICY CT JE A X AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO CPA0900404 11/28/04 11/28/05 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT accident) $ 1000000 X BODILY INJURY (Per person) ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN EAACC S ANY AUTO $ AUTO ONLY: AGG EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ $ DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY_PROPRIETOR/PXCLUDE/EXF.CUTIVE� OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? WC183467403 _ _<_-�+._ .. 11/28/04 _ __ __ 11/28/05 �-. _ TORY LIMITS ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $500000 E.L. DISEASE - EAEMPLOYEE s500000 IF yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE- POLICY LIMIT $500000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS! LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS City of Fayetteville and McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. are additional insureds under automobile and general liability for Job F4042104 T-r14�'¢r CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CIT1009 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF. THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL City of Fayetteville N 113 W. Mountain IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR Fayetteville AR 72702 REPRESENTATIVES. AVTHORIZ'Vtt-% ESE ACORD 25 (2001108) © ACORD CORPORAT